2014 Materials and engineering catalogue

Woodhead Publishing

Materials and Engineering 2014 Catalogue

www.woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishingonline.com

Woodhead Publishing Online The intelligent information resource in new science and technology A major electronic resource, Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place our full collection of Materials and Engineering titles is available. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options. E-versions of our books can be purchased as part of one of our extensive collections, as part of a Pick ‘N’ Mix selection or by individual chapter on a pay-per-view or rental basis.

Features

• Over 475 Materials and Engineering titles • Fast and powerful search tools • Regularly updated with new content • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - No ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by Metapress

Purchase options available 2014 Collection: buy access to all published and forthcoming titles for 2014 2013 Collection: buy access to all published 2013 titles 2012 Collection: buy access to all published 2012 titles Backlist Collections: purchase access to titles from previous years Pick ‘N’ Mix Collection: create your own collection (minimum order 12 titles) Pay-per-view: individual chapter purchase available Short-term chapter rental: rent a chapter for as little as 72 hours

To find how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to:

www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Contents Metals mining and processing

65

Behaviour and characterisation

2

Steel

70

Design, manufacture and applications

5

High temperature materials and power generation

Conference proceedings

9

Conventional power generation

71

Composites

High temperature materials

77

Materials and their properties

9

Nuclear power generation

78

Cement and concrete

14

Renewable power generation

83

Monitoring and condition assessment

16

Coal technology

92

Structural engineering

17

Transport materials and technologies

Polymer composites

18

Rail

93

Polymers and biopolymers

20

Automotive

94

Plastics and rubber

24

Aerospace

96

Adhesives

25

Marine engineering and underwater welding

99

Bioengineering: Biotechnology

26

Mechanical engineering and general materials

99

Chemistry and general science

109

Applications

26

Corrosion and surface engineering

Clinical techniques

32

Corrosion

111

Materials

33

Surface engineering

114

Medical textiles

37

Fatigue, fracture and failure

Technologies and performance

38

Preventing fatigue and failure

118

Fire retardant materials

45

Understanding fatigue and failure

119

Ceramics

45

Civil engineering

Biomaterials

Welding technologies

122

Welding practice (including health and safety)

125

47

Weld design

126

Optical materials, photonics and lasers

50

Inspection and testing

127

Sensors and MEMS and functional materials

58

Training and inspection aids

128

Title index

130

Author index

136

Order form

140

Electronic and optical materials Electronic materials and technology

Electrical engineering

63

Computer and electrical engineering

63

Metallurgy

65

About Woodhead Publishing Established in 1989, Woodhead Publishing is a leading publisher of science and technology books in the following areas: • Food Science, Technology and Nutrition • Materials and Engineering • Textile Technology

• Energy and Environmental Technology • Asian Studies, Business Management, Finance and Commodities • Biomedicine and Biomaterials

Our books are designed to be at the leading edge of research with up-to-the-minute information on advances crucial to the future of major industries. They all contain expert knowledge and invaluable research findings from an international contributor base.

NEW Denotes titles published from January 2013 onwards.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online - www.woodheadpublishingonline.com Some 2014/2015 covers in this catalogue are draft/holding covers. The colours and image might be different to the final published version. All prices are correct at time of going to press but are subject to alteration without notice.

For further information on our titles please telephone, fax, e-mail, or visit our website: Tel: +44 (0)1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0)1223 832819 E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Web: www.woodheadpublishing.com Web: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

1

Composites BEHAVIOUR AND CHARACTERISATION NEW Fatigue and fracture of adhesively-bonded composite joints Edited by V P Vassilopoulos, Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne (EPFL), Switzerland.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 52

This book reviews recent research in the field of fatigue and fracture of adhesively-bonded composite joints. The first part of the book discusses the experimental investigation of the reliability of adhesively-bonded composite joints, current research on understanding damage mechanisms, fatigue and fracture, durability and ageing as well as implications for design. The second part of the book covers the modelling of bond performance and failure mechanisms in different loading conditions.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Understanding fatigue and fracture: Experimental investigation of the reliability of adhesively-bonded composite joints; Understanding damage mechanisms in adhesively-bonded composite joints under fatigue loading; Understanding fatigue and fracture behaviour of adhesivelybonded composite joints; Understanding the durability of adhesively-bonded composite joints; Understanding ageing processes in adhesively-bonded composite joints; Key issues in the design of adhesively-bonded composite joints. Part 2 Modelling of fatigue and fracture: Simulating mode 1 fatigue crack propagation in adhesively-bonded composite joints; Simulation of mixed mode fatigue delamination/de-bonding in adhesively-bonded composite joints; Simulation of mixed mode fatigue delamination in multidirectional composite laminates; Predicting damage in adhesively-bonded composite joints; Predicting the fatigue life of adhesivelybonded composite joints.

NEW Health and environmental safety of nanomaterials

NEW Residual stresses in composite materials

Polymer nancomposites and other materials containing nanoparticles

Edited by M Shokrieh, Iran University of Science and Technology, Iran

Edited by J Njuguna, Cranfield University, UK, K Pielichowski, Cracow University of Technology, Poland and H Zhu, Cranfield University, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 48

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 49

The use of nanoparticles and nanofillers in materials such as polymer nanocomposites greatly extends their functionality and range of applications. However, the use of nanotechnology poses potential risks to human health and the environment. This book summarises key recent research in this important area. The first part of the book discusses types of nanomaterial, potential mechanisms of toxicity, exposure assessment and sampling. The second part of the book reviews the safety of particular types of nanomaterial including nanolayered silicates, carbon nanotubes and metal oxide nanomaterials.

CONTENTS

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 806 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 812 2 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098061

Part 1 General introduction: Nanomaterials, nanofillers and nanocomposites: Types and properties; Mechanisms of nanomaterial toxicity. Part 2 Assessment of nanomaterial release and exposure: Nanoparticle exposure assessment: Methods, sampling techniques and data analysis; Sampling protocols for testing the safety of polymer nanocomposites; Measurement and sampling techniques for characterisation of airborne nanoparticles released from nano-enhanced products; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of engineered nanomaterials (ENM). Part 3 Safety of particular types of nanomaterial: Nanolayered silicates/clay minerals: uses and effects on health; Carbon nanotubes (CNTs): properties, applications and toxicity; Eco-toxicological effects of carbon nanotubes (CNTs): Test methods and current research; Metal oxide nanomaterials: Health and environmental effects; Safe recycling of materials containing persistent inorganic and carbon nanoparticles; Nanostructured flame retardants: Performance, toxicity and environmental impact; Thermal degradation, flammability and potential toxicity of polymer nanocomposites.

Forensic polymer engineering

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 655 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 667 8 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096555

Why polymer products fail in service P R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK ‘...a great deal of valuable information.’ ‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’

Polymer Testing ‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to forensic polymer engineering; Examination and analysis of failed components; Polymer medical devices; Polymer storage tanks; Small polymeric containers; Polymeric pipes and fittings; Polymeric seals; Tools and ladders; Components in transport applications; Consumer products; Conclusions.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 185 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 780 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691851

2

CONTENTS

Part 1 Measurement and modelling: The importance of measuring residual stresses in composite materials; Destructive techniques in the measurement of residual stresses in composite materials: An overview; Nondestructive testing (NDT) techniques in the measurement of residual stresses in composite materials: An overview; Measuring residual stresses in composite materials using the simulated hole drilling method; Measuring residual stresses in composite materials using the slitting/crack compliance method; Measuring residual stresses in homogeneous and composite glass materials using photoelastic techniques; Modeling residual stresses in composite materials. Part 2 Residual stresses in different types of composites: Understanding residual stresses in polymer matrix composites; Understanding residual stresses in metal matrix composites; Understanding residual stresses and fracture toughness in ceramic nanocomposites; Measuring and modelling residual stresses in polymer-based dental composites; Understanding residual stresses in thick polymer composite laminates; Reduction of residual stresses in polymer composites using nano-additives.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 270 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 859 7 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092700

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites E S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 27 CONTENTS

Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites N Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 23 220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 393 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 505 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693930

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Residual stresses are a common phenomenon in composite materials. They can both add to or significantly reduce material strength. It is therefore critical they are understood and measured correctly. Part one of this important book reviews destructive and non-destructive testing (NDT) techniques for measuring residual stresses. Part two discusses residual stresses in polymer matrix, metal-matrix and other types of composite.

Introduction to failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites; Methodology and tools for failure analysis of polymer composites; Fibre-dominated failures in polymer composites; Delamination-dominated failures in polymer composites; Fatigue failures of polymer composites; The influence of fibre architecture in the failure of polymer composites; Defects and damage and their role in the failure of polymer composites; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to overload and design deficiencies; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to material and manufacturing defects; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to in-service factors.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 217 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 681 8 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692179

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites NEW Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites Edited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 43

The increased use of polymer matrix composites in structural applications has led to the growing need for quality control and testing of products to ensure and monitor performance over time. Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites explores a range of NDE techniques and the use of these techniques in a variety of areas.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) and non destructive testing (NDT) techniques: Introduction: The future of non-destructive evaluation (NDE) and structural health monitoring (SHM); Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Acoustic emission; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Eddy current testing; Nondestructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Introduction to shearography; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Digital shearography; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Dielectric techniques for testing partially or non-conducting composite materials; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Using ultrasound to monitor the curing of composites. Part 2 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques for adhesively bonded applications: Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Dielectric methods for testing adhesive bonds in composites; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Methods for testing adhesively-bonded composites; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Assessing debonding in sandwich panels using guided waves; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Detecting delamination defects using mechanical impedance, ultrasonic and infrared thermographic techniques. Part 3 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques in aerospace applications: Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Application of infrared (IR) thermography; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Flaw characterisation; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Detecting impact damage; Nondestructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Ultrasonic techniques; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Acoustic microscopy; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of aerospace composites: Structural health monitoring of aerospace structures using guided wave ultrasonics. Part 4 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques in civil and marine applications: Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Techniques for civil structures; Non-destructive evaluation(NDE) of composites: Application of thermography for defect detection in rehabilitated structures; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Using shearography to detect bond defects; Nondestructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Use of acoustic emission (AE) techniques; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Microwave techniques; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: using fiber optic sensors; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites: Infrared (IR) thermography of wind turbine blades; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of composites for marine structures: Detecting flaws using infrared thermography.

732 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 344 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 355 4 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093448

Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites

Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites

Criteria, testing and industrial applications

Edited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

Edited by P Robinson, E S Greenhalgh and S Pinho, Imperial College London, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 32

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 40

‘The range of topics covered is impressive and diverse.’

Polymer matrix composites are increasingly replacing traditional materials, such as metals, for applications in the aerospace, automotive and marine industries. This important book explores the main types of composite failure and examines their implications in specific applications. Part one discusses various failure mechanisms, including manufacturing defects, and addresses a variety of loading forms, such as impact and the implications for structural integrity. Testing techniques and modelling methods for predicting potential failure in composites are also reviewed. Part two investigates the effects of polymer-matrix composite failure in a range of industries and looks at recycling issues and environmental factors affecting the use of composite materials.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Failure mechanisms: Progress in failure criteria for polymer matrix composites: A view from the first World-Wide failure exercise (WWFE); Manufacturing defects as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Low and medium velocity impact as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Structural integrity of polymer matrix composite panels in fire; Testing the toughness of polymer matrix composites; Testing the strength and stiffness of polymer matrix composites; Fibre-dominated compressive failure in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Failure mechanisms in specific applications: Considerations of failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites in the design of aerospace structures; Failure of polymer matrix composites in defence applications; Failure of polymer matrix composites in marine and off-shore applications; Recycling issues in polymer matrix composites; Failure of polymer matrix composites in automotive and transportation applications; Environmental induced failure in fibre-reinforced plastics.

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 750 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 532 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697501

Mechanical testing of advanced fibre composites Edited by J M Hodgkinson, Imperial College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 14

This book is concerned with the often very complex problems composite materials can present in the testing of their structural performance.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 312 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 891 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733121

‘…a great snapshot of research and development in this field.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Viscoelastic and viscoplastic modelling: Viscoelastic constitutive modeling of creep and stress relaxation in polymers and polymer matrix composites; Timetemperature-age superposition principle for predicting long-term response of linear viscoelastic materials; Timedependent behaviour of active/intelligent polymer matrix composites incorporating piezoceramic fibers; Predicting the elastic-viscoplastic and creep behaviour of polymer matrix composites using the homogenization theory; Measuring fiber strain and creep behaviour in polymer matrix composites using Raman spectroscopy; Predicting the viscoelastic behaviour of polymer nanocomposites; Constitutive modelling of viscoplastic deformation of polymer matrix composites; Creep analysis of polymer matrix composites using viscoplastic models; Micromechanical modeling of viscoelastic behaviour of polymer matrix composites undergoing large deformations. Part 2 Creep rupture: Fiber bundle models for creep rupture analysis of polymer matrix composites; Micromechanical modelling of time-dependent failure in off-axis polymer matrix composites; Timedependent failure criteria for lifetime prediction of polymer matrix composite structures. Part 3 Fatigue modelling, characterisation and monitoring: Testing the fatigue strength of fibers used in fiber-reinforced composites using fiber bundle tests; Continuum damage mechanical modelling of creep damage and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Accelerated testing methodology for predicting long-term creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Fatigue testing methods for polymer matrix composites; The effect of viscoelasticity on fatigue behavior of polymer matrix composites; Characterization of vicoelasticity, viscoplasticity and damage in composites; Structural health monitoring of composite structures for durability.

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 656 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 043 0 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696566

Fatigue in composites Science and technology of the fatigue response of fibre-reinforced plastics Edited by B Harris, University of Bath, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 16 ‘High quality achieved throughout by the writers and editor.’

‘In the introduction to this book, Professor Harris states that he set out to produce ‘a practical textbook for designers (and) an authoritative reference source for materials scientists. He has succeeded admirably.’

Materials World 768 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 608 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 857 7 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736085

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

3

Composites Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures

Delamination behaviour of composites

Edited by A P Vassilopoulos, EPFL, Switzerland

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 25

Edited by S Sridharan, Washington University in St. Louis, USA

788 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 244 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 482 1 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692445

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 30 ‘The book presents a comprehensive updated review of FLP methodologies for FRC. The editor deserves credit for organising expert contributions from international authors.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to the fatigue life prediction of composite materials and structures: Past, present and future. Part 1 Fatigue life modeling: Phenomenological fatigue analysis and life modeling; Residual strength fatigue theories for composite materials; Fatigue damage modeling of composite materials with the phenomenological residual stiffness approach; Novel computation methods for fatigue life modeling of composite materials. Part 2 Fatigue life prediction: Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under constant amplitude loading; Probabilistic fatigue life prediction of composite materials; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials based on progressive damage modeling; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under realistic loading conditions (variable amplitude loading); Fatigue of fiber reinforced composites under multiaxial loading; A progressive damage mechanics algorithm for life prediction of composite materials under cyclic complex stress. Part 3 Applications: Fatigue life prediction of bonded joints in composite structures; Health monitoring of composite structures based on acoustic emission measurements; Fatigue life prediction of wind turbine rotor blades manufactured from composites.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 525 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 979 6 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695255

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites S-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 26 ‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable.

The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Extrusion compounding and injection moulding; Major factors on performance of short fibre reinforced polymers; Stress transfer in short fibre reinforced polymers; Strength of short fibre reinforced polymers; Elastic modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Flexural modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Thermal conductivity and expansion of short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Non-linear stressstrain behaviour; Fracture mechanics.

364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 269 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 649 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692698

4

Ageing of composites

Impact behaviour of fibrereinforced composite materials and structures Edited by S R Reid, UMIST and G Zhou, Loughborough University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 12 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 423 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 890 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734234

Edited by R Martin, MERL, UK

Composite materials

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 22

Engineering and science

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 352 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 493 7 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693527

Properties and performance of natural-fibre composites Edited by K Pickering, University of Waikato, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 21 576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 267 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 459 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692674

Multi-scale modelling of composite material systems The art of predictive damage modelling Edited by C Soutis, Sheffield University and P W R Beaumont, Cambridge University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 18 528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 936 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 084 7 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739369

Finite element modelling of composite materials and structures F L Matthews, G A O Davies, D Hitchings and C Soutis, Imperial College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 13 ‘This book is recommended to engineering students and practising engineers who would like to get up to speed fairly quickly and become familiar with the FE methods.’

Applied Mechanics Reviews 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 422 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 892 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734227

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

F L Matthews and R D Rawlings, Imperial College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 9 ‘An ideal text for designers and engineers new to the world of composites with its coverage by numerous examples and self-assessment questions throughout the text.’

SAMPE Journal 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 473 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 855 3 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734739

Microstructural characterisation of fibre-reinforced composites Edited by J Summerscales, University of Plymouth, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 8 ‘An essential reference for materials scientists and research workers in industry and academia.’

British Journal of Non-Destructive Testing 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 240 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 756 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732407

Flow-induced alignment in composite materials Edited by T D Papthanasiou, University of South Carolina and D C Guell, Los Alomos National Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 6 ‘...Strongly recommended.’

‘A unique and well-prepared reference book for researchers who work in the field of modelling and processing of discontinuous fiber-reinforced composite.’

Applied Mechanics Reviews 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 254 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 747 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732544

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites DESIGN, MANUFACTURE AND APPLICATIONS NEW Biofiber reinforcements in composite materials Edited by O Faruk and M Sain, University of Toronto, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 51

Interest in natural fibres or biofibers as reinforcements in composites is growing as a way of making composite materials more sustainable. This comprehensive reference covers the use in composites of a broad range of bast fibres, leaf fibres, seed fibres, grass, reed and cane fibres and wood, cellulosic and other fibres. Chapters cover key fibre properties, processing and integration into composite matrices as well as assessment of composite performance.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Bast fibres: Jute; Flax; Kenaf. Part 2 Leaf fibres: Sisal/ henequen; Pineapple leaf; Banana/abaca; Palm leaf. Part 3 Seed fibres: Coir/coconut; Cotton fibres; Oil palm fibres. Part 4 Grass, reed and cane fibres: Rice straw and husk; Wheat straw; Maize, oat, barley, rye and grass fibres; Bamboo fibres; Sugar cane/bagasse fibres. Part 5 Wood, cellulosic and other fibres: Cellulosic fibres; Wood fibres; Silk fibres; Biobased nanofibres.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 122 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 127 6 Approx. £180.00/US$300.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421221

NEW Rehabilitation of pipelines using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama Texas at Arlington, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 52

Pipelines are a critical component in industrial and civil infrastuctures. Fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites are increasingly being used as a flexible and cost-effective means to repair ageing, corroded or damaged pipelines. This book reviews key issues and techniques in this imporant area.

CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Different techniques for the repair of corroded metallic pipelines using FRP composites; Comparing the use of steel sleeve with FRP composite wrapping to repair damaged pipelines; Assessing the reliability of pipelines repaired using FRP composites. Part 2 Particular techniques: FRP composite sleeve repair systems; FRP composite wrapping systems for high pressure pipelines; FRP composite patching of cracked steel pipes; FRP composite repair of offshore risers; FRP composite overwrap repair systems for corroded pipelines; Designing FRP composite overwrap systems to allow for live pressure.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 684 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 692 0 Approx. £135.00/US$225.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096845

NEW Rehabilitation of metallic civil infrastructure using fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites

NEW Natural fibre composites

Types properties and testing methods

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 47

Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Texas at Arlington, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 51

Fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites are increasingly used to repair and extend the service life of ageing or damaged infrastructures, including metallic structures.

This important book summarises key recent research in this area. The first part of the book looks at the use of FRP composites to repair components such as hollow steel sections and steel tension members, as well as ways of assessing the durability and fatigue life of components. The second part of the book reviews applications of FRP to infrastructure such as steel bridges.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Applications to components: Enhancing the strength of structural steel components; Strengthening hollow steel sections; Rehabilitation of steel tension members; Durability of strengthened components; Fatigue life of strengthened components; Fatigue life of adhesive bonds joining FRP composites to steel components; Rehabilitation of cracked aluminium components; Repair of metallic airframe components. Part 2 Applications to infrastructure: Extending the fatigue life of steel bridges; Rehabilitation of steel railway bridges; Rehabilitation of steel and aluminium structures; Rehabilitation of iron structures; Strengthening of historic metallic structures.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 653 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 665 4 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096531

Composite reinforcements for optimum performance Edited by P Boisse, INSA Lyon, France Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 36

Part 1 Materials for reinforcements in composites.

Part 2 Structures for reinforcements in composites.

Part 3 Properties of composite reinforcements. Part 4 Characterising and modelling reinforcements in composite.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 965 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 371 4 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699659

Materials, processes and applications Edited by A Hodzic, Sheffield University, UK and R Shanks, RMIT University, Australia

The use of natural fibres as reinforcements in composites has grown in importance.

This important book summarises key recent research in this area. Part one reviews the use of cellulosic fibres as reinforcements, including their structure and properties.

Part two discusses manufacturing methods for natural fibre composites, including compression and injection moulding techniques. The final part assesses ways of testing key aspects of performance, including high strain rate and dynamic loading.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Natural fibre reinforcements: Wood fibres as reinforcements in natural fibre composites: Structure, properties, processing and applications; Chemistry and structure of cellulosic fibres as reinforcements in natural fibre composites; Creating hierarchical structures in cellulosic fibre-reinforced polymer composites for advanced performance; Using recycled polymers in natural fibrereinforced polymer composites; Electrospun cellulosic fibre-reinforced composite materials. Part 2 Processing of natural fibre composites: Ethical practices in the processing of green composites; Manufacturing methods for natural fibre composites; Compression and injection molding techniques for natural fiber composites; Thermoset matrix natural fibre-reinforced composites. Part 3 Testing and properties: Non-destructive testing (NDT) of natural fiber composites: acoustic emission technique; High strain rate testing of natural fiber composites; Performance of natural fiber composites under dynamic loading; The response of natural fibre composites to impact damage: A case study; Natural fibre composites in a marine environment.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 524 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 922 8 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095244

Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites Edited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 31 ‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Polymer/nanoparticle composites. Part 2 Polymer/ nanoplatelet composites. Part 3 Polymer/nanotube composites. Part 4 Applications.

952 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 672 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 024 9 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696726

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

5

Composites NEW Environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites

NEW Advances in ceramic matrix composites

NEW Ceramic nanocomposites

Edited by I M Low, Curtin University, Australia

Types, processing and properties

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 45

S S Ray, National Centre for Nano-structured Materials, CSIR, South Africa

Ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have proven to be useful for a wide range of applications because of properties such as their light weight, toughness and temperature resistance. This book summarises key recent research on types and processing of CMCs. The first part of the book reviews types such as self-healing and hybrid CMCs as well as developments in processing. Other parts of the book deal with properties and applications as diverse as the energy and medical sectors.

Edited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta and I Manna, Indian Institute of Technology, India

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 44

Concerns about global warming and the depletion of oil reserves have led to significant research into more sustainable composite materials made from natural materials.

Recently, research has focussed on the development of nanoscale reinforcements for this new group of composites, significantly improving and extending their range of desirable properties. Environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites summarises this wealth of research and its practical implications for developing the next generation of advanced eco-friendly polymer composite-based products.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types, processing and characterisation: Introduction to environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites; Environmentally friendly polymer matrices for composites; Environmentally friendly nanofillers as reinforcements for composites; Techniques for characterising the structure and properties of polymer nanocomposites; Environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using polymer matrices from renewable sources; Environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using polymer matrices from fossil fuel sources; Processing of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposite foams for packaging and other applications.

Part 2 Properties: Using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/carbon nanotube (CNT) reinforcements: Tensile properties of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Dynamic mechanical properties of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Thermal stability and flammability of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Barrier properties of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Crystallization behaviour, kinetics and morphology of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Biodegradation behavior of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Rheological properties of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites (EFPNs) using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements; Electrical and thermal conductivity of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites (EFPNs) using biodegradable polymer matrices and clay/CNT reinforcements. Part 3 Summary: Applications, environmental impact and future development of environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites (EFPNs).

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 777 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 782 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097774

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and processing: Processing of ceramic matrix composites; Nanoceramic matrix composites; Silicon carbide-containing alumina nanocomposites; Graded ceramic matrix composites; Infiltration techniques; Heat treatments; Hot-pressing and hot isostatic pressing; Spark plasma sintering; Low-temperature processing. Part 2 Properties: Understanding interfaces; Mechanical properties; Wear and tribological properties; Thermal stability; Self-healing properties. Part 3 Applications: Geopolymer composites; Nuclear and fusion energy applications; Thermal barrier coatings for turbine components; Metal cutting applications; Microelectronics applications; Dentistry; Packaging applications.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 120 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 882 5 £195.00/US$320.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091208

High-energy ball milling Mechanochemical processing of nanopowders Edited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland ‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

Materials World 440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 531 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 944 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695316

Ceramic nanocomposites have been found to have improved hardness, strength, toughness and creep resistance compared to conventional ceramic matrix composites.

Ceramic nanocomposites reviews the structure and properties of these nanocomposites, as well as manufacturing and applications.

Part one looks at the properties of different ceramic nanocomposites. Part two deals with the different types of ceramic nanocomposites. Part three details the processing of nanocomposites whilst part four explores the applications of ceramic nanocomposites in such areas as energy production and the biomedical field.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties: Thermal shock resistant and flame retardant ceramic nanocomposites; Magnetic properties of ceramic nanocomposites; Optical properties of ceramic nanocomposites; Failure mechanisms of ceramic nanocomposites; Multiscale modelling of the structure and properties of ceramic nanocomposites. Part 2 Types: Ceramic nanoparticles in metal matrix composites; Carbon nanotube (CNT) reinforced glass and glass-ceramic matrix composites; Ceramic ultra-thin coatings using atomic layer deposition; High-temperature superconducting ceramic nanocomposites; Nanofluids including ceramic and other nanoparticles: Applications and rheological properties; Nanofluids including ceramic and other nanoparticles: Synthesis and thermal properties. Part 3 Processing: Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized ceramic and metallic particles; Surface treatment of carbon nanotubes using plasma technology.

Part 4 Applications: Ceramic nanocomposites for energy storage and power generation; Biomedical applications of ceramic nanocomposites; Synthetic biopolymer/layered silicate nanocomposites for tissue engineering scaffolds.

616 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 338 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 349 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093387

Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites

Management, recycling and reuse of waste composites

Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA

Edited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 33

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 28 624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 462 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 766 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694623

6

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 46

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 399 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 803 4 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693992

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites NEW Developments in fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for civil engineering Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 45

The use of fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composite materials has had a dramatic effect on modern engineering techniques, with many major developments revolutionising the world of civil engineering over the last three decades. This comprehensive new study outlines the latest developments in fiberreinforced polymer (FRP) composites and their applications in civil engineering. The first part of this book outlines the general developments of fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) use and recent advancements in the design and processing techniques of advanced composites. Part two goes on to cover a wide range of applications of FRP composites within different aspects of civil engineering, including their use in disaster-resistant buildings, strengthening steel structures and bridge superstructures.

CONTENTS

Part 1 General developments: Types of fiber and fiber arrangement in fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; Biofiber reinforced polymer composites for structural applications; Advanced processing techniques for composite materials for structural applications; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) for external strengthening of structures; Failure modes in structural applications of fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites and their prevention; Assessing the durability of the interface between fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites and concrete in the rehabilitation of reinforced concrete structures. Part 2 Particular types and applications: Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for civil engineering applications; Hybrid fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications; Design of hybrid fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP)/autoclave aerated concrete (AAC) panels for structural applications; Impact behavior of hybrid fiberreinforced polymer (FRP)/autoclave aerated concrete (AAC) panels for structural applications; Innovative fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for disaster-resistant buildings; Thermoplastic composite structural insulated panels (CSIPs) for modular panelized construction; Thermoplastic composites for bridge structures; Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for bridge superstructures; Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for strengthening steel structures; Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in environmental engineering applications; Design of all-composite structures using fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 234 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 895 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092342

Composites forming technologies Edited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 61 Published in association with The Textile Institute 344 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 033 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 253 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690335

NEW Advances in wind turbine blade design and materials Edited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 47

Advances in wind turbine blade design and materials provides a comprehensive review of the design and functionality of wind turbine rotor blades as well as the requirements and challenges for composite materials used in wind turbine blade design. This book is an invaluable reference for materials scientists and engineers, wind turbine blade manufacturers and maintenance technicians, scientists, researchers and academics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Wind turbine blade design: Challenges and developments: Introduction to wind turbine blade design; Loads on wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic design of wind turbine rotors; Characteristics of wind turbine blade airfoils; Aeroelastic design of wind turbine blades. Part 2 Fatigue behaviour of composite wind turbine blades: Fatigue as a design driver for composite wind turbine blades; Effects of resin and reinforcement variations on fatigue resistance of wind turbine blades; Fatigue life prediction of wind turbine blade composite materials; Micromechanical modelling of wind turbine blade materials; Probabilistic design of wind turbine blades. Part 3 Advances in wind turbine blade materials, development and testing: Biobased composites: Materials, properties and potential applications as wind turbine blade materials; Surface protection and coatings for wind turbine rotor blades; Design, manufacture and testing of small wind turbine blades; Wind turbine blade structural performance testing.

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 426 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 728 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094261

Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles Edited by P K Mallick, University of MichiganDearborn, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 29 ‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction. Part 1 Materials for lightweight automotive structures: Advanced steels for lightweight automotive structures; Aluminium alloys for lightweight automotive structures; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive structures; Thermoplastics and thermoplasticmatrix composites for lightweight automotive structures; Thermoset-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures. Part 2 Manufacturing and design of lightweight automotive structures: Manufacturing processes for light alloys; Joining for lightweight vehicles; Recycling and lifecycle issues for lightweight vehicles; Crashworthiness design issues for lightweight vehicles.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 463 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 782 2 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694630

Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs) Edited by S Advani, University of Delaware and K-T Hsiao, University of South Alabama, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 42

Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs) provides an authoritative review of the different technologies employed in the manufacture of this class of composite.

CONTENTS

Introduction to composites and materials. Part 1 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Short fiber and nanoparticle based processing: Injection molding in polymer matrix composites; Processing of polymer nanocomposites; Compression molding in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoplastic based processing: Sheet forming in polymer matrix composites; Fabric thermostamping in polymer matrix composites; Filament winding process in thermoplastics; Continuous fiber reinforced profiles in polymer matrix composites.

Part 3 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoset based processing: Resin transfer molding (RTM) in polymer matrix composites; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) in polymer matrix composites; Compression resin transfer molding (CRTM) in polymer matrix composites; The pultrusion process in polymer matrix composites; Autoclave processing for composites; Out-of-autoclave curing process in polymer matrix composites.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 067 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 625 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090676

Machining technology for composite materials Principles and practice Edited by H Hocheng, National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 39 CONTENTS

Part 1 Traditional methods for machining composite materials: Turning processes for metal matrix composites; Drilling processes for composites; Grinding processes for polymer matrix composites; Analysing cutting forces in machining processes for polymer-based composites; Tool wear in machining processes for composites; Analysing surface quality in machined composites. Part 2 Nontraditional methods for machining composite materials: Ultrasonic vibration-assisted (UV-A) machining of composites; Electrical discharge machining of composites; Electrochemical discharge machining of particulatereinforced metal matrix composites; Fundamentals of laser machining of composites; Laser machining of fiber-reinforced polymeric composite materials; Laser-based repair for carbon fiber reinforced composites. Part 3 Special topics in machining composite materials: High speed machining processes for fibre-reinforced composites; Cryogenic machining of composites; Analysing the machinability of metal matrix composites; Machining processes for wood-based composite materials; Machining metal matrix composites using diamond tools.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 030 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 514 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090300

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

7

Composites Composite joints and connections

Non-crimp fabric composites

Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applications

Principles, modelling and testing

Manufacturing, properties and applications

Edited by R Kotsilkova

Edited by P Camanho, University of Porto, Portugal and L Tong, University of Sydney, Australia

Edited by S V Lomov, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 38 CONTENTS

Part 1 Bolted joints: Reinforcement of composite bolted joints by local metal hybridization; Bolted joints in glass-reinforced aluminium (Glare) and other hybrid fibre metal laminates (FML); Bolted joints in pultruded glass fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP) composites; Bolt-hole clearance effects in composite joints; Stress analysis of bolted composite joints under multiaxial loading; Strength prediction of bolted joints in carbon fibre reinforced polymer (CFRP) composites; Fatigue of bolted composite joints; Influence of dynamic loading on fastened composite joints; Effects of temperature on the response of composite bolted joints. Part 2 Bonded joints: Calculation of strain energy release rates for bonded composite joints with a prescribed crack; Simulating fracture in bonded composite joints using cohesive zone models; Simulating fatigue failure in bonded composite joints using a modified cohesive zone model; Strength of bonded overlap composite joints in marine applications; Advanced modelling of the behaviour of bonded composite joints in aerospace applications; Mixed mode energy release rates for bonded composite joints; Stress analysis of bonded patch and scarf repairs in composite structures; High strain behaviour of bonded composite joints.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 990 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 492 6 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699901

Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performance Edited by N E Zafeiropoulos, University of Ioannina, Greece Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 33 ‘Provides a comprehensive review of the various issues at hand.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing and surface treatments to compose the interface in natural fibre composites: Modifying cellulose fiber surfaces in the manufacture of natural fiber composites; Interface engineering through matrix modification in natural fibre composites; Preparation of cellulose nanocomposites; Characterization of fibre surface treatments in natural fiber composites by infrared and raman spectroscopy; Testing the effect of processing and surface treatment on the interfacial adhesion of single fibres in natural fibre composites; Assessing fibre surface treatment to improve the mechanical properties of natural fibre composites. Part 2 Testing interfacial properties in natural fibre composites: Electrokinetic characterisation of interfacial property of natural fibres; Mechanical assessment of natural fiber composites; Thermochemical assessment of natural fibre composites; Assessing the moisture uptake behaviour of natural fibres; Creep and fatigue of natural fibre composites; Impact behavior of natural fiber composite laminates; Raman spectroscopy and x-ray scattering for assessing the interface in natural fibre composites.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 742 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 228 1 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697426

8

326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 062 6 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350626 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 35 CONTENTS

Part 1 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabrics: Production of non-crimp fabrics for composites; Standardisation of production technologies for non-crimp fabric composites; Structural stitching of non-crimp fabric preforms for composites; Understanding and modelling the effect of stitching on the geometry of non-crimp fabrics; Automated analysis of defects in fibre placement in non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabric composites: Deformability of textile performs in the manufacture of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling the deformability of biaxial non-crimp fabric composites; Permeability of non-crimp fabric preforms; Understanding variability in the permeability of non-crimp fabric composite reinforcements; Modelling of the permeability of non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 3 Properties of non-crimp fabric composites: Mechanical properties of non-crimp fabric (NCF) based composites: Stiffness and strength; Damage progression in non-crimp fabric composites; Fatigue in non-crimp fabric composites; Mechanical properties of structurally stitched non-crimp fabric composites; Predicting the effect of stitching on the mechanical properties and damage of non-crimp fabric composites: Finite element analysis; Modelling drape, stress and impact behaviour of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling stiffness and strength of non-crimp fabric composites: Semi-laminar analysis. Part 4 Applications of non-crimp fabric composites: Aerospace applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric: Preforming analysis for helicopter applications; Automotive applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric composites in wind turbines; Cost analysis in using non-crimp fabric composites in engineering applications.

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 762 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 253 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697624

Edited by G Akovali 196 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85957 263 4 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572634 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Pultrusion for engineers Edited by T Starr, Technolex, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 11 ‘A comprehensive overview of current pultrusion technology.’

Materials World 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 425 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 888 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734258

Thermoset resins for composites Directory and databook Second edition Compiled by Technolex Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 7

384 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 406 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 699 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734067

Polymer-carbon nanotube composites Preparation, properties and applications Edited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and P Pötschke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research Dresden, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 34 ‘Enormously useful to all those in this area, whether in research labs or in industry. It will undoubtedly provide a substantial reference text for some time to come.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Preparation and processing of polymer carbon nanotube composites. Part 2 Properties and characterisation of polymer carbon nanotube composites. Part 3 Applications of polymer carbon nanotube composites.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 761 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 139 0 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697617

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Handbook of composite fabrication

Optimisation of composite structures design A Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 4

256 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) spiralbound 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 208 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 297 7 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732087

Design and manufacture of composite structures G C Eckold Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 2

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 051 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 856 0 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730519

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS Brittle matrix composites 10 Edited by A M Brandt, M A Glinicki, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek, Purdue University, USA and C K Y Leung, Hong Kong University, China The subjects of the symposia are on composite materials behaving as brittle, normal and special conditions of exploitation. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains and the series of symposia are closely related to their applications in civil engineering. In the last decades their importance is increasing along with their variety and the use of most advanced methods of testing. Papers include concretes, fibre concretes and ceramics, particularly their composition, microstructure and fracture processes. Various new and advanced engineering problems are presented in the papers.

350 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 988 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 989 1 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857099884

Brittle matrix composites 9 Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek, Purdue University, USA and I H Marshall The subjects of the symposia are on composite materials with matrices behaving as brittle in normal or special conditions. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains (civil engineering, mechanical equipment and machinery, vehicles, etc.) and in the last decades their importance is increasing together with their variety. Papers include: aggregate-binder composites (concretes, fibre concretes, rocks); sintered materials (ceramics); high strength composites with brittle matrices. In principle, the general problems of structures made of composite materials are not included in the papers.

Various approaches to the material engineering problems are presented in the papers.

600 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 775 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 307 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697754

Composite technologies for 2020 Proceedings of the fourth Asian-Australasian conference on composite materials (ACCM 4) Edited by L Ye, Y-W Mai and Z Su, University of Sydney, Australia 1120 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 831 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 062 5 £302.50/US$500.00/€365.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738317

Brittle matrix composites 7 Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, V C Li and I H Marshall 564 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 769 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 310 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737693

FRC 2000 – Composites for the millennium Proceedings from the Eighth International Conference on Fibre Reinforced Composites, 13-15 September 2000, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK

MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES NEW Advanced composites in bridge construction and repair Edited by J Kim, University of Colorado Denver, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 50

Advanced composite materials for bridge structures are recognized as a promising alternative to conventional construction materials such as steel. This book summarises key recent research in this area. After an introductory overview and an assessment of bond characteristics between composites and cement, Advanced composites in bridge construction and repair reviews key applications of fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in bridge construction and repair.

These applications include cable-stayed bridges, seismic retrofit of reinforced concrete piers, repair of ageing bridge substructures and superstructures, the use of pre-stressed FRP composites for concrete structures in flexure and composites for bridge decks.

CONTENTS

656 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 550 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 313 4 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735507

Using FRP composites in bridge construction: an overview; Analysing bonding between composites and concrete in bridge repair; All composite superstructures for accelerated bridge construction; FRP composites for cable-stayed bridges; FRP composites for seimic retrofit of reinforced concrete piers; Repair of ageing bridge substructure using CFRP composites; Repair of bridge superstructure using FRP composites; Pre-stressed FRP composites for concrete structures in flexure; Cement composites for bridge decks.

ECCM 7

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 694 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 701 9 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096944

Edited by A G Gibson, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK

7th European Conference on Composite Materials, London, UK, 1996 (2 volume set) 816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 304 6 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733046 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Ultra high temperature mechanical testing Edited by R D Lohr and M Steen CONTENTS

Keynote presentation: Alignment and gripping; Temperature measurement and calibration; Heating equipment and control; Extensometry and imaging; Laboratory systems and experiences.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 155 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 321 9 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731554

Building materials in civil engineering Edited by H Zhang Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 38 CONTENTS

Introduction; The basic properties of building materials; Air hardening binding materials; Cement; Concrete; Building mortar; Wall and roof materials; Construction steel; Wood; Waterproof materials; Building plastic; Heat-insulating materials and sound-absorbing materials; Finishing materials; Appendix tests of building materials.

Published in association with Science Press 440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 955 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 956 7 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699550

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

9

Civil engineering NEW Advances in thermal energy storage systems Methods and applications

NEW Rehabilitation of pipelines using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites

Edited by L F Cabeza, University of Lleida, Spain

Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama Texas at Arlington, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 66

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 52

Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

Pipelines are a critical component in industrial and civil infrastuctures, however they present particular challenges in monitoring and repair.

Fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites are increasingly being used as a flexible and costeffective means to repair ageing, corroded or damaged pipelines. This book reviews key issues and techniques in this imporant area.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 51

Thermal energy storage (TES) technologies store thermal energy (both heat and cold) for later use as required, rather than at the time of production. They are therefore important counterparts to various intermittent renewable energy generation methods and also provide a way of valorising waste process heat and reducing the energy demand of buildings. This book provides an authoritative overview of this key area. Part one reviews sensible heat storage technologies. Part two covers latent and thermochemical heat storage respectively. The final section addresses applications in heating and energy systems.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Sensible heat storage: Advances in molten salt and other liquid sensible storage systems; Advances in the use of solid storage media; Aquifer, cavern and pit thermal energy storage; Borehole thermal energy storage; Modeling of underground thermal energy systems (UTES). Part 2 Latent and thermochemical heat storage: Using snow and ice for thermal energy storage; Solid-liquid phase change materials (PCMs) for thermal energy storage; Encapsulation of phase change materials; Design of latent heat storage systems using PCMs; Integrating PCMs into buildings; Sorption systems for heat storage; Chemical reactions for thermal energy storage; Modelling of thermochemocal systems for energy. Part 3 Applications: Designing and operating thermal energy storage systems; Thermal energy storage systems for domestic housing; Thermal energy systems for district heating; Thermal energy storage systems using energy from waste; Thermal energy storage for concentrating solar power systems; Thermal energy storage in geenhouse systems; Thermal energy storage in energy transportation.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 088 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 096 5 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420880

Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildings

CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Different techniques for the repair of corroded metallic pipelines using FRP composites; Comparing the use of steel sleeve with FRP composite wrapping to repair damaged pipelines; Assessing the reliability of pipelines repaired using FRP composites. Part 2 Particular techniques: FRP composite sleeve repair systems; FRP composite wrapping systems for high pressure pipelines; FRP composite patching of cracked steel pipes; FRP composite repair of offshore risers; FRP composite overwrap repair systems for corroded pipelines; Designing FRP composite overwrap systems to allow for live pressure.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 684 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 692 0 Approx. £135.00/US$225.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096845

NEW Underground pipeline corrosion Edited by M Orazem, University of Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 63

NEW Rehabilitation of metallic civil infrastructure using fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites Types properties and testing methods

Fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites are increasingly used to repair and extend the service life of ageing or damaged infrastructures, including metallic structures.

This important book summarises key recent research in this area. The first part of the book looks at the use of FRP composites to repair components such as hollow steel sections and steel tension members, as well as ways of assessing the durability and fatigue life of components. The second part of the book reviews applications of FRP to infrastructure such as steel bridges.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Applications to components: Enhancing the strength of structural steel components; Strengthening hollow steel sections; Rehabilitation of steel tension members; Durability of strengthened components; Fatigue life of strengthened components; Fatigue life of adhesive bonds joining FRP composites to steel components; Rehabilitation of cracked aluminium components; Repair of metallic airframe components. Part 2 Applications to infrastructure: Extending the fatigue life of steel bridges; Rehabilitation of steel railway bridges; Rehabilitation of steel and aluminium structures; Rehabilitation of iron structures; Strengthening of historic metallic structures.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 653 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 665 4 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096531

Oil, gas and other types of underground pipeline are critical components of civil infrastructure.

Detecting the presence of corrosion which may cause a pipeline to fail is a major challenge.

This important book reviews key research on understanding corrosion processes and methods for detecting corrosion, including magnetic flux leakage, the close interval potential survey method, the Pearson survey method and in-line inspection techniques.

CONTENTS

Edited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 14 ‘A focus on the highest standards of latest research, rather than commercial interest, makes for a highquality book that still manages to hold commercial value.’

Materials World 760 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 526 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 927 7 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695262

Part 1 Understanding and managing corrosion processes: Understanding corrosion in underground pipelines: Basic principles; AC-induced corrosion of underground pipelines; Assessing the significance of corrosion in onshore oil and gas pipelines; Numerical simulations for cathodic protection of pipelines; Corrosion processes and the use of corrosion inhibitors in managing corrosion in underground pipelines; Types of corrosion inhibitor for managing corrosion in underground pipelines. Part 2 Methods for detecting corrosion: Electromagnetic methods for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines: Magnetic flux leakage (MFL); The close interval potential survey (CIS/CIPS) method for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; The Pearson survey method for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; In-line inspection (ILI) methods for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; The use of probes for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 509 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 926 6 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095091

10

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering NEW Eco-efficient construction and building materials Life cycle assessment (LCA), eco-labelling and case studies F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, Portugal, L F Cabeza, University of Lleida, Spain, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and A G de Magalhaes, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 49

Eco-efficient construction and buliding materials reviews ways of assessing the environmental impact of construction and building materials. Part one discusses the application of life cycle assessment (LCA) methodology to building materials as well as eco-labelling. Part two includes case studies showing the application of LCA methodology to different types of building material, from cement and concrete to wood and adhesives used in building. Part three includes case studies applying LCA methodology to particular structures and components.

CONTENTS

Introduction to the environmental impact of construction and building materials. Part 1 Life cycle assessment (LCA), eco-labelling and procurement: Mineral resource depletion assessment; LCA of sustainable building materials: An overview; LCA of the building sector: strengths and weaknesses; Using LCA methodology to develop eco-labels for construction and building materials; The EU Ecolabel scheme and its application to construction and building materials; Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) labelling of construction and building materials; Shortcomings of ecolabelling of construction and building materials; Green public procurement (GPP) of construction and building materials.

Part 2 Assessing the environmental impact of construction and building materials: Assessing the environmental impact of conventional and ‘green’ cement production; LCA of concrete made using recycled concrete or natural aggregates; LCA of building thermal insulation materials; LCA of phase change materials (PCMs) used in buildings; LCA of wood-based building materials; The environmental impact of adhesives; LCA of road pavement materials. Part 3 Assessing the environmental impact of particular types of structure: Comparing the environmental impact of reinforced concrete and wooden structures; Assessing the sustainability of prefabricated buildings; LCA of green facades and living wall systems; Assessing the environmental and economic impacts of cladding systems for green buildings; LCA of windows and window materials; LCA of ultra-high performance concrete (UHPC) structures; LCA of fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil applications.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 767 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 772 9 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097675

NEW Advanced fibrereinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications

NEW Developments in fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for civil engineering

Edited by J Bai, University of Glamorgan, UK

Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 46

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 45

Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites have become essential materials for the building of new structures and for the repair of existing infrastructure. Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications provides an overview of different advanced FRP composites and the use of these materials in a variety of application areas. Part one introduces materials used in the creation of advanced FRP composites. Part two goes on to explore the processing and fabrication of advanced FRP composites. Part three highlights properties of advanced FRP composites and explores how performance can be managed and tested. Applications of advanced FRP composites, including bridge engineering, pipe rehabilitation in the oil and gas industries and sustainable energy production, are discussed in part four.

The use of fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composite materials has had a dramatic effect on modern engineering techniques, with many major developments revolutionising the world of civil engineering over the last three decades. This comprehensive new study outlines the latest developments in FRP composites and their applications in civil engineering. The first part of this book outlines the general developments of FRP use and recent advancements in the design and processing techniques of advanced composites. Part two goes on to cover a wide range of applications of FRP composites within different aspects of civil engineering, including their use in disaster-resistant buildings, strengthening steel structures and bridge superstructures.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials: Phenolic resins as a matrix material in advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; Polyester resins as a matrix material in advanced FRP composites; Vinylester resins as a matrix material in advanced FRP composites; Epoxy resins as a matrix material in advanced FRP composites. Part 2 Processing and fabrication: Prepreg processing of advanced FRP composites; Resin infusion/liquid composite moulding (LCM) of advanced FRP; Filament winding processes in the manufacture of advanced FRP composites; Pultrusion of advanced FRP composites. Part 3 Properties, performance and testing: Understanding and predicting interfacial stress in advanced FRP composites for structural applications; Understanding and predicting stiffness in advanced FRP composites for structural applications; Understanding the durability of advanced FRP composites for structural applications; Testing of pultruded glass fibre-reinforced polymer (GFRP) composite materials and structures. Part 4 Applications: Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites to strengthen structures vulnerable to seismic damage; High performance fibre-reinforced concrete (FRC) for civil engineering applications; Advanced FRP composite materials in bridge engineering: Materials, properties and applications in bridge enclosures, reinforced and prestressed concrete beams and columns; Applications of advanced FRP composites in bridge engineering: Rehabilitation of metallic bridge structures, all FRP composite bridges and bridges built with hybrid systems; Advanced FRP composites for the manufacture and rehabilitation of pipes and tanks in the oil and gas industry; Sustainable energy production: Key material requirements; Advanced FRP composite materials for sustainable energy technologies; Improving the durability of advanced FRP composites using nanoclay; Advanced FRP composites for the rehabilitation of timber and concrete structures: Assessing strength and durability.

CONTENTS

Part 1 General developments: Types of fiber and fiber arrangement in fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; Biofiber reinforced polymer composites for structural applications; Advanced processing techniques for composite materials for structural applications; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) for external strengthening of structures; Failure modes in structural applications of FRP composites and their prevention; Assessing the durability of the interface between FRP composites and concrete in the rehabilitation of reinforced concrete structures. Part 2 Particular types and applications: Advanced FRP composites for civil engineering applications; Hybrid FRP composites for structural applications; Design of hybrid FRP/autoclave aerated concrete (AAC) panels for structural applications; Impact behavior of hybrid FRP/autoclave aerated concrete (AAC) panels for structural applications; Innovative FRP composites for disaster-resistant buildings; Thermoplastic composite structural insulated panels (CSIPs) for modular panelized construction; Thermoplastic composites for bridge structures; FRP composites for bridge superstructures; FRP composites for strengthening steel structures; FRP composites in environmental engineering applications; Design of all-composite structures using FRP composites.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 234 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 895 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092342

928 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 418 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 864 1 £225.00/US$370.00/€270.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094186

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

11

Civil engineering NEW Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction Materials, processes and applications

Toxicity of building materials

NEW Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste

Edited by F PachecoTorgal, University of Minho, Portugal, M V Diamanti, Polytechnic of Milan, Italy, A Nazari, Islamic Azad University, Iran and C Goran-Granqvist, Uppsala University, Sweden

Edited by F PachecoTorgal, University of Minho, Portugal, V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal, Y Ding, Dalian University of Technology in China and J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 43

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 47

As the environmental impact of existing construction and building materials comes under increasing scrutiny, the search for more eco-efficient solutions has intensified.

Nanotechnology offers great potential in this area and is already being widely used to great success. Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction is an authoritative guide to the role of nanotechnology in the development of eco-efficient construction materials and sustainable construction. Following an introduction to the use of nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction materials, part one considers a range of important infrastructural applications, before part two goes on to discuss applications for building energy efficiency. Finally, photocatalytic applications are the focus of part three.

The civil engineering sector accounts for a significant percentage of global material and energy consumption and is a major contributor of waste material. The ability to recycle and reuse concrete and demolition waste is critical to reducing environmental impacts meeting national, regional and global environmental targets. Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste summarises key recent research in achieving these goals.

CONTENTS

Introduction to nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction materials. Part 1 Infrastructural applications: Nanoscience and nanoengineering of cement-based materials; Nanoparticles for high-performance concrete (HPC); Self-sensing concrete with nanomaterials; The use of nanotechnology to enhance the bulk and surface properties of steel for structural applications; Nanoclay-modified asphalt mixtures for eco-efficient construction; Safety issues relating to nanomaterials for construction applications. Part 2 Applications for building energy efficiency: Thin films and nanostructured coatings for eco-efficient buildings; High performance thermal insulation materials for buildings; Silica nanogel for energy-efficient windows; Switchable glazing technology for eco-efficient construction; Third generation photovoltaic (PV) cells for eco-efficient buildings.

Part 3 Photocatalytic applications: Concrete, mortar and plaster using titanium dioxide nanoparticles: Applications in pollution control, self-cleaning and photosterilisation; Self-cleaning tiles and glasses for eco-efficient buildings; Nanotechnology in manufacturing paints for eco-efficient buildings; Nanotechnology for domestic water purification.

456 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 544 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 883 2 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095442

CONTENTS

Introduction to the recycling of construction and demolition waste (CDW). Part 1 Managing construction and demolition waste: Improving waste management plans in construction projects; Methods for estimating CDW; Waste management plants and technology for recycling CDW: State-of-theart and future challenges; Multi-criteria decision-making methods for the optimal location of CDW recycling facilities; The economics of CDW management facilities.

Part 2 Processing and properties of recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Conventional demolition versus deconstruction techniques in managing CDW; Demolition techniques and production of CDW for recycling; Preparation of concrete aggregates from CDW; Separation processes to improve the quality of recycled concrete aggregates (RCAs); Quality control of recycled aggregates (Ras) from CDW; Properties of concrete with recycled aggregates; Strength and durability of concrete using recycled aggregates (Ras). Part 3 Applications of recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Recycled aggregates (Ras) for roads; Recycled aggregates (Ras) for asphalt materials; Recycled asphalt (RA) for pavements; The suitability of concrete using recycled aggregates (Ras) for high-performance concrete (HPC); Use of CDW for alkali-activated or geopolymer cements.

Part 4 Environmental issues affecting recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Removing gypsum from construction and demolition waste (C&DW); Recycling asbestos-containing material (ACM) from CDW; Remediation processes for wood treated with organic and/or inorganic preservatives; An effective approach to utilize recycled aggregates (Ras) from alkali-silica reaction (ASR) affected portland cement concrete; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete with recycled aggregates (Ras); Assessing the potential environmental hazards of concrete made using recycled aggregates (Ras).

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 690 6 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096821

Edited by F PachecoTorgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 41

From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solutions.

CONTENTS

The main health hazards from building materials; Plastic materials: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); Plastic materials: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), polychloroprene rubber (CR); Materials responsible for formaldehyde and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions; Semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs): Phthalates, PFCs, flame retardants; Wood preservatives; Mineral fibre-based building materials and their health hazards; Radioactive materials; Materials that release toxic fumes during fire; Heavy metals: Lead; Other heavy metals: Mercury, cadmium, chromium and antimony; Materials prone to mould growth; Antimicrobial treatment and efficacy; Potential hazards from waste based/recycled building materials; Toxicity of nanoparticles.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 122 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 635 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091222

Polymer modified bitumen Properties and characterisation Edited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 39 CONTENTS

Introduction to polymer modified bitumen (PMB). Part 1 Types of polymer modified bitumen: Polymer modified bitumen emulsions (PMBEs); Modification of bitumen using polyurethanes; Rubber modified bitumen; The use of waste polymers to modify bitumen; Polypropylene fiber-reinforced bitumen. Part 2 Characterisation and properties: Rheology of polymer-modified bitumens; Factors affecting the rheology of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Ageing of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Natural weathering of styrenebutadiene modified bitumen; Fuel resistance of bituminous binders; Physio-chemical techniques for analysing the ageing of polymer modified bitumen.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 048 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 372 1 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090485

12

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering Building decorative materials

Textiles, polymers and composites for buildings

Edited by Y Li and S Ren

Edited by G Pohl, Leichtbau Institut, Germany

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 37

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 95 ‘…a very useful reference for specialists.’ ‘…covers subject matter not easily found elsewhere.’

Materials World The book begins by considering the main types of decorative material and the physical, mechanical and other properties they require.

It then discusses types and potential uses of decorative stone materials such as marble, granite, slate or gypsum. It then goes on to discuss the ways cement and concrete can be used for decorative effect, before considering the role of ceramics in such areas as tiling. The following chapters review decorative glass for windows or facades, metals and wood before assessing polymer materials such as plastics and textiles. The final group of chapters discuss coatings, including waterproofing materials, multifunctional materials used for such purposes as soundproofing and thermal insulation, and the use of more sustainable decorative materials.

CONTENTS

Basic properties of building decorative material; Building decorative stone; Gypsum decorative material; Building decorative cement; Building decorative concrete and mortar; Building decorative ceramic; Building decorative glass; Metal decorative material; Decorative wood; Decorative plastics; Building decorative fiber fabric and its products; Architectural coatings; Adhesives; Waterproof materials; Acoustic and thermal insulating materials; New energy-saving and environmental protective building materials.

Published in association with Science Press 420 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 257 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 258 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092571

Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications Edited by R Fangueiro, University of Minho, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 104 CONTENTS

Part 1 Types of fibrous textiles and structures: Natural and man-made fibres: Physical properties; Yarns: Production, processability and properties; Textile structures. Part 2 Fibrous materials as a concrete reinforcement material: Steel fibre reinforced concrete: Material properties and structural applications; Natural fibre reinforced concrete; The role of fibre reinforcement in mitigating shrinkage cracks in concrete. Part 3 Fibrous materials based composites for civil engineering applications: Fibrous materials reinforced composites production techniques; Fibrous materials reinforced composite for internal reinforcement of concrete structures; Fibrous materials reinforced composites for structural health monitoring; Fibrous insulation materials in building engineering applications; Acoustic behaviour of fibrous materials; The use of textile materials for architectural membranes.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 558 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 252 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695583

Published in association with The Textile Institute 524 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 397 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 999 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693978

Sustainability of construction materials Edited by J Khatib, University of Wolverhampton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 27 ‘This polished work, edited by Jamal Khatib, is ground-breaking and based on an international team of contributors, it is laid out in the form of a super academic journal, each chapter presenting an abstract, keywords and references.’

Materials World

Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 33 ‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 349 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 584 2 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693497

Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 399 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 803 4 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693992

Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK and J G Teng, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China

Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic events

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 25

Edited by R A Behr, Pennsylvania State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 31 ‘The book provides a comprehensive review and design guide for AG components in buildings that would improve their performance against seismic and climatic events’

Materials World 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 369 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 685 6 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693695

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 448 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 489 0 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694487

Durability of composites for civil structural applications Edited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 22

Geopolymers Structures, processing, properties and industrial applications Edited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 29 ‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in pursuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

Materials World 464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 449 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 638 2 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694494

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 035 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 356 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690359

Geosynthetics in civil engineering Edited by R W Sarsby, University of Wolverhampton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 57 Published in association with The Textile Institute 312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 607 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 249 0 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736078

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

13

Civil engineering CEMENT AND CONCRETE

Advanced civil infrastructure materials Science, mechanics and applications Edited by H Wu, Wayne State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 17 CONTENTS

Advanced concrete for use in civil engineering; Advanced steel for use in civil engineering; Advanced cement composites for use in civil engineering; Advanced fibrereinforced polymer composites for use in civil engineering; Rehabilitation of civil structures using advanced polymer composites; Advanced engineered wood composites for use in civil engineering; Sustainable materials for the built environment.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 943 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 117 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739437

Polymers in cementitious materials M Miller 192 pages 250 x 185mm paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 491 1 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574911 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in construction ACIC 2004 Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 13 784 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 736 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 064 9 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737365

Strengthening of reinforced concrete structures Using externally-bonded FRP composites in structural and civil engineering Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey and M Leeming, Mouchel Consulting Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 5 ‘Consider this a good reference for one interested in looking at composites and FRP use within the infrastructure arena.’

SAMPE Journal

NEW Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste

14

Edited by J Weerheijm, TNO and Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 48

Edited by F PachecoTorgal, University of Minho, Portugal, V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal, Y Ding, Dalian University of Technology in China and J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 47

The civil engineering sector accounts for a significant percentage of global material and energy consumption and is a major contributor of waste material. The ability to recycle and reuse concrete and demolition waste is critical to reducing environmental impacts meeting national, regional and global environmental targets. Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste summarises key recent research in achieving these goals.

CONTENTS

Introduction to the recycling of construction and demolition waste (CDW). Part 1 Managing construction and demolition waste: Improving waste management plans in construction projects; Methods for estimating CDW; Waste management plants and technology for recycling CDW: State-of-theart and future challenges; Multi-criteria decision-making methods for the optimal location of CDW recycling facilities; The economics of CDW management facilities.

Part 2 Processing and properties of recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Conventional demolition versus deconstruction techniques in managing CDW; Demolition techniques and production of CDW for recycling; Preparation of concrete aggregates from CDW; Separation processes to improve the quality of recycled concrete aggregates (RCAs); Quality control of recycled aggregates (Ras) from CDW; Properties of concrete with recycled aggregates; Strength and durability of concrete using recycled aggregates (Ras). Part 3 Applications of recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Recycled aggregates (Ras) for roads; Recycled aggregates (Ras) for asphalt materials; Recycled asphalt (RA) for pavements; The suitability of concrete using recycled aggregates (Ras) for high-performance concrete (HPC); Use of CDW for alkali-activated or geopolymer cements.

Part 4 Environmental issues affecting recycled aggregates from construction and demolition waste: Removing gypsum from construction and demolition waste (C&DW); Recycling asbestos-containing material (ACM) from CDW; Remediation processes for wood treated with organic and/or inorganic preservatives; An effective approach to utilize recycled aggregates (Ras) from alkali-silica reaction (ASR) affected portland cement concrete; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete with recycled aggregates (Ras); Assessing the potential environmental hazards of concrete made using recycled aggregates (Ras).

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 690 6 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096821

352 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 378 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 761 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733787

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

NEW Understanding the tensile properties of concrete

The response of concrete under tensile loading is crucial for most applications because concrete is much weaker in tension than in compression. Understanding the response mechanisms of concrete under tensile conditions is therefore key to understanding and using concrete in structural applications.

Understanding the tensile properties of concrete summarises key recent research in this important subject.

CONTENTS

Introduction to concrete: A resilient material system. Part 1 Concrete in static tensile loading: Factors affecting the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling the effect of material composition on the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling moisture transport in intact and fractured concrete. Part 2 Concrete in dynamic tensile loading: Modelling the response of concrete structures to dynamic loading; Dynamic test devices for analysing the tensile properties of concrete; Response mechanisms of concrete under impulsive tensile loading; Modelling the dynamic response of concrete with mesoscopic heterogeneity; Mesoscopic modelling of concrete under different moisture conditions and loading rates; Modelling the response of concrete structures from strain rate effects to shock induced loading; Understanding the dynamic response of concrete to loading: Practical examples.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 045 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 753 8 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090454

Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete Monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation techniques Edited by M Raupach, Aachen University, Germany, B Elsener, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland, R Polder, TNO Built Environment and Geosciences, The Netherlands and J Mietz, Federal Institute of Materials Research and Testing, Germany European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 38 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 210 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 228 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692100

Durability of concrete and cement composites Edited by C L Page and M M Page, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 21 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 85573 940 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 339 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739406

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering NEW Eco-efficient concrete

Understanding the rheology of concrete

Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V M John, University of San Paulo, Brazil

Edited by N Roussel, LCPC, France

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 42 ‘Eco-efficient concrete, which compiles together reviews of a wide range of technologies and strategies, enables the concrete technologist to be in a better position for producing and developing ecologically friendly concrete.’

Professor Arnon Bentur, Israel Institute of Technology (from the Foreword) Eco-efficient concrete is a comprehensive guide to the characteristics and environmental performance of key concrete types. Part one discusses the eco-efficiency and life cycle assessment of Portland cement concrete, before part two goes on to consider concrete with supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs). Concrete with non-reactive wastes is the focus of part three, including municipal solid waste incinerator (MSWI) concrete, and concrete with polymeric, construction and demolition wastes (CDW). An eco-efficient approach to concrete carbonation is also reviewed, followed by an investigation in part four of future alternative binders and the use of nano and biotech in concrete production.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Eco-efficiency of Portland cement concrete: Environmental impact of Portland cement production; Low binder intensity eco-efficient concretes; Life cycle assessment (LCA) aspects of concrete. Part 2 Concrete with supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs): Natural pozzolans in eco-efficient concrete; Artificial pozzolans in eco-efficient concrete; Tests to evaluate pozzolanic activity in eco-efficient concrete; Properties of concrete with high volume pozzolans; Influence of supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs) on concrete durability; Performance of self- compacting concrete (SCC) with high volume SCMs; High volume ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) concrete; Recycled glass concrete. Part 3 Concrete with non-reactive wastes: Municipal solid waste incinerator (MSWI) concrete; Concrete with polymeric wastes; Concrete with construction and demolition wastes (CDW); An ecoefficient approach to concrete carbonation; Concrete with polymers. Part 4 Future alternative binders and use of nano and biotech: Alkali-activated based concrete; Sulfoaluminate cement; Reactive magnesia cement; Nanotechnology for ecoefficient concrete; Biotechconcrete: An innovative approach for concrete with enhanced durability.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 424 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 899 3 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094247

Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concrete Edited by S Mindess, University of British Columbia, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 24 308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 263 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 468 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692636

Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 40

Volume 1: Deterioration processes and standard test methods

‘Anyone wanting to understand the rheological behaviors of concrete, including measurement techniques, the impact of mix design and casting, now has this book for reference.’

Edited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for NonDestructive Testing (IZFP), Germany

The Indian Concrete Journal CONTENTS

Part 1 Measuring the rheological behaviour of concrete: Introduction to the rheology of complex fluids; Introduction to the rheometry of complex suspensions; Concrete rheometers; From industrial testing to rheological parameters for concrete; The rheology of cement during setting. Part 2 Mix design and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Particle packing and the rheology of concrete; Superplasticizers and the rheology of concrete; Viscosityenhancing admixtures and the rheology of concrete; Fibre reinforcement and the rheology of concrete. Part 3 Casting and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Modelling the flow of self-compacting concrete; Thixotropy: from measurement to casting of concrete; Understanding formwork pressure generated by fresh concrete; Understanding the pumping of conventional vibrated and self-compacting concrete.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 028 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 528 2 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090287

The electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete R Myrdal, Rescon Mapei AS, Norway European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 43 40 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 234 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 255 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692346

Corrosion in reinforced concrete structures Edited by H Böhni, Formerly Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 14 ‘…a remarkable manual through its very comprehensive statement about the subject.’

Iasi Polytechnic Magazine 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 768 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 043 4 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737686

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 34 CONTENTS

Part 1 Deterioration of reinforced concrete and testing problems: Introduction: Key issues in the non-destructive testing of concrete structures; When to use non-destructive testing of reinforced concrete structures: An overview; Deterioration processes in reinforced concrete: An overview; Modelling of ageing and corrosion processes in reinforced concrete structures; Components in concrete and their impact on quality: An overview; The role and tools of lifetime management of civil structures. Part 2 Conventional/standard testing methods: Conventional/ standard testing methods for concrete: An overview; Microscopic examination of deteriorated concrete; The analysis of solid components and their ratios in reinforced concrete structures; The determination of chlorides in concrete structures; Investigating the original water content of concrete.

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 560 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 953 6 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695606

Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures Volume 2: Non-destructive testing methods Edited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for NonDestructive Testing (IZFP), Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 35 CONTENTS

Part 1 Planning and implementing non-destructive testing of reinforced concrete structures. Part 2 Individual nondestructive testing techniques. Part 3 Case studies.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 950 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 960 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699505

Failure, distress and repair of concrete structures Edited by N Delatte, Cleveland State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 32 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 408 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 703 7 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694081

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

15

Civil engineering MONITORING AND CONDITION ASSESSMENT NEW Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems Edited by S Tesfamariam, University of British Columbia, Canada and K Goda, University of Bristol, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 44

Earthquakes represent a major risk to buildings, bridges and other components of civil infrastructure. Seismic hazard analysis forms the fundamental basis for many modern earthquake design code provisions and practices. This important handbook reviews the wealth of recent research in this crucial area.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Ground motions and seismic hazard assessment: Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis of civil infrastructure; Uncertainties in ground motion prediction in probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) of civil infrastructure; Spatial correlation of ground motions in estimating seismic hazards to civil infrastructure; Ground motion selection for seismic risk analysis of civil infrastructure; Assessing and managing risk of earthquake-induced liquefaction to civil infrastructure. Part 2 Seismic risk analysis methodologies: Seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems: An overview; Seismic risk analysis using Bayesian belief networks; Structural vulnerability analysis of civil infrastructure facing seismic hazards; Earthquake risk management of civil infrastructure: Integrating soft and hard risks; A capability approach for seismic risk analysis and management; Resilience-based design (RBD) modelling of civil infrastructure to assess seismic hazards. Part 3 Assessing seismic risks to buildings: Assessing seismic risks for new and existing buildings using performance-based earthquake engineering (PBEE) methodology; Assessing the seismic vulnerability of masonry buildings; Vulnerability assessment of reinforced-concrete structures for fire and earthquake risk; Seismic risk models for ageing and deteriorating buildings and civil infrastructure; Stochastic modeling of deterioration in buildings and civil infrastructure. Part 4 Assessing seismic risks to bridges and other components of civil infrastructure networks: Risk assessment and management of civil infrastructure networks: A systems approach; Seismic vulnerability analysis of a complex interconnected civil infrastructure; Seismic reliability of deteriorating reinforced concrete bridges; Using a performance-based earthquake engineering (PBEE) approach to estimate structural performance targets for bridges; Incremental dynamic analysis (IDA) applied to seismic risk assessment of bridges; Effect of soil-structure interaction and spatial variability of ground motion on seismic risk assessment of bridges; Seismic risk management of water pipeline networks; Seismic risk assessment of water supply systems; Seismic risk assessment for oil and gas pipelines; Seismic risk analysis of wind turbine support structures.

Part 5 Assessing financial and other losses from earthquake damage: Seismic risk and possible maximum loss (PML) analysis of reinforced concrete structures; Seismic risk management of insurance losses using extreme value theory and copula; Probabilistic assessment of earthquake insurance rates for buildings; Assessing global earthquake risks: The Global Earthquake Model (GEM) initiative; Strategies for rapid global earthquake impact estimation: The Prompt Assessment of Global Earthquakes for Response (PAGER) system.

920 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 268 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 898 6 £225.00/US$370.00/€270.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092687

16

Toxicity of building materials Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 41

From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solutions.

CONTENTS

The main health hazards from building materials; Plastic materials: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); Plastic materials: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), polychloroprene rubber (CR); Materials responsible for formaldehyde and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions; Semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs): Phthalates, PFCs, flame retardants; Wood preservatives; Mineral fibre-based building materials and their health hazards; Radioactive materials; Materials that release toxic fumes during fire; Heavy metals: Lead; Other heavy metals: Mercury, cadmium, chromium and antimony; Materials prone to mould growth; Antimicrobial treatment and efficacy; Potential hazards from waste based/recycled building materials; Toxicity of nanoparticles.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 122 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 635 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091222

Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama at Huntsville and F Ansari, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 30 CONTENTS

Structural health monitoring: Applications and data analysis. Part 1 Structural health monitoring technologies: Piezoelectric impedence transducers for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Wireless sensors and networks for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Synthetic aperture radar and remote sensing technologies for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Magnetoelastic stress sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Vibration-based damage detection techniques for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Operational modal analysis for vibration-based structural health monitoring of civil structures; Fiber optic sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Data management and signal processing for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Statistical pattern recognition and damage detection in structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure and other systems.

Part 2 Applications of structural health monitoring in civil infrastructure systems: Structural health monitoring of bridges: General issues and applications; Structural health monitoring of cable-supported bridges in Hong Kong; Structural health monitoring of historic buildings; Structural health monitoring research in Europe: Trends and applications; Structural health monitoring research in China: Trends and applications.

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 392 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 682 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693923

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama in Huntsville and L S Lee, University of the Pacific, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 36 ‘Readers seeking an introduction to refurbishment using fibre reinforced polymers and the underlying principles of service life estimation will not be disappointed with this text.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites to extend the service-life of civil engineering structures: Key issues in the use of FRP composites in the rehabilitation and retrofitting of concrete structures; Using FRP composites to extend the service life of corroded concrete structures; Areas of uncertainty in the use of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in the rehabilitation of civil engineering structures; Rehabilitation and service life estimation of bridge superstructures. Part 2 Estimating the service life of civil engineering structures: Service life, reliability and maintenance of civil structures; Probabilistic methods for service life estimation of civil engineering structures; Non-destructive evaluation and testing (NDE/NDT) of civil structures rehabilitated using FRP composites; Structural health monitoring and field validation of civil engineering structures; Databases and knowledge-based systems for service-life estimation of FRP rehabilitated civil engineering structures; Pipeline rehabilitation systems for service-life extension.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 398 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 092 8 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693985

Condition assessment of aged structures Edited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 26 ‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’

Materials World 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 334 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 521 7 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693343

Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structures Edited by G Fu, Wayne State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 16 288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 939 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 095 3 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739390

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING Modern earth buildings Materials, engineering, constructions and applications Edited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK, R Lindsay, Earth Structures Pty Ltd, Australia and M Krayenhoff, SIREWALL Inc, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 33 ‘Long overdue as a resource and instantly useable by knowledge professionals.’

Keith Robinson, Dialog Architecture With the improved energy efficiency, high level of structural integrity and aestheticallypleasing finishes achieved in modern earth construction, it is now one of the leading choices for sustainable, low-energy building.

Modern earth buildings provides an essential exploration of the materials and techniques key to the design, development and construction of such buildings. Part one provides an introduction to design and construction issues including insulation, occupant comfort and building codes. Part two goes on to investigate materials for earth buildings, before building technologies are explored in part three, including construction techniques for earth buildings. Modern earth structural engineering is the focus of part four. Finally, part five of Modern earth buildings explores the application of modern earth construction through international case studies.

Structural dynamics of earthquake engineering Theory and application using Mathematica and Matlab

800 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 026 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 616 6 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090263

Fundamentals and applications Edited by Z X Guo, Queen Mary University of London, UK

S Rajasekaran, PSG College of Technology, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 28 896 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 518 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 573 6 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695187

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 20 ‘Credit goes to the editor for organising modelling experts to review topics which combine multiscale mathematics with potential range of applications’ ‘The book provides a comprehensive review of MMM that would promote a practical challenge to predict failures of materials’

Materials World

Design and optimization of metal structures

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 071 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 337 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690717

J Farkas and K Jarmai, University of Miskolc, Hungary Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 23 ‘This world-wide state-of-the-art book. ...is recommendable as the best entry guide to this field.’

Prof. K. Horikawa, University of Osaka, Joining and Welding Research Institute, Japan ‘A good candidate for the classroom as well as the professional bookshelf.’

SciTech Book News 328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 29 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 047 7 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275299

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to modern earth buildings: Overview of modern earth building; Hygrothermal behaviour and occupant comfort in modern earth buildings; Fabric insulation, thermal bridging and acoustics in modern earth buildings; Modern earth building codes, standards and normative development; Passive house design: A benchmark for thermal mass fabric. Part 2 Earth materials engineering and earth construction: Soil materials for earth construction: Properties, classification and suitability testing; Alternative and recycled materials for earth construction; Soil mechanics and earthen construction: Strength and mechanical behaviour; Soil stabilisation and earth construction: Materials, properties, and techniques; Integral admixtures and surface treatments for modern earth buildings; Weathering and durability of earthen materials and structures. Part 3 Earth building technologies and earth construction techniques: History of earth building techniques; Stabilised soil blocks for structural masonry in earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction techniques; Pneumatically impacted stabilized earth (PISE) construction techniques; Conservation of historic earth buildings. Part 4 Modern earth structural engineering: Earth masonry structures: Arches, vaults and domes; Structural steel elements within stabilised rammed earth (SRE) walling; Natural disasters and earth buildings: Resistant design and construction; Embankments and earthfill dams: Construction materials and techniques. Part 5 Application of modern earth construction: International case studies: North American modern earth construction; Australasian modern earth construction; European modern earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction in China.

Multiscale materials modelling

Design, fabrication and economy of welded structures

Analysis and design of plated structures Volume 1: Stability Edited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 18 508 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 967 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 096 0 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739673

Analysis and design of plated structures Volume 2: Dynamics

International conference proceedings, 2008

Edited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore

K Jarmai and J Farkas, University of Miskolc, Hungary

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 19

‘A remarkably coherent set of papers.’

SciTech Book News 592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 28 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 048 4 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275282

The deformation and processing of structural materials Edited by Z X Guo, Queen Mary University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 15 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 738 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 078 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737389

508 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 116 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 229 2 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691165

The electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineering R Myrdal, Rescon Mapei AS, Norway European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 43 40 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 234 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 255 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692346

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

17

Polymer composites Durability of engineering structures Design, repair and maintenance J Bijen, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 12

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 695 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 856 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736955

Applied elasticity Matrix and tensor analysis of elastic continua Second edition J D Renton, University of Oxford, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 11

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 85 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 958 7 £72.50/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563853

Introduction to structures W R Spillers, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 10

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 94 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 055 2 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563945

Elastic beams and frames Second edition J D Renton, University of Oxford, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 9

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 86 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 962 4 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563860

Plasticity for engineers Theory and applications C R Calladine, University of Cambridge, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 8

328 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 898563 70 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 970 9 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563709

Mechanics of solids C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 7

480 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 67 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 971 6 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563679

18

POLYMER COMPOSITES

Analysis of engineering structures

NEW Polymer composites in the aerospace industry

B Bedenik, University of Maribor, Slovenia and C B Besant, Imperial College, UK

Edited by P Irving, Cranfield University, UK and C Soutis, University of Manchester, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 6 392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 55 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 972 3 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563556

Macro-engineering and the earth World projects for year 2000 and beyond U W Kitzinger, First President of Templeton College, Oxford, UK and E G Frankel, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 4 290 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 59 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 058 3 £72.50/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563594

Macro-engineering MIT Brunel lectures on global infrastructure F P Davidson, E G Frankl and C L Meador, Macro-Engineering Research Group, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 3 210 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 33 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 057 6 £72.50/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563334

Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanics C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 2 624 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 898563 28 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 983 9 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563280

Finite element techniques in structural mechanics C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 1 220 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 898563 25 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 984 6 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563259

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 50

Polymer composites are increasingly used in aerospace applications due to properties such as strength and durability compared to weight.

Edited by two leading authorities in the field, this book summarises key recent research on design, manufacture and performance of composite components for aerospace structures. Part one reviews the design and manufacture of different types of composite component. Part two discusses aspects of performance such as stiffness, strength, fatigue, impact and blast behaviour, response to temperature and humidity as well as nondestructive testing and monitoring techniques.

CONTENTS

Using composite materials in aircraft design: An overview.

Part 1 Design and manufacture of composite components: Modelling 2D and 3D composites; Manufacturing processes; Manufacturing variable angle tow (VAT) composites; Manufacturing defects. Part 2 Composite performance: Modelling stiffness and strength; Fatigue under multiaxial loading; Delamination fatigue cracking; Impact and postimpact fatigue behaviour; Design and testing crashworthy components; Design and failure analysis of bolted joints; Response to temperature and humidity; Blast response; Repair of damaged aerospace structures; Non-destructive testing; Structural health monitoring.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 523 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 918 1 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095237

Polymer matrix composites and technology R Wang, S Zheng and Y Zheng, School of Science at Northwestern Polytechnic University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 37 CONTENTS

Introduction to polymer matrix composites. Part 1 Component materials: Reinforced materials; Matrix materials; Interface of polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Processing of composite materials: Fabrication of the half-finished products for polymer composites; Forming technology of polymer matrix composites; Molding technology of sandwich structure composites. Part 3 Performance of composite materials: Elementary mechanical properties of composite materials; Other mechanical properties of composite materials; High frequency dielectric properties of composites and radome; Other properties of polymer composites.

Published in association with Science Press 568 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 221 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 222 9 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092212

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymer composites Advances in polymer nanocomposites Types and applications

Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites

Edited by F Gao, Nottingham Trent University, UK

Edited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 41

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 32

S-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia

The addition of nanoparticles to polymer composites has led to a new generation of composite materials with enhanced and novel properties. Advances in polymer nanocomposites reviews the main types of polymer nanocomposites and their applications. Part one reviews types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers, whilst part two focuses on types of polymer nanocomposites according to base. Finally, part three investigates key applications, including fuel cells, aerospace applications, optical applications, coatings and flame retardant polymer nanocomposites.

‘The range of topics covered is impressive and diverse.’ ‘…a great snapshot of research and development in this field.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 26 ‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable.

The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World 364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 269 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 649 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692698

Part 1 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers: Processing of carbon nanotube-based nanocomposites; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of polymer nanocomposites; Calcium carbonate nanocomposites; Layered double hydroxides (LDHs) as functional fillers in polymer nanocomposites; Cellulose nanoparticles as reinforcement in polymer nanocomposites; Metal-polymer nanocomposites. Part 2 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to base: Polyolefin-based polymer nanocomposites; Poly(vinyl chloride)-based nanocomposites; Nylon-based polymer nanocomposites; Clay-containing poly (ethylene terephthalate) (PET)-based polymer nanocomposites; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) -based polymer nanocomposites; Soft polymer nanocomposites and gels; Biodegradable polymer nanocomposites. Part 3 Applications of polymer nanocomposites: Polymer nanocomposites in fuel cells; Polymer nanocomposites for aerospace applications; Flame-retardant polymer nanocomposites; Polymer nanocomposites for optical applications; Polymer nanocomposite coatings.

Part 1 Viscoelastic and viscoplastic modelling: Viscoelastic constitutive modeling of creep and stress relaxation in polymers and polymer matrix composites; Timetemperature-age superposition principle for predicting long-term response of linear viscoelastic materials; Timedependent behaviour of active/intelligent polymer matrix composites incorporating piezoceramic fibers; Predicting the elastic-viscoplastic and creep behaviour of polymer matrix composites using the homogenization theory; Measuring fiber strain and creep behaviour in polymer matrix composites using Raman spectroscopy; Predicting the viscoelastic behaviour of polymer nanocomposites; Constitutive modelling of viscoplastic deformation of polymer matrix composites; Creep analysis of polymer matrix composites using viscoplastic models; Micromechanical modeling of viscoelastic behaviour of polymer matrix composites undergoing large deformations. Part 2 Creep rupture: Fiber bundle models for creep rupture analysis of polymer matrix composites; Micromechanical modelling of time-dependent failure in off-axis polymer matrix composites; Timedependent failure criteria for lifetime prediction of polymer matrix composite structures. Part 3 Fatigue modelling, characterisation and monitoring: Testing the fatigue strength of fibers used in fiber-reinforced composites using fiber bundle tests; Continuum damage mechanical modelling of creep damage and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Accelerated testing methodology for predicting long-term creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Fatigue testing methods for polymer matrix composites; The effect of viscoelasticity on fatigue behavior of polymer matrix composites; Characterization of vicoelasticity, viscoplasticity and damage in composites; Structural health monitoring of composite structures for durability.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 940 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 624 1 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699406

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 656 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 043 0 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696566

Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites

Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles

E S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK

Edited by P Brown and K Stevens, Clemson University, USA

CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 27 CONTENTS

Edited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 31 ‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World 952 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 672 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 024 9 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696726

Introduction to failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites; Methodology and tools for failure analysis of polymer composites; Fibre-dominated failures in polymer composites; Delamination-dominated failures in polymer composites; Fatigue failures of polymer composites; The influence of fibre architecture in the failure of polymer composites; Defects and damage and their role in the failure of polymer composites; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to overload and design deficiencies; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to material and manufacturing defects; Case studies: Failures of polymer composites due to in-service factors.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 217 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 681 8 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692179

Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites N Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 23 220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 393 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 505 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693930

Wood-polymer composites Edited by K O Niska, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden and M Sain, University of Toronto, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 24 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 272 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 457 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692728

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 67 Published in association with The Textile Institute 544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 105 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 373 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691059

Epoxy composites Impact resistance and flame retardancy D Ratna 118 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 065 7 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350657 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

19

Polymers and biopolymers Lightweight ballistic composites Military and law-enforcement applications Edited by A Bhatnagar, Honeywell International, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 19 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 941 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 155 4 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739413

Integrated design and manufacture using fibrereinforced polymeric composites Edited by M J Owen, V Middleton and I A Jones, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 15 ‘An excellent and timely work which should be of help to everyone in the world of practical composites.’

Materials World

Polymer nanocomposites Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia and Z-Z Yu, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 20 608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 112 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739697

Design and manufacture of textile composites Edited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 41 ‘…an invaluable guide for manufacturers of polymer composite components, end-users and designers, researchers in the fields of structural materials and technical textiles and textile manufacturers. …covers a broad range of polymer composite materials with textile reinforcements.’

Journal of Natural Fibers Published in association with The Textile Institute 492 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 744 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 082 3 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737440

Green composites Polymer composites and the environment Edited by C Baillie, Queen’s University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 17 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 739 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 039 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737396

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 453 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 887 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734531

3-D textile reinforcements in composite materials Edited by A Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 10 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 376 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 192 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733763

Short fibre-polymer composites Edited by S K De, Indian Institute of Technology, India and J R White, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 5 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 220 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 867 6 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732209

Handbook of polymer composites for engineers Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 3 Published in association with The British Plastics Federation 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 129 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 860 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731295

Clay-containing polymeric nanocomposites

Thermoplastic aromatic polymer composites

Two volume set

F N Cogswell

L A Utracki, National Research Council Canada, Industrial Materials Institute, Canada

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 1

786 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 487 4 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574874 Not available for distribution in the USA.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 086 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 925 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730861

20

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

POLYMERS AND BIOPOLYMERS NEW Compression techniques for polymer sciences B S Tice, Advanced Human Design, USA Compression techniques for polymer sciences addresses the types and properties of polymers found in algorithms that are suitable for use in the analysis, research and experimentation on polymers. The book presents a brief history of the field and an introduction on algorithmic programs for use in chemical and engineering applications of polymers. Chapters focus on polymer types and applications with algorithms. This book will be useful for chemists and engineers working in the polymer sciences, as well as graduate and postgraduate university students in the physical sciences and engineering.

CONTENTS

A short history; Algorithms; Polymers; Algorithms and polymers; An engineering application; The natural sciences and algorithms.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 816 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 829 0 Approx. £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098160

NEW High temperature polymer blends Edited by M T DeMeuse, Polymer Consultant, USA Polymer blends offer properties beyond those of single polymers and provide the opportunity to tailor and control properties through selection of the blend composition.

An important area for polymer blends is high temperature applications where existing polymers could not normally be used. This book reviews recent research in the field, including characterisation methods and analysis of the thermodynamic properties of these blends. It also reviews the use of materials such as liquid crystals as reinforcements as well as applications in such areas as energy and aerospace engineering.

CONTENTS

Introduction to high temperature polymer blends; Characterisation methods; Thermodynamics; Liquid crystal polymer reinforcements; Polysulfones as reinforcements; PBIs as reinforcements; Applications of of high temperature polymer blends.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84569 785 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 901 3 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697853

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymers and biopolymers NEW Smart polymers and their applications Edited by M R Aguilar de Armas and J San Román, Institute of Polymer Science and Technology (ICTP), Spain Smart polymers are polymers that respond to different stimuli or changes in the environment. The first part of this book reviews the different types of smart polymer, discussing their properties, structure, design and characterization. Part two reviews applications of smart polymers in such areas as biomedical engineering, textiles and food packaging.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types of smart polymer: Temperature-responsive polymers; pH-responsive polymers; Photo-responsive polymers; Magnetically-responsive polymers; Enzymeresponsive polymers; Shape memory polymers; Smart polymer hydrogels; Self-healing polymer systems. Part 2 Applications of smart polymers: Tissue engineering; Drug delivery; Medical devices for minimally invasive surgery and diagnosis; Bio-separation and biotechnological applications; Textile applications; Food packaging; Data storage.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 695 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 702 6 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096951

NEW Advances in shape memory polymers Edited by J Hu, Hong Kong Polytechnic Institute, Hong Kong Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 146

Shape memory materials are immensely useful because of their capability to recover their original shapes upon exposure to an external stimulus such as heat, moisture, light or a magnetic field. This book reviews key recent research in shape memory polymers, their properties and applications.

CONTENTS

Introduction to shape memory polymers; Tm type shape memory polymers; Tg type shape memory polymers; High performance type shape memory polymers prepared by modified two-step polymerization; Supramolecular shape memory polymers; Supramolecular shape memory polymers containing pyridine; Thermally-induced properties of supramolecular shape memory polymers containing pyridine; Moisture-induced properties of supramolecular shape memory polymers containing pyridine; Shape memory polymers with novel functions: Electro-active, magneticallyactive, light-adaptive and phase change materials; Shape memory finishing treatments for smart textiles; Manufacture of Tg and Tm shape memory polyurethane (SMPU) polymers; Future developments in shape memory polymers.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 852 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 854 2 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098528

NEW Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fastmoving consumer goods (FMCG) Markets, materials and technologies Edited by N Farmer, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition No. 244

Packaging plays an essential role in protecting and extending the shelf life of a wide range of foods, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods. There have been many key developments in packaging materials and technologies in recent years, and Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) provides a concise review of these developments and international market trends. Current trends in packaging are introduced, before varied packaging options and the role these play in augmenting and securing the consumer brand experience are discussed. Innovations and trends in plastic, bioplastics, metal, paper and paperboard packaging are explored, along with regulatory and legislative frameworks, developments in nanotechnology, smart and interactive packaging, and potential future trends.

CONTENTS

Present status and trends in innovations in packaging for food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Modified atmosphere packaging and other active packaging systems for food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Augmenting and securing the consumer brand experience through smart and intelligent packaging for food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Developments in plastic materials and recycling systems for packaging food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Developments in bioplastic materials for packaging food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Innovations and trends in metal packaging for food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Paper and paperboard innovations and developments for the packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; International environmental and sustainability regulatory and legislative frameworks for the packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods; Nanotechnology and the packaging of food and other fast-moving consumer goods; Smart and interactive packaging developments for enhanced communication at the packaging/user interface; The future: Global trends and analysis for the international packaging market in relation to the speed of impact of packaging innovation and likely material changes.

344 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 503 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 897 9 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095039

Packaging technology Fundamentals, materials and processes Edited by A Emblem, University of the Arts London and H Emblem, Environmental Packaging Solutions, UK Packaging is a complex and wide-ranging subject. Comprehensive in scope and authoritative in its coverage, Packaging technology provides the ideal introduction and reference for both students and experienced packaging professionals.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Packaging fundamentals: Packaging and society; The packaging supply chain; Packaging functions; Packaging legislation; Packaging and environmental sustainability; Packaging and marketing. Part 2 Packaging materials and components: Glass packaging; Rigid metal packaging; Aluminium foil packaging; Paper and paper board packaging; Corrugated board packaging; Basics of polymer chemistry for packaging materials; Plastics properties for packaging materials; Plastics manufacturing processes for packaging materials; Packaging closures; Adhesives for packaging; Labels for packaging. Part 3 Packaging processes: Packaging design and development; Printing for packaging; Packaging machinery and line operations; Hazard and risk management in packaging.

Published in association with IOP: The Packaging Society 600 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 665 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 570 1 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696658

Thermosets Structure, properties and applications Edited by Q Guo, Deakin University, Australia Thermosets are a key group of polymers.

Understanding how their chemistry and structure affects their properties is essential to their manufacture and use in a range of applications. Thermosets: Structure, properties and applications reviews both factors affecting thermoset properties and how this understanding can be used to engineer thermosets for particular uses.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and properties of thermosets: Overview of thermosets: Structure, properties and processing for advanced applications; Mechanical properties of thermosets; Thermal properties of thermoset resins; Rheology of thermosets: The use of chemorheology to characterise and model thermoset flow behaviour; Nanostructures and the toughening of thermosets. Part 2 Applications of thermosets: The use of thermosets in the building and construction industry; The use of thermosets in aerospace applications; Thermoset adhesives: Epoxy resins, acrylates and polyurethanes; Thermoset insulation materials in appliances, buildings and other applications; Thermosets for electrical applications.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 086 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 763 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090867

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

21

Polymers and biopolymers Vegetable oil-based polymers Properties, processing and applications N Karak, Tezpur University, India

Vegetable oil-based polymers provides a comprehensive review of the research in this important class of biopolymers.

After an introduction to classification and polymerization, Vegetable oil-based polymers goes on to review the factors involved in polymer biodegradation. The extraction, purification and application of vegetable oils are then explored, along with vegetable oil-based polyesters and poly(ester amide)s, polyurethanes and epoxies. The book then reviews polyamides, polyolefins and vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers. It concludes with an analysis of vegetable oil-based polymer composites and polymer nanocomposites.

CONTENTS

Fundamentals of polymers; Biodegradable polymers; Vegetable oils and their derivatives; Vegetable oil-based polyesters; Vegetable oil-based poly(ester amide)s; Vegetable oil-based polyurethanes; Vegetable oil-based epoxies; Polyamides, polyolefins and other vegetable oil-based polymers; Vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers; Vegetable oil-based polymer composites; Vegetable oil-based polymer nanocomposites.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 710 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 714 9 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097101

Biaxial stretching of film Principles and applications Edited by M T DeMeuse, Consultant, USA

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental principles of biaxial stretching: Fundamentals of biaxial stretching and definitions of terms; Equipment design and requirements of biaxially stretched films; Laboratory evaluations of biaxially stretched films; Polyolefins used in biaxial stretched films; Other polymers used for biaxial films; Biaxial film structures; Typical industrial processes for the biaxial orientation of films; Post-production processing of biaxially oriented films; Strain energy function and stress-strain model for uniaxial and biaxial orientation of poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET); Academic investigations of biaxially stretched films; Biaxial stretched polyamide film. Part 2 Applications of biaxial films: Fresh cut produce packaging and the use of biaxial stretched films; Biaxial stretched films for use in snack packaging; Biaxially stretched films for product labelling; Applications of biaxial stretched films; Future trends for biaxially oriented films and orienting lines.

Functional nanofibers and their applications Edited by Q Wei, Jiangnan University, China

Edited by J M Lagarón, Spanish Council for Scientific Research (CSIC), Spain

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 134

Functional nanofibers and their applications summarises key trends in the processing and applications of nanofibres. Part one reviews core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers. The processing and application of composite functional nanofibers, carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites, and inorganic functional nanofibers are then explored in detail, before part one concludes with a consideration of surface functionalization. A wide variety of functional nanofiber applications are then reviewed in part two. Following consideration of their use in filtration, drug delivery and tissue engineering applications, the role of functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries, sensor applications, protective clothing, food processing and water purification is explored.

Discussion of their use in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical and microelectronic applications follows, before a final discussion of future trends.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and processing: Nanofibers: Principles and manufacture; Types and processing of structured functional nanofibers: Core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers; Processing of composite functional nanofibers; Carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites: Processing and applications; Inorganic functional nanofibers: Processing and applications; Surface functionalization of polymer nanofibers. Part 2 Applications: Functional nanofibers for filtration applications; Functional nanofibers for drug delivery applications; Functional nanofibers for tissue engineering applications; Functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries; Functional nanofibers in sensor applications; Functional nanofibers in clothing for protection against chemical and biological hazards; Functional nanofibers in food processing; Functional nanofibers in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical applications; Functional nanofibers for water purification; Functional nanofibers in microelectronics applications; Future trends in the processing of functional nanofibers.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 069 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 564 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090690

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 675 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 295 3 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696757

22

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

CONTENTS

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging. Part 1 Nanofillers for plastics in food packaging: Multifunctional nanoclays for food contact applications; Hydrotalcites in nanobiocomposites; Cellulose nanofillers for food packaging; Electrospun nanofibers for food packaging applications. Part 2 High barrier plastics for food packaging: Mass transport and high barrier properties of food packaging polymers; Ethylene-norbornene copolymers and advanced single-site polyolefins; Advances in polymeric materials for modified atmosphere packaging (MAP); Nylon-MXD6 resins for food packaging; Ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers; High barrier plastics using nanoscale inorganic films; Functional barriers against migration for food packaging. Part 3 Active and bioactive plastics: Silver-based antimicrobial polymers for food packaging; Incorporation of chemical antimicrobial agents into polymeric films for food packaging; Natural extracts in plastic food packaging; Biaoctive food packaging strategies. Part 4 Nanotechnology in sustainable plastics for food packaging: Polylactic acid (PLA) nanocomposites for food packaging applications; Polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) for food packaging; Starch based polymers for food packaging; Chitosan polysaccharide in food packaging applications; Carragenan polysaccharides for food packaging; Protein-based resins for packaging; Wheat gluten (WG)-based materials for food packaging; Safety and regulatory aspects of plastics as food packaging materials.

736 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 738 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 278 6 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697389

Forensic polymer engineering Why polymer products fail in service P R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK ‘...a great deal of valuable information.’ ‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’

Polymer Testing ‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to forensic polymer engineering; Examination and analysis of failed components; Polymer medical devices; Polymer storage tanks; Small polymeric containers; Polymeric pipes and fittings; Polymeric seals; Tools and ladders; Components in transport applications; Consumer products; Conclusions.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 185 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 780 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691851

Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovens Edited by M W Lorence and P S Pesheck, General Mills, USA 408 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 420 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 657 3 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694203

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymers and biopolymers Advances in polymer processing

Biodegradable polymers

From macro- to nanoscales

166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 519 2 £300.00/US$495.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575192 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Edited by S Thomas, Mahatma Gandhi University, India and W Yang, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, China 752 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 396 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 642 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693961

Degradation and stabilisation of polyamides Rapra Review Reports, Vol. 16, No. 9, Report 189 S Fairgrieve 128 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84735 089 3 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350893 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Nucleating agents S Fairgrieve, SPF Polymer Consultants, UK 132 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 083 1 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350831 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Practical guide to polyimides M J M Abadie, A L Rusanov, V Y Voytekunas and L G Komarova 88 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 058 9 £50.00/US$80.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350589 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Determination of additives in polymers and rubbers T R Crompton, Consultant, UK 450 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 000 8 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350008 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in electronics K Cousins, Consultant, UK 120 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84735 006 0 £300.00/US$495.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350060 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Edited by D Platt, Consultant, UK

Polymer reference book R Crompton, Consultant, UK 704 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 492 8 £110.00/US$180.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574928 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in construction Edited by G Akovali, Middle East Technical University, Turkey 526 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 468 3 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574683 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Biodegradable polymers for industrial applications Edited by R Smith, Queen Mary University, London, UK

‘…will be of value to every scientist or technician working in polymer chemistry, materials engineering, or applied biology.’

International Microbiology 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 934 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 076 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739345

Handbook of biodegradable polymers Edited by C Bastioli, Novamont SpA, Italy Handbook of biodegradable polymers is a complete guide to the subject of biodegradable polymers and is ideal for those new to the subject or those wanting to supplement their existing knowledge.

534 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 389 1 £110.00/US$180.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573891 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004) This two-day conference focused on the use of polymers (including thermoplastics, thermosets, rubbers, reinforced plastics and coatings) in aggressive and/or corrosive environments.

226 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 449 2 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574492 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer bonding 2004 Topics covered at Polymer Bonding 2004 included: latest material advances, new processing technologies, analysis of bonding techniques, progress in application technology, formulation advancement and business and industry issue.

160 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 446 1 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574461 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materials Cellucon ’98 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 421 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 854 6 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734210

Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymers Cellucon ’99 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 448 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 545 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 374 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735453

Regenerated cellulose fibres Edited by C Woodings, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 18 Published in association with The Textile Institute 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 459 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 758 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734593

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

23

Plastics and rubber Polystyrene Synthesis, production and applications J R Wünsch, BASF AG, Germany 176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85957 191 0 £80.00/US$130.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859571910 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Industrial applications of surfactants IV Edited by D R Karsa, Akcros Chemicals Ltd, UK 286 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 824 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 861 4 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738249

The chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous material Cellucon ’94 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 305 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 869 0 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733053

Cellulose and cellulose derivatives Cellucon ’93 proceedings: Physicochemical aspects and industrial applications Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and J L Piculell, University of Lund, Sweden 608 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 212 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 853 9 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732124

The chemistry of wood preservation Edited by R Thompson, Consultant, UK 316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 817 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 870 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738171

Polymer melt rheology A guide for industrial practice F N Cogswell 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1981 ISBN: 978 1 85573 198 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 298 4 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731981

24

PLASTICS AND RUBBER

Materials in sports equipment

NEW Chemistry, manufacture and applications of natural rubber

Volume 1 Edited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK

Edited by S Kohjiya and Y Ikeda, Kyoto University, Japan Natural rubber has always been an important industrial material, but its value has increased with the demand for more sustainable materials. There has also been a wealth of research on the properties of natural rubber and how they can be best used, for example by incorporating fillers or developing natural rubber composite materials. This important book summarises this research and its significance for the industrial applications of natural rubber.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties and processing of natural rubber: Biosynthesis of natural rubber in different rubber-producing species; Natural rubber biosynthesis: Perspectives from polymer chemistry; Chemical modification of natural rubber for improved performance; Understanding network control by vulcanization for sulfur cross-linked natural rubber; The effect of strain-induced crystallization on the physical properties of natural rubber; Generating particulate silica fillers in situ to improve the mechanical properties of natural rubber; Hydrophobic and hydrophilic silica-filled cross-linked natural rubber: structure and properties; Computer simulation of network formation in natural rubber. Part 2 Applications of natural rubber: Eco-friendly bio-composites using natural rubber matrices and natural fiber reinforcements; Natural rubber composites using cellulosic fiber reinforcements; Soft bio-composites from natural rubber and marine products; Natural rubber for the tyre industry; Application of epoxidized natural rubber in pressure sensitive adhesives (PSAs); Use of natural rubber for vibration isolation and earthquake protection of structures. Part 3 Environmental and safety issues: Improving the sustainable development of natural rubber; Recycling of natural and synthetic isoprene rubbers; Recycling of sulfur cross-linked natural rubber using supercritical carbon dioxide; Recent research on natural rubber latex allergy.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 683 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 691 3 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096838

The mould design guide

‘…an excellent resource for all those individuals interested in the development and application of advanced sports materials.’ ...technologies and theories behind such equipment is clearly explained and illustrated.’

Carbohydrate Polymers 424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 599 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 854 6 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735996

Materials in sports equipment Volume 2 A Subic, RMIT University, Australia ‘…an essential reference describing improvements in materials technology and their impact on equipment in a range of sports.’

Future Materials 376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 131 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 366 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691318

TPE 2006 CONTENTS

Commercial aspects of TPEs; Styrenic TPEs; TPVS for automotive applications; TPV Developments; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU); Copolyester TPE; TPE Additives and finishing; Processing TPEs.

17 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 004 6 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350046 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Introduction to plastic recycling 2nd edition

P Jones

V Goodship, Warwick University, UK

CONTENTS

174 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 078 7 £50.00/US$80.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350787 Not available for distribution in the USA.

556 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84735 088 6 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350886 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastics, rubber and health G Akovali, Middle East Technical University (METU) of Ankara, Turkey 310 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 081 7 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350817 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Elastomers and components Service life prediction - progress and challenges Edited by V Coveney, University of the West of England, UK 248 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 100 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 113 4 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691004

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Adhesives Silicone elastomers 2006 Frankfurt, Germany, 19-20 September 2006 20 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84735 002 2 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350022 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Joining plastics 2006 London, England, 25-26 April 2006

24 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 570 3 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575703 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Practical guide to blow moulding N C Lee, Consultant, USA 204 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 513 0 £50.00/US$80.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575130 Not available for distribution in the USA.

ADHESIVES

Mechanical evaluation strategies for plastics

Adhesives in marine engineering

D R Moore, ICI Technology and S Turner, University of London, UK 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 379 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 749 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733794

Hot runners in injection moulds D Frenkler and H Zawistowski 360 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85957 208 5 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572085 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastic products recycling Technology and market trends S Hulse

Biocides in plastics Edited by D Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited 126 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 512 3 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575123 Not available for distribution in the USA.

138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85957 222 1 £255.00/US$420.00/€305.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572221 Not available for distribution in the USA.

20-21 April 2005, Geneva, Switzerland 214 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 510 9 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575109 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 76

Adhesives in marine engineering provides an invaluable overview of the design and use of adhesively bonded joints in this challenging environment. After an introduction to the use of adhesives in marine and offshore engineering, part one focuses on adhesive solution design and analysis. The process of selecting adhesives for marine environments is explored, followed by chapters discussing the specific design of adhesively-bonded joints for ship applications and wind turbines. Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering is also considered. Part two reviews testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments together with the moisture resistance and durability of adhesives for marine environments.

CONTENTS

Reinforced plastics durability Edited by G Pritchard, Kingston University, UK

High performance and speciality elastomers 2005

Edited by J R Weitzenböck, DNV, Norway

‘The use of computer techniques to stimulate and evaluate durability effects, and improve design predictions, is a key contribution found in this text.’

SAMPE Journal ‘Being readable, and also offering necessary theoretical and background explanations’ … it very suitably examples the type of multi-purpose complimentary volume for which there is a real need.’

Introduction to using adhesives in marine and offshore engineering. Part 1 Design and analysis: Selecting adhesives for marine environments and pre-design; Designing adhesively bonded joints for ship applications; Designing adhesively bonded joints for wind turbines; Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering.

Part 2 Testing and characterisation: Testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments; Assessing the moisture resistance of adhesives for marine environments; Durability of adhesives in wet conditions.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 452 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 615 9 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694524

Polymers and Polymer Composites

Plastic flame retardants Technology and current developments J Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc. 148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 435 5 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574355 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastics in the automotive industry J Maxwell 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730397

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 320 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 487 6 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733206

Liquid moulding technologies Resin transfer moulding, structural reaction injection moulding and related processing techniques C D Rudd, A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK, K N Kendall and C Mangin, Ford Research Laboratory, USA 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 242 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 544 6 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732421

Adhesive bonding Science, technology and applications Edited by R D Adams, formerly University of Bristol, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 52 560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 741 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 075 5 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737419

Adhesion to fluoropolymers D Brewis and R Dahm 124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 524 6 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575246 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

25

Bioengineering: Biotechnology Biomaterials Advances in structural adhesive bonding Edited by D Dillard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 67 ‘…well presented and an easy read. … should appeal to adhesive specialists due its breadth of coverage and to manufacturing and design engineers who wish to gain an appreciation of new technology in adhesive joining.’

Engineering Failure Analysis CONTENTS

Part 1 Adhesive selection: Key issues in selecting the right adhesive; Advances in epoxy adhesives; Advances in polyurethane structural adhesives; Advances in structural silicone adhesives; Advances in cyanoacrylate and anaerobic adhesives; Advances in acrylic structural adhesives; Advances in nanoparticle reinforcement in structural adhesives. Part 2 Adherends, surfaces and pre-treatments: Improvements in bonding metals (steel, aluminium); Advances in bonding plastics; Advances in bonding composites. Part 3 Joint design: Selecting the right joint design and fabrication techniques; Life prediction for bonded joints in composite material based on actual fatigue damage; Improving adhesive joint design using fracture mechanics; Developments in testing adhesive joints; Advances in testing adhesivelybonded composites. Part 4 Environmental effects and durability of adhesives: Designing adhesive joints for fatigue and creep load conditions; Improving bonding in high and low temperatures; Assessing and improving bonding in wet conditions; Improving bonding in hostile chemical environments.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 435 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 805 8 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694357

Bonding elastomers A review of adhesives and processes G Polaski, J Means, N Stull, P Warren, K Allen and D Mowrey 140 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 495 9 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574959 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Engineering and structural adhesives D Dunn, FLD Enterprises Inc, USA 138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 436 2 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574362 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Quality assurance in adhesive technology

BIOENGINEERING: BIOTECHNOLOGY

APPLICATIONS NEW Joint replacement technology

NEW Bioprocess engineering

Second edition

An introductory engineering and life science approach K G Clarke, University of Stellenbosch, South Africa Biotechnology is an expansive field which incorporates expertise in both the life science and engineering disciplines. In biotechnology, the scientist is concerned with developing the most favourable biocatalysts, while the engineer is directed towards process performance, defining conditions and strategies that will maximize the production potential of the biocatalyst.

Increasingly, the synergistic effect of the contributions of engineering and life sciences is recognised as key to the translation of new bioproducts from the laboratory bench to commercial bioprocess. Fundamental to the successful realization of the bioprocess is a need for process engineers and life scientists competent in evaluating biological systems from a cross-disciplinary viewpoint.

Bioprocess engineering aims to generate core competencies through an understanding of the complementary biotechnology disciplines and their interdependence, and an appreciation of the challenges associated with the application of engineering principles in a life science context. Initial chapters focus on the microbiology, biochemistry and molecular biology that underpin biocatalyst potential for product accumulation. The following chapters develop kinetic and mass transfer principles that quantify optimum process performance and scale up. The text is wide in scope, relating to bioprocesses using bacterial, fungal and enzymic biocatalysts, batch, fedbatch and continuous strategies and free and immobilised configurations.

CONTENTS

Historical development: From ethanol to biopharmeceuticals; Microbiology; Metabolic macromolecules; Molecular biology; Carbon metabolism; Enzymes as biocatalysts; Microbial kinetics during batch, continuous and fed-batch processes; The oxygen transfer rate and overall volumetric oxygen transfer coefficient; Bioprocess scale up; Bioprocess asepsis and sterility; Downstream processing.

Edited by P A Revell, UCL, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 80

Joint replacement has brought improved quality of life to millions of patients and is regarded a standard procedure for the treatment of joint degradation, particularly as a result of osteoarthritis. Its continued success depends on effective collaboration between clinicians and researchers across many different areas in science and medicine.

In response to ongoing demand a great deal of research is continually being undertaken, resulting in significant improvements in both the biomaterials and design of implants.

This second edition provides an updated comprehensive review of recent developments in joint replacement technology. This book covers the most pertinent materials science and engineering issues in depth, in addition to a review of the specific joints, biological and mechanical issues and fixation techniques.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to joint replacement technology: Biomechanics of joints; Tribology in joint replacement; Biomaterials and the chemical environment of the body. Part 2 Materials and techniques in joint replacement: Metals for joint replacement; Ceramics for joint replacement; Joint bearing surfaces and replacement joint design; Cementless fixation techniques in joint replacement; Bone cement fixation: Acrylic cements. Part 3 Biological and mechanical issues in joint replacement: The healing response to implants used in joint replacement; Biological causes of prosthetic joint failure; Failure mechanisms in joint replacement; Tribology and corrosion in metal-on metal hip joint replacements; Predicting the lifetime of joints; Imaging of joint replacements. Part 4 Replacing specific joints: Hip replacement: Clinical perspectives; Knee replacement: clinical perspectives; Intervertebral disc joint replacement technology; Overview of total replacement of the first metatarso-phalangeal joint; Replacing shoulder joints; Replacing elbow joints; Replacing finger and toe joints with pyrolytic carbon.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 841 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 847 4 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098412

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 167 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 168 9 £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421672

EUREKA Project EU 716 A W Espie, TWI, J H Rogerson and K Ebtehaj, Cranfield University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 29 176 pages + disk 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 259 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 866 9 £140.00+VAT/US$230.00/€170.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732599

26

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Silk biomaterials for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine Edited by S Kundu, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpar, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 74

Silk has been used for centuries in medicine as sutures. The unique mechanical and chemical properties of this material and the ability to genetically tailor the protein has meant that this material is now being used increasingly for biomaterials and tissue engineering applications. This book discusses the properties and applications of silk for medical purposes.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals and properties of silk for biomedical applications: The history and origin of silk; Processing of Bombyx mori silk for biomedical applications; Silk nanostructures based on natural and self engineered assembly; Biochemical and biophysical properties of native Bombyx mori silk for tissue engineering applications; Structure and properties of Spider and silkworm silk for tissue scaffolds; Bio-response to silk sericin; Biodegradation of silk. Part 2 Silk for biomaterials, tissue engineering and regenerative medicine applications: Silk based biomaterials in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine; Non-mulberry Silk biomaterials in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine; Silk powder for regenerative medicine; Silk scaffolds for 3D tumour modelling; Silk hydrogels for tissue engineering and dual drug delivery; Silk biomaterials for Intervertebral disc tissue engineering; Silk scaffolds for dental tissue engineering; Silk for cardiac tissue engineering; Silk for dermal tissue engineering; Capillary growth in porous silk films; Pharmaceutical and Cosmeceutical Applications of Silk.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 699 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 706 4 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096999

NEW Biomedical foams for tissue engineering applications Edited by P Netti, University of Naples and Italian Institute of Technology, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 76

This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of biomedical foams.

Part one discusses the fundamentals of biomedical foams such as properties, structure and materials. Part two reviews tissue engineering applications of biomedical foams.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of biomedical foams: Properties of biomedical foams; Biomedical foam pore structure; Polymeric biomedical foams; Glass biomedical foams; Composite biomedical foams. Part 2 Tissue engineering applications of biomedical foams: Injectable biomedical foams for bone regeneration; Biomedical glass and glass-ceramics foam-like scaffolds for bone tissue restoration; Polylactic acid (PLA) biomedical foams for tissue engineering; Biomedical foam scaffolds for nerve regeneration; Development of hydrogel biomedical foam scaffolds for tissue repair; Titanium biomedical foams for tissue attachment; Biodegradable biomedical foam scaffolds.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 696 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 703 3 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096968

NEW Cardiac regeneration and repair

NEW Cardiac regeneration and repair

Volume 1: Pathology and therapies

Volume 2: Biomaterials and tissue engineering

Edited by R-K Li and R D Weisel, University of Toronto, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 71

Heart disease is the leading cause of death in the UK and the United States. For those people who survive heart disease, few victims recover completely. Cell therapies, tissue engineering and biomaterials technologies have advanced and now offer the potential to reverse the damage caused by heart disease.

Volume 1 provides readers with comprehensive information on the pathology of heart disease and the cell therapies available. Opening chapters look at cardiac pathology and current therapies. Further chapters present gene and protein therapies for regeneration. The text then discusses cell therapies for cardiac regeneration whilst final chapters review clinical considerations of stem cell therapies.

CONTENTS

Part 1 The pathogenesis of congestive heart failure: Cardiac matrix remodeling and heart failure; Cardiac biomechanics and heart dysfunction; Modifying matrix remodeling to prevent heart failure. Part 2 Cell therapy for cardiac regeneration and repair: Optimal cells for cardiac repair and regeneration; Cell delivery routes for cardiac stem cell therapy; Cell therapy to regenerate the ischemic heart; Cell therapy for cardiac repair – bench to bedside and back; Recent advances in cardiac stem cell therapy to restore left ventricular function; Monitoring myocardial functional regeneration following cardiac stem cell application; Feasibility of allogeneic stem cells for heart regeneration; Bone marrow cells and their role in cardiac repair after myocardial infarction. Part 3 Stem cells for cardiac regeneration and repair: Cardiac cell therapy to restore contracting elements; Human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) for heart regeneration; Human pluripotent stem cells (hPSCs) for heart regeneration; Cardiac cell therapy: Current status and future trends. Part 4 Gene therapy for cardiac regeneration and repair: Stem cell and gene therapy for cardiac regeneration; Ultrasound-targeted cardiovascular gene therapy.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 658 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 670 8 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096586

Edited by R-K Li and R D Weisel, University of Toronto, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 72

Volume 2 of this important set provides readers with comprehensive information on biomaterials and tissue engineering as strategies for the repair and regeneration of the heart. The book begins with an introduction to the field. A first set of chapters look at biomaterials for regeneration and repair of the heart. Further chapters discuss tissue engineering strategies for the regeneration and repair of the heart, whilst the final chapters review vascular modelling and regeneration.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Biomaterials for cardiac regeneration and repair: Nanotechnology and nanomaterials for cardiac repair; Hydrogels for cardiac repair; Injectable biomaterials for cardiac regeneration and repair; Biomaterials for enhancing endothelial progenitor cell (EPC) therapy for cardiac regeneration; Endothelial progenitor cell (EPC)-seeded intravascular stents. Part 2 Tissue engineering for cardiac regeneration and repair: Biomaterials and cells for cardiac tissue engineering; Decellularized biologic scaffolds for cardiac repair and regeneration; Biomaterial scaffolds for cardiac regeneration and repair derived from native heart matrix; Cell sheet engineering for cardiac repair and regeneration; Maturation of functional cardiac tissue patches; Vascularizing engineered tissues for in vivo and in vitro applications; Clinical considerations for cardiac tissue engineering. Part 3 Vascular remodelling for regeneration and repair: Aortic extra cellular matrix (ECM) remodelling; Cell-biomaterial interactions for blood vessel formation; Stem cells in tissue-engineered blood vessels for cardiac repair; Tissue-engineered cardiovascular grafts and novel applications of tissue engineering by self-assembly (TESA™).

528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 659 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 671 5 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096593

Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory system Edited by T Gourlay and R Black, University of Strathclyde, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 27 CONTENTS

Part 1 Physiological responses to biomaterials: Tissue responses to implanted materials; Blood interface biomaterials; Biocompatibility of cardiovascular devices.

Part 2 Clinical application of biomaterials: Developments in cardiovascular valve technology; Percutaneous cardiovascular valve replacement; Cardiopulmonary bypass technologies; Cardiovascular stents; Vascular implants for peripheral arterial bypass and aortic aneurysm repair. Part 3 Future developments: Nanotechnology and nanomedicine in cardiovascular therapy; Biomaterials in cardiac restoration therapy; Biosensor technology in the treatment of cardiovascular disease; Vascular tissue engineering.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 464 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 055 3 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694647

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

27

Biomaterials NEW Novel biomaterials for bone regeneration

NEW Biomaterials for cancer therapeutics

NEW Nanomaterials in tissue engineering

Novel techniques and applications

Diagnosis, prevention and therapy

Edited by P Dubruel and S V Vlierberghe, University of Ghent, Belgium

Edited by K Park, Purdue University, USA

Fabrication and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 75

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 66

Biomaterials for bone regeneration is a large and important area of research for biomaterials scientists and engineers.

This field continues to benefit from many technological developments and will continue to be a vital area of research for scientists. This book provides readers with a comprehensive publication covering novel materials, techniques and applications of biomaterials for bone regeneration. The first section provides readers with vital information on the various types of materials used in this arena. Chapters in part two discuss processing, modification and evaluation techniques of biomaterials. The final section of the book looks at cellular approaches and stimulation of biomaterials for bone regeneration.

Cancer can affect people of all ages, and approximately one in three people are estimated to be diagnosed with cancer during their lifetime. Numerous potential new therapeutics are being researched by many different institutions and biomaterials technology is now being developed to target, treat and prevent cancer. This unique book discusses the role and potential biomaterials have to treat this prevalent disease. The first part of the book discusses the fundamentals of biomaterials for cancer therapeutics. Chapters in part two discuss synthetic vaccines, proteins and polymers for cancer therapeutics. Part three focuses on theranosis and drug delivery systems whilst the final set of chapters look at biomaterial therapies and cancer cell interaction.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials for bone regeneration: Calcium phosphate cements for bone regeneration; Injectable calcium phosphate cements for bone repair; Hydrogels for bone regeneration; Biopolymer and synthetic polymer composites for bone regeneration; Polymeric scaffolds for bone regeneration. Part 2 Processing, surface modification and evaluation of biomaterials for bone regeneration: Rapid prototyping techniques for the development of porous polymeric scaffolds; Non-thermal plasma treatment for bone regeneration biomaterials; In vitro analysis of magnesium corrosion in orthopaedic biomaterials; Evaluation of mechanical properties of biomaterials for bone regeneration; Assessment of immunological properties of biomaterials for bone regeneration. Part 3 Cellular approaches and physical stimulation of biomaterials for bone regeneration applications: Nanocarriers for Controlled Drug Delivery; Gene transfer vectors (DNA vehicles) and their incorporation into biomaterials for bone repair; Stem cell technology for in vitro bone repair; Stem cell technology for in vivo bone repair; Potential of electromagnetic, ultrasound and laser stimulation for bone regeneration; Shape memory applications in mechanobiology and bone repair.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 804 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 810 8 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098047

Part 1 Fundamentals of biomaterials for cancer therapeutics: Introduction to biomaterials for cancer therapeutics; Cancer cell biology; Targeted drug delivery for cancer therapy.

Part 2 Synthetic vaccines, proteins, and polymers for cancer therapeutics: Chemical synthesis of carbohydrate-based vaccines against cancers; Generating functional mutant proteins to create bioactive anti-cancer biopharmaceuticals; Polymer therapeutics for treating cancer. Part 3 Theranosis and drug delivery systems for cancer therapeutics: Nanotechnology for cancer screening and diagnosis; Synergistically integrated nanomaterials for multimodal cancer cell imaging; Hybrid nanocrystal as a versatile platform for cancer theranostics; Embolisation devices from biomedical polymers for intra-arterial occlusion and drug delivery in the treatment of cancer; Small Interfering RNAs (siRNAs) as Cancer Therapeutics; Reverse Engineering of Low Temperature Sensitive Liposome (LTSL) for treating cancer; Gold nanoparticles (GNPs) as multi-functional materials for cancer treatment; Multifunctional nanosystems for cancer therapy. Part 4 Biomaterial therapeutics and cancer cell interaction: Biomaterial strategies to modulate cancer; 3D cancer tumour models for evaluating chemotherapeutic efficacy; Nanotopography of biomaterials for controlling cancer cell function.

528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 664 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 676 0 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096647

Edited by A K Gaharwar, Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, S Sant, University of Pittsburgh and Harvard Medical School, M J Hancock, Broad Institute and S A Hacking, Massachusetts General Hospital, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 56

Nanomaterial technologies can be used to fabricate high-performance biomaterials with tailored physical, chemical, and biological properties. They are therefore an area of interest for emerging biomedical technologies such as scaffolding, tissue regeneration, and controlled drug delivery. Nanomaterials in tissue engineering explores the fabrication of a variety of nanomaterials and the use of these materials across a range of tissue engineering applications. Part one focuses on the fabrication of nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications. Part two highlights the application of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering, while the use of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering applications, including bone, dental and craniofacial tissue engineering is discussed in part three.

CONTENTS

Biomedical nanomaterials in tissue engineering. Part 1 Fabrication of nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications: Synthesis of polymeric nanomaterials for biomedical applications; Engineering nanoporous biomaterials; Layer-by-layer self-assembly techniques for nanostructured devices in tissue engineering; Synthesis of carbon based nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications; Fabrication of nanofibrous scaffolds for tissue engineering applications; Fabrication of nanomaterials for growth factor delivery in tissue engineering. Part 2 Application of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for engineering vascularised tissues; Nanomaterials for cardiac tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for neural tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for cartilage tissue engineering; Biomaterials and nano-scale features for ligament regeneration. Part 3 Application of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for hard-soft tissue interfaces; Mineralization of nanomaterials for bone tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for dental and craniofacial tissue engineering.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 596 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 723 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095961

28

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering

NEW Inhaler devices Fundamentals, design and drug delivery Edited by P Prokopovich, University of Cardiff, UK

Methods and protocols Edited by V Salih, Plymouth University Schools of Medicine and Dentistry, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 59

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 58

The increased use of biodegradable synthetic or natural scaffolds combined with cells and/or biological molecules in the area of tissue engineering has led to the need for the development of ‘best practice’ methods to help ensure the creation of safe, high quality products. Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering introduces concepts and current practice in the field and aims to provide awareness of the importance of standardisation in this area while suggesting directions for further investigation. Part one provides an overview of methods for cell and tissue engineering. Part two begins with a chapter exploring the methods and protocols of standardisation in cell and tissue engineering before moving on to highlight issues of quality control in the area.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Methods for cell and tissue engineering: Fundamentals of cell and matrix biology for tissue engineering; Threedimensional collagen biomatrix development and control; Two- and three-dimensional tissue culture bioprocessing methods for soft tissue engineering; Two- and threedimensional tissue culture methods for hard tissue engineering; Vascularisation of tissue-engineered constructs.

Part 2 Standards and protocols in cell and tissue engineering: Standards in cell and tissue engineering; Principles of good laboratory practice (GLP) for in vitro cell culture applications; Quality control in cell and tissue engineering; Standardised chemical analysis and testing of biomaterials; Sterilisation procedures for tissue allografts; Commercial manufacture of cell therapies.

Given their direct impact on the health and quality of life for millions, inhalers represent a major turning point in the history of modern medicine. Inhaler devices: Fundamentals, design and drug delivery provides readers with an introduction to the fundamentals, with a comprehensive discussion of the history of inhalers as well as a discussion on current research and development. Part one discusses the fundamentals of inhaler devices, outlines drug formulations and provides an historical overview of the development of inhaler technology. Part two reviews recent developments in drug formulations and nanotechnology with applications to inhaler devices, and provides an exposition of recent innovations, emerging inhaler technology and possible future trends.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals and considerations of inhaler devices: Anatomy and pathophysiology of the respiratory system; History of inhaler devices; Tribology of inhaler devices and components; Novel coatings and biotechnology trends in inhaler devices; Microbial control and safety in inhalation devices. Part 2 Drug formulations for inhaler devices: Chitosan and inhalers: A bioadhesive polymer for pulmonary drug delivery; Polyelectrolyte assemblies for drug storage and delivery: Multilayers, nanocapsules, and multicapsules; Functionalized core-shell nanoparticles for medical applications.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 496 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 869 6 £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094964

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 419 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 872 6 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094193

Woodhead Publishing Online Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place the full collection of Woodhead e-books is available. Comprising over 1000 e-books and 17,000 chapters, the content provides an authoritative summary of key research, allowing readers to keep up-todate with major trends. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options.

Features

Nanomedicine Technologies and applications Edited by T J Webster, Brown University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 49

Nanotechnology is at the forefront of advances in medicine. Nanomedicine: Technologies and applications provides an important review of this exciting technology and its growing range of applications. Part one discusses key materials and their properties, including nanocrystalline metals and alloys, nanoporous gold and hydroxyapatite coatings.

Part two goes on to review nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging. Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering is discussed in part three, including organ regeneration, skin grafts, nanotubes and self-assembled nanomaterials. Finally, nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering is the focus of part four, with electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds investigated alongside cartilage and bone tissue engineering, regeneration and replacement.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials, properties and considerations: Introduction to nanomedicine; Trends in nanomedicine; Biomedical nanocrystalline metals and alloys: Structure, properties and applications; Nanoporous gold for biomedical applications: Structure, properties and applications; Hydroxyapatite (HA) coatings for biomaterials. Part 2 Nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging: Calcium-phosphate coated magnetic nanoparticles for treating bone diseases; Orthopaedic carbon nanotube biosensors for controlled drug delivery; Nanostructured selenium anti-cancer coatings for orthopaedic applications; Nanoparticulate targeted drug delivery using peptides and proteins; Nanotechnology for DNA and RNA delivery; Gold nanoshells for imaging and photothermal ablation of cancer; Microfluidics for testing and delivering nanomedicine; Zinc oxide nanowires for biomedical sensing and analysis. Part 3 Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering: Nanotechnology and tissue engineered organ regeneration; Rapid fabrication of biomimetic nanofiber-enabled skin grafts; Nanotubes for tissue engineering; Self-assembled nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications. Part 4 Nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering: Electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanotechnology for cartilage and bone regeneration; Nanostructured materials for bone tissue replacement; Nanocomposites for cartilage regeneration.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 233 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 644 9 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092335

WOODHEAD

• Regularly updated with new content PUBLISHING • Fast and powerful search tools • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - no ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by Metapress To see how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

29

Biomaterials Biomaterials in plastic surgery

Biomaterials for spinal surgery

Advanced wound repair therapies

Breast implants

Edited by L Ambrosio, Università di Napoli Federico II, Italy and E Tanner, University of Glasgow, UK

Edited by D Farrar, Smith and Nephew, UK

Edited by W Peters, University of Toronto, Canada, H Brandon, K L Jerina, Washington University in St Louis, C Wolf, formerly Washington University in St Louis and V L Young, BodyAesthetic Plastic Surgery and Skincare Center, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 42 ‘For the academic surgeon who desires a grouping of articles specifically related to breast implants in one place, this book fills the bill.’

Doody’s book reviews Biomaterials in plastic surgery reviews the history, materials and safety issues associated with breast implants. Beginning with an introduction to the history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation, the book goes on to discuss development issues. It then discusses the chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones before reviewing cohesive gel and polyurethane foam implants. The book concludes by analysing the epidemiological evidence on the safety issues relating to breast implants, followed by a review of retrieval and analysis of breast implants emphasizing strength, durability and failure mechanisms.

CONTENTS

The history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation; The development of breast implants; The chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones; Cohesive gel breast implants; Polyurethane foam breast implants; The safety of breast implants: Recent epidemiological studies; Retrieval and analysis of breast implants emphasizing strength, durability, and failure mechanisms.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 799 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 641 8 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697990

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 34

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 39 ‘This is a good reference on biomaterials. It will be of most interest to materials engineers, bioengineers and spine surgeons. It is well written and provides an extensive list of references.’

Doody’s Book Reviews There have been important developments in materials and therapies for the treatment of spinal conditions. Biomaterials for spinal surgery summarises this research and how it is being applied for the benefit of patients.

After an introduction to the subject, part one reviews fundamental issues such as spinal conditions and their pathologies, spinal loads, modelling and osteobiologic agents in spinal surgery. Part two discusses the use of bone substitutes and artificial intervertebral discs whilst part three covers topics such as the use of injectable biomaterials like calcium phosphate for vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty as well as scoliosis implants. The final part of the book summarises developments in regenerative therapies such as the use of stem cells for intervertebral disc regeneration.

CONTENTS

Introduction to biomaterials for spinal surgery. Part 1 Fundamentals of biomaterials for spinal surgery: An overview of the challenges of bringing a medical device for the spine to the market; Introduction to spinal pathologies and clinical problems of the spine; Forces on the spine; Finite element modelling of the spine; Osteobiologic agents in spine surgery. Part 2 Spinal fusion and intervertebral discs: Spine fusion: Cages, plates and bone substitutes; Artificial intervertebral discs; Biological response to artificial discs.

Part 3 Vertobroplasty and scoliosis surgery: The use of polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) in neurosurgery; Optimising the properties of injectable materials for vertebraplasty and kyphoplasty; Injectable calcium phosphates for vertebral augmentation; Composite injectable materials for vertebroplasty; Scoliosis implants: Surgical requirements; Shape memory, superelastic and low Young’s modulus alloys. Part 4 Regenerative medicine in the spine: Cellbased tissue engineering approaches for disc regeneration; Angiogenesis control in spine regeneration; Stem cells for disc regeneration; Nucleus regeneration; In vivo models of regenerative medicine in the spine.

652 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 986 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 619 7 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699864

‘The book comprises a nice overview of various kinds of therapies and a sufficiently extensive discussion of important (future) materials and treatments.’

Birgit Stubbe, Biomaterials Network CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to chronic wounds: Dysfunctional wound healing in chronic wounds; The role of micro-organisms and biofilms in dysfunctional wound healing; Scarring and scarless wound healing; The discovery and development of new therapeutic treatments for the improvement of scarring; Monitoring chronic wounds and determining treatment.

Part 2 Biomaterial therapies for chronic wounds: Functional requirements of wound repair biomaterials; Tissuebiomaterial interaction; Polymeric materials for chronic wound and burn dressings; Dry wound healing concept using spray-on dressing for chronic wounds; Assessing the effectiveness of antimicrobial wound dressings in vitro; Adhesives and interfacial phenomena in wound healing; Wound healing studies and interfacial phenomena: Use and relevance of the corneal model; Sulphonated biomaterials as glycosaminoglycan mimics in wound healing. Part 3 Molecular therapies for chronic wounds: Drug delivery dressings; Molecular and gene therapies for wound repair; Antimicrobial dressings; Avotermin: Emerging evidence of efficacy for the improvement of scarring. Part 4 Biologically-derived and cell-based therapies for chronic wounds: Engineered tissues for wound repair; Commercialisation of engineered tissue products; Biologically derived scaffolds; Stem cell therapies for wound repair. Part 5 Physical stimulation therapies for chronic wounds: Electrical stimulation for wound healing; Negative pressure wound therapy; Debridement methods of non-viable tissue in wounds.

672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 700 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 330 1 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697006

Biomaterials for artificial organs Edited by M Lysaght and T J Webster, Brown University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 29 ‘Undoubtedly a useful resource, it would be well placed in the biotechnology section of any university library.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Commodity biomaterials: Membranes for oxygenators and plasmafilters: Titanium and cobalt-chromium alloys for hips and knees; Polymeric joint bearing surfaces for total joint replacements; Biomaterials for pacemakers, defibrillators and neurostimulators; Mechanical and bioprosthetic valves. Part 2 Advanced and next generation biomaterials: Small intestinal submucosa and other decullarized matrix biomaterials for tissue repair; New ceramics and composites for joint replacement surgery; Biomaterials for improving the blood and tissue compatibility of Total Artificial Hearts (TAH) and Ventricular Assist Devices (VAD); Nanostructured biomaterials for artificial tissues and organs; Matrices for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 653 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 084 3 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696535

30

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissues

Drug-device combination products Delivery technologies and applications

Edited by C Archer and J Ralphs, Cardiff University, UK

Edited by A Lewis, Biocompatibles UK Ltd, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 24 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 22 CONTENTS

Structure and regenerative capacity of synovial joint tissues; The myofibroblast in connective tissue repair and regeneration. Part 1 Cartilage repair and regeneration: Structure of articular cartilage; Measuring the biomechanical properties of cartilage cells; Understanding tissue response to cartilage injury; Understanding osteoarthritis and other cartilage diseases; Using animal models of cartilage repair to screen new clinical techniques; Cartilage tissue repair: Autologous osteochondral mosaicplasty; Cartilage tissue repair: Autologous chondrocyte implantation; Cell sheet technologies for cartilage repair; Cell therapies for articular cartilage repair: Chondrocytes and mesenchymal stem cells; Scaffolds for musculoskeletal tissue engineering; Outcome measures of articular cartilage repair. Part 2 Repair of tendons and ligaments: The structure of tendons and ligaments; Tendon biomechanics; Tendon injury and repair mechanisms; Tissue engineering for ligament and tendon repair; Cell-based therapies for the repair and regeneration of tendons and ligaments; Scaffolds for tendon and ligament tissue engineering.

504 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 417 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 779 2 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694173

Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmology

Part 1 Overview: Drug-device combination products; Enabling drug delivery from combination products; Nanomedical drugdevice combination products. Part 2 Areas of application: Catheter-based drug-device combination products: An overview; Catheter-based drug-device combination products: The anti-infective 5-fluorouracil-coated central venous catheter; Future outlook for drug eluting stents (DES); Drug eluting beads (DEB) in the treatment of liver cancer; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Glass-ionomer cements as drug-device combination products; Bone graft substitutes as drug-device combination products; Antibacterial releasing dental restorative materials; Collagen-based dressings as therapeutic agents for wound healing; Drug-device combination products for occular applications. Part 3 Development of drug-device combination products: Safety and efficacy issues in designing drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Preclinical testing of drug-device combination products; Sterilisation of drug-device combination products; Innovation and patent issues in the development of drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Regulation of drug-device combination products in Europe; (28a) Regulation of drug-device combination products in the USA.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 470 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 748 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694708

Materials science for dentistry Ninth edition

Edited by T V Chirila, Queensland Eye Institute, Australia

B W Darvell, formerly University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong and now Professor in Dental Materials Science at Kuwait University, Kuwait.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 23 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 19

An introduction to ophthalmic biomaterials and their application through tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Part 1 Applications in the anterior segment: Advances in intraocular lens development; Opacification and degradation of implanted intraocular lenses; Synthetic corneal implants; Corneal tissue engineering versus synthetic artificial corneas; Tissue engineering of human cornea; Engineering the corneal epithelial cell response to materials; Reconstruction of the ocular surface using biomaterials; Tissue engineering of the lens: Fundamentals; Bioinspired biomaterials for soft contact lenses; Contact lenses: The search for superior oxygen permeability; Extended wear contact lenses. Part 2 Applications in the posterior segment: Designing hydrogels as vitreous substitutes in ophthalmic surgery; Retinal repair and regeneration; Development of tissue-engineered membranes for the culture and transplantation of retinal pigment epithelial cells. Part 3 Other applications: Hydrogel sealants for wound repair in ophthalmic surgery; Orbital enucleation implants: Biomaterials and design; Selected polymeric materials for orbital reconstruction; Physicochemical properties of hydrogels for use in ophthalmology.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 443 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 743 3 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694432

‘… a truly excellent book that covers the topic in greater depth and with greater authority than other dental texts.’

Professor Timothy F. Watson, King’s College London, UK ‘There is no doubt – it is the best in the field.’

Professor Nikhil K. Sarkar, Louisiana State University, USA 688 pages 280 X 210mm (8 x 11) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 529 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 667 2 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695293

Dental biomaterials Imaging, testing and modelling Edited by R V Curtis and T F Watson, King’s College London, UK

Bone repair biomaterials Edited by Principal editor J A Planell, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain, Section editors S M Best, University of Cambridge, UK, D Lacroix, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain and A Merolli, The Catholic University in Rome, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 20 ‘The book is beautifully referenced. Certain chapters are recommended for all orthopaedic surgeons... For a new researcher it is an invaluable introduction from start to finish.’

Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Challenges of bone repair; Bone anatomy, physiology and adaptation to mechanical loading; Bone repair and regeneration; Biomechanical aspects of bone repair. Part 2 Biomaterials: Properties and characterisation of bone repair materials; Metals as bone repair materials; Ceramics as bone repair materials; Polymers for bone repair; Composite biomaterials for bone repair; Cements as bone repair materials; Bioactive polymer coatings to improve bone repair; Long-term performance and failure of orthopaedic devices. Part 3 Clinical applications: Using bone repair materials in orthopaedic surgery; Bone tissue engineering; Retrieval and analysis of orthopaedic implants; Ethical issues in bone repair and bone tissue engineering.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 385 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 661 0 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693855

Orthopaedic bone cements Edited by S Deb, King’s College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 14 CONTENTS

Part 1 Bone cements in medicine: Bone disease; Hip replacements; Knee replacements; Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty; Antibiotic-impregnated polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) spacers in hip surgery; Commercial aspects and delivery systems of bone cements; Wear particles and osteolysis. Part 2 Materials: Acrylic bone cement: Genesis and evolution; Poly(methylmethacrylate) bone cement: Chemical composition and chemistry; Calcium phosphate bone cements. Part 3 Properties of bone cements: Mechanical properties of bone cements; Fracture toughness and fatigue characteristics of bone cements; Dynamic creep in bone cements. Part 4 Enhancing the properties of bone cements; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Modifications of bone cements; Design of bioactive bone cement based on organic-inorganic hybrids; Clinical aspects of calcium phosphate bone cements.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 376 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 517 0 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693763

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 10 528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 296 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 424 1 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692964

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

31

Biomaterials Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urology Edited by J Denstedt, University of Western Ontario, Canada and A Atala, Wake Forest Institute for Regenerative Medicine, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 18 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Introduction to biofilms in urology: In vivo models for ureteral stents; Models for the assessment of biofilm and encrustation formation on urological materials. Part 2 Materials and design of urological devices: Ureteral stents: Design and materials; Metal stents in the upper urinary tract; Coated ureteral stents; Proteus mirabilis biofilm formation and catheter design; Selflubricating catheter materials; Temporary urethral stents; Penile implants. Part 3 Urological tissue engineering: Artificial biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Natural biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Nanotechnology and urological tissue engineering; Assessing the performance of tissue-engineered urological implants; Regenerative pharmacology and bladder regeneration; Autologous cell sources for urological applications; Embryonic stem cells, nuclear transfer, and parthenogenesisderived stem cells for urological reconstruction; Amniotic fluid and placental stem cells as a source for urological regenerative medicine; The use of adipose progenitor cells in urology; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via an endoscopic approach; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via direct injection; Regenerative medicine for the urethra; Penile reconstruction; Tissue engineering in reproductive medicine; Regenerative medicine of the kidney; Stem cells and kidney regeneration; Techniques for engineering bladder tissue.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 402 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 637 5 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694029

Biomaterials for treating skin loss Edited by D P Orgill, Brigham and Women’s Hospital and C Blanco, Joseph M. Still Research Foundation, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 17 CONTENTS

CLINICAL TECHNIQUES

NEW The hip resurfacing handbook

NEW Perspectives in total hip arthroplasty Advances in biomaterials and their tribological interactions Edited by S Affatato, Rizzoli Orthopaedic Institute, Italy Due to an ageing population in the western world, total hip arthroplasty (THA), is the most commonly performed orthopaedic procedure. Arthroplasty comes from two Greek words, arthros or joint and plassein, to form or shape. THA is performed to replace or reconstruct a joint with an artificial joint (prosthesis). Hip prostheses may be made of metal, ceramic, plastic, or various combinations of these materials.

Chapters in the first part of the book cover techniques from innovative surgeons, designs from multinational manufacturers as well as information on improvements in technologies and biomaterials. The second part of the book discusses the tribology of all the major materials used in total hip arthroplasty, allowing readers to understand the wear of these load bearing surfaces which is one of the major causes in the failure of hip prostheses.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Advances in total hip arthroplasty (THA) techniques: The history of total hip arthroplasly (THA); The history of Biomaterials used in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Historical techniques and designs in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Contemporary designs in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Fixation of total hip arthroplsaty (THA) components; Recent developments and future trends in total hip arthroplasty (THA). Part 2 Tribology of biomaterials for total hip arthroplasty (THA): Tribology of the modern Biomaterials used in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Tribology of Polyethylene in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Tribology of Metal in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Tribology of Ceramic bearings in total hip arthroplasty (THA); Tribology of hybrid hard bearings in total hip arthroplasty (THA).

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 031 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 039 2 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420316

Part 1 Introduction: Development of skin substitutes; Skin replacement products and markets; Biomechanics of skin; The pathophysiologic basis for wound healing and cutaneous regeneration; Skin grafts; Understanding the cellular basis of skin growth; The regulatory approval process for biomaterials for treating skin loss. Part 2 Epidermal and dermal replacement technologies: Enhancing skin epidermal stability; Human-derived acellular matrices for dermal replacement; Lyophilized xenogenic products for skin replacement. Part 3 Combined dermis and epidermal replacement: Cultured skin substitutes; The use of keratinocytes in combination with a dermal replacement to treat skin loss; Principles of skin regeneration; Summary: Biomaterials for treating skin loss.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 363 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 554 5 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693633

A practical guide to the use and management of modern hip resurfacings Edited by K De Smet, ANCA Clinic, Belgium, P Campbell, UCLA, USA and C Van Der Straeten, Consultant, Belgium Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 47 ‘For the orthopaedic surgeon who wishes to consider undertaking hip resurfacing as part of a clinical workload, they would definitely benefit from the wealth of experience and the comparative data from the large range of designs available described in this book.’

R J Minns PhD, SCOPE, IPEM Surface arthroplasty (surface replacement) of the hip with metal-on-metal bearings is one of the fastest growing areas within the field of joint surgery. Chapters in part one provide readers with information on a wide range of hip resurfacing designs. Part two focuses on clinical follow-up to hip resurfacing.

Part three discusses a variety of operative techniques, and the final section provides readers with case studies and conclusions.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Hip resurfacing designs: The ACCIS hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ADEPT® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The DePuy Articular Surface Replacement (ASR) hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) prosthesis; The Conserve® Plus hip resurfacing prosthesis; The CormetTM hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Durom hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ESKA hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ICON hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MRS Modular Hip Resurfacing prosthesis; The MIHR International® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MITCH hip resurfacing prosthesis; The BIOMET RECAP hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ROMAX® hip resurfacing system; The Tornier DynaMoM hip resurfacing prosthesis; Design issues and comparison of hip resurfacing prostheses. Part 2 Clinical follow-up: Clinical follow-up of the hip resurfacing patient; Acoustic phenomena in hip resurfacing; Rehabilitation of patients after hip resurfacing; The use of radiography to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of bone scintigraphy to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of ultrasound to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Computerized Tomography (CT) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Positron Emission Tomography (PET) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of metal ion level measurements to evaluate hip resurfacing; The practical application of metal ion level measurement in evaluating hip resurfacing. Part 3 Operative techniques: Comparing surgical techniques in hip resurfacing; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The modified posterior approach; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The anterior approach; Tips and tricks for successful hip resurfacing; Surgical instruments in hip resurfacing; Anaesthesia in hip resurfacing; Revision surgery for failed hip resurfacing. Part 4 Failure modes in hip resurfacing; Retrieval studies showing failure modes in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral neck fractures in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral loosening and femoral head collapse in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular loosening in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular malposition and high wear in hip resurfacing; Case studies of suspected metal allergy in hip resurfacing. Part 5 General issues: The patient experience of hip resurfacing; Comparing hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA) and total hip arthroplasty (THA); The current regulatory status of hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA); Web sites relating to hip resurfacing.

576 pages 279 x 216mm (8 x 11) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 948 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 620 3 £225.00/US$370.00/€270.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699482

32

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Decontamination in hospitals and healthcare

NEW A practical approach to spinal trauma

Edited by J Walker, Public Health England, UK

Edited by H N Bajaj and S Katoch, Max Healthcare Hospital, India

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 62

Effective infection control and decontamination in the healthcare sector is vital to public health. This unique book discusses decontamination practices and the development of technologies for cleaning and control of infection. Part one considers the role of standards in decontamination and infection control in Europe. Part two focuses on decontamination practices in healthcare, particularly the role of nurses, issues of microbial biofilm in waterlines, control of waterborne microorganisms and gaseous decontamination technologies. It explores decontamination of prions, no-touch automated room disinfection systems and controlling the presence of microorganisms in hospitals. Part three discusses decontamination and sterilisation of surgical instruments and endoscopes. The choice framework for protocols for decontamination of surgical instruments and novel technologies for cleaning and detection of contamination are examined.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 69

The book deals with fractures of the spine and it details classification and the management of spinal injuries. Authors share their experiences and include useful tips and practical approaches to spinal trauma. There is also a discussion on non-operative management.

Ultimately the treating surgeon needs to decide, with the resources and facilities in mind, what is best for the patient.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Terminology; Applied anatomy of the spinal cord; Setting goals; Is walking possible in paraplegia? Psycological support in spinal cord injury; Acute care in spinal cord injury; Problems unique to tetraplegia; Operative or non operative management? Select issues in chronic spinal cord injury. Part 2 Fractures of the cervical spine; Fractures of the cervico dorsal junction; Fractures of the thoracolumbar spine; Fractures of the sacrum; Fractures of the spine in ankylosing spondylitis; Osteoporotic fractures of the spine.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 150 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 066 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 070 5 Approx. £80.00/US$130.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420668

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare: The importance of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare; The history of decontamination in hospitals; The Role of Standards in decontamination; Infection control in Europe; Future trends in decontamination in hospitals and healthcare. Part 2 Decontamination practices in hospitals and healthcare: Decontamination in primary care: dental and hospital perspectives; The role of the nurse in decontamination; Minimising microbial contamination in dental unit water systems and microbial control in dental hospitals; Control of waterborne microorganisms and reducing the threat from Legionella and Pseudomonas; The role of continuous microbial debulking in the hospital environment and its effect on reducing HCAIs; Provision and control of water for healthcare purposes; Use of gaseous decontamination technologies for wards and isolation rooms in hospitals and healthcare settings; Biocides and decontamination agents including sporicides for decontamination in hospitals; Decontamination of prions; Cleaning and decontamination of the healthcare environment; The role of protective clothing in healthcare and its decontamination; A guide to no-touch automated room disinfection systems; New technologies to control the presence of microorganisms in hospitals; Testing strategies and international standards for disinfectants. Part 3 Decontamination of surgical instruments and endoscopes: An overview of current decontamination practices of surgical instruments and medical devices; An overview of choice framework for policies and protocols for decontamination (CFPP) of surgical instruments; An overview of new technologies for the decontamination of surgical instruments and the quantification of protein residues: low pressure RF gas-plasma decontamination and EFSCAN detection; Efficacy of current and novel cleaning technologies (ID Box) for assessing protein contamination on surgical instruments; Decontamination of flexible endoscopes; Sterilisation of flexible endoscopes.

640 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 657 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 669 2 Approx. £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096579

Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery Biomaterials, bone grafting and tissue engineering Edited by J Ferri, Roger Salengro Hospital, France and E Hunziker, University of Bern, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 32 CONTENTS

Bone tissue engineering. Part 1 Bone reconstruction in implantology and reconstructive preprosthetic surgery: Fundamentals of bone grafting in implantology; Cranial bone grafting in maxillary preprosthetic surgery; Maxillary sinus grafting for implant insertion; Symphyseal and alveolar reconstruction in preprosthetic surgery; Mandible corpus reconstruction for implant insertion: The available techniques; Alveolar bi-directional distraction in preprosthetic surgery; Alveolar widening using distraction osteogenesis (DO) in maxillofacial surgery; Bone grafting and Le fort 1 osteotomy in cases of major atrophy of the maxilla. Part 2 Reconstruction in particular situations: Applications of biomaterials in alveolar and maxillofacial bone reconstruction; Implants in congenital missing teeth; Maxillo-mandibular amputations and implants rehabilitation; Alveolar reconstruction in cleft for implant rehabilitation; Bone reconstruction in irradiated situations; Periodontal surgery related to alveolar bone reconstruction for implant insertion. Part 3 Tissue engineering: Mucosal and gingival tissue engineering; Osteoinductivization of dental implants and bone-defect-filling materials; Tissue engineering and endodontics; Tooth regeneration: Current status.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 589 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 242 7 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695897

MATERIALS NEW Bone substitute biomaterials Edited by K Mallick, University of Warwick, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 78

Bone substitute biomaterials are a fundamental part of the biomaterials and biomedical sector and this area has benefitted from many recent technological developments. Recent research has particularly focussed on minimising failure rates and the need for further surgery, which can be achieved in particular through osseointegration and regeneration. The first section of this book provides readers with the principles of bone substitute biomaterials whilst the final section reviews biomaterials for bone regeneration.

CONTENTS

Bone mechanics. Part 1 Properties of bone substitutes biomaterials in medicine: Composite materials for bone repair; Zirconia toughened composites for hard tissue replacements; Ceramic Foam; Titanium foam for replacing bone; Bioresorbable bone graft substitutes. Part 2 Biomaterials and implants: Bone substitutes based on biomineralization; Ceramics for skeletal bone regeneration; Osteoinductivization of dental implants and bone-defectfilling materials; Cartilage grafts for bone regeneration; Marine organisms for bone repair; Chitosan for bone repair.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 497 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 903 7 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094971

NEW Regulatory affairs for biomaterials and medical devices Edited by S Amato and B Ezzell, Northeastern University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 79

All biomaterials and medical devices are subject to a long list of regulatory practises and policies which must be adhered to in order to receive clearance. This book provides readers with information on the systems in place in the USA and the rest of the world. Chapters focus on a series of procedures and policies including topics such as commercialization, clinical development, general good practise manufacturing and post market surveillance.

CONTENTS

Historical overview and current situation; Technical aspects of biomaterial commercialization; Regulatory strategies for USA; Clinical development and endpoint strategies; Supply Chain Risk Management; Approval of devices and biomaterials; Good manufacturing practice; Vigilance procedures/post market surveillance; Regulatory Strategies in Asia; Continuing evolution of market access paradigms from a health policy perspective.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 542 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 920 4 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095428

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

33

Biomaterials NEW Semiconducting silicon nanowires for biomedical applications Edited by J L Coffer, Texas Christian University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 73

The unique fundamental physico-chemical properties of semiconductor silicon nanowires provide a diverse toolbox from which scientists are tackling significant problems in human health at the nanoscale. Biological systems at both the in vitro and in vivo levels are being investigated, as is the fabrication, surface chemistry, and electronic properties of such materials. This book seeks to address the most critical range of issues emerging in this important field and its applications. Part one provides readers with a comprehensive overview of the field and fundamental technologies. Chapters in part two look at tissue engineering and selected drug delivery therapies. The final set of chapters address biomolecular detection and sensing applications of silicon nanowires.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to silicon nanowires for biomedical applications: Overview of semiconducting silicon nanowires for biomedical applications; Growth and characterization of semiconducting silicon nanowires for biomedical applications; Surface modification of semiconducting silicon nanowires for biosensing applications; Biocompatibility of semiconducting silicon nanowires. Part 2 Silicon nanowires for tissue engineering and delivery applications: Functional semiconducting silicon nanowires for cellular binding and internalization; Functional semiconducting silicon nanowires and their composites as orthopaedic tissue scaffolds; Mediated differentiation of stem cells by engineered semiconducting silicon nanowires; Silicon nanoneedles for drug delivery. Part 3 Silicon nanowires for detection and sensing: Semiconducting silicon nanowire array fabrication for high throughput screening in the biosciences; Neural cell pinning on surfaces by semiconducting silicon nanowire arrays; Semiconducting silicon nanowires and nanowire composites for biosensing and therapy; Probe-free semiconducting silicon nanowire platforms for biosensing.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 766 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 771 2 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097668

NEW Porous silicon for biomedical applications

NEW Precious metals for biomedical applications

Edited by H A Santos, University of Helsinki, Finland

Edited by N Baltzer and T Copponnex, Cendres+Métaux, Switzerland

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 68

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 77

Porous silicon is rapidly attracting increasing interest in the biomaterials community. This nanostructured and biodegradable material has a range of properties, making it ideal for drug delivery and tissue engineering.

In particular the pores of the material and surface chemistry can be manipulated to tune the rate of drug release from hours to months.

Porous silicon for biomedical applications provides the reader with a comprehensive review of this emerging material. Chapters in part one focus on the fundamentals and properties of the material. Part two discusses applications in bio-imaging and sensing whilst the final set of chapters look at drug delivery, cancer therapy and tissue engineering applications.

Precious metals and semi-precious metals have been used in medicine for many years.

The properties of these metals and their alloys make them suitable for an increasing number of medical applications. This book provides readers with a useful review of this group of materials’ unique properties and applications. The first part provides readers with the fundamentals of precious metals for biomedical applications before chapters in part two look at a wide range of applications of precious metals in medicine.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of porous silicon for biomedical applications: Porous silicon for biomedical applications: From conception to clinical use; Thermal stabilization of porous silicon for biomedical applications; Thermal properties of nanoporous silicon materials; Photochemical and non-thermal chemical modification of porous silicon for biomedical applications; Modifying porous silicon with self-assembled monolayers for biomedical applications; Protein-modified porous silicon films for biomedical applications; Biocompatibility of porous silicon for biomedical applications. Part 2 Porous silicon for bio-imaging and bio-sensing applications: Optical properties of porous silicon materials for biomedical applications; In vivo imaging assessment of porous silicon; Radiolabeled porous silicon for bio-imaging applications; Desorption/ionization on porous silicon (DIOS) for metabolite imaging; Porous silicon for bacteria detection; Nanoporous silicon biosensors for DNA sensing. Part 3 Porous silicon for drug delivery, cancer therapy and tissue engineering applications: Drug loading and characterization of porous silicon materials; Nanoporous silicon to enhance drug solubility; Multistage porous silicon for cancer therapy; Porous silicon for tumour targeting and imaging; Porous silicon - polymer composites for cell culture and tissue engineering applications; Porous silicon and related composites as functional tissue engineering scaffolds; Porous silicon scaffolds for stem cells growth and osteodifferentiation.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 711 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 715 6 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097118

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of precious metals for biomedical applications: Common alloys, properties and processing or precious metals for biomedical applications; Biocompatibility of precious metals for biomedical applications; Corrosion resistance of precious metals for biomedical applications; Optimizing the interface between gold nanoparticles (NPs) and the biological environment. Part 2 Biomedical applications of precious metals: Precious metal alloys for dental applications; Platinium group metals (PGMs) for permanent implantable electronic medical devices; Nanoporous gold for biomedical applications: Structure, properties and applications; Gold nanoparticles for bioimaging, drug delivery and therapeutics; Properties and applications of silver anti-bacterial coatings; Antibacterial silver doped bioactive glasses (BG) for tissue engineering applications.

330 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 434 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 905 1 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094346

Metals for biomedical devices Edited by M Niinomi, Tohoku University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 25 CONTENTS

Part 1 General introduction: Overview of metals and biomedical applications; Metal selection for biomedical devices. Part 2 Mechanical behaviour, degradation and testing of metals for biomedical devices: Mechanical properties of metallic biomaterials; Corrosion of metallic biomaterials; Fatigue and failure of metallic biomaterials; Mechanical testing of metallic biomaterials; Tribology and tribo-corrosion testing and analysis of metallic biomaterials; Biocompatibility and fabrication of in situ bioceramic coating/titanium alloy biocomposites. Part 3 Processing metals for biomedical applications: Forging metals and alloys for biomedical applications; Surface treatment of metallic biomaterials; Coatings for metallic biomaterials; Biocompatible polymer assembly on metal surfaces; Sterilisation and cleaning of metallic biomaterials. Part 4 Specific applications of metals for biomedical devices: Orthopaedic applications of metallic biomaterials; New generation metallic biomaterials; Degradable metallic biomaterials for cardiovascular applications.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 434 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 924 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694340

34

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW New functional biomaterials for medicine and healthcare

NEW Biomaterials and medical tribology

NEW Biomimetic biomaterials

E P Ivanova, Swinburne University of Technology, K Bazaka, James Cook University and R J Crawford, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

Research and development

Edited by A J Ruys, University of Sydney, Australia

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 57

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 67

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 65

There has been a huge amount of recent research into developing and refining biomaterials for use in implants and other biomedical applications. This book provides a concise summary of this research. It begins with an overview of the different types of biomaterials, as well as their use in the design and assembly of medical implants.

The book then reviews the main types of material used in biomaterials, including natural and synthetic polymers, metals, inert and bioactive ceramics. Individual chapters review particular types of biomaterial, their properties and applications. The book provides an ideal one-volume summary in this important field.

Medical tribology can be defined as the science of tribological phenomena in the human body, both those that naturally occur in the tissues or organs and those that arise after implantation of an artificial device, while biomaterials are inert substances designed to be incorporated into living systems. Biomaterials and medical tribology brings together a collection of high quality articles and case studies focussing on new research and developments in these two important fields. The book provides details of the different types of biomaterial available, including metals, polymers and composites, while chapters in the latter half offer an analysis of friction, wear, lubrication and other related issues in specific applications.

‘The only workable strategy in developing new biomaterials is to follow the best scientific practices in design and evaluation. Yet the vastness of the biomaterials literature and the general trend towards publishing only positive results makes it difficult to determine those best practices…This book is an antidote to many of these shortcomings by focusing on the state of the art in biomimetic biomaterials and their design.’

CONTENTS

Introduction to biomaterials and implantable device design; Natural polymer biomaterials: Advanced applications; Advanced synthetic polymer biomaterials derived from organic sources; Advanced synthetic and hybrid polymer biomaterials derived from inorganic and mixed organicinorganic sources; Metallic biomaterials: Types and advanced applications; Cytotoxicity and biocompatibility of metallic biomaterials; Bioinert ceramic biomaterials: Advanced applications; Advanced bioactive and biodegradable ceramic biomaterials.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 265 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 266 2 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422655

Bioactive materials in medicine

CONTENTS

Nanoparticles for biomedical applications: Current status, trends and future challenges; Synergism effects during friction and fretting corrosion experiments – focusing on biomaterials used as orthopedic implants; Application of biomedical-grade titanium alloys in trabecular bone and artificial joints; Fatigue strengthening of an orthopedic Ti6Al4V alloy: What is the potential of a final shot peening process? Wear determination on retrieved metal-on-metal hip arthroplasty: An example of extreme wear; Natural articular joints: Model of lamellar-rollerbearing lubrication and the nature of the cartilage surface; Importance of bearing porosity in engineering and natural lubrication; Tribological characterization of human tooth enamel; Liposome-based carrier systems and devices used for pulmonary drug delivery.

490 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 017 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 220 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090171

Design and applications Edited by X Zhao, China Research Academy of Bioactive Molecules and Materials (RABMM) and University of Strathclyde, UK, J M Courtney, University of Strathclyde, UK and H Qian, Queen Mary University London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 33 CONTENTS

Introduction to bioactive materials in medicine. Part 1 Designing bioactive materials for use in medicine: Molecular design of bioactive materials with controlled bioactivity; Bioactive materials and nanotechnology; Bioactive materials and tissue engineering. Part 2 Applications of bioactive materials in medicine: Antibacterial bioactive materials; Bioactive materials in orthopaedics; Bioactive materials in the circulatory system; Bioactive materials in gene therapy; Bioactive materials in plastic surgery and body reconstruction; Bioactive materials in drug delivery systems.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 624 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 293 9 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696245

Biomedical composites Edited by L Ambrosio, National Research Council, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 21

648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 436 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 737 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694364

Natural-based polymers for biomedical applications Principal editor: R L Reis, Section editors: N M Neves, J F Mano, M E Gomes, A P Marques and H S Azevedo, University of Minho, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 12

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 264 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 481 4 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692643

Structure and applications

From the Foreword by Professor Luke Hanley, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA A significant proportion of modern medical technology has been developed through biomimetics, which is biologically inspired by studying pre-existing functioning systems in nature. Typical biomimetically inspired biomaterials include nano-biomaterials, smart biomaterials, hybrid biomaterials, nano-biocomposites, hierarchically porous biomaterials and tissue scaffolds. This important book summarises key research in this important field. The first part of the book is devoted to the biomimetics of biomaterials themselves, while part two provides overviews and case studies of tissue engineering applications from a biomimetics perspective.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Biomimetic biomaterials, structure and surfaces: Biomimetic materials in regenerative medicine; Biomimetic potential of chitin-based composite biomaterials of poriferan origin; Hierarchical structure, mechanical properties and fabrication of biomimetic biomaterials; Biomimetic coatings for biomaterial surfaces; Functional gradients in natural and biomimetic spinal disk structures. Part 2 Tissue engineering applications of biomimetic biomaterials: Biomimetic scaffolds for skin tissue and wound repair; Biomimetic scaffolds for stem cell based tissue engineering; Biomimetic bone regeneration; Biomimetic hydrogels as scaffolds for tissue engineering applications; Injectable biomimetic hydrogels for soft tissue repair.

344 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 416 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 888 7 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094162

Biomedical polymers Edited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 7 ‘...this publication offers an unsurpassable opportunity to facilitate immersion in a rapidly expanding interdisciplinary area.’ ‘...a source of reference for scientists and, in general, all professionals involved in the development and use of this important group of biomaterials.’

Revista de Plásticos Modernos 236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 070 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 364 0 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690700

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

35

Biomaterials NEW Diamond-based materials for biomedical applications

Characterization of biomaterials

Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial joints

Edited by R Narayan, University of North Carolina, USA

Edited by M Jaffe, New Jersey Institute of Technology, W Hammond, P Tolias, University of Medicine and Dentistry New Jersey and T Arinzeh, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 55

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 64

Carbon is light weight, strong, conductive and able to mimic natural materials within the body, making it ideal for many uses within biomedicine. Consequently a great deal of research and funding is being put into this interesting material with a view to increasing the variety of medical applications for which it is suitable. Diamond-based materials for biomedical applications presents readers with the fundamental principles and novel applications of this versatile material.

‘A brief, yet very well-written and useful overview, suitable for specialists as well as researchers new to the field.’

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to diamond based materials for medical applications: Introduction to medical applications of diamond particles and surfaces; Functionalisation of diamond surfaces for medical applications; Biotribology and biological behaviour of nanocrystalline diamond (NCD) coatings for medical applications; Blood compatibility of diamond-like carbon (DLC) coatings. Part 2 Biomedical applications of diamond based materials: Nanostructured diamond coatings for orthopaedic applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) films for ophthalmological applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) for neural applications; Nanodiamonds for drug delivery systems; Diamond nucleation and seeding techniques for tissue regeneration; Diamond materials for microfluidic devices.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 340 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 351 6 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093400

Shape memory alloys for biomedical applications Edited by T Yoneyama, Nihon University and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 15 CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials: The shape memory effect and superelasticity in Ti-Ni alloys; Mechanical properties of shape memory alloys; Thermodynamics of the shape memory effect in Ti-Ni alloys; Alternative shape memory alloys; Fabrication of shape memory alloy parts; Response of Ti-Ni alloys for dental biomaterials to conditions in the mouth; Understanding, predicting and preventing failure of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys used in medical implants; Surface modification of Ti-Ni alloys for biomedical applications; Biocompatibility of Nitinol for biomedical applications. Part 2 Medical and dental devices: Self-expanding Nitinol stents for the treatment of vascular disease; Orthodontic devices using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Endodontic instruments for root canal treatment using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Regulation orthopaedic, dental, endovascular and other applications of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 41

Dr. Aleksandr Ovsianikov, The Biomaterials Network.

Biomaterials and medical devices must be rigorously tested in the laboratory before they may be implanted into test subjects. By ensuring that these test methods are both quick and efficient, an increased number of materials can be tested and working implants can be produced more rapidly.

The development of such tests is therefore essential to biomedical advancement, and Characterization of biomaterials reviews the latest methods for defining properties and characterizing materials. Beginning with an introduction to microscopy techniques for analyzing the phase nature and morphology of biomaterials, Characterization of biomaterials goes on to discuss a wide array of techniques and various unique approaches to the problems faced in characterizing biomaterials, whilst also providing information on standards and methods for assessing the safety and biocompatibility of biomaterials.

This important book reviews the causes and prevention of implant wear. Part one discusses fundamental issues such as tissue response to wear, the anatomy and biomechanics of hips and knees as well as the materials and design issues they raise for hip, knee and other types of orthopaedic implant. Part two considers wear phenomena in a range of materials, including ultra-high molecular weight (UHMWPE), metal and ceramic joints. It also covers surgical and other factors influencing wear as well as ways of detecting, analysing and predicting implant wear and failure.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of implant wear: Introduction to wear phenomenon of orthopaedic implants; Biology of implant wear; Biomechanics of the hip and knee: Implant wear; Anatomy of the hip and suitable prostheses; Anatomy of the knee and suitable prostheses; Orthopaedic implant materials and design; Materials used for hip and knee implants. Part 2 Wear phenomenon: The wear phenomenon of Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) joints; The wear phenomenon of metal joints; Wear phenomenon of ceramic joints; The influence of surgical techniques on implant wear; Factors contributing to orthopaedic implant wear; Diagnosis and surveillance of orthopaedic implants; Failure analysis of orthopaedic implants; Wear prediction of orthopaedic implants.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 128 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 612 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091284

CONTENTS

Microscopy techniques for analyzing the phase nature and morphology of biomaterials; Scattering techniques for structural analysis of biomaterials; Quantitative assays for measuring cell adhesion and motility in biomaterials; Assays for determining cell differentiation in biomaterials; Bioreactors for evaluating cell infiltration and tissue formation in biomaterials; Studying molecular-scale proteinsurface interactions in biomaterials; Assessing the mutagenic effects of biomaterials: Analyzing the cellular genome and abnormalities; Using microarrays to measure cellular changes induced by biomaterials; Standards and methods for assessing the safety and biocompatibility of biomaterials.

338 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 810 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 368 4 £135.00/US$225.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698102

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 344 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 524 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693442

36

Edited by S Affatato, Istituto Ortopedico Rizzoli di Bologna, Italy

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Bioceramics and their clinical applications Edited by T Kokubo, Chubu University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 9 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of bioceramics: The structure and mechanical properties of bone; Fabrication processes for bioceramics; The microstructure of bioceramics and its analysis; The mechanical properties of bioceramics; The design of ceramics for joint replacement; Cellular response to bioactive ceramics; In vitro evaluation of bone bioactivity; Osteoconduction and its evaluation; Osteoinduction and its evaluation. Part 2 Types of bioceramics: Alumina ceramics; Zirconia ceramics; Bioactive glasses; Bioactive glass-ceramics; Calcium sulphate; Tricalcium phosphate-based ceramics; Hydroxyapatite; Tricalcium phosphate/hydroxyapatite biphasic ceramics; Si-substituted hydroxyapatite; Calcium phosphate cement; Calcium phosphate coatings; Titania-based materials; Ceramic-polymer composites; Dental ceramics; Dental glass-ceramics. Part 3 Clinical applications of bioceramics: Clinical application of bioactive glasses; Clinical application of bioactive glass-ceramics; Clinical application of hydroxyapatite; Clinical applications of alumina ceramics in joint replacement; Clinical applications of ceramics/ polyethylene in joint replacement; Tissue engineering using bioceramics.

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 204 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 422 7 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692049

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials Coatings for biomedical applications

Biomedical hydrogels Biochemistry, manufacture and medical applications

MEDICAL TEXTILES

Edited by M Driver, Vertellus, UK

Edited by S Rimmer, University of Sheffield, UK

NEW Biotextiles as medical implants

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 37

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 31 CONTENTS

Edited by M W King, B S Gupta, North Carolina State University, USA and R Guidoin, Laval University Quebec, Canada

The biomaterials sector is rapidly expanding due to the increase in healthcare spending worldwide. Coatings and surface modification of biomaterials provides a means to improve the wear of joints, change the biological interaction between implant and host and combine the properties of various materials to improve device performance. The considerable interest in coatings for biomedical applications has resulted in a great deal of research in industry and academia. This book provides a comprehensive review of coatings and surface modification for biomedical applications, including background, theory, materials and applications. The clear structure and concise review of research provides a valuable resource to researchers in the field of biomedical coatings.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Coating types and applications: Hydrophilic coatings for biomedical applications in and ex vivo; Mineral coatings for orthopaedic applications; Other commonlyused biomedical coatings: Pyrolytic carbon coatings; Electrochemical surface modifications of titanium and titanium alloys for biomedical applications; Surface preparation techniques for biomedical applications; Characterization of biomedical coatings. Part 2 Case studies: Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Coronary stents; Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Extracorporeal circuits; Surface coatings for ventricular assist devices; Orthopaedic coatings; Surface coatings in urology; Ophthalmic coatings.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 568 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 367 7 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695682

Bioactive glasses Materials, properties and applications Edited by H O Ylänen, Tampere University of Technology, Finland Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 36 CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and mechanical properties of bioactive glass: Melt-derived bioactive glasses; Surface modification of bioactive glasses; Cell interaction with bioactive glasses and ceramics; Regulatory aspects of bioactive glass. Part 2 Applications of bioactive glass: Bioactive glass and glass ceramic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanoscaled bioactive glass particles and nanofibres; Bioactive glasses containing composites for bone and musculoskeletal tissue engineering scaffolds; Use of bioactive glasses as bone substitutes in orthopaedics and traumatology; Bioactive glass S53P4 as a bone graft substitute in the treatment of osteomyelitis; Bioactive glass for maxillofacial and dental repair; Bioactive glass and biodegradable polymer composites; Bioactive glasses for wound healing.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 768 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 331 8 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697686

Part 1 Processing of hydrogels: Hydrogel swelling behaviour and its biomedical applications; Superabsorbent cellulosebased hydrogels for biomedical applications; Synthesis of hydrogels – control of structure and properties; Processing and fabrication technologies for biomedical hydrogels; Regulation of novel biomedical hydrogel products; Failure of hydrogel implants – mechanical properties. Part 2 Applications: Spinal disc implants using hydrogels; Hydrogels for intraocular lenses and other ophthalmic prostheses; Cartilage replacement implants using hydrogels; Imaging implants in situ.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 590 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 138 3 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695903

Injectable biomaterials Science and applications Edited by B Vernon, Arizona State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 30 CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and properties: Designing clinically useful substitutes for the extracellular matrix; Designing ceramics for injectable bone graft substitutes; Rheological properties of injectable biomaterials; Improving mechanical properties of injectable polymers and composites. Part 2 Clinical applications: Drug delivery applications of injectable biomaterials; Tissue engineering applications of injectable biomaterials; Vascular applications of injectable biomaterials; Orthopaedic applications of injectable biomaterials; Dental applications of injectable biomaterials; Injectable polymeric carriers for gene delivery systems.

Part 3 Technologies and developments: Environmentally responsive injectable materials; Injectable nanotechnology; Injectable biodegradable materials; Troubleshooting and hurdles to development of biomaterials; Biocompatibility of injectable materials; Future applications of injectable biomaterials: The use of microgels as modular injectable scaffolds.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 588 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 137 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695880

Hyaluronan Proceedings of an international meeting, September 2000, North East Wales Institute, UK Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and Guest editor V C Hascall, Lerner Research Institute, USA 1152 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 570 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 312 1 £457.50/US$755.00/€550.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735705

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 113

Textiles play a vital role in the manufacture of various medical implants including the replacement of diseased or non-functioning parts of the body. Biotextiles as medical implants provides an invaluable single source of information on the main types of textile materials and products used for medical implants. Chapters in the first part of the book are concerned with the manufacture, properties and types of biotextiles used for medical applications, while the second part of the book provides a concise overview of the various medical applications of biotextiles, including stents, drug delivery systems and medical sutures. The book is an invaluable reference for manufacturers, designers, producers of textile implant materials. It will also be of interest to professionals within the healthcare industry, including scientists, nurses and students.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Technologies: Manufacture, types and properties of biotextiles for medical applications; Nanofiber structures for medical biotextiles; Resorbable polymers for medical applications; Shaped biotextiles for medical implants; Surface modification of biotextiles for medical applications; Sterilization techniques for biotextiles for medical applications; Regulation of biotextiles for medical use; Retrieval studies for medical biotextiles. Part 2 Applications: Drug delivery systems (DDS) using biotextiles; Types and properties of surgical sutures; Materials for absorbable and non-absorbable surgical sutures; Surgical knot performance in sutures; Barbed suture technology; Small diameter arterial grafts using biotextiles; Vascular prostheses for open surgery; Biotextiles as percutaneous heart valves; Biotextiles as vena cava filters; Biotextiles for atrial septal defect repair; Hemostatic wound dressings; Anterior cruciate ligament prostheses using biotextiles; Endovascular prostheses for aortic aneurysms: a new era for vascular surgery.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 439 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 560 2 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694395

Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare Materials, systems and applications Edited by L Van Langenhove, University of Ghent, Belgium Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 63 Published in association with The Textile Institute 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 027 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 293 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690274

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

37

Biomaterials NEW Science of compression bandages

Textiles for hygiene and infection control

B Kumar, A Das and R Alagirusamy, IIT Delhi, India

Edited by B J McCarthy, TechniTex Faraday Limited, UK

Compression treatment for chronic venous diseases is associated with a wide range of challenges and often produces uncertain clinical outcomes. Investigating and exploiting the performance of compression bandage would further improve the knowledge of compression management and would give a holistic picture of this promising area.

This book discusses the fundamentals of compression therapy i.e. compression or pressure through multi-disciplinary approaches involving various concepts of physics, biological science, biomaterials, fabric engineering, structural dynamics, material science, technical textiles and instrumentation to better deal with compression bandaging from different perspectives.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 108 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Introduction to compression therapy; Bandage; Sub-bandage pressure; Compression performance under static state; Effect of material and structure on compression; Compression performance under dynamic state; Assessment of dynamic stiffness index; Time dependent study of compression management under dynamic conditions; Modelling of subbandage pressure profile generated over time.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 268 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 272 3 Approx. £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422686

Handbook of medical textiles

Part 1 Design and production techniques for hygiene textiles: The design of novel hygiene textile products; Nanotechnology and its applications in medical hygiene textiles; Use of knitted spacer fabrics for hygiene applications; Innovative and sustainable packaging strategies for hygiene products; Biodegradable hygiene products. Part 2 Design and production techniques for infection-control textiles: Microorganisms, infection and the role of textiles; Creating barrier textiles through plasma processing; Disposable and reusable medical textiles; Ensuring fabrics survive sterilisation. Part 3 Product types: Washable textile-based absorbent products for incontinence; Biological containment suits used in microbiological high containment facilities and by emergency responders; Coated textiles for skin infections; Antimicrobial treatments of textiles for hygiene and infection control applications: An industrial perspective.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 636 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 370 7 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696368

Medical and healthcare textiles Edited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 75 Published in association with The Textile Institute 560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 224 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 034 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692247

Edited by V Bartels, Bartels Scientific Consulting GmbH, Germany

Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcare

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 100

Edited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and properties of medical textiles: Modern textiles and biomaterials for healthcare; Hi-tech textiles for interactive wound therapies; Reusable medical textiles; Nonwoven materials and technologies for medical applications; Textiles for implants and regenerative medicine; Textiles with cosmetic effects; Drug-releasing textiles; Medical textiles and thermal comfort. Part 2 Textiles and the skin: Contact sensations of medical textiles on the skin; Mechanical skin irritations due to textiles; Allergies caused by textiles; Biofunctional textiles based on cellulose and their approaches for therapy and prevention of atopic eczema. Part 3 Textiles for hygiene: Infection prevention and control and the role of medical textiles; Absorbent products for personal health care and hygiene; Bio-functional textiles; Hospital laundries and their role in medical textiles; Odour control of medical textiles. Part 4 Medical textile case studies and applications: Textiles for medical filters; Textiles for patient heat preservation during operations; Evaluation of occupational clothing for surgeons: Achieving comfort and avoiding physiological stress through suitable gowns; Superabsorbents and their medical applications; Nanofibrous textiles in medical applications.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 48

Published in association with The Textile Institute

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 271 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 630 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692711

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 691 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 369 1 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696917

38

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 683 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 410 4 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736832

Advanced textiles for wound care Edited by S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK

TECHNOLOGIES AND PERFORMANCE NEW Biophotonics for medical applications Edited by I Meglinski, University of Otago, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 82

The field of biophotonics is concerned with the interface between laser optics and cell biology/medicine. In particular, biophotonic technologies allow scientists to create new tools for analysing and manipulating nano and macro scale objects. This book discusses the development and application of photonic techniques which aid the diagnosis and therapeutics of biological tissues in both healthy and diseased states. Chapters discuss the fundamental technologies used in biophotinics and a wide range of therapeutic and diagnostic applications.

CONTENTS

Multimodal biomedical imaging; Optical fibres and sensors; Biomedicine with SERS; Optical biopsy in prostate cancer detection; Biophonitcs for cancer treatment; Therapeutic photonics in pulmonary medicine; Laser processing of medical devices; Tissue oxygenation analysis; Biophotonics in dental health; Assessing skin flap survival.

330 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 662 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 674 6 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096623

Degradation rate of bioresorbable materials Prediction and evaluation Edited by F J Buchanan, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 13 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction. Part 2 Degradation mechanisms: Synthetic bioresorbable polymers. Part 3 Bioresorption test methods. Part 4 Factors influencing bioresorption. Part 5 Clinical application.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 329 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 503 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693299

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 85 ‘…a detailed and thorough look into this exciting application of textiles.’

International Textile and Apparel Association Published in association with The Textile Institute

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Computational modelling of biomechanics and biotribology in the musculoskeletal system

NEW Modelling degradation of bioresorbable polymeric medical devices

Biomaterials and tissues regeneration

Edited by J Pan, University of Leicester, UK

Edited by Z Jin, University of Leeds, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 83

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 81

Modelling is an important aspect of the design process for biomaterials and medical devices. By effectively modelling biomaterials and implants before their implantation, it is now possible to predict certain implanttissue reactions, degradation and wear.

Consequently, computational modelling is becoming increasingly important in the design and manufacture of biomedical materials, allowing scientists to more accurately tailor their materials’ properties for the in vivo environment. Computational modelling of biomechanics and biotribology in the musculoskeletal system begins with an introduction to the field and the software and technologies. Part two covers generic modelling of cells and tissues whilst chapters in part three discuss modelling of biomaterials and interfaces. Part four reviews biomechanics and biotribology with chapters in part five discussing applications of modelling for joint replacements and tissue engineering.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of computational modelling; Software. Part 2 Generic modelling of cells and tissues: Computational modelling of cell mechanics; Computational modelling of soft tissues and ligaments; Computational modelling of cartilage; Computational modelling of bone and bone remodelling; Modelling fracture processes in bones. Part 3 Generic modelling of biomaterials and interfaces: Computational modelling of polymeric biomaterials; Modelling fatigue of bone cement; Modelling fracture processes in orthopaedic implants; Modelling orthopaedic fixation. Part 4 Generic modelling of biomechanics and biotribology: Finite element modelling in the musculoskeletal system; Computational modelling of Muscle biomechanics; Joint wear simulation.

Part 5 Applications of computational modelling for joint replacements and tissue regeneration: Computational modelling of hip implants; Computational modelling of knee implants; Computational modelling of spinal implants; Computer aided design of bone tissue scaffolds.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 661 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 673 9 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096616

The use of bioresorbable polymers in stents, fixation devices and tissue engineering is revolutionising medicine. Both industry and academic researchers are interested in using computer modelling to replace some experiments which are costly and time consuming. This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of modelling polymers and polymeric medical devices as an alternative to practical experiments. Chapters in part one provide readers with an overview of the fundamentals of biodegradation. Part two looks at a wide range of degradation theories for bioresorbable polymers and devices. The final set of chapters looks at advances in modelling biodegradation of bioresorbable polymers. This book is an essential guide to those concerned with replacing tests and experiments with modelling.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of biodegradation of bioresorbable polymer devices: Introduction to bioresorbable medical devices and the need for computer modelling; Degradation pathway of bioresorbable polymer devices. Part 2 Degradation theories for bioresorbable polymers and devices: Modelling biodegradation of amorphous bioresorbable polymers; Modelling biodegradation of semicrystalline bioresorbable polymer devices; Modelling biodegradation of polymer/TCP composites devices; Degradation of mechanical properties of bioresorbable polymers. Part 3 Advanced topics in modelling biodegradation of bioresorbable polymers: Effective diffusion coefficient in degrading polymer devices; Finite element analysis of polymer device biodegradation.

NEW Biomedical imaging Applications and advances Edited by P Morris, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 63

The development of imaging techniques is of great importance for the monitoring of medical implants, diagnosis of disease and for strategies for personalised medicine.

Significant advances are being made in this technology and this book discusses the latest advances and developments in this increasingly important field. The book begins with an introduction to the field and its various technologies. Following on from this, chapters provide readers with a wide ranging review of medical applications such as brain, ophthalmic, musculoskeletal and whole body imaging. This text will be invaluable to those concerned with imaging and diagnosis.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Imaging technologies: Biomedical Positron Emission Tomograpgy (PET) imaging; Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) in biomedical research; Next Generation techniques for biomedical imaging. Part 2 Application specific biomedical imaging techniques: Brain imaging: Assessing therapy responses; Neural brain activation imaging; Ophthalmic imaging of ocular circulation for detecting disease; Intravascular Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); Imaging methods for detection of joint degeneration; Whole body magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

330 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 127 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 747 7 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091277

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 016 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 025 5 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420163

Woodhead Publishing Online Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place the full collection of Woodhead e-books is available. Comprising over 1000 e-books and 17,000 chapters, the content provides an authoritative summary of key research, allowing readers to keep up-todate with major trends. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options.

Features

WOODHEAD

• Regularly updated with new content PUBLISHING • Fast and powerful search tools • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - no ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by Metapress To see how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

39

Biomaterials NEW Rapid prototyping of biomaterials Principles and applications

NEW Microfluidic devices for biomedical applications

Edited by R Narayan, University of North Carolina, USA

Edited by X-J Li, University of Texas and Y Zhou, ABS Global Inc., USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 70

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 61

Rapid prototyping techniques, like the Inkjet Printer, are capable of building complex structures. These techniques have been used frequently in mechanical engineering and this technology has now been proven to successfully build biomaterials. The technology is particularly useful as the layer by layer fabrication approach also allows the internal architecture to be controlled.

Chapters in this book firstly cover the fundamentals of additive manufacturing and its various related technologies. Further chapters continue to discuss a wide range of medical applications from tissue engineering and biosensors to printed prosthetic limbs.

Microfluidic devices are used to manipulate fluid such as blood, cell suspensions and therapies. This important technology is suitable for numerous applications from drug delivery to tissue engineering. The use of microfluidics in medicine is still evolving and microfluidic devices can be cheaply made and are small, applications are continually being researched and produced in the medical field. This important book discusses the fundamentals of microfluidics and will provide information on a wide range of medical applications. The first set of chapters discuss the fundamentals of microfluidic devices for medical applications. Subsequent chapters look at drug delivery applications, applications in cell biology, tissue engineering and diagnostics. In the final set of chapters, sensing applications are reviewed.

CONTENTS

Introduction to rapid prototyping of biomaterials; Freeform fabrication of nano-biomaterials using 3D printing; Rapid prototyping techniques for the fabrication of biosensors; Rapid prototyping technologies for tissue regeneration; Rapid prototyping of complex tissues with laser assisted bioprinting (LAB); Scaffolding hydrogels for rapid prototyping based tissue engineering; Bioprinting for constructing microvascular systems for organs; Feasibility of 3D scaffolds for organs; 3-D Organ printing technologies for tissue engineering applications; Rapid prototyping technology for bone regeneration; Additive manufacturing of a prosthetic limb.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 599 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 721 7 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095992

Medical modelling The application of advanced design and development techniques in medicine R Bibb, University of Wales, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 5

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of microfluidic technologies for biomedical applications: Materials and methods for the microfabrication of microfluidic biomedical devices; Surface coatings for microfluidic-based biomedical devices; Actuation mechanisms for microfluidic biomedical devices; Digital microfluidics technologies for biomedical devices.

Part 2 Applications of microfluidic devices for drug delivery and discovery: Controlled drug delivery using microfluidic devices; Microneedles for drug delivery applications; Microfluidic devices for drug discovery and analysis. Part 3 Applications of microfluidic devices for cellular analysis and tissue engineering: Microfluidic devices for cell manipulation; Microfluidic devices for automated micro-robotic cell injection and trapping; Microfluidic devices for developing tissue scaffolds; Microfluidic devices for stem cell analysis.

Part 4 Applications of microfluidic devices in diagnostic sensing: Development of immunoassays for protein analysis on nanobioarray chips; Integrated microfluidic systems for genetic analysis; Low-cost assays in paper-based microfluidic biomedical devices; Microfluidic devices for viral detection; Microfluidics for monitoring and imaging pancreatic islets and β-cells; Microfluidic devices for radio chemical synthesis.

752 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 697 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 704 0 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096975

Medical modelling is an increasingly important tool in surgery and rehabilitative medicine.

This authoritative book describes the key steps in modelling from acquisition of medical scan data, transfer and translation of data formats, methods of utilising the data and finally using the information to produce physical models using rapid prototyping techniques.

CONTENTS

Basic human anatomy; Computed tomography scanning; Magnetic resonance scanning; Non contact surface scanning; Export data format and media; Using medical scan data; Physical reproduction; Case studies; Future developments, Bibliography.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 138 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 200 1 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691387

40

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

NEW Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants Edited by Y Yan, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 60

During their service life, most biomaterials and medical implants are vulnerable to tribological damage. In addition, the environments in which they are placed are often corrosive. The combination of triobology, corrosion and the biological environment has been named ‘biotribocorrosion’. Understanding this complex phenomenon is critical to improving the design and service life of medical implants. This important book reviews key recent research in this area. After an introduction to the topography of bio-tribocorrosion, part one discusses different types of tribocorrosion as well as the prediction of wear in medical devices. Part two looks at biological effects on tribocorrosion processes. Part three reviews the issue of bio-tribocrrosion in clinical practice, including dental and orthopaedic applications.

CONTENTS

Topography in bio-tribocorrosion. Part 1 Wear-corrosion mechanisms in biomaterials: Synergistic mechanisms of bio-tribocorrosion in medical implants; Fretting corrosion processes and wear mechanisms in medical implants; Wear and corrosion in the loosening of total joint replacements (TJRs); Abrasion-corrosion mechanisms of implant materials; Wear prediction in dental composites. Part 2 Bio-tribocorrosion and the biological environment: Growth of passive tribo-films in medical implants; Biofilms in the oral environment; Influence of protein adsorption on corrosion of biomedical alloys. Part 3 Bio-tribocorrosion in the clinical environment: Bio-tribocorrosion in dental applications; Corrosion resistant coatings for dental implants; Biotribocorrosion: surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: in vitro testing and clinical implications; Testing protocol for the study of bio-tribocorrosion.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 540 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 860 3 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095404

Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymers Edited by P Chen, University of Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 3 ‘…it will be valued by researchers and postgraduate students with interest in polymers or biopolymers.’

‘All the sections are unique and specialised to the authors’ field of expertise.’

Materials World 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 928 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 083 0 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739284

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices

NEW Lasers for medical applications

Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada and M D Breyen, Medtronic Inc, USA

Diagnostics, therapy and surgery

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 54

Edited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic

As medical devices become more intricate, with an increasing number of components made from a wide range of materials, it is important that they meet stringent requirements to ensure that they are safe to be implanted and will not be rejected by the human body. Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices provides a comprehensive overview of joining techniques for a range of medical materials and applications. Part one provides an introduction to medical devices and joining methods. Part two moves on to explore the joining and assembly of medical metals. Part three focuses on medical plastics. Finally, part four discusses the joining and assembly of biomaterial and tissue implants.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of joining and assembly in medical materials and devices: Introduction to medical materials and devices; Introduction to joining methods in medical applications; Micro-welding methods in medical components and devices; The effects of sterilization on medical materials and welded devices. Part 2 Joining and assembly of medical metals: Microwelding of shape memory alloys; Joining of platinum (Pt) alloys and stainless steel wires for electronic medical devices; Evaluating the corrosion performance of metal medical device welds; Laser hermetic welding of implantable medical devices; Validating hermeticity in welded metallic implantable medical devices. Part 3 Joining and assembly of medical plastics: Overview of welding methods for medical plastics; Ultrasonic welding of medical plastics; Radio frequency (RF)/dielectric welding of medical plastics; Transmission laser welding strategies for medical plastics; Bonding strategies and adhesives for joining medical device components. Part 4 Joining and assembly of biomaterial and tissue implants: Advanced metal-ceramic joining techniques for orthopaedic applications; Tissue adhesives and sealants for surgical applications; Antibacterial adhesives for bone and tooth repair; Testing bond strength: The case of dental biomaterials.

580 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 577 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 642 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695774

Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterials

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 37

Lasers have a wide and growing range of applications in medicine. Lasers for medical applications summarises the wealth of recent research on the principles, technologies and application of lasers in diagnostics, therapy and surgery. Part one gives an overview of the use of lasers in medicine, key principles of lasers and radiation interactions with tissue.

The respective types of the laser (solid state, gas, dye, and semiconductor) are reviewed in part two. Part three describes diagnostic laser methods, for example optical coherence tomography, spectroscopy, optical biopsy, and time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy. Part four concentrates on the therapeutic applications of laser radiation in particular branches of medicine.

CONTENTS

Introduction: The history of lasers in medicine. Part 1 Lasertissue interaction: Laser characteristics; The response of tissue to laser light; Optical fibers for medical applications.

Part 2 Types of laser used in medicine: Solid-state lasers for medical applications; Gas lasers for medical applications; Liquid and solid-state tunable organic dye lasers for medical applications; Semiconductor lasers for medical applications. Part 3 Lasers in diagnostics: Optical sources for optical coherence tomography (OCT); Laser spectroscopy in medical diagnostics; Optical biopsy for cancer detection; Time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy and optical imaging of smart receptor-targeted contrast agents in tissues for cancer detection. Part 4 Laser therapy and surgery: Laser therapy in ophthalmology; Lasers in dermatology; Lasers in cardiology; Lasers in urology; Lasers in gynecology; Lasers in otorhinolaryngology (ORL) and head and neck surgery; Lasers in neurology; Lasers in dentistry; Laser in orthopaedic surgery; Cancer laser therapy using gold nanoparticles; Hybrid laser technology for biomaterials; Laser safety: Regulations, standards, and guidelines for practice; Photodynamic therapy for human malignancies with superficial and interstitial illumination.

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 237 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 754 5 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092373

Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement Edited by P Vallittu, University of Turku, Finland Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 53

As the demand for healthy, beautiful teeth increases, the methods and materials employed in restorative dentistry have become progressively advanced. Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement focuses on the use of biomaterials for a range of applications in tooth repair and, in particular, dental restoration.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure, modification and repair of dental tissues: Structure and properties of enamel and dentin; Biomineralization and biomimicry of tooth enamel; Enamel and dentin bonding for adhesive dental restorations; Enamel matrix proteins (EMP) for periodontal regeneration.

Part 2 Dental ceramics and glasses for tooth repair and replacement: Processing and bonding of dental ceramics; Wear properties of dental ceramics; Sol-gel derived bioactive glass ceramics for dental applications. Part 3 Dental composites for tooth repair and replacement: Composite adhesive restorative materials for dental applications; Antibacterial composite restorative materials for dental applications; Effects of particulate filler systems on the properties and performance of dental polymer composites; Composite based oral implants; Fibre reinforced composites (FRCs) as dental materials; Luting cements for dental applications.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 244 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 643 2 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092441

Medical robotics Minimally invasive surgery Edited by P Gomes, Cambridge Consultants, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 51

Advances in research have led to the use of robotics in a range of surgical applications.

Medical robotics: Minimally invasive surgery provides authoritative coverage of the core principles, applications and future potential of this enabling technology.

CONTENTS

Edited by P Vadgama, Queen Mary University of London, UK

Cellular response to biomaterials

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 2

Edited by L Di Silvio, King’s College London, UK

824 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 930 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 080 9 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739307

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 16 648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 358 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 547 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693589

Introduction to robot-assisted Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Localisation and tracking technologies for medical robotics; Robotics for neurosurgery; Robotic systems for cardiovascular interventions; Robotics in orthopaedic surgery; Robotic-assisted knee replacement surgery; Robotics in Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT) surgery; Robotic-assisted vitreoretinal surgery; Robotics for minimally invasive surgery (MIS) and natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery (NOTES); Meso-Scale mobile robots for gastrointestinal Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Real-time software platform using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) for in vivo navigation of magnetic microrobots; Robotic surgery and ethical issues.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 130 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 739 2 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091307

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

41

Biomaterials Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices

Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices

Durability and reliability of medical polymers

Edited by J-P Boutrand, Biomatech, France

Edited by S Lerouge, Ecole de Technologie Supérieure, Canada and A Simmons, University of New South Wales, Australia

Edited by M Jenkins and A Stamboulis, University of Birmingham, UK

Implant and device manufacturers are increasingly facing the challenge of proving that their products are safe, biocompatible, and perform as expected. Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices provides an essential guide to the performance analysis of these vital devices. Part one introduces key concepts and challenges faced in relation to biocompatibility in medical devices. Part two goes on to discuss the evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices, including material and chemical characterization, allowable limits for toxic leachables, in vivo and in vitro testing, and blood compatibility assessment. Testing and interpreting medical device performance is the focus of part three, with preclinical performance studies for bone, dental and soft tissue implants, and mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants discussed.

Part four provides information on the international regulation of medical devices in the European Union, Japan and China, before concluding in part five with a review of histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 46

Given the widespread use of polymers in medical devices, the durability and reliability of this material in use is an area of critical importance. Durability and reliability of medical polymers reviews the performance of both bioresorbable and non-bioresorbable medical polymers.

CONTENTS

Introduction to sterilisation: Definitions and challenges; Steam and dry heat sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Principles and standards; Ethylene Oxide (ETO) sterilisation of healthcare products; Non-traditional sterilisation techniques for biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges; Sterilisation techniques for polymers; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Sterilisation of drug-device products and tissue allografts; Antimicrobial coatings for self-sterilisation; Prions and endotoxins: Reprocessing strategies for reusable medical devices; Future trends for the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 50

Part 1 Introduction to biocompatibility in medical devices: Concepts in biocompatibility: New biomaterials, new paradigms and new testing regimes; Challenges in biocompatibility and failure of biomaterials; Biological safety evaluation planning of biomaterials; Biomechanical and biochemical compatibility in innovative biomaterials.

Part 2 Evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices: Material and chemical characterization for the biological evaluation of medical device biocompatibility; Allowable limits for toxic leachables: Practical Use of ISO–Standard; In vivo and in vitro testing for the biological safety evaluation of biomaterials and medical devices; Practical approach to blood compatibility assessments: General considerations and standards; Medical device biocompatibility evaluation: An industry perspective; Case study: Overcoming negative tests results during manufacture; Methods for the characterisation and evaluation of drug-device combination products. Part 3 Testing and interpreting the performance of medical devices: Methods and interpretation of performance studies for bone implants; Methods and interpretation of performance studies for dental implants; Non-clinical functional evaluation of medical devices: General recommendations and examples for soft tissue implants; Mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants. Part 4 International regulation of medical devices: Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in the European Union; Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in Japan; Medical device regulations in China. Part 5 Histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies: Microscopic and ultrastructural pathology in medical devices.

The effective sterilisation of any material or device to be implanted in or used in close contact with the human body is essential for the elimination of harmful agents such as bacteria. Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices reviews established and commonly used technologies alongside new and emerging processes. This book reviews the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices using steam and dry heat, ionising radiation and ethylene oxide. A range of non-traditional sterilisation techniques, such as hydrogen peroxide gas plasma, ozone and steam formaldehyde, is then discussed together with research in sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges. Sterilisation techniques for polymers, drug-device products and tissue allografts are then reviewed, together with antimicrobial coatings for ‘self-sterilisation’ and the challenge presented by prions and endotoxins in the sterilisation of reusable medical devices.

CONTENTS

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 626 5 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699321

Sterilisation of polymer healthcare products W Rogers 326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 490 4 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574904 Not available for distribution in the USA.

540 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 070 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 645 6 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090706

42

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 44

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and properties of bioresorbable medical polymers: Types of bioresorbable polymers for medical applications; The effect of molecular structure on the properties of biomedical polymers; Processing of bioresorbable and other polymers for medical applications; Understanding transport phenomena and degradation of bioresorbable medical polymers; Synthetic bioresorbable polymers; Using synthetic bioresorbable polymers for orthopaedic tissue regeneration. Part 2 Aspects of durability and reliability of non-bioresorbable medical polymers: Wear processes in polymer implants; Ageing processes of biomedical polymers in the body; The failure of synthetic polymeric medical devices; Manufacturing defects in polymeric medical devices.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 929 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 651 7 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699291

Biointegration of medical implant materials Science and design Edited by C P Sharma, Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 26 CONTENTS

Biointegration: An introduction. Part 1 Soft tissue biointegration: Biocompatibility of engineered soft tissue created by stem cells; Replacement materials for facial reconstruction at the soft tissue-bone interface; Corneal tissue engineering; Tissue engineering for small-diameter vascular graft; Stem cells for organ regeneration. Part 2 Drug delivery: Materials facilitating protein drug delivery and vascularisation; Inorganic nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery; Alginate-based drug delivery devices; Functionalised nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery.

Part 3 Design considerations: Biocompatibility of Materials and its relevance to drug delivery and tissue engineering; Mechanisms of failure of medical implants during long-term use; Rapid prototyping in biomedical Engineering: Structural intricacies of biological materials.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 509 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 980 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695095

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Implantable sensor systems for medical applications Edited by A Inmann, Andreas Inmann Consulting, USA and D Hodgins, European Technology for Business Limited, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 52

Implantable sensor systems offer great potential for enhanced medical care and improved quality of life, consequently leading to vast investment in this exciting field.

Implantable sensor systems for medical applications provides a wide-ranging overview of the core technologies, key challenges and main issues related to the development and use of these devices in a diverse range of medical applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of implantable systems: Materials for implantable systems; Material-tissue interfaces in implantable systems; Packaging and coating materials for implantable systems; Microassembly and micropackaging of implantable systems; Electrode array design and fabrication for implantable systems; Biofuel cells as sustainable power sources for implantable systems. Part 2 Challenges of implantable systems: Biocompatibility of implantable systems; Sterilisation considerations for implantable sensor systems; Protection of data confidentiality and patient privacy in medical sensor networks; Developing active implantable medical devices in a regulated environment. Part 3 Applications of implantable systems: Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) for in-vivo applications; Tripolar interfaces for neural recording; Sensors for motor neuroprostheses; Implantable wireless body area networks; Retina implants.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 987 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 628 9 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699871

Biosensors for medical applications Edited by S Higson, Cranfield University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 45

Biosensors for medical applications provides a comprehensive review of established, cutting edge and future trends in biomedical sensors and their applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles and transduction approaches: Electrochemical biosensors for medical applications; Piezoelectric biosensors for medical applications; Nano-sized biosensors for medical applications; Impedence interrogated affinity biosensors for medical applications: Novel targets and mechanistic studies; Practical applications and protocols for enzyme biosensors. Part 2 Applications of medical biosensors: Biosensors for DNA and RNA detection and characterization; Biosensors for disease biomarker detection; Affibodies as an alternative to antibodies in biosensors for cancer markers; Biosensors for drug testing and discovery; Biosensors for non-invasive measurements; Wearable biosensors for medical applications.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 718 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699352

MEMS for biomedical applications Edited by S Bhansali and A Vasudev, Florida International University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 43

The application of Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) in the biomedical field is leading to a new generation of medical devices. MEMS for biomedical applications reviews the wealth of recent research on fabrication technologies and applications of this exciting technology. Part one introduces the fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications, exploring the microfabrication of polymers and reviewing sensor and actuator mechanisms. Part two goes on to consider MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications. MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications are the focus of part three. Finally, part four reviews emerging biomedical applications of MEMS, from implantable neuroprobes and ocular implants to cellular microinjection.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications: Microfabrication of polymers for bioMEMS; Review of sensor and actuator mechanisms for bioMEMS. Part 2 MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications: MEMS for in vivo sensing; MEMS and electrical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) for non-invasive measurement of cells; MEMS ultrasonic transducers for biomedical applications; Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. Part 3 MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications: Fabrication of cell culture microdevices for tissue engineering applications; MEMS manufacturing techniques for tissue scaffolding devices; BioMEMS for drug delivery applications; Applications of MEMS technologies for minimally invasive medical procedures; Smart Microgrippers for bioMEMS applications; Microfluidic techniques for the detection, manipulation and isolation of rare cells. Part 4 Emerging biomedical applications of MEMS: MEMS as implantable neuroprobes; MEMS as ocular implants; Cellular microinjection for therapeutics and research applications; Hybrid MEMS: Integrating inorganic structures into live organisms.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 129 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 627 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091291

Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products A practical approach J Basu and J W Ludlow, Tengion Inc, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 48

Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products summarizes recent developments in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with an emphasis on commercialization and product development.

Features of current cell therapy and tissue engineered products which have facilitated successful commercialization are emphasized.

Roadblocks to successful product development are also highlighted. Preclinical and clinical testing of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, regulatory, quality control, manufacturing issues, as well as generating and securing intellectual property and freedom to operate considerations are presented. This book represents a complete ‘how-to’ manual for the development of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products from conceptualization to clinical trial to manufacturing.

CONTENTS

Overview of tissue engineering/regenerative medicine; Cells; Biomaterials for TE/RM products; Neo-Bladder: A foundational technology platform for tubular organ regeneration; Neo-Urinary Conduit™; Tissue engineering of non-bladder tubular organs; Tissue engineering of solid organs; Regulatory and quality control; Pre-clinical and clinical evaluation of TE/RM products; Manufacturing; Intellectual property.

226 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 907568 76 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 908818 11 9 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781907568763

Electrospinning for tissue regeneration Edited by L Bosworth and S Downes, University of Manchester, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 35 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of electrospinning: Introduction to electrospinning; Polymer chemistry; The electrospinning process, conditions and control; Regulatory issues relating to electrospinning. Part 2 Electrospinning for tissue regeneration: Bone tissue regeneration; Cartilage tissue regeneration; Muscle tissue regeneration; Tendon tissue regeneration; Nerve tissue regeneration; Heart valve tissue regeneration; Bladder tissue regeneration; Tracheal tissue regeneration; Dental regeneration; Skin tissue regeneration; Wound dressings. Part 3 Electrospinning for in vitro applications applications: Cell culture systems for kidney research; Cell culture systems for pancreatic research; Cell culture systems for stem cell research.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 741 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 291 5 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697419

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

43

Biomaterials Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologies Edited by T Gourlay, University of Strathclyde, UK and S Gunaydin, K. Kale University, Turkey Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 40

Traditional cardiopulmonary bypass (CPB) techniques have suffered from a number of disadvantages including haemodilution, inflammation and post-operative bleeding.

Minimised cardiopulmonary bypass techniques use developments in perfusion technology to significantly reduce foreign surface-blood interactions to make bypass simpler and safer.

This important book reviews key developments and issues relating to this promising technology.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Historical development of minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Anticoagulation protocols for minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Minimized extracorporeal circulation: Physiology and pathophysiology; Blood–surface interface in miniatururised extracorporeal circulation systems; Hemodilution: Physiology and pathophysiology; Inflammatory response and minimized cardiopulmonary bypass. Part 2 Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass equipment: Design and principles of the minimized extracorporeal circuit; Cardiopulmonary bypass perfusate; Myocardial preservation techniques for mini-bypass. Part 3 Clinical applications of minimized cardiopulmonary bypasses: Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Objectives and indications; Coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG); Valve surgery using minimized perfusion circuits; Minimising cardiopulmonary bypass in children; Comparison of minimized circulation with off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting (OPCAB) and conventional surgery; Minimally invasive cardiac surgery, port-access and robotic surgery.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 800 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 602 9 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698003

Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiations Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, The North East Wales Institute, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 1 352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 838 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 077 9 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738386

44

Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies

Surface modification of biomaterials Methods analysis and applications

Edited by A Atala, Wake Forest Institute of Regenerative Medicine, USA

Edited by R Williams, University of Liverpool, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 38

Progenitor and stem cells have the ability to renew themselves and change into a variety of specialised types, making them ideal materials for therapy and regenerative medicine.

Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies reviews the range of available progenitor and stem cells and their therapeutic application.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Basic principles of stem cells: Basic principles for stem cell culture; Basic principles of human embryonic stem cells; Basic principles in generating induced pluirpotent stem cells; Basic principles of amniotic and placental stem cells; Basic principles of cord blood stem cells; Basic principles of multipotent stem cells. Part 2 Enabling cell therapy: Intellectual property claims to stem cell technologies: Research, clinical testing and product sales; Regulatory considerations of stem and progenitor cell-based products: US Food and Drug Administration; Cell therapy commercialisation; Stem cell tourism. Part 3 Tissue-specific progenitor cells: Adipose tissue-derived stem cell biology and therapy; Umbilical cord blood (UCB) progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Auditory progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Olfactory mucosa: Neural stem and progenitor cells for nervous system repair and cell models of brain disease; Oral cavity progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Bone marrow mesenchymal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Progenitor and stem cell therapies for cartilage repair; Cardiac stem and progenitor cell biology and therapy; Renal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Lung progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Genitourinary progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy.

568 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 984 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 607 4 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699840

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 28 CONTENTS

Part 1 Surface modification techniques: Surface modification of biomaterials by plasma polymerisation; Surface modification of biomaterials by covalent binding of poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG); Surface modification of biomaterials by heparinisation to improve blood compatibility; Surface modification of biomaterials by peptide functionalisation; Metal surface oxidation and surface interactions; Surface modification of biomaterials by calcium phosphate deposition; Biomaterial surface topography to control cellular response: Technologies, cell behaviour and biomedical applications. Part 2 Analytical techniques and applications: Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface chemistry; Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface structure, morphology and topography; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with blood; Modifying biomaterials surfaces with bioactives to control infection; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with soft tissues; Modifying biomaterial surfaces for the repair and regeneration of nerve cells; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to control stem cell growth and differentiation; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with bone.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 640 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 076 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696405

Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymers Edited by A R Boccaccini, Imperial College London and J Gough, University of Manchester, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 8

Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineering

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 176 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 381 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691769

Edited by L Hench and J Jones, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 4

Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapy

‘…highly useful for students of biomaterials, material science and medicine.’

Edited by S Prakash, McGill University, Canada

International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback+CD-ROM 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 737 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 086 1 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737372

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 6 544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 036 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 307 7 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690366

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Fire retardant materials Ceramics FIRE RETARDANT MATERIALS NEW Handbook of fire resistant textiles Edited by F S Kilinc, Consultant, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 140

Fire resistant textiles are one of the fastest growing sectors in industrial textiles.

Handbook of fire resistant textiles provides a comprehensive overview of the considerable advances that have occurred in the field of fire resistant textiles in recent years. The first part of the book provides an overview of fire resistant textiles, while the second part addresses the various types of fire resistant fibres and fabrics, including flame retardant cotton, wool, ceramic fibers and blends, composites and nonwovens. The final group of chapters review aspects of testing and regulation, and details case studies of six major applications of fire resistant textiles.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview of fire resistant textiles: Combustion processes of textile fibres; Burning mechanisms of fibres; Chemical modification of natural and synthetic textile fibres to improve flame retardancy; Multi-component flame resistant coating techniques for textiles; Care and maintenance of fabrics used for flame resistant personal protective equipment (PPE); Safety, health and environmental aspects of flame retardants. Part 2 Types of fire resistant fibre: Flame resistant cotton; Flame resistant manmade cellulosic fibres; Flame resistant wool and wool blends; Flame resistant ceramic fibres; Flame resistant composites and nanocomposites; Flame resistant nonwoven fabrics. Part 3 Testing and regulation of fire resistant textiles: Selection of flame resistant protective clothing; Flame resistant clothing standards and regulations; Characterizing comfort properties of flame resistant fabrics and garments; Physiological impact of flame resistant clothing: Managing heat stress; Flame retardancy testing and regulation of soft furnishings. Part 4 Applications of fire resistant textiles: Flame resistant textiles for flash fires; Flame resistant textiles for structural and proximity fire fighting; Flame resistant textiles for electric arc flash hazards; Flame resistant textiles for molten metal hazards; Flame resistant textiles for transport applications; Flame retardant fiber-reinforced composites.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 123 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 893 1 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091239

Advances in fire retardant materials Edited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 70 ‘…provides a wealth of information, written with a concise and critical approach by an internationally acknowledged expert in the field.’ ‘…an indispensable book for producers, manufacturers, retailers, industrial research workers in academia.’

International Dyer 632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 262 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 507 1 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692629

CERAMICS

Fire toxicity Edited by A A Stec and T R Hull, University of Central Lancashire, UK ‘Represents the best currently available understanding and application of its subject matter to fire safety and is a welcome addition to the fire science literature.’

Journal of Fire Sciences CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction. Part 2 Harmful effects of fire effluents.

Part 3 Biological assessment of fire toxicity. Part 4 Toxicity assessment using chemical analysis. Part 5 National and international fire safety regulations. Part 6 Numerical simulation of fires and their hazards.

728 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 502 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 807 2 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695026

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining V Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 104 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739352

Plastic flame retardants Technology and current developments J Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc. 148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 435 5 £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574355 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Fire retardant materials Edited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK ‘An authoritative reference source.’

Materials World ‘… a wealth of interesting information, technical rationale and quality text and diagrams.’

IFPO Fire Journal 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 419 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 746 4 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734197

Fire retardancy of polymers The use of intumescence Edited by M Le Bras, LCAPCS, Ecole Nationale Superieure de Chimie de Lille, France, S Bourbigot, G Camino, University of Torino, Italy and R Delobel, CREPIM, France 466 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 804 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 858 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738041

NEW Advances in ceramic matrix composites Edited by I M Low, Curtin University, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 45

Ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have proven to be useful for a wide range of applications because of properties such as their light weight, toughness and temperature resistance. This book summarises key recent research on types and processing of CMCs. The first part of the book reviews types such as self-healing and hybrid CMCs as well as developments in processing. Other parts of the book deal with properties and applications as diverse as the energy and medical sectors.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and processing: Processing of ceramic matrix composites; Nanoceramic matrix composites; Silicon carbide-containing alumina nanocomposites; Graded ceramic matrix composites; Infiltration techniques; Heat treatments; Hot-pressing and hot isostatic pressing; Spark plasma sintering; Low-temperature processing. Part 2 Properties: Understanding interfaces; Mechanical properties; Wear and tribological properties; Thermal stability; Self-healing properties. Part 3 Applications: Geopolymer composites; Nuclear and fusion energy applications; Thermal barrier coatings for turbine components; Metal cutting applications; Microelectronics applications; Dentistry; Packaging applications.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 120 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 882 5 £195.00/US$320.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091208

Sintering of advanced materials Edited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 35 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.

506 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 562 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 994 9 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695620

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

45

Ceramics High-energy ball milling

NEW Ceramic nanocomposites

Edited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland

Mechanochemical processing of nanopowders

Edited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta and I Manna, Indian Institute of Technology, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 46

Ceramic nanocomposites have been found to have improved hardness, strength, toughness and creep resistance compared to conventional ceramic matrix composites.

Ceramic nanocomposites reviews the structure and properties of these nanocomposites as well as manufacturing and applications.

Part one looks at the properties of different ceramic nanocomposites. Part two deals with the different types of ceramic nanocomposites. Part three details the processing of nanocomposites whilst part four explores the applications of ceramic nanocomposites in such areas as energy production and the biomedical field.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties: Thermal shock resistant and flame retardant ceramic nanocomposites; Magnetic properties of ceramic nanocomposites; Optical properties of ceramic nanocomposites; Failure mechanisms of ceramic nanocomposites; Multiscale modelling of the structure and properties of ceramic nanocomposites. Part 2 Types: Ceramic nanoparticles in metal matrix composites; Carbon nanotube (CNT) reinforced glass and glass-ceramic matrix composites; Ceramic ultra-thin coatings using atomic layer deposition; High-temperature superconducting ceramic nanocomposites; Nanofluids including ceramic and other nanoparticles: Applications and rheological properties; Nanofluids including ceramic and other nanoparticles: Synthesis and thermal properties. Part 3 Processing: Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized ceramic and metallic particles; Surface treatment of carbon nanotubes using plasma technology.

Part 4 Applications: Ceramic nanocomposites for energy storage and power generation; Biomedical applications of ceramic nanocomposites; Synthetic biopolymer/layered silicate nanocomposites for tissue engineering scaffolds.

616 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 338 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 349 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093387

Solid oxide fuel cell technology

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 13

Edited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland

‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies. …a vivid account of the lifecycle assessment and recyclability of fuel cell materials is provided.’

‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

‘…ready reference material for those aspiring for, and engaged in, teaching and research in the genereal field of alternative and environmentally-friendly energy resources.’

Materials World

Materials World

CONTENTS

Introduction to mechanochemical processing. Part 1 Basic science of mechanochemistry: Mechanism and kinetics of mechanochemical processes; Kinetic behaviour in mechanochemically induced structural and chemical transformations; Materials design through mechanochemical processing; Kinetic processes and mechanisms of mechanochemical alloying. Part 2 Mechanochemical treatment of different materials: Mechanochemical synthesis of complex ceramic oxides; Production of intermetallic compound powders by a mechanochemical approach: Solid-liquid reaction ball milling; Mechanochemical processing of non-oxide systems with highly covalent bonds; Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Mechanochemical synthesis of organic compounds and rapidly soluble materials. Part 3 Mechanochemical processes in metal powder systems and other applications: Mechanochemical plating and surface modification using ultrasonic vibrations; Mechanochemically activated powders as precursors for spark plasma sintering (SPS) processes; Synthesis of titanium dioxide-based, visible-light induced photocatalysts by mechanochemical doping; Soft mechanochemical synthesis of materials for lithium-ion batteries: Principles and applications; Materials for lithiumion batteries by mechanochemical methods.

440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 531 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 944 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695316

Geopolymers Structures, processing, properties and industrial applications Edited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia

‘The main strength of this book is that it covers all the common fuel cell types, with details of their mechanisms, history, current status, uses and of course details of the materials used in each.’

International Journal of Sustainable Engineering 512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 330 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 483 8 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693305

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials Synthesis, properties and applications Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12 1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £242.50/US$400.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

Ceramic-matrix composites Microstructure, properties and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 29

Edited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in pursuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 942 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 106 6 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739420

Materials World

Principles, performance and operations

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 449 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 638 2 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694494

K Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 11 ‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’ ‘…a well written, well researched, comprehensive text.’

Materials World 340 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 628 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 651 1 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696283

46

Materials for fuel cells

Solid-state hydrogen storage Materials and chemistry Edited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14

Materials for energy conversion devices Edited by C C Sorrell, J Nowotny, University of New South Wales, Australia and S Sugihara, Shonan Institute of Technology, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 8 428 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 091 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739321

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 270 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 494 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692704

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY NEW Composite magnetoelectrics Materials, structures, and applications G Srinivasan, Oakland University, S Priya, Virginia Tech and N Sun, Northeastern University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 62

The term magnetoelectric applies to the coexistence of magnetism and electricity in the same material. It is now possible to fabricate “artificial” composite magnetoelectric materials by combining magnetic and ferroelectric materials in the form of multilayers or self-organized nanostructures. The first part of the book gives the reader a summary of the theory behind magnetoelectric phenomena, it then introduces magnetoelectric materials and structures and the techniques used to fabricate and characterise them. Part two looks at magnetoelectric devices. Applications include magnetic and current sensors, transducers for energy harvesting, microwave and millimetre wave devices, miniature antennas and medical imaging. In the final chapter progress towards magnetoelectric memory is discussed.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to magnetoelectric materials and phenomena: Characterisation; Bulk layered multiferroic composites; Multiferroic nanostructures; Epitaxial multiferoic heterostructures. Part 2 Applications of composite magnetoelectrics in devices: Transducers for energy harvesting; Magnetoelectric composite voltage tuneable devices; Miniature antenna design; Medical imaging.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 254 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 264 8 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422549

NEW Advances in nonvolatile memory and storage technology

NEW Silicon-on-insulator (SOI) technology

Edited by Y Nishi, Stanford University, USA

Manufacture and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 64

O Kononchuk, Soitec, France and B-Y Nguyen, Soitec, USA

New solutions are needed for future scaling down of nonvolatile memory. This book provides an overview of developing technologies and explores their strengths and weaknesses. Part one covers improvements to flash technology, charge trapping and resistive random access memory, including phase change memory (PCM), conductive bridging RAM (CBRAM) and the memristor. Part two discusses emerging devices such as those based on polymer and molecular electronics and nanoelectromechanical random access memory (RAM).

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 58

CONTENTS

Part 1 Flash technologies, charge trapping and resistive random access memory (RRAM): 3D NAND flash memory; Multilevel cell (MLC) NAND flash memory for ultra-high density storage devices; Phase change memory (PCM); Modelling of RRAM; Metal oxide resistive-RAM (OxRAM); Conductive bridging RAM (CBRAM); Silicon nanocrystal (Si-nc), split-gate, charge trap memories for embedded applications; Nanowire phase change memory (PCM); Memristors. Part 2 Emerging technologies: Spin-transfer-torque magnetic random access memory (STT-MRAM); Organic memories: Molecular, hybrid and polymer memory technologies; Nanoelectromechanical RAM; Ferroelectric memory.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 803 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 809 2 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098030

NEW Quantum information processing with diamond Principles and applications Edited by S Prawer, University of Melbourne, Australia and I Aharonovich, Harvard University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 63

Part one provides an introduction to quantum information science. Part two reviews research on developing diamond quantum information processing. The final part of the book looks at emerging applications in such areas as sensors, neural circuits and superconductors.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals, fabrication and characterisation: Principles of quantum cryptography; Principles of decoherence imaging and magnetometry; Ion implantation in diamond; Characterization of defects in diamond at the single dopant level. Part 2 Quantum information processing using diamond: Single photon sources and their application for quantum key distribution; Engineering control of diamond optical sensors; Fundamental experiments using diamond. Part 3 Applications: Live cell imaging using nanodiamonds; Diamond magnetic sensors; Neutral circuits and in vivo monitoring of processes at the molecular scale; Coupling nitrogen vacancy centres in diamond superconducting resonators.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 656 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 668 5 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096562

Silicon-on-insulator (SOI) is a semiconductor wafer technology that produces higher performing, lower power devices than traditional bulk silicon techniques. SOI works by placing a thin, insulating layer, such as silicon oxide between a thin layer of silicon and the silicon substrate. This process helps reduce junction capacitance, resulting in higher speed and lower power consumption. SOI chips can be as much as 15 percent faster and use 20 percent less power than today’s silicon complementary metaloxide semiconductor (CMOS)-based chips.

Part one covers SOI transistors and circuits, manufacture and reliability and part two looks at applications such as memory, power devices and photonics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Manufacture: Materials and manufacture of SOI wafers; Characterisation of SOI MOSFETs; Modelling of SOI MOSFETs; Fully depleted (FD) SOI planar technology; Unipolar FETs using SOI technology; CMOS variability in SOI technology; Electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection; 3D integration of SOI technology. Part 2 Applications: SOI CMOS solutions for radio frequency (RF) and analogue applications; SOI CMOS circuits for ultra-low power applications; SOI technology for photonics; SOI technology for MEMs, NEMS and sensor applications.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 526 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 925 9 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095268

Polymer electrolytes Fundamentals and applications Edited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16 CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and development of polymer electrolytes: Introduction to polymer electrolyte materials; Ceramic polymer electrolytes; Polymer electrolytes based on natural polymers; Composite polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices; Lithium-doped hybrid polymer electrolytes; Hybrid inorganic-organic polymer electrolytes; Using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy in polymer electrolyte research; Molecular simulation of Li-ion and H-conduction in polymer electrolytes; Characterisation and modelling of multivalent polymer electrolytes. Part 2 Applications: Polymer electrolytes for dye-sensitised solar cells; Solid polymer electrolytes for supercapacitors; Polymer electrolytes for electrochromic devices; Hyperbranched polymer electrolytes for high-temperature fuel cells; Polymer electrolytes as solid solvents and their applications; Hybrid polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices.

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 772 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 977 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697723

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

47

Electronic and optical materials NEW Graphene Properties, preparation, characterisation and devices Edited by V Skakalova, Max Planck Institute for Solid State Research, Germany and A B Kaiser, Victoria University in Wellington, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 57

Graphene has attracted considerable interest since it was isolated in 2004 by Nobel prize winners Andre Geim and Kostya Novoselov.

Graphene is a single-atom-thick sheet of carbon and it has properties, such as the ability to conduct light and electrons, which could make it potentially suitable for a variety of devices and applications, including electronics, sensors and photonics. Part one describes methods for the preparation of graphene, such as chemical vapour deposition and electrochemical exfoliation. Part two covers graphene’s properties, including electronic transport and photoemission.

Part three looks at the characterisation of graphene using spectroscopy and microscopy and explores the applications of graphene in NEMS and spintronics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Preparation of graphene: Epitaxial growth of graphene on silicon carbide (SiC); Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) growth of graphene films; Chemically derived graphene; Graphene produced by electrochemical exfoliation. Part 2 Characterization of graphene: Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) of graphene; Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) of graphene; Raman spectroscopy of graphene; Photoemission of low dimensional carbon systems.

Part 3 Electronic transport properties of graphene and graphene devices: Electronic transport in graphene: Towards high mobility; Electronic transport in bilayer graphene; Effect of adsorbents on electronic transport in graphene; Single charge transport in graphene; Graphene spintronics; Graphene nano-electro-mechanics (NEMS).

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 508 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 933 4 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095084

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials Synthesis, properties and applications Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12 1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £242.50/US$400.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

NEW Nanostructured semiconductor oxides for the next generation of electronics and functional devices Properties and applications S Zhuiykov, Commonwealth Scientific Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 53

Semiconductor oxides are already used for electronics, optics, catalysts, sensors and other functional devices; using them in their 2D form can alter their properties in beneficial ways creating faster electronics and more efficient catalysts. The book begins by looking at the physics affecting nanostructured semiconductors, it goes on to address the structural and chemical modification of semiconductor nanocrystals during material growth. There are chapters covering devices and functional structures based on nanostructured semiconductors, including electronics and optics, 2D seminconductors, and composite graphene-semiconductor nanostructures. Then applications are explored in chapters on solar cells, solid oxide fuel cells and chemical sensors for environmental applications.

CONTENTS

Electrons and holes in a semiconductor; Structural and chemical modification of semiconductor nano-crystals; Electronic devices and functional structures based on nanostructured semiconductors; Two-dimensional semiconductor nano-crystals: new directions in science and technology; Composite graphene-semiconductor nanostructures for energy storage; Nanostructured semiconductor composites for solar cells; Nanostructured semiconductor composites for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Semiconductor nano-crystals in environmental sensors.

484 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 220 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 224 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422204

NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications Structure, processing and properties Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

Metallic films play an important role in modern technologies such as integrated circuits, information storage, displays, sensors and coatings. The physical behaviour of films is different from that of the corresponding bulk material so it is important to study their structure and properties. Part one looks at the structure of metallic films using characterization methods such as x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy and the processing of metallic films, including structure formation during deposition and postdeposition reactions and phase transformations.

Part two discusses the properties of metallic films; chapters cover mechanical, electrical, magnetic, optical and thermal properties.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and processing of metallic films: X-ray diffraction for characterizing metallic films; Crystal orientation mapping in the scanning and transmission electron microscopes; Structure formation during deposition of polycrystalline metallic thin films; Post deposition grain growth in metallic films; Fabrication and characterization of reactive multilayer films and foils; Metal silicides in advanced complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS) technology; Disorder-order transformations in metallic films. Part 2 Properties of metallic films: Metallic thin films: Stresses and mechanical properties; Electron scattering in metallic thin films; Magnetic properties of metallic thin films; Optical properties of metallic films; Thermal properties of metallic films.

620 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

Microjoining and nanojoining Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada

Advanced piezoelectric materials

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 61 CONTENTS

Science and technology Edited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17 696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 534 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 975 8 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695347

Part 1 Basics of microjoining: Mechanisms of solid-state bonding; Mechanisms of soldering and brazing; Mechanisms of fusion microwelding; Modelling of solid-state bonding; Modelling of fusion microwelding; Sensing, monitoring and control; Assembly process automation and materials handling. Part 2 Microjoining and nanojoining processes: Microelectronics wire bonding; Solid-state diffusion bonding; Bonding using nanoparticles; Diffusion soldering and brazing; Laser soldering; Fluxless soldering; Laser microwelding; Electron beam microwelding; Resistance microwelding; Adhesive bonding; Introduction to nanojoining. Part 3 Microjoining of materials and applications of microjoining: Joining of high temperature superconductors; Joining of shape memory alloys; Wafer bonding; Plastics microwelding; Microjoining in medical components and devices; Hermetic sealing of solid oxide fuel cells; Joining of bulk nanostructured materials; Ceramic/metal bonding.

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

48

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbook Edited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK and A Stevels, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 30 ‘In my opinion, this book provides comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all aspects relating to the complex subject of waste electrical and electronics equipment (WEEE). It is essential reading for anyone involved in addressing what continues to be both a significant global challenge and an opportunity - highly recommended.’

Professor Martin Goosey, IeMRC Industrial Director, Loughborough University Electronic waste is a growing problem. The EU directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) aims to minimise WEEE by putting the responsibility on producers and distributors to pay for the costs associated with the collection, treatment, recycling and recovery of WEEE. Therefore there is a need for information about waste electronics management. Part one introduces the reader to legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE. Part two discusses technologies for the refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics. Part three focuses on electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers. Part four explores sustainable design of electronics and supply chains. Part five discusses national and regional WEEE management schemes and part six looks at corporate WEEE management strategies.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE: Global e-waste initiatives; EU legislation relating to electronic waste: The WEEE and RoHS directives and the REACH regulations; The present recast of the WEEE directive; The WEEE Forum and the WEEELABEX project; Conformity assessment of WEEE take-back schemes: The case of Switzerland; Eco-efficiency evaluation of WEEE take-back systems. Part 2 Technologies for refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics: The materials of WEEE; Refurbishment and re-use of WEEE; Shredding, sorting and recovery of metals from WEEE: Linking design to resource efficiency; Mechanical methods of recycling plastics from WEEE; Pyrolysis of WEEE plastics; Chemical or feedstock recycling of WEEE products. Part 3 Electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers: Recycling printed circuit boards; Recycling liquid crystal displays; Recycling cooling and freezing appliances; End-of-life options for printed electronics; Recycling batteries. Part 4 Sustainable design of electronics and supply chains: ErP, the European directive on ecodesign; Sustainable electronic product design; Reducing hazardous substances in electronics; Examining subsidy impacts on recycled WEEE material flows.

Part 5 National and regional WEEE management schemes: WEEE management in Europe: Learning from best practice; WEEE management in China; WEEE management in the USA and India: Research and education for a responsible approach to managing WEEE; WEEE management in Japan; WEEE management in Africa. Part 6 Corporate WEEE management strategies: Hewlett Packard’s WEEE management strategy; Siemens’ WEEE management strategy; The history of take-back and treatment of WEEE at the Philips Consumer Lifestyle division; Creating a corporate environmental strategy including WEEE take-back and treatment.

Printed films Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics Edited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 26

Printed films provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical microsystems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and properties of printed films: Technologies for printed films; Materials for printed films; Materials science concepts for printed films; Properties of printed films as electrical components on ceramic substrates; Conduction mechanisms in printed thick film resistors; Multilayer lowtemperature cofired ceramic systems incorporating a thickfilm printing process. Part 2 Applications of printed films in devices: Printed resistive sensors for physical quantities; Printed thick film capacitive sensors; Printed thick film piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors; Printed thick film mechanical micro-systems (MEMS); Printed semiconducting gas sensors; Printed gas sensors based on electrolytes; Printed thick film biosensors; Printed actuators; Printed heater elements; Screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Printed varistors; Laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices; Printed polymer solar cells.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 988 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 621 0 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699888

Polymers in electronics 2007 Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007 21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics Edited by S G Tan and M B A Jalil, National University of Singapore, Singapore Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 25 ‘This book will enable Physics and Engineering students to understand the most important underlying physics of modern nanoelectronics.’

Prof Jian-Ping Wang, Director for The Center for Micromagnetic and Information Technologies (MINT), University of Minnesota, USA ‘We can see in this book that in the fields of spintronics and graphene, science and technology are close to each other; fancy ideas from pure theory can be directly measured or even be used for applications. The role of gauge theory and topological structure is emphasized in this book.’

Prof Shuichi Murakami, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan ‘An excellent contribution to the fast-expanding field of nano-electronics. It is my pleasure to recommend this book to all researchers and students who are working in the field.’

Prof Yong Jiang, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China This book provides an introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, which encompasses spintronics, electronics, Hall effects, single electronics, carbon and graphene electronics.

Theoretical methodology is developed using quantum mechanical and non-equilibrium Green’s function techniques to calculate electronic currents and elucidate their transport properties at the atomic scale. The spin hall effect is explained and its application to the emerging field of spintronics, where an electron’s spin as well as its charge is utilised, is discussed. Topological dynamics and gauge potential are introduced with the relevant mathematics, and their application in nanoelectronic systems is explained.

Graphene, one of the most promising carbonbased nanostructures for nanoelectronics, is also explored.

CONTENTS

Physics and mathematics for nanoscale systems; Nanoscale physics and electronics; Electron dynamics in nanoscale device; Spin dynamics in nanoelectronic devices; Spintronics and Spin Hall effects in nanoelectronics; Graphene and carbon nanostructures for nanoelectronics; Topological dynamics and gauge potential in nanoelectronics.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 511 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 588 6 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095114

752 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 089 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 633 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090898

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

49

Electronic and optical materials Electromigration in thin films and electronic devices Materials and reliability Edited by C-U Kim, University of Texas at Arlington, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 21

Electromigration is a significant problem affecting the reliability of microelectronic devices such as integrated circuits. Recent research has focussed on how electromigration affects the increasing use by the microelectronics industry of lead-free solders and copper interconnects. Part one reviews modelling and simulation of electromigration, part two discusses electromigration in copper interconnects and part three covers electromigration in solder.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Modelling of electromigration phenomena; Modeling electromigration using the peridynamics approach; Modeling, simulation, and x-ray microbeam studies of electromigration. Part 2 Electromigration in copper interconnects: X-ray microbeam analysis of electromigration in copper interconnects; Voiding in copper interconnects during electromigration; The evolution of microstructure in copper interconnects during electromigration; Scaling effects on electromigration reliability of copper interconnects; Electromigration failure in nanoscale copper interconnects. Part 3 Electromigration in solder and wirebonds: Electromigration-induced microstructural evolution in lead-free and lead-tin solders; Electromigration in flip-chip solder joints.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 937 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 375 2 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699376

Advanced adhesives in electronics Materials, properties and applications Edited by M O Alam and C Bailey, University of Greenwich, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 19

OPTICAL MATERIALS, PHOTONICS AND LASERS

Thin film growth Physics, materials science and applications Edited by Z Cao, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China

NEW Laser surface engineering

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 20 CONTENTS

Processes and applications

Part 1 Theory of thin film growth: Measuring nucleation and growth processes in thin films; Quantum electronic stability of atomically uniform films; Phase-field modelling of thin film growth; Analysing surface roughness evolution in thin films; Modelling thin film deposition processes based on real-time observation. Part 2 Techniques of thin film growth: Silicon nanostructured films grown on templated surfaces by the oblique angle deposition technique; Phase transitions in colloidal crystal thin films; Thin film growth for thermally unstable noble-metal nitrides by reactive magnetron sputtering; Growth of graphene layers for thin films; Epitaxial growth of graphene thin films on single crystal metal surfaces; Electronic properties and adsorption behaviour of thin films with polar character; Polarity controlled epitaxy of III-nitrides and ZnO by molecular beam epitaxy; Understanding substrate plasticity and buckling of thin films; Controlled buckling of thin films on compliant substrates for stretchable electronics; The electrocaloric effect (ECE) in ferroelectric polymer films; Network behavior in thin films and nanostructure growth dynamics.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 736 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 329 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697365

Production, properties and applications in electronics Edited by Y Shiraki, Musashi Institute of Technology and N Usami, Tohoku University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 23 ‘This book represents a considerable collaborative state of the art review of SiGe current developments and nanostructures in electronic devices.’

Materials World Nanostructured silicon-germanium (SiGe) provides the prospect of novel and enhanced electronic device performance. This book reviews the materials science and technology of SiGe nanostructures, including crystal growth, fabrication of nanostructures, material properties and applications in electronics.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction. Part 2 Formation of nanostructures. Part 3 Material properties of SiGe nanostructures. Part 4 Devices using Si, Ge and SiGe alloys.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 689 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 142 0 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696894

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 576 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 289 2 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695767

50

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 65

Lasers can alter the surface composition and properties of materials in a highly controllable way, which makes them efficient and cost effective tools for surface engineering. This book provides an overview of the different techniques, the laser-material interactions and the advantages and disadvantages for different applications. Part one looks at laser heat treatment, part two covers laser additive manufacturing such as laser-enhanced electroplating, and part three discusses laser micromachining, structuring and surface modification. Chemical and biological applications of laser surface engineering are explored in part four, including ways to improve the surface corrosion properties of metals.

CONTENTS

Silicongermanium (SiGe) nanostructures

Adhesives are widely used in the manufacture of electronic devices to act as passive and active components. Recently there has been considerable interest in the use of conductive adhesives. This book reviews key types of conductive adhesives, processing methods, properties and the way they can be modelled as well as potential applications.

Introduction to adhesive joining technology for electronics.

Part 1 Types of adhesive: Thermally conductive adhesives in electronics; Anisotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Isotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Underfill adhesive materials for flip chip applications. Part 2 Processing and properties: Structural integrity of metalpolymer adhesive interfaces in microelectronics; Modelling techniques used to assess conductive adhesive properties; Adhesive technology for photonics.

Edited by J Lawrence, C Dowding, D Waugh and J Griffiths, University of Lincoln, UK

Part 1 Thermal surface treatments using lasers: Structures, properties and development trends of laser surface treated hotwork steels, light metal alloys and polycrystalline silicon; Laser nitriding and carburization of materials; Structure and properties of alloys produced by laser surface alloying; Laser surface treatment of AISI 304 steel with the presence of B4C particles. Part 2 Laser additive manufacturing: Surface characterization of laser modified coatings; Coatings deposited by laser cladding on metals; New metallic materials development by laser additive manufacturing; Laser powder deposition for the repair and manufacturing of single crystal Ni-based superalloy components; Innovations in laser cladding and direct metal deposition; Laser controlled intermetallics and nitrides synthesis during surface cladding; Laser-enhanced electroplating for surface engineering.

Part 3 Laser micromachining, structuring and surface modification: Characterization and modification of technical ceramics through laser surface engineering; Laser hybrid fabrication of tuneable micro-nano surface structures and their functionalization; Thin films deposition and surface structuring by pulsed laser irradiation; Laser surface processing for tailored surface properties; Femtosecond laser micromachining on optical fiber; Spatio-temporal manipulation of ultrashort pulses for 3D laser processing in glass; Tribology optimization by laser surface texturing: from bulk materials to surface coatings; Fabrication of periodic sub-micrometer and micrometer arrays using laser interference; Ultra-short pulsed laser surface texturing; YAG laser surface texturing and its extension; Laser surface ablation; Ablation effects of femtosecond laser functionalization on surfaces. Part 4 Chemical and biological applications of laser surface engineering: Laser surface engineering of titanium and its alloys for aerospace and biomedical applications; A novel approach to improve the surface corrosion properties of nickel-aluminium bronze; Luminescence spectroscopy as versatile probes for chemical diagnostics on the solid-liquid interface; Laser surface engineering in dentistry; Laser-assisted fabrication of tissue engineering scaffolds from titanium alloys; The effects of laser re-melting of NiTi on in vitro mesenchymal stem cell responses; Modeling of laser processes.

900 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 074 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 079 8 Approx. £220.00/US$365.00/€265.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420743

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Laser spectroscopy for sensing

NEW High performance silicon imaging

Fundamentals, techniques and applications

Fundamentals and applications of CMOS and CCD sensors

Edited by M Baudelet, University of Central Florida, USA

Edited by D Durini, Fraunhofer Institute for Microelectronic Circuits and Systems, Germany

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 43

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 60

Laser spectroscopy has become a diverse field, with applications in numerous areas of physics, chemistry, and biology. Developments in ultrafast laser technology have led to improvements in the sensitivity of laser spectroscopy techniques. Laser spectroscopy can be used to sense solids, liquids and gases for medical diagnostics, environmental monitoring and forensic investigations, and it is critical to the understanding of many industrial and biological processes. Part one covers fundamentals of laser spectroscopy, while part two describes the techniques of laser spectroscopy and part three discusses the applications of laser spectroscopy, such as the detection of chemical, biological and explosive threats.

Silicon imaging is one of the fastest growing segments of the semiconductor industry due to cell phone cameras and other digital-imaging applications. Emerging markets, including web cameras, security cameras, automotive cameras, digital-cinema cameras and gaming, are putting ever increasing demands on the performance of image sensors. These challenges include better image quality, higher sensitivity, higher data-transfer rate, higher system-level integration, lower power consumption, and 3D imaging. Part one covers the fundamentals of silicon-based image sensors and technical advances, focussing on performance issues. Part two looks at image sensors in applications such as mobile phones, scientific imaging, TV broadcasting, automotive and biomedical applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of laser spectroscopy for sensing: Fundamentals of optical spectroscopy; Lasers used for spectroscopy: Fundamentals of spectral and temporal control; Fundamentals of spectral detection; Using databases for data analysis in laser spectroscopy; Multivariate analysis, chemometrics, and machine learning in laser spectroscopy. Part 2 Laser spectroscopy techniques: Cavitybased absorption spectroscopy techniques; Photo-acoustic spectroscopy; Laser-induced fluorescence spectroscopy (LIF); Laser-induced phosphorescence spectroscopy: Development and application of thermographic phosphors (TP) for thermometry in combustion environments; LIDAR (light detection and ranging); Photothermal spectroscopy; Terahertz (THz) spectroscopy. Part 3 Applications of laser spectroscopy and sensing: Laser spectroscopy for the detection of chemical, biological and explosive threats; Laser spectroscopy for medical applications; Applications of laser spectroscopy in forensic science; Application of laser induced breakdown spectroscopy to the analysis of secondary materials in industrial production; Applications of laser spectroscopy in nuclear research and industry.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 273 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 873 3 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092731

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Charge coupled device (CCD) sensors; Backside illuminated (BSI) complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensors; Circuits for high performance CMOS image sensors; Smart vision chips using CMOS image sensors; Optics for CMOS vision sensors. Part 2 Applications: Mobile phones; Automotive applications; Space applications; Scientific imaging; Biomedical imaging; CMOS X-ray sensors; High-definition TV imaging.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 598 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 752 1 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095985

Laser cooling of solids S V Petrushkin and V V Samartsev, Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 15 CONTENTS

Thermodynamic fundamentals of fluorescent cooling; Theory of laser cooling; Experimental investigations and fundamental restrictions; Self-cooling of active elements of solid-state lasers; Laser cooling of solid-state information media of optical echo-processors; Problems of cooling solidstate quantum processors.

NEW Lasers for medical applications Diagnostics, therapy and surgery Edited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 37

Lasers have a wide and growing range of applications in medicine. Lasers for medical applications summarises the wealth of recent research on the principles, technologies and application of lasers in diagnostics, therapy and surgery. Part one gives an overview of the use of lasers in medicine, key principles of lasers and radiation interactions with tissue. The respective types of the laser (solid state, gas, dye, and semiconductor) are reviewed in part two. Part three describes diagnostic laser methods, for example optical coherence tomography, spectroscopy, optical biopsy, and time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy. Part four concentrates on the therapeutic applications of laser radiation in particular branches of medicine.

CONTENTS

Introduction: The history of lasers in medicine. Part 1 Lasertissue interaction: Laser characteristics; The response of tissue to laser light; Optical fibers for medical applications.

Part 2 Types of laser used in medicine: Solid-state lasers for medical applications; Gas lasers for medical applications; Liquid and solid-state tunable organic dye lasers for medical applications; Semiconductor lasers for medical applications. Part 3 Lasers in diagnostics: Optical sources for optical coherence tomography (OCT); Laser spectroscopy in medical diagnostics; Optical biopsy for cancer detection; Time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy and optical imaging of smart receptor-targeted contrast agents in tissues for cancer detection. Part 4 Laser therapy and surgery: Laser therapy in ophthalmology; Lasers in dermatology; Lasers in cardiology; Lasers in urology; Lasers in gynecology; Lasers in otorhinolaryngology (ORL) and head and neck surgery; Lasers in neurology; Lasers in dentistry; Laser in orthopaedic surgery; Cancer laser therapy using gold nanoparticles; Hybrid laser technology for biomaterials; Laser safety: Regulations, standards, and guidelines for practice; Photodynamic therapy for human malignancies with superficial and interstitial illumination.

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 237 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 754 5 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092373

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 632 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 683 2 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696320

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

51

Electronic and optical materials NEW Quantum information processing with diamond

NEW Nitride semiconductor lightemitting diodes (LEDs)

Principles and applications

Materials, performance and applications

Edited by S Prawer, University of Melbourne, Australia and I Aharonovich, Harvard University, USA

J-J Huang, National Taiwan University, H-C Kuo, National Chiao-Tung University, Taiwan and S-C Shen, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 63

Diamond nitrogen vacancy (NV) colour centres have the potential to transform quantum information science into a practical technology. Part one provides an introduction to quantum information science, including characterization tools designed to test and measure the properties of diamond materials.

Part two reviews research on developing diamond quantum information processing.

The final part of the book looks at emerging applications in such areas as sensors, neural circuits and superconductors.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals, fabrication and characterisation: Principles of quantum cryptography; Principles of decoherence imaging and magnetometry; Ion implantation in diamond; Characterization of defects in diamond at the single dopant level. Part 2 Quantum information processing using diamond: Single photon sources and their application for quantum key distribution; Engineering control of diamond optical sensors; Fundamental experiments using diamond. Part 3 Applications: Live cell imaging using nanodiamonds; Diamond magnetic sensors; Neutral circuits and in vivo monitoring of processes at the molecular scale; Coupling nitrogen vacancy centres in diamond superconducting resonators.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 656 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 668 5 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096562

In situ characterization of thin film growth Edited by G Koster and G Rijnders, University of Twente, Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 22 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 54

Light emitting diode (LED) performance, including energy efficiency, has improved dramatically in recent years and this has opened up new applications. This was prompted in the 1980s by the invention of the blue LED, a wavelength that had previously been missing from the available LED spectrum and which opened the way to providing white light. These nitride-based diodes have led to advancements in high brightness LED technology, solid state lighting, and handheld electronic applications. Nitride semiconductor light-emitting diodes (LEDs) covers materials, including GaN and GaInN, nanostructured LEDs, surface plasmon enhanced LEDs, photonic crystal nitride LEDs, reliability, packaging and applications such as lighting and displays.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and fabrication: Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) growth of nitride semiconductors; Modern metalorganic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD) reactors and growth of nitride-based materials; Gallium nitride (GaN) on sapphire substrates for visible LEDs; Gallium nitride (GaN) on silicon substrates for LEDs; Phosphors for white LEDs; Fabrication of nitride LEDs; Nanostructured LEDs; Nonpolar and semipolar LEDs. Part 2 Performance of nitride LEDs: Efficiency droop in gallium indium nitride (GaInN)/gallium nitride (GaN) LEDs; Photonic crystal nitride LEDs; Surface plasmon enhanced LEDs; Nitride LEDs based on quantum wells and quantum dots; Colour tuneable LEDs; Reliability of nitride LEDs; Chip packaging: encapsulation of nitride LEDs. Part 3 Applications of nitride LEDs: White LEDs for lighting applications: the role of standards; Ultra-violet LEDs; Infra-red emitters using III-nitride semiconductors; LEDs for liquid crystal display (LCD) backlighting; LEDs in automotive lighting.

672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 507 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 930 3 Approx. £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095077

NEW Chalcogenide glasses Preparation, properties and applications Edited by J-L Adam and X Zhang, University of Rennes 1, France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 44

Chalcogenide glasses are promising materials for photonic applications due to their unique properties and functionalities. Chalcogenide glasses are transparent from the visible to the near infrared region and they can be moulded into lenses or drawn into fibres. Chalcogenide glass fibres and optical components such as waveguides have been developed for use with lasers, for optical switching, chemical and temperature sensing and phase change memories. Part one covers preparation methods and properties of chalcogenide glasses and part two explores the applications of chalcogenide glasses.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Preparation and properties of chalcogenide glasses: Preparation of high-purity chalcogenide glasses; Structure of chalcogenide glasses characterized by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR); Mean coordination and topological constraints in chalcogenide network glasses; Thermal properties of chalcogenide glasses; Optical properties of chalcogenide glasses and fibers; Photo-induced phenomena in chalcogenide glasses; Ionic conductivity of chalcogenide glasses; Physical aging of chalcogenide glasses; Deposition techniques for chalcogenide thin films; Transparent chalcogenide glass-ceramics. Part 2 Applications of chalcogenide glasses: Rare-earth-doped chalcogenide glass for lasers and amplifiers; Chalcogenide waveguides for infrared sensing; Chalcogenide microstructured optical fibers for infrared applications; Chalcogenide glass waveguide devices for all-optical signal processing; Controlling light on the nanoscale with chalcogenide thin films; Second harmonic generation in chalcogenide glasses; Chalcogenide glass resists for lithography; Chalcogenide for phase change optical and electrical memories; Chalcogenide glasses as electrolytes for batteries.

700 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 345 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 356 1 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093455

Part 1 Electron diffraction techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; Inelastic scattering techniques for in situ characterisation of thin film growth: Backscatter Kikuchi diffraction. Part 2 Photoemission techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Ultraviolet photoemission spectroscopy (UPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; In situ spectroscopic ellipsometry (SP) for characterization of thin film growth. Part 3 Alternative in situ characterization techniques: In situ ion beam surface characterization of thin multicomponent films; Spectroscopies combined with (RHEED) for real time in situ surface monitoring of thin film growth; In situ deposition vapor monitoring; Real-time studies of epitaxial film growth using surface x-ray diffraction (SXRD).

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 934 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 495 7 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699345

52

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Nanolithography The art of fabricating nanoelectronic and nanophotonic devices and systems Edited by M Feldman, Louisiana State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 42

Lithography is the process of patterning and etching to create integrated circuits and other devices on semiconductor wafers.

Photolithography cannot be scaled down much further so in order to cope with the future reduction in size of semiconductor chips to nanoscale dimensions, scientists have turned to alternative nanolithography technologies.

In addition to scaling issues, the increasing integration of multiple functions within a single device poses further challenges which drive innovations in nanolithography and nanofabrication. Chapters cover lithographic techniques, including optical projection, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), nanoimprint, electron beam and ion beam lithography, and applications of nanolithography in nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and microfluidics.

CONTENTS

Optical projection lithography; Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography; Electron beam lithography; Focused ion beams for nano-machining and imaging; Masks for micro- and nanolithography; Maskless photolithography; Chemistry and processing of resists for nanolithography; Directed assembly nanolithography; Nanoimprint lithography; Nanostructures: Fabrication and applications; Nanophotonics: Devices for manipulating light at the nanoscale; Nanodevices: Fabrication, prospects for low dimensional devices and applications; Microfluidics: Fabrication technologies, interconnect approaches and applications; Modeling of nanolithography processes; Mask-substrate alignment via interferometric moiré fringes; Sidewall roughness in nanolithography: Origins, metrology and device effects; New applications and emerging technologies in nanolithography.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 500 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 875 7 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095008

NEW Subsea optics and imaging Edited by J Watson, University of Aberdeen, UK and O Zielinski, University of Oldenburg, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 46

Subsea optics can make an important contribution to the protection and sustainable management of ocean resources and contribute to monitoring the response of marine systems to climate change. This important book provides an authoritative review of key principles, technologies and their applications. The first part of the book provides a general introduction to the key concepts in subsea optics and imaging, imaging technologies and the development of ocean optics and colour analysis. Part two reviews the use of subsea optics in environmental analysis. Part three reviews subsea optical systems technologies.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction and historic review of subsea optics and imaging: Subsea optics: An introduction; Subsea imaging and vision: an introduction; The history of subsea optics. Part 2 Biogeochemical optics in the environment: Measurement of hyperspectral underwater light fields; Colored dissolved organic matter in seawater; Optical assessment of nutrients in seawater; Bioluminescence in the sea; Optical assessment of harmful algal blooms (HAB); Optical techniques in studying suspended sediment, turbulence and mixing in marine environments. Part 3 Subsea optical systems and imaging: Geometric optics and strategies for subsea imaging; Underwater imaging: photographic, digital and video techniques; Subsea holography and submersible “holocameras”; Subsea laser scanning and imaging systems; Laser doppler anemometry (LDA) and particle image velocimetry (PIV) for marine environments; Underwater 3D vision, ranging and range gating; Raman spectroscopy for subsea applications; Fibre optic sensors for subsea structural health monitoring; Subsea lidar systems; Operational multiparameter subsea observation platforms; Underwater hyperspectral imagery to create biogeochemical maps of seafloor properties; Emerging technologies in underwater optics.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 341 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 352 3 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093417

NEW Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications Edited by S Yamashita, University of Tokyo, Y Saito, Nagoya University, Japan and J H Choi, Purdue University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 47

The optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene make them potentially suitable for a variety of photonic applications.

Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications explores the properties of these exciting materials and their use across a variety of applications. Part one introduces the fundamental optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene before exploring how carbon nanotubes and graphene are synthesised. Chapters in part two discuss carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications and highlight optical gain and lasing in carbon nanotubes, electromagnetic nonlinearities in graphene, and carbon nanotube-based nonlinear photonic devices.

Finally, part three focusses on carbon-based optoelectronics and includes chapters on carbon nanotube solar cells, hybrid carbon nanotube-liquid crystal nanophotonic devices, and quantum light sources based on individual carbon nanotubes.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Optical properties and fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene: Fundamental optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene; Synthesis of carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications; Carbon nanotube and graphene photonic devices: Nonlinearity enhancement and novel preparation approaches. Part 2 Carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications; Optical gain and lasing in carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotube and graphenebased fiber lasers; Carbon-nanotube-based bulk solid-state lasers; Electromagnetic nonlinearities in graphene; Carbon nanotube-based nonlinear photonic devices. Part 3 Carbonbased optoelectronics: Carbon nanotube solar cells; A carbon nanotube-based optical platform for biomolecular detection; Carbon nanotube-based photovoltaic and light-emitting diodes; Hybrid carbon nanotube-liquid crystal nanophotonic devices; Quantum light sources based on individual carbon nanotubes.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 417 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 862 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094179

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

53

Electronic and optical materials NEW Handbook of organic materials for optical and (opto)electronic devices Properties and applications Edited by O Ostroverkhova, Oregon State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 39

Small molecules and conjugated polymers, the two main types of organic materials used for optoelectronic and photonic devices, can be used in a number of applications including organic light-emitting diodes, photovoltaic devices, photorefractive devices, and many others. The Handbook of organic materials for optical and (opto)electronic devices provides an overview of the properties of organic optoelectronic and nonlinear optical materials, and how these materials can be used across a range of applications. Parts one and two explore the materials used for organic optoelectronics and nonlinear optics, their properties, and methods of their characterization illustrated by physical studies.

Part three moves on to discuss the applications of optoelectronic and nonlinear optical organic materials in devices and includes chapters on organic solar cells, electronic memory devices, and other applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials for organic (opto)electronics and nonlinear optics structure-property relations: Small molecular weight materials for optoelectronic applications: Overview; Influence of film morphology on optical and electronic properties of organic materials; Doping effects on charge transport in organic materials; Third-order nonlinear optical properties of Pi-conjugated polymers constituted of thiophene units and molecular assembly of the polymers; Small molecule supramolecular assemblies for third order nonlinear optics; Molecular crystals and crystalline thin films for photonics. Part 2 Optoelectronic and nonlinear optical properties of organic materials and their characterization: Charge generation and transport in organic materials; Optical, photoluminescent, and electroluminescent properties of organic materials; Nonlinear optical properties of organic materials; Ultrafast intrachain exciton dynamics in Pi-conjugated polymers; Ultrafast charge carrier dynamics in organic optoelectronic materials; Short-pulse induced photocurrent and photoluminescence in organic materials; Conductivity measurements of organic materials using field-effect transistors (FETs) and space-charge-limited current (SCLC) technique; Charge transport features in disordered organic materials measured by time-of-flight (TOF), xerographic discharge (XTOF) and charge extraction by linearly increasing voltage (CELIV) techniques; Surfaceenhanced Raman scattering (SERS) characterization of metal-organic interactions; Second harmonic generation as a characterization technique and phenomological probe for organic materials. Part 3 Applications of optoelectronic and nonlinear optical organic materials in devices: Organic solar cells; Organic light-emitting diodes; Organic spintronics; Organic semiconductors for electronic chemical sensors; Organic bioelectronics; Organic electronic memory devices; Unconventional molecular scale logic devices; Photorefractive (PR) polymers and their recent applications; Organic waveguides, ultra-low loss demultiplexers and electro-optic (EO) polymer devices.

NEW Optical thin films and coatings

NEW Organic lightemitting diodes (OLEDs)

From materials to applications Edited by A Piegari, ENEA – Italian National Agency for New Technologies Energy and Sustainable Economic Development, Italy and F Flory, IM2NP – Institute of Materials, Microelectronics and Nanosciences of Provence, France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 49

Optical coatings, including mirrors, antireflection coatings, beam splitters, and filters, are an integral part of most modern optical systems. Optical thin films and coatings provides an overview of thin film materials, the properties, design and manufacture of optical coatings and their use across a variety of application areas. Part one explores the design and manufacture of optical coatings.

Part two highlights unconventional features of optical thin films, including thermal properties and color effects. Part three focuses on novel materials for optical thin films and coatings and includes chapters on organic optical coatings, surface multiplasmonics and optical thin films containing quantum dots. Finally, applications of optical coatings, including laser components, displays and lighting, and architectural and automotive glass, are reviewed in part four.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Design and manufacturing of optical thin films and coatings: Recent developments in deposition techniques for optical thin films and coatings; Design of complex optical coatings; Optical monitoring strategies for optical coating manufacturing; Production strategies for high precision optical coatings. Part 2 Unconventional features of optical thin films and coatings: Complex materials with plasmonic effects for optical thin film applications; Scattering properties of random structures in thin films; Optical properties of thin film materials at short wavelengths; Controlling thermal radiation from surfaces in optical thin films; Color in optical coatings. Part 3 Novel materials for optical thin films and coatings: Organic optical coatings; Surface multiplasmonics with periodically non-homogeneous thin films; Optical thin films containing quantum dots. Part 4 Applications of optical thin films and coatings: Optical coatings on plastic for antireflection purposes; Protective coatings for optical surfaces; Optical coatings for displays and lighting; Innovative approaches in thin film photovoltaic cells; Optical coatings for security and authentication devices; Optical coatings for high-intensity femtosecond lasers; Optical coatings for large facilities; Optical coatings for automotive and building applications; Transparent conductive thin films; Optical coatings in the space environment.

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 594 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 731 6 £220.00/US$365.00/€265.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095947

Materials, devices and applications Edited by A Buckley, University of Sheffield, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 36

Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) are opening up exciting new applications in the area of white lighting and displays. OLEDs emit their own light which means they have low power consumption, and are made of flexible films, this gives them an advantage over LCDs and plasma screens. This important book summarises key research on materials, engineering and the range of applications of these versatile materials. Part one covers materials for OLEDs, including conjugated polymers, transparent conducting thin films, iridium complexes and phosphorescent materials. Part two discusses the operation and engineering of OLED devices. Chapters discuss topics such as highly efficient pin-type OLEDs, amorphous organic semiconductors, nanostructuring techniques, light extraction, colour tuning, printing techniques, fluorenone defects and disruptive characteristics as well as durability issues. Part three explores the applications of OLEDs in displays and solidstate lighting. Applications discussed include displays, microdisplays and transparent OLEDs, sensors and large-area OLED lighting panels.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials for organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs): Synthesis of electroluminescent conjugated polymers for OLEDs; Transparent conducting thin films for OLEDs; Iridium complexes for OLEDs; Chemical and photophysical properties of materials for OLEDs; Phosphorescent OLEDs for solid-state lighting. Part 2 Operation and engineering of organic light-emitting diode (OLED) devices: Highly efficient pin-type OLEDs; Charge carrier mobility in amorphous organic semiconductors; Nanostructuring OLEDs to increase efficiency; Modelling of light extraction from OLEDs; Tuning the colour and efficiency of OLEDs; Optical characterisation of OLED emitters from radiation pattern analyses; Printing techniques for the fabrication of OLEDs; Fluorenone defects in fluorene-based conjugated polymers; Disruptive characteristics and lifetime issues of OLEDs. Part 3 Applications of organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) in displays and solid-state lighting: Active matrix, organic lightemitting diodes (Am-OLEDs) for displays; The technology and manufacturing of polymer OLED on complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) microdisplays; Transparent OLED displays; OLED based-biochemical sensors; Largearea OLED lighting panels and their applications; Lifetime determination procedure for OLED lighting panels and proposal for standardisation.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 425 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 894 8 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094254

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 265 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 876 4 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092656

54

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Handbook of laser welding technologies

NEW Fundamentals of femtosecond optics

NEW Semiconductor lasers

Edited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan

S A Kozlov, St Petersburg National Research University of Information Technologies and V V Samartsev, Kazan Federal University, Russia

Fundamentals and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 52

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 33

Femtosecond optics involves the study of ultra-short pulses of light. Understanding the behaviour of these light pulses makes it possible to develop ultra-fast lasers with a wide range of applications in such areas as medical imaging, chemical analysis and micromachining. Written by two leading experts in the field, this book reviews the theory of the interaction of femtosecond light pulses with matter, femtosecond lasers and laser systems, and the principles of femtosecond coherent spectroscopy of impurity amorphous media.

Semiconductor lasers have important applications in numerous fields, including engineering, biology, chemistry and medicine.

They form the backbone of the optical telecommunications infrastructure supporting the internet, and are used in information storage devices, bar-code scanners, laser printers and many other everyday products.

Semiconductor lasers is a comprehensive review of this vital technology. Part one introduces the key principles and fundamental properties of semiconductor lasers before part two goes on to review applications of visible and near-infrared emitting lasers. Finally, applications of mid- and far-infrared emitting lasers are the focus of part three.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 41

Laser welding is a rapidly developing and versatile technology which has found increasing applications in industry and manufacturing. It allows the precision welding of small and hard-to-reach areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The Handbook of laser welding technologies reviews the latest developments in the field and how they can be used across a variety of applications.

Part one provides an introduction to the fundamentals of laser welding. Part two highlights laser welding technologies for various materials including aluminium and titanium alloys, plastics and glass. Part three focuses on developments in emerging laser welding technologies before part four explores the applications of laser welding in the automotive, railway and shipbuilding industries.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Introduction: Fundamentals of laser welding; Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd:YAG laser welding; Developments in disk laser welding; Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Conduction laser welding; Developments in laser micro welding technology. Part 2 Laser welding technologies for various materials: Laser welding of light metal alloys: Aluminium and titanium alloys; Laser welding and brazing of dissimilar metals; Laser welding of plastics; Laser welding of glass; Defects formation mechanisms and preventive procedures in laser welding; Residual stress and distortion in laser welding. Part 3 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Applications of robotics in laser welding; Developments in beam scanning (remote) technologies and smart beam processing; Developments in twin-beam laser welding technology; Developments in multipass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 4 Applications of laser welding: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 264 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 877 1 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092649

CONTENTS

Theory of the interaction of femtosecond light pulses with matter; Femtosecond lasers and laser systems; Principles of femtosecond coherent spectroscopy of impurity amorphous media.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 128 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 129 0 £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421283

Optical switches Materials and design Edited by S J Chua, National University of Singapore, Singapore and B Li, Sun YatSen University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 18 CONTENTS

Electro-optical switches; Thermo-optical switches; Magnetooptical switches; MEMs-based optical switches; SOA-based optical switches; Switching based on optical nonlinear effects; Liquid crystal optical switches; Photonic crystal alloptical switches; Other optical switches; Closing remarks.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 579 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 041 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695798

Edited by A Baranov and E Tournie, University Montpellier 2 – CNRS, France

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of semiconductor lasers: Principles of semiconductor lasers; Photonic crystal lasers; Highpower semiconductor lasers; Semiconductor laser beam combining; Ultrafast pulse generation by semiconductor lasers. Part 2 Visible and near-infrared lasers and their applications: Nonpolar and semipolar group III-nitride lasers; Advanced self-assembled indium arsenide (InAs) quantum dot lasers; Vertical cavity surface emitting lasers (VCSELs); Semiconductor disk lasers (VECSELs); Hybrid silicon lasers.

Part 3 Mid- and far-infrared lasers and their applications: Gallium antimonide (GaSb)-based type I quantum well diode lasers: Recent development and prospects; Interband cascade (IC) lasers; Terahertz (THz) quantum cascade lasers; Whispering gallery mode lasers; Tunable mid-infrared laser absorption spectroscopy.

664 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 121 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 640 1 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091215

Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronics Edited by D Bucknall, Georgia Institute of Technology USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 10 CONTENTS

Copolymer ordering; Templated synthesis for controlled 3D structural control; Surface-induced structure formation of polymer blends; Rapid prototyping of functional microfabricated devices by soft lithography; Control of polymer topography; AFM based patterning; Patterning of confined polymer thin films; Ion beam patterning; Nanoprinting techniques; Photolithography beyond the diffraction limit; Standard printing techniques for unconventional methods; Microfluidics; Manipulation of biomolecules and reactions; Fabrication of organic display devices; Printing techniques for plastic electronics.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 931 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 090 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739314

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

55

Electronic and optical materials NEW Handbook of solidstate lasers Materials, systems and applications Edited by B Denker, A. M. Prokhorov General Physics Institute, Russia and E Shklovsky, Optech Incorporated, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 35 ‘I hope that this book will be widely used and will stimulate new, groundbreaking ideas both in laser development and applications.’

Professor Norbert Kroo, Hungarian Academy of Sciences (from the Foreword) Solid-state lasers that offer multiple desirable qualities, including enhanced reliability, robustness, efficiency and wavelength diversity, are absolutely indispensable for many applications. The Handbook of solidstate lasers reviews the key materials, processes and applications of solid-state lasers across a wide range of fields. Part one begins by reviewing solid-state laser materials, before part two goes on to explore the principles, powering and operation regimes of solid-state laser systems and their varied applications across a range of fields.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Solid-state laser materials: Oxide laser crystals doped with rare earth and transition metal ions; Fluoride laser crystals; Oxide laser ceramics; Fluoride laser ceramics; Neodymium, Erbium and Ytterbium laser glasses; Nonlinear crystals for solid-state lasers. Part 2 Solid-state laser systems and their applications: Principles of solid-state lasers; Powering solid-state lasers; Operation regimes for solid-state lasers; Neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG) and neodymium-doped yttrium orthvanadate (Nd:YVO4); System sizing issues with diode-pumped quasi-three level materials; Neodymium doped lithium yttrium fluoride (Nd:YLiF4) lasers; Erbium (Er) glass lasers; Microchip lasers; Fiber lasers; Laser mid-infrared system with nonlinear optical conversion; Raman lasers; Cryogenic lasers; Laser induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS); Surgical solid-state lasers and their clinical applications; Solid-state lasers (SSL) in defence programs; Environmental applications of solid-state lasers.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 272 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 750 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092724

Computer design of diffractive optics

NEW Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications

V A Soifer, Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 50

Edited by D Saeedkia, TeTechS Inc., Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 34

The recent development of easy-to-use sources and detectors of terahertz radiation has enabled growth in applications of terahertz (Thz) imaging and sensing. This vastly adaptable technology offers great potential across a wide range of areas, and the Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications explores the fundamental principles, important developments and key applications emerging from this exciting field. Part one provides an authoritative introduction to the fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications, before part two goes on to discuss recent progress and novel techniques. Finally, varied applications of terahertz technology are explored in part three.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications: Optoelectronic techniques for the generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves in plastic waveguides; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Field effect transistors for terahertz applications; Terahertz wireless communications. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz biosensing techniques; Terahertz array imagers: Towards the implementation of terahertz cameras with plasma-wavebased silicon MOSFET detectors; Resonant field enhancement of terahertz waves in subwavelength plasmonic structures; Fiber-coupled terahertz time-domain spectroscopy systems (THz-TDS); State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz nearfield imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in tomographic imaging and material spectroscopy: A review; Terahertz applications in aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood products industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.

Computer design of diffractive optics reviews the computer synthesis of diffractive optical elements (DOE) used for transforming laser radiation and investigating the properties of the wave fields produced. Methods for solving inverse problems of geometrical optics, scalar diffraction theory and electromagnetic theory of diffraction are discussed. Special attention is given to the different methods of solving the Maxwell equations, finite and boundary elements for solving integral optics equations and connected waves for calculating diffraction in periodic structures. Topics include DOE forming self-reproducing laser beams used for handling micro-objects, DOE on diamond films used for transformation of powerful laser radiation and multi-order and spectral DOE used for simultaneous separation and focusing.

CONTENTS

Main equations of diffraction theory; Diffractive optical transformations; Calculation of diffractive optical elements (DOE) in the geometrical optics approximation; Calculation of DOE in the scalar approximation of diffraction theory; Multi-order DOE; Calculations of diffraction gratings in electromagnetic theory; Electromagnetic calculations of micro-optics elements; Analysis of transverse laser radiation modes; Formation of self-reproducing multi-mode laser beams; Optical handling of micro-objects using DOE; Synthesis of DOE on diamond polycrystalline films. Appendix: Nanophotonics and diffractive computer optics.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 896 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 635 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 374 5 £220.00/US$365.00/€265.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696351

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 235 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 649 4 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092359

56

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials Optical biomimetics Materials and applications Edited by M Large, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 48

Optical biomimetics, the study of natural systems to inspire novel solutions to problems in optical technologies, has attracted growing interest. Optical biomimetics provides a review of key research in this area, focusing on the techniques and approaches used to characterise and mimic naturally occurring optical effects. The book discusses optical applications of biomolecules, such as retinylidene and bacteriorhodopsin, polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications, and biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices. Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures is explored through the case of butterfly scales, alongside a consideration of nanostructure fabrication using natural synthesis. The investigation into silk optical materials is followed by a final discussion of the control of florescence in natural photonic structures.

CONTENTS

Natural photonic structures: An overview; Optical applications of biomolecules; Polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications; Biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices; Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures: The case of butterfly scales; Fabrication of nanostructures using natural synthesis: Optical materials using silk; Fluorescence control in natural green fluorescent protein (GFP)-based photonic structures of reef corals.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 802 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 765 1 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698027

Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures

Laser growth and processing of photonic devices

Edited by F Jahnke, University of Bremen, Germany

Edited by N A Vainos, University of Patras, Greece

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 28

Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures is a key guide to the theory, application and potential of semiconductor nanostructures in the exploration of quantum optics. Part one begins with an overview of resonance fluorescence emission. Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal and micro cavities are explored in detail, before part two goes on to review nanolasers with quantum dot emitters.

Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures, including photon statistics and photoluminescence, is the focus of part three, whilst part four explores all-solid-state quantum optics, crystal nanobeam cavities and quantum-dot microcavity systems. Finally, part five investigates ultrafast phenomena, including femtosecond quantum optics and coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Single quantum dot systems: Resonance fluorescence emission from single semiconductor quantum dots coupled to high-quality microcavities; Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal cavities; Modelling single quantum dots in microcavities. Part 2 Nanolasers with quantum dot emitters; Highly efficient quantum dot micropillar lasers; Photon correlations in semiconductor nanostructures; Emission properties of photonic crystal nanolasers; Deformed wavelength-scale microdisk lasers with quantum dot emitters. Part 3 Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures: Photon statistics and entanglement in phonon-assisted quantum light emission from semiconductor quantum dots; Luminescence spectra of quantum dots in microcavities; Photoluminescence from a quantum-dot-cavity system; Quantum optics with quantum dot and quantum well systems. Part 4 Semiconductor cavity quantum electrodynamics (QED): All-solid-state quantum optics employing quantum dots in photonic crystals; Onedimensional photonic crystal nanobeam cavities; Growth of II-VI and group-III quantum-dot microcavity systems. Part 5 Ultrafast phenomena: Femtosecond quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures; Coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots.

604 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 232 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 639 5 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092328

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 27

Laser growth and processing of photonic devices is the first book to review this increasingly important field. Part one investigates laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures, with pulsed laser deposition techniques, the formation of nanocones and the fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures explored in detail.

Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring are the focus of part two.

Exploration of multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication is followed by consideration of laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication, laser-induced soft matter organisation and microstructuring, and laserassisted polymer joining methods. The book concludes in part three with an investigation into laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices. Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution, laser-induced refractive index manipulation, and the thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers are all considered.

CONTENTS

Laser growth and processing of photonic structures: An overview of fundamentals, interaction phenomena and operations. Part 1 Laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures: Emerging pulsed laser deposition techniques; The formation of nanocones on the surface of semiconductors by laser-induced self-assembly; Fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures by the interference of ultrashort pulse laser beams. Part 2 Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring: Multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-induced soft matter organization and microstructuring of photonic materials; Laser-assisted polymer joining methods for photonic devices. Part 3 Laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices: Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution; Femtosecond-laser-induced refractive index modifications for photonic device processing; Thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers by femtosecond lasers; Laser processing of optical fibers: New photosensitivity findings, refractive index engineering and surface structuring.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 936 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 622 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699369

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

57

Electronic and optical materials SENSORS AND MEMS AND FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS NEW Nanosensors for chemical and biological applications Sensing with nanotubes, nanowires and nanoparticles Edited by K C Honeychurch, University of the West of England, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 61

The unique electronic, optical, magnetic, as well as chemical properties of nano-scale materials are very attractive for realizing fast-responding sensors with good sensitivity and selectivity for the detection of chemical species and biological agents. Part one reviews the range electrochemical nanosensors, including the use of carbon nanotubes, glucose nanosensors, chemiresistor sensors using metal oxides and nanoparticles. Part two discusses spectrographic nanosensors such as surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) nanoparticle sensors, the use of coated gold nanoparticles and semiconductor quantum dots.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Electrochemical nanosensors for chemical and biological sensing: Chemical and biological sensing with carbon nanotubes; Electrochemical glucose nanosensors; Nanoparticle modified electrodes for trace metal ion analysis; Interfacing cells with nanostructured sensors; Chemiresistor gas sensors using metal oxide and nanoparticles; Electropolymers for nano-imprinted biomimetic sensors; Nanostructured conducting polymers for electrochemical sensing and biosensing. Part 2 Spectrographic nanosensors for chemical and biological sensing: Surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) nanoparticle sensors; Gold nanoparticles in chemical sensors; Nanoporous silicon biochemical sensors; Semiconductor quantum dots in chemical sensors and biosensors; Detection of nanoparticles in environmental media.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 660 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 672 2 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096609

NEW Sensor technologies for civil infrastructures

NEW Sensor technologies for civil infrastructures

Volume 1: Sensing hardware and data collection methods for performance assessment

Volume 2: Applications in structural health monitoring

Edited by M L Wang, Northeastern University, J P Lynch, University of Michigan, USA and H Sohn, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology, Korea Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 55

Sensors for civil infrastructure performance assessment and health monitoring have evolved significantly over the past decade with advances through high speed and low-cost electronic circuits, advances in fabrication and manufacturing methodologies, use of novel “smart” materials, and development of highly efficient signal validation and processing methods. Volume 1 describes sensing hardware and data collection covering a variety of sensors, including fiber optic systems, acoustic emission, piezoelectric sensors, electromagnetic sensors, ultrasonic methods, radar and millimeter wave technology, strain gauges, micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS), multifunctional materials and nanotechnology for sensing and vision-based sensing and lasers.

CONTENTS

Introduction to sensing for structural performance assessment and health monitoring; Sensor data acquisition systems and architectures; Review of frequently-used traditional sensors and associated algorithms; Piezoelectric transducers for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Fiber optic sensors for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Acoustic emission sensors for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Nonlinear acoustic and ultrasound methods for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Radar technology: radio frequency, interferometric, millimeter wave and terahertz sensors for civil applications; Electromagnetic sensors for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Micro-electromechanical-systems (MEMS) for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Nano-enabling multifunctional materials and sensing of civil infrastructures; Laser-based sensing for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Corrosion sensing for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Vision-based sensing for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Robotic sensing for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Design and selection of wireless structural monitoring systems; Permanent installation of wireless structural monitoring systems in infrastructure systems; Energy harvesting for sensing systems to assess and monitor civil infrastructures; System level design of a roaming, multi-modal, multi-sensor system for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 432 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 913 6 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094322

58

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Edited by M L Wang, Northeastern University, J P Lynch, University of Michigan, USA and H Sohn, Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology, Korea Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 56

Performance assessment and health monitoring of civil infrastructures has the potential to increase public safety while decreasing maintenance costs. Typically, sensors are strategically placed in a structure to measure and record data and to draw conclusions about the state of a structure.

Volume 2 takes the reader through sensor data management and analytical techniques for fault detection and localization. It will look at prognosis and life-cycle assessment.

The majority of the chapters are case studies in assessing structures such as bridges, buildings, super-tall towers, dams, tunnels, wind turbines, railroad tracks, nuclear power plants, offshore structures, levees and pipelines.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Sensor data interrogation and decision making: Sensor data management technologies for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Sensor data analysis, reduction and fusion for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Analytical techniques for damage detection and localization for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures; Prognosis and life-cycle assessment based on structural health monitoring (SHM) information for civil infrastructures; Output only modal identification and structural damage detection using time frequency and wavelet techniques for assessing and monitoring civil infrastructures. Part 2 Case studies in assessing and monitoring specific structures: Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring bridges; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring seismicallyexcited buildings; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring super-tall towers; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring dams; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring tunnels; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring roads; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring wind turbines; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring pipeline systems; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring underwater systems; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring offshore structures; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring railroad tracks; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring of nuclear power plants; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring subsurface utility mapping; Sensing solutions for assessing and monitoring power systems; Sensing solutions for assessing the stability of levees, sinkholes and landslides.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 242 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 243 3 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422426

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Biological identification DNA amplification and sequencing, optical sensing, lab-on-chip and portable systems Edited by P Schaudies, GenArraytion Inc., USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 59

Biological identification systems that are fast, accurate, reliable and easy to use, are essential to counter the threats to public health and national security from disease, bacteria, viruses, toxins and pathogens, as well as bioterrorism agents. Some technologies can detect biological agents at a distance, thus providing advance warning of a potential threat, whereas others are used to identify particular biological organisms. Part one covers DNA sequencing of pathogens, part two looks at lab-on-chip and portable systems for biodetection and analysis, part three describes optical systems and part four explores sample preparation and mass spectrometry-based biological analysis.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Technology for DNA and RNA analysis of pathogens: Nucleic acid sequencing for characterizing infectious and novel agents in complex samples; Multiplexed, real-time and lateral flow polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques for biological identification; Isothermal amplification of specific sequences; Multiplex bead array technologies for nucleic acid identification and analysis. Part 2 Lab-onchip and portable systems for biodetection and analysis: Electrochemical detection for biological identification; Conductometric biosensors; Bio-chem-FETs: field effect transistors for biological sensing. Part 3 Optical systems for biological identification: Porphyrins-incorporated receptor-based biosensors; Overview of terahertz (Thz) spectral characterization for biological identification; Deciphering species-level spectral uniqueness within Bacillus microorganisms; LIDAR (light detection and ranging) for biodetection. Part 4 Sample preparation and mass spectrometry-based biological analysis: Electrophoretic approaches to sample collection and preparation for nucleic acids analysis; Mass spectrometry-based proteomics methods for microbial identification.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 501 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 916 7 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095015

Polymers in electronics 2007 Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007 CONTENTS

Trends and growth; Conductive polymers; New developments in flame retarded polymers for electronics; Polymers in substrates, assembly and reliability; Polymer formulation and recycling for electronics applications; Polymers and printed electronics.

NEW Smart sensors and MEMS Intelligent devices and microsystems for industrial applications Edited by S Nihtianov, Delft University of Technology, Netherlands and A Luque, University of Sevilla, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 51

Smart sensors and MEMS can include a variety of devices and systems that have a high level of functionality. They may integrate sensing and actuating with information processing, analog-to-digital conversion and memory functions. Smart sensors and MEMS may respond to algorithmic instructions and calibration requests, allowing smart devices to become more autonomous as they provide self-diagnostics and self-correction.

Intelligence enables adaptation, which in turn increases the reliability and longevity of the smart device and this can significantly reduce costs. Part one covers smart sensors including capacitive, inductive, resistive and image sensors. Part two covers smart MEMS, including power MEMS, RF MEMS, inertial MEMS, and MEMS print heads CONTENTS

Part 1 Smart sensors for industrial applications: What makes sensor devices and microsystems ‘intelligent’ or ‘smart’?

Direct digital interface circuits for sensors; Capacitive sensors for displacement measurement in the sub-nanometer range; Integrated inductive displacement sensors for harsh industrial environments; Advanced silicon radiation detectors in the vacuum ultraviolet (VUV) and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) spectral range; Integrated polarization analyzing CMOS image sensors for detection and signal processing; Advanced interfaces for resistive sensors; Reconfigurable ultrasonic smart sensor platform for nondestructive evaluation and imaging applications; Advanced optical incremental sensors: encoders and interferometers. Part 2 Smart micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) for industrial applications: Microfabrication technologies used for creating smart devices for industrial applications; Microactuators: design and technology; Dynamic behavior of smart MEMS in industrial applications; MEMS integrating motion and displacement sensors; MEMS print heads for industrial printing; Photovoltaic and fuel cells in power MEMS for smart energy management; RF-MEMS for smart communication microsystems; Smart acoustic sensor array (SASA) system for real-time sound processing applications.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 502 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 929 7 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095022

NEW Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications Edited by D Uttamchandani, University of Strathclyde, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 45

The increasing demand for mobile and wireless sensing necessitates the use of highly integrated technology featuring small size, low weight, high performance and low cost: micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) can meet this need. The Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications provides a comprehensive overview of radio frequency (RF) MEMS technologies and explores the use of these technologies over a wide range of application areas. Chapters in part one review RF MEMS technology and applications as a whole before moving on to describe specific technologies for wireless applications including passive components, phase shifters and antennas. Chapters in part two focus on wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS including biomedical applications, such as implantable MEMS, intraocular pressure sensors and wireless drug delivery. Further chapters highlight the use of RF MEMS for automotive radar, the monitoring of telecommunications reliability using wireless MEMS and the use of optical MEMS displays in portable electronics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 RF MEMS as an enabling technology for wireless applications: Overview of RF MEMS technology and applications; Overview of wireless techniques for use with MEMS; RF MEMS fabrication technologies; RF MEMS passive components for wireless applications; RF MEMS phase shifters for wireless applications; RF MEMS antennas for wireless applications; RF MEMS-based wireless architectures and front-ends; RF MEMS technology for next-generation wireless communications; Wafer-level packaging technology for RF MEMS; Reliability of RF MEMS. Part 2 Wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS: Energy harvesters for powering wireless systems; MEMS wireless implantable systems: Historical review and perspectives; Wireless considerations in ocular implants based on microsystems; MEMS-based wireless intraocular pressure sensors; Drug delivery using wireless MEMS; RF MEMS for automotive radar; Telecommunications reliability monitoring using wireless MEMS; Optical MEMS for displays in portable systems.

640 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 271 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 861 0 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092717

21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1 £100.00/US$165.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

59

Electronic and optical materials NEW Semiconductor gas sensors

NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications

NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications

Edited by R Jaaniso, University of Tartu, Estonia and O K Tan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Edited by M Kraft and N M White, University of Southampton, UK

Structure, processing and properties

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 38

Semiconductor gas sensors are an important class of sensor with a wide range of applications in safety and environmental monitoring. This important book summarises recent research on principles, technologies and applications of this technology. The book begins with an introductory review of resistor and non-resistor types of sensor, conduction mechanisms, electrode materials and electrode-oxide interfaces. The second part of the book reviews recent developments in silicon carbide and graphene-based gas sensors, wide bandgap semiconductor gas sensors, micromachined and direct thermoelectric sensors. Part three discusses the use of nanomaterials, including metal oxide nanostructures, quantum dots, singlewalled carbon nanotubes and porous silicon.

The final part of the book surveys key applications in environmental monitoring, detecting chemical warfare agents and monitoring gases such as carbon dioxide.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of semiconductor gas sensors; Conduction mechanism in semiconducting metal oxide sensing films: Impact on transduction; Electrode materials and electrode-oxide interfaces in semiconductor gas sensors. Part 2 Advanced sensing methods and structures: Recent trends in Silicon Carbide (SiC) and Graphene based gas sensors; Recent advances in wide bandgap semiconductor based gas sensors; Micromachined semiconductor gas sensors; Semiconducting direct thermoelectric gas sensors. Part 3 Nanomaterials for gas sensing: One- and two-dimensional metal oxide nanostructures for chemical sensing; Semiconductor quantum dots for photoluminescence based gas sensing; Coated and functionalised single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) as gas sensors; Carbon nanotube and metal oxide hybrid materials for gas sensing; Porous silicon gas sensors. Part 4 Applications of semiconductor gas sensors: Metal oxide semiconductor gas sensors in environmental monitoring; Semiconductor gas sensors for chemical warfare agents; Integrated complementary metal oxide semiconductor-based sensors for gas and odour detection; Solid-state sensors for carbon dioxide detection.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 236 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 866 5 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092366

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32 ‘This book is a great all-in-one resource for learning about the enabling role of MEMS in automotive and aerospace applications – a must have.’

Mehran Mehregany, Case Western Reserve University, USA MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications reviews the use of Micro-ElectroMechanical-Systems (MEMS) in developing solutions to the unique challenges presented by the automotive and aerospace industries.

Part one explores MEMS for a variety of automotive applications, including passenger safety and comfort, stability control applications and automotive tire pressure monitoring systems, along with pressure and flow sensors for engine management, and RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors. Part two then goes on to explore MEMS for aerospace applications, including devices for active drag reduction, inertial navigation, structural health monitoring systems, and thrusters for nano- and pico-satellites.

CONTENTS

Part 1 MEMS for automotive applications: MEMS for passenger safety in automotive vehicles; MEMS sensors for automotive vehicle stability control applications; MEMS for automotive tire pressure monitoring systems; MEMS pressure and flow sensors for automotive engine management and aerospace applications; RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors; MEMS for passenger comfort in vehicles. Part 2 MEMS for aerospace applications: MEMS devices for active drag reduction in aerospace applications; MEMS inertial navigation systems for aircrafts; MEMS for structural health monitoring in aircrafts; MEMS for harsh environment sensors in aerospace applications: Selected case studies; MEMS thrusters for nano- and picosatellites; MEMS enabling space exploration and exploitation.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials Synthesis, properties and applications Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12 CONTENTS

Part 1 High strain high performance piezo- and ferroelectric single crystals. Part 2 Field-induced effects and domain engineering. Part 3 Morphotropic phase boundary and related phenomena. Part 4 High power piezoelectric and microwave dielectric materials. Part 5 Nanoscale piezo- and ferroelectrics. Part 6 Piezo- and ferroelectric films. Part 7 Novel processing and new materials. Part 8 Novel properties of ferroelectrics and related materials.

1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £242.50/US$400.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

60

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

Metallic films play an important role in modern technologies such as integrated circuits, information storage, displays, sensors and coatings. The physical behaviour of films is different from that of the corresponding bulk material so it is important to study their structure and properties.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and processing of metallic films: X-ray diffraction for characterizing metallic films; Crystal orientation mapping in the scanning and transmission electron microscopes; Structure formation during deposition of polycrystalline metallic thin films; Post deposition grain growth in metallic films; Fabrication and characterization of reactive multilayer films and foils; Metal silicides in advanced complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS) technology; Disorder-order transformations in metallic films. Part 2 Properties of metallic films: Metallic thin films: Stresses and mechanical properties; Electron scattering in metallic thin films; Magnetic properties of metallic thin films; Optical properties of metallic films; Thermal properties of metallic films.

620 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

Advanced piezoelectric materials Science and technology Edited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17 CONTENTS

The development of piezoelectric materials and the new perspective. Part 1 Piezoelectric materials: Lead zirconate titanate-based piezo-ceramics; Relaxor ferroelectricbased ceramics; Lead-free piezo-ceramics; Quartz-based piezoelectric materials; Lithium niobate and lithium tantalate-based piezoelectric materials; Single Crystal PZN-PT, PMN-PT, PSN-PT and PIN-PT-based piezoelectric materials; Electroactive polymers as actuators; Piezoelectric composite materials. Part 2 Preparation methods and applications: Manufacturing methods for piezoelectric ceramic materials; Multilayer technologies for piezoceramic materials; Single crystal preparation techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Thin film technologies for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Aerosol techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Manufacturing technologies for piezoelectric transducers.

Part 3 Application oriented materials development: Highpower piezoelectric materials; Photostrictive actuators using piezoelectric materials; The performance of piezoelectric materials under stress.

696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 534 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 975 8 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695347

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Nanostructured semiconductor oxides for the next generation of electronics and functional devices

NEW Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications

Properties and applications

Edited by D Saeedkia, TeTechS Inc., Waterloo, Canada

S Zhuiykov, Commonwealth Scientific Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO), Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 53

Semiconductor oxides are already used for electronics, optics, catalysts, sensors and other functional devices; using them in their 2D form can alter their properties in beneficial ways creating faster electronics and more efficient catalysts. The book begins by looking at the physics affecting nanostructured semiconductors, it goes on to address the structural and chemical modification of semiconductor nanocrystals during material growth. There are chapters covering devices and functional structures based on nanostructured semiconductors, including electronics and optics, 2D semiconductors, and composite graphene-semiconductor nanostructures.

CONTENTS

Electrons and holes in a semiconductor; Structural and chemical modification of semiconductor nano-crystals; Electronic devices and functional structures based on nanostructured semiconductors; Two-dimensional semiconductor nano-crystals: new directions in science and technology; Composite graphene-semiconductor nanostructures for energy storage; Nanostructured semiconductor composites for solar cells; Nanostructured semiconductor composites for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Semiconductor nano-crystals in environmental sensors.

484 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q! 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 220 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 224 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422204

Polymer electrolytes Fundamentals and applications Edited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16 CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and development of polymer electrolytes: Introduction to polymer electrolyte materials; Ceramic polymer electrolytes; Polymer electrolytes based on natural polymers; Composite polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices; Lithium-doped hybrid polymer electrolytes; Hybrid inorganic-organic polymer electrolytes; Using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy in polymer electrolyte research; Molecular simulation of Li-ion and H-conduction in polymer electrolytes; Characterisation and modelling of multivalent polymer electrolytes. Part 2 Applications: Polymer electrolytes for dye-sensitised solar cells; Solid polymer electrolytes for supercapacitors; Polymer electrolytes for electrochromic devices; Hyperbranched polymer electrolytes for high-temperature fuel cells; Polymer electrolytes as solid solvents and their applications; Hybrid polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 34

The recent development of easy-to-use sources and detectors of terahertz radiation has enabled growth in applications of terahertz (Thz) imaging and sensing. This vastly adaptable technology offers great potential across a wide range of areas, and the Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications explores the fundamental principles, important developments and key applications emerging from this exciting field. Part one provides an authoritative introduction to the fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications, before part two goes on to discuss recent progress and novel techniques. Finally, varied applications of terahertz technology are explored in part three.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications: Optoelectronic techniques for the generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves in plastic waveguides; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Field effect transistors for terahertz applications; Terahertz wireless communications. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz biosensing techniques; Terahertz array imagers: Towards the implementation of terahertz cameras with plasma-wavebased silicon MOSFET detectors; Resonant field enhancement of terahertz waves in subwavelength plasmonic structures; Fiber-coupled terahertz time-domain spectroscopy systems (THz-TDS); State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz nearfield imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in tomographic imaging and material spectroscopy: A review; Terahertz applications in aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood products industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 235 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 649 4 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092359

Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials Case studies in designing devices Edited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 31

ATILA Finite Element Method (FEM) software facilitates the modelling and analysis of piezoelectric, magnetostrictor and shape memory material based applications. It allows entire designs to be constructed, refined, and optimized before production begins.

Through a range of instructive case studies, Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials provides an indispensable guide to the use of this vital software in the design and modelling of efficient products. Part one provides an introduction to the ATILA FEM software, before part two goes on to present case studies of finite element modelling using ATILA. Topics include the use of ATILA in finite element analysis, piezoelectric polarization, time domain analysis, design of ultrasonic motors, piezo-composite and photonic crystal applications. The study of piezoelectric single crystals is also discussed, before a final reflection on the use of ATILA in modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software code; The capabilities of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: Usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors (USM) with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: The effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.

408 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 065 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 631 9 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090652

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 772 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 977 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697723

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

61

Electronic and optical materials Ultrasonic transducers Materials and design for sensors, actuators and medical applications Edited by K Nakamura, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 29

Ultrasonic transducers are key components in sensors for distance, flow and level measurement as well as power and other applications of ultrasound. Ultrasonic transducers reviews recent research in the design and application of this important technology. Part one provides an overview of materials and design of ultrasonic transducers.

Part two goes on to investigate modelling and characterisation. Part three reviews applications, beginning with a review of surface acoustic wave devices and air-borne ultrasound transducers, and going on to consider ultrasonic high temperature and flaw detection systems, power, biomedical and micro scale ultrasonics, therapeutic ultrasound devices, piezoelectric and fibre optic hydrophones, and ultrasonic motors.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and design of ultrasonic transducers: Piezoelectricity and basic configurations for piezoelectric ultrasonic transducers; Electromagnetic acoustic transducers; Piezoelectric ceramics for transducers; Thin-film PZT-based transducers; High-Curie-temperature piezoelectric single crystals of the Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3– Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3–PbTiO3 ternary system. Part 2 Modelling and characterisation of ultrasonic transducers: Modelling ultrasonic-transducer performance: One-dimensional models; The boundary-element method applied to micro-acoustic devices: Zooming into the near field; Electrical evaluation of piezoelectric transducers; Laser Doppler vibrometry for measuring vibration in ultrasonic transducers; Optical visualization of acoustic fields: The schlieren technique, the Fresnel method and the photoelastic method applied to ultrasonic transducers. Part 3 Applications of ultrasonic transducers: Surface acoustic wave (SAW) devices; Airborne ultrasound transducers; Transducers for non-destructive evaluation at high temperatures; Analysis and synthesis of frequency-diverse ultrasonic flaw-detection systems using order statistics and neural network processors; Power ultrasonics: New technologies and applications for fluid processing; Nonlinear acoustics and its application to biomedical ultrasonics; Therapeutic ultrasound with an emphasis on applications to the brain; Microscale ultrasonic sensors and actuators; Piezoelectric and fibre-optic hydrophones; Ultrasonic motors.

722 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 989 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 630 2 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699895

Functional materials for sustainable energy applications

Printed films Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics

Edited by J A Kilner, S J Skinner, Imperial College, S J C Irvine, Glyndwr University and P P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 35

Global demand for low cost, efficient and sustainable energy production is ever increasing. Driven by recent discoveries and innovation in the science and technology of materials, applications based on functional materials are becoming increasingly important. Functional materials for sustainable energy applications provides an essential guide to the development and application of these materials in sustainable energy production. Part one reviews functional materials for solar power. Part two focuses on functional materials for hydrogen production and storage. Functional materials for fuel cells are then explored in part three. Part four considers functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage, before the book concludes in part five with an investigation into computer simulation studies of functional materials.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Functional materials for solar power: Silicon-based photovoltaic solar cells; Photovoltaic (PV) thin films for solar cells; Rapid, low temperature processing of dye sensitized solar cells; Thermophotovoltaic (TPV) devices: Introduction and modellings; Photoelectrochemical cells for hydrogen generation. Part 2 Functional materials for hydrogen production and storage: Reversible solid oxide electrolytic cells for large scale energy storage: Challenges and opportunities; Membranes, adsorbent materials and solvent-based materials for syngas and hydrogen production; Functional materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Functional materials for fuel cells: The role of the fuel in the operation, performance and degradation of fuel cells; Membrane electrode assemblies for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Developments in membranes, catalysts and membrane electrode assemblies for direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC); Electrolytes and ion conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel cathodes for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells; Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) materials; Proton conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC). Part 4 Functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage: Materials and techniques for energy harvesting; Lithium batteries: Current technologies and future trends. Part 5 Appendix.

724 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 059 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 637 1 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090591

Edited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 26

Printed films provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical microsystems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and properties of printed films: Technologies for printed films; Materials for printed films; Materials science concepts for printed films; Properties of printed films as electrical components on ceramic substrates; Conduction mechanisms in printed thick film resistors; Multilayer lowtemperature cofired ceramic systems incorporating a thickfilm printing process. Part 2 Applications of printed films in devices: Printed resistive sensors for physical quantities; Printed thick film capacitive sensors; Printed thick film piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors; Printed thick film mechanical micro-systems (MEMS); Printed semiconducting gas sensors; Printed gas sensors based on electrolytes; Printed thick film biosensors; Printed actuators; Printed heater elements; Screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Printed varistors; Laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices; Printed polymer solar cells.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 988 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 621 0 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699888

Microjoining and nanojoining Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 61 832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

62

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials Computing and electrical engineering High-temperature superconductors Edited by X G Qiu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 24

High-temperature superconductors reviews growth techniques, properties and applications of key high-temperature superconducting films. The first part of the book provides an overview of high-temperature superconductor properties such as optical conductivity and transport properties. Part two reviews the growth and properties of particular types of superconducing film and part three describes how they can be applied in practice in various areas of electronics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of high temperature superconductors: Deposition technologies, growth and properties of high TC films; Transport properties of high TC cuprate films as superconductive materials; The optical conductivity of high temperature superconductors. Part 2 Growth techniques and properties of particular high temperature superconductors: Sputter deposition of large-area double-sided YBCO superconducting films; BSCCO high TC superconducting films; Electron-doped cuprates as high temperature superconductors; Liquid phase epitaxy (LPE) growth of HTSC high TC superconducting films. Part 3 Applications of high temperature superconductors: High-TC Josephson junctions; d-wave YBCO dc-superconductive quantum interference devices (dc-SQUIDs); Microwave filters using high temperature superconductors.

452 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 578 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 103 1 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695781

High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 27 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental science and engineering of high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials and components: Fundamental issues in high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials science and engineering; HTS wires and tapes; HTS cables; Bulk HTS materials; HTS magnets; Cryogenics for HTS systems; Electromagnetic modelling of HTS materials and applications. Part 2 Application of HTS materials and components in energy systems; Superconducting fault current limiters and power cables; Superconducting magnetic energy storage systems (SMES); Application of HTS technology in rotating machinery; HTS in fusion technologies; HTS in accelerator systems.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 012 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 529 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090126

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING NEW Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 38

Advanced electricity transmission and distribution (T&D) network technologies are required to reduce losses, sustain higher network efficiency, and maintain power quality and security. Research in this field must also consider the increasing role and penetration of renewable and distributed generation, for which advanced electricity storage systems are required.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of electricity transmission and distribution: Introduction to transmission and distribution (T&D) networks: T&D infrastructure, reliability and engineering, regulation and planning; Transmission and distribution (T&D) network monitoring and control; Protection of transmission and distribution (T&D) networks; Integration of distributed energy resources to the grid. Part 2 Advances in materials and technologies for electricity transmission and distribution: Development of switchgear materials for transmission and distribution (T&D) networks; High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) electric power transmission systems; Modern flexible AC transmission system (FACTS) devices; Nanodielectrics and their role in power transmission applications; Superconducting power cables and fault current limiters. Part 3 Electricity storage technologies: Economic and environmental assessment of electricity storage systems; Materials and chemistry for nickel-based batteries; Redox flow batteries for medium- to large-scale energy storage; Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SEMS) systems.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 784 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 737 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697846

COMPUTING AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials Case studies in designing devices Edited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 31

ATILA Finite Element Method (FEM) software facilitates the modelling and analysis of piezoelectric, magnetostrictor and shape memory material based applications. It allows entire designs to be constructed, refined, and optimized before production begins.

Through a range of instructive case studies, Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials provides an indispensable guide to the use of this vital software in the design and modelling of efficient products. Part one provides an introduction to the ATILA FEM software, before part two goes on to present case studies of finite element modelling using ATILA. Topics include the use of ATILA in finite element analysis, piezoelectric polarization, time domain analysis, design of ultrasonic motors, piezo-composite and photonic crystal applications. The study of piezoelectric single crystals is also discussed, before a final reflection on the use of ATILA in modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures.

CONTENTS

Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801 Cross-referenced to European CENELEC and American Standards Second edition B J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 6

336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 612 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 867 6 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736122 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cable engineering for local area networks

Part 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software code; The capabilities of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: Usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors (USM) with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: The effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.

408 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 065 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 631 9 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090652

B J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 5 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 488 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 889 8 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734883 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

63

Computing and electrical engineering Practical scientific computing

Computational functional analysis

A Muhammad, Yanbu University College, Saudi Arabia and V Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia

Second edition R E Moore, Ohio State University and M J Cloud, Lawrence Technological University, USA ‘A stimulating and challenging introduction’

Scientific computing is about developing mathematical models, numerical methods and computer implementations to study and solve real problems in science, engineering, business and even social sciences. This essential guide provides the reader with sufficient foundations in these areas to venture into more advanced texts. The book presents the open source tool for numerical computing numEclipse and studies the classical methods of numerical analysis. Numerical algorithms and their implementations are presented using numEclipse.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Expressions; Statements; Programming; Architecture; Plotting. Part 2 Solving non-linear equations: Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 225 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 226 7 £57.50/US$95.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092250

‘A very readable introduction, excellent.’

The Mathematical Gazette 212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 24 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 943 3 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275244

Machine learning and data mining I Kononenko and M Kukar, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia ‘Readers are treated to a comprehensive look at the principles. …a fine overview of machine learning methods. …Recommended.’

Choice Magazine 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 21 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 944 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275213

Digital signal processing

Essentials of scientific computing

Mathematical and computational methods, software development and applications Second edition

Numerical methods for science and engineering V Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia

‘Zalizniak brings an unparalleled and novel treatment to this field and is to be commended for the sufficient level of detail provided in each chapter. The strength of the work lies in its conciseness, mathematical rigor and clear explanations of the underlying principles …

Recommended’

Choice ‘…invaluable to research students as a handbook on numerical techniques’

Mathematical Reviews CONTENTS

Errors in computer arithmetic operations; Solving equations of the form f(x)=0; Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Solving systems of non-linear equations; Numerical integration; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation; Programming in MATLAB; Integration formulae of gaussian type; Transformations of integration domains; Stability regions for Runge-Kutta and Adams Schemes; A brief survey of available software.

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 32 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 936 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275329

64

(Review of the first edition) SIAM Review, USA, (William W. Hager, Pennsylvania State University).

Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineering Theory, applications, architecture, code S M Bozic and R J Chance, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 4 256 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 58 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 974 7 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563587

Pattern recognition and image processing D Luo, Glasgow University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 3 256 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 52 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 976 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563525

Missile guidance and pursuit Kinematics, dynamics and control N A Shneydor, Israel Armament Development Authority and Technion Institute of Technology, Israel 266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 904275 37 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 059 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275374

J M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK

Circuit analysis

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 11

J E Whitehouse, University of Reading, UK

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 904275 26 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 945 7 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275268

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 1 200 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 40 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 044 6 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563402

Digital image processing Mathematical and computational methods J M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 9 824 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 898563 49 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 946 4 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563495

Object-oriented technology and computing systems re-engineering H S M Zedan and A Cau, De Montfort University, UK

Signal processing in electronic communications For engineers and mathematicians M J Chapman, D P Goodall and N C Steele, University of Coventry, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 2 ‘Comprehensive: elegantly demonstrates the mathematics for creating or designing signal processing networks.’

Kybernetica 310 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 30 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 981 5 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563303

208 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 56 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 061 3 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563563

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metallurgy Metals mining and processing METALLURGY

Fundamentals of metallurgy

NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications Structure, processing and properties Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

Metallic films play an important role in modern technologies such as integrated circuits, information storage, displays, sensors and coatings. The physical behaviour of films is different from that of the corresponding bulk material so it is important to study their structure and properties.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and processing of metallic films: X-ray diffraction for characterizing metallic films; Crystal orientation mapping in the scanning and transmission electron microscopes; Structure formation during deposition of polycrystalline metallic thin films; Post-deposition grain growth in metallic films; Fabrication and characterization of reactive multilayer films and foils; Metal silicides in advanced CMOS technology; Disorder-order transformations in metallic films. Part 2 Properties of metallic films: Metallic thin films: Stresses and mechanical properties; Electron scattering in metallic thin films; Magnetic properties of metallic thin films; Optical properties of metallic films; Thermal properties of metallic films.

620 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

Edited by S Seetharaman, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 12 576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 927 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 094 6 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739277

Edited by K Hack, GTT- Technologies, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 21 ‘Thanks to the good introduction and the great number of examples this book is an indispensable help for everyone who wants or has to start working with thermochemical databases.’

DGG Journal 488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 215 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 395 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692155

Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys K C Mills, National Physical Laboratory, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 10 234 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 014 4 £640.00/US$1055.00/€770.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735699

Properties, processing and applications

Volume 3 Edited by P R Beeley, formerly University of Leeds, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 60

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 14 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 101 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 114 1 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691011

Secondary metallurgy Fundamentals, processes, applications G Stolte 216 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 3 514 00648 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006485 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Metallurgy of welding Sixth edition

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 31

Thermodynamics at work Second edition

NEW Advances in powder metallurgy Edited by I Chang, University of Birmingham and Y Zhao, University of Liverpool, UK

The Hatfield memorial lectures

J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

The SGTE casebook

METALS MINING AND PROCESSING

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 428 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 486 9 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734289

Metallurgy of basic weld metal G M Evans and N Bailey Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 26 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 243 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 885 0 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732438

Powder metallurgy (PM) is a popular metal forming technology used to produce dense and precision components. Different powder and component forming routes can be used to create an end product with specific properties for a particular application or industry. Advances in powder metallurgy explores a range of materials and techniques used for powder metallurgy and the use of this technology across a variety of application areas. Part one discusses the forming and shaping of metal powders before part two goes on to highlight specific materials and their properties. Part three reviews the manufacture and densification of PM components. Finally, part four focusses on the applications of powder metallurgy in the automotive industry and in the production of cutting tools and biomaterials.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Forming and shaping of metal powders: Advances in atomisation techniques for the formation of metal powders; Forming metal powders by electrolysis; Mechanochemical synthesis of nanocrystalline metal powders; Plasma synthesis of metallic nanopowders; Warm compaction of metallic powders; Developments in metal injection moulding (MIM). Part 2 Materials and properties: Advanced powder metallurgy steel alloys; Powder metallurgy of titanium alloys; Metal-based composite powders; Porous metals: Foams and sponges; Evolution of microstructure in ferrous and non-ferrous powdered metals. Part 3 Manufacturing and densification of PM components: Microwave sintering of metal powders; Joining techniques for powder metallurgy components; Process optimisation in powder component manufacturing; Non-destructive evaluation of powder metallurgy parts; Fatigue and fracture of powder metallurgy steels. Part 4 Applications: Automotive applications of powder metallurgy; Applications of powder metallurgy in biomaterials; Applications of powder metallurgy in cutting tools.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 420 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 890 0 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094209

Fundamentals of welding metallurgy H Granjon Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 6 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 019 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 880 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730199

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

65

Metals mining and processing NEW Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy Edited by M Pekguleryuz, McGill University, Canada, K Kainer, GKSS, Germany and A Kaya, Mugla University, Turkey Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 59

Magnesium and magnesium alloys offer a wealth of valuable properties, making them of great interest for use across a wide range of fields. This has led to extensive research focused on understanding the properties of magnesium and how these can be controlled during processing. Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy presents an authoritative overview of all aspects of magnesium alloy metallurgy, including physical metallurgy, deformation, corrosion and applications. Beginning with an introduction to the primary production of magnesium, the book goes on to discuss physical metallurgy and thermodynamic properties of magnesium and its alloys. The formation, corrosion and surface finishing of magnesium and its alloys are reviewed, before Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy concludes by exploring applications across a range of fields.

CONTENTS

Primary production of magnesium; Physical metallurgy of magnesium; Thermodynamic properties of magnesium alloys; Understanding precipitation processes in magnesium alloys; Alloying behaviour of magnesium and alloy design; Forming of magnesium and its alloys; Corrosion and surface finishing of magnesium and its alloys; Applications: Aerospace, automotive and other structural applications of magnesium; Applications: Magnesium-based metal matrix composites; Applications: Use of magnesium in medical applications.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 088 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 729 3 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090881

Maraging steels Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 33 ‘This book is a good source of information and can be used as a standard reference for researchers in academia and industry.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to maraging steels; Microstructure of maraging steels; Mechanical properties of maraging steels; Thermodynamic calculations for quantifying the phase fraction and element partition in maraging systems and precipitation hardening steels; Quantification of phase transformation kinetics in maraging steels; Quantification of age hardening in maraging steels; Maraging steels and overageing; Precipitation hardening stainless steel; Applications of artificial neural network on modelling maraging steel properties.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 686 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 693 1 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696863

66

Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes

A Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine

Edited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 77

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 55

‘Experience has shown that the problem of guaranteeing the safe operation of structures can be divided into certain key requirements. We are pleased to say that this manual completely meets these requirements.’

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation.

Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

Professor B. E. Paton, President of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine (from the Foreword) Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures provides an essential guide to the key principles and problems involved in the analysis of welded structures. Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the load-carrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures.

CONTENTS

The temperature field in welding; Welding stresses and strains; Load-carrying capacity of welded structures; Diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures; Acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures; Supplementary sections. Numerical techniques and tests for welded structures.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 531 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 757 6 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095312

Direct strip casting of metals and alloys M Ferry, University of New South Wales, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 17 CONTENTS

Metallurgy of alloys suitable for direct strip casting; Overview of solidification processing; Continuous casting processes and the emergence of DSC; DSC process variables and cast strip quality; As-cast microstructure, texture and properties; Secondary processing and fabrication; Appendix A: Simulation and modelling of direct strip casting; Appendix B: Representation of textures and their interpretation.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 049 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 166 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690496

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

CONTENTS

Part 1 General principles: Understanding and controlling microstructural evolution in metal forming: An overview; Techniques for modelling microstructure in metal forming processes; Modelling techniques for optimising metal forming processes; Recrystallisation and grain growth in hot working of steels; Severe plastic deformation for grain refinement and enhancement of properties. Part 2 Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel: Modelling phase transformations in steel; Determining unified constitutive equations for modelling hot forming of steel; Modelling phase transformations in hot stamping and cold die quenching of steels; Modelling microstructure evolution and work hardening in conventional and ultrafine-grained microalloyed steels. Part 3 Microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals: Microstructure control in creep-age forming of aluminium panels; Microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 074 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 634 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090744

Duplex stainless steels Microstructure, properties and applications Edited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 4 CONTENTS

Developments, grades and specifications; Alloy design; Microstructure; Forming and machining; Physical and mechanical properties; Corrosion; Stress corrosion cracking; Welding metallurgy; Welding processes; Weld properties; Non-destructive testing of welds; Applications; Service experience.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 318 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 877 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733183

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metals mining and processing Handbook of metal injection molding

Advances in wrought magnesium alloys

Edited by D Heaney, Penn State University, USA

Fundamentals of processing, properties and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 54

Edited by C Bettles, Monash University and M Barnett, Deakin University, Australia

This new book will be a most useful reference tool for MIM researchers, producers and end-users alike.’

This important book summarises the wealth of recent research on our understanding of process-property relationships in wrought magnesium alloys and the way this understanding can be used to develop a new generation of alloys for high-performance applications. After an introductory overview of current developments in wrought magnesium alloys, part one reviews fundamental aspects of deformation behaviour. These chapters are the building blocks for the optimisation of processing steps considered in part two which discusses casting, extrusion, rolling and forging technologies. The concluding chapters cover applications of wrought magnesium alloys in automotive and biomedical engineering.

Power Injection Moulding International Metal injection molding combines the most useful characteristics of powder metallurgy and plastic injection molding to facilitate the production of small, complex-shaped metal components with outstanding mechanical properties. The Handbook of metal injection molding provides an authoritative guide to this important technology and its applications.

Part one discusses the fundamentals of the metal injection molding process. Part two provides a detailed review of quality issues.

Special metal injection molding processes are the focus of part three. Finally, part four explores metal injection molding of particular materials, including stainless steels, titanium and titanium alloys, thermal management alloys, high speed tool steels, heavy alloys, refractory metals, hard metals and soft magnetic alloys.

CONTENTS

Metal powder injection molding (MIM): Key trends and markets. Part 1 Processing: Designing for metal injection molding (MIM); Powders for metal injection molding (MIM); Powder binder formulation and compound manufacture in metal injection molding (MIM); Tooling for metal injection molding (MIM); Molding of components in metal injection molding (MIM); Debinding and sintering of metal injection molding (MIM) components. Part 2 Quality issues: Characterisation of feedstock in metal injection molding (MIM); Modeling and simulation of metal injection molding (MIM); Common defects in metal injection molding (MIM); Qualification of metal injection molding (MIM); Control of carbon content in metal injection molding (MIM). Part 3 Special metal injection molding processes: Micro metal injection molding (MicroMIM); Two-material/two-colour powder metal injection molding (2C-PIM); Powder space holder metal injection molding (PSH-MIM) of micro-porous metals. Part 4 Metal injection molding of specific materials: Metal injection molding (MIM) of stainless steels; Metal injection molding (MIM) of titanium and titanium alloys; Metal injection molding (MIM) of thermal management materials in microelectronics; Metal injection molding (MIM) of soft magnetic materials; Metal injection molding (MIM) of high speed tool steels; Metal injection molding of heavy alloys, refractory metals, and hard metals.

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 066 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 623 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090669

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 53

CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and properties of magnesium alloys: Current developments in wrought magnesium alloys; Deformation mechanisms of magnesium alloys; Twinning and its role in wrought magnesium alloys; Superplasticity in magnesium alloys by severe plastic deformation; Dynamic recrystallisation in magnesium alloys. Part 2 Processing of magnesium alloys: Direct chill casting of magnesium extrusion billet and rolling slab; Twin roll casting of magnesium; Enhancing the extrudability of magnesium alloys; Hydrostatic extrusion of magnesium alloys; Rolling of magnesium alloys; Forging technology for magnesium alloys. Part 3 Applications of magnesium alloys: Applications of magnesium alloys in automotive engineering; Biomedical applications of magnesium alloys.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 968 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 384 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699680

Welding and joining of magnesium alloys Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 70 CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Introduction to the welding and joining of magnesium; Welding metallurgy of magnesium alloys; Preparation for welding of magnesium alloys; Welding materials for magnesium alloys; Welding and joining of magnesium alloys to aluminium alloys; The joining of magnesium alloys to steel; Corrosion and protection of magnesium alloy welds. Part 2 Particular welding and joining techniques: Brazing and soldering of magnesium alloys; Mechanical joining of magnesium alloys; Adhesive bonding of magnesium alloys; Gas-tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of magnesium alloys; Metal inert gas welding (MIG) of magnesium alloys; Variable polarity plasma arc welding of magnesium alloys; Hybrid laser-arc welding of magnesium alloys; Activating flux tungsten inert gas (A-TIG) of magnesium alloys; Friction stir welding of magnesium alloys; Laser welding of magnesium alloys; Resistance spot welding of magnesium alloys; Electro-magnetic welding of Mg alloys.

Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grinding Fundamentals and recent advances Edited by V P Astakhov, General Motors, USA and S Joksch, Oemeta Chemische Werke GmbH, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 48

Metal working fluids (MWFs) provide important functions such as lubrication and cooling in the machining of metals. This book reviews the issues surrounding the use of fluids for cutting and grinding throughout the metal working process, from selection and testing to disposal. The opening chapters cover the mechanism and action, selection and delivery of MWFs to the machining zone.

A second group of chapters cover issues surrounding MWFs during machining such as supply, circulation and monitoring. The final group of chapters discuss the maintenance, replacement and disposal of MWFs. CONTENTS

Mechanisms of action of metalworking fluids in metal cutting; Selection and testing of metalworking fluids; Delivery of metalworking fluids in the machining zone; Environmentally friendly near-dry machining of metals; High-pressure supply of metalworking fluids; Circulation systems for metal-cutting fluids; Monitoring metal-cutting fluids; Maintenance of metalworking fluids; Replacement of metalworking fluids; Disposal of metalworking fluids.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 061 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 530 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090614

Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing Edited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 75 CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing and modeling: Weld integrity of tailor welded blanks; Deformation of tailor welded blanks during forming; Mechanics based modelling of tailor welded blank forming; Numerical simulation modelling of tailor welded blank forming. Part 2 Applications: Light weight metal alloy tailor welded blanks; Advanced high-strength steel, tailorwelded blanks (AHSS-TWBs); Tailor-welded blanks for the automotive industry; Tailor-made blanks for the aerospace industry.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 704 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 385 1 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697044

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

67

Metals mining and processing Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materials

Shape memory and superelastic alloys

Methods and applications

Edited by K Yamauchi, Tohoku University, I Ohkata, Piolax Medical Devices, K Tsuchiya, NIMS and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan

Edited by G Giuliano, University of Cassino, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 44 CONTENTS

Part 1 Superplastic forming methods: Metals for superplastic forming; Standards for superplastic forming of metals; Processes and equipment for superplastic forming of metals; High-temperature lubricants for superplastic forming of metals; The use of laser surface modification in combined superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of metals. Part 2 Modelling of superplastic forming: Mathematical modelling of superplastic metal sheet forming processes; Finite element modelling of thin metal sheet forming; Constitutive equations for modelling superplastic forming of metals; Predicting instability in superplastic forming of metals. Part 3 Applications of superplastic forming: Superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of titanium alloys; Superplastic forming of aluminium alloys; Quick plastic forming of aluminium alloys; Superplastic forming of magnesium alloys; Superplastic microtubes fabricated by dieless drawing processes.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 753 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 277 9 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697532

Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials A L Zhilyaev, CSIC, Spain and A I Pshenichnyuk, Institute for Superplasticity of Metals, Russia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 43

Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials discusses a number of problems associated with grain boundaries in polycrystals. The role of grain boundaries in processes such as grain boundary diffusion, relaxation and grain growth is investigated.

The authors explore the formation and evolution of the microstructure, texture and ensembles of grain boundaries in materials produced by severe plastic deformation.

CONTENTS

Structural superplasticity of polycrystalline materials; Characteristics of grain boundary enesembles; Orientationdistributed parameters of the polycrystalline structure; Experimental investigation of the ensembles of grain boundaries in polycrystals; Grain boundary sliding in metallic bi- and tri-crystals; Percolation mechanism of deformation processes in ultrafine-grained polycrystals; Percolation processes in a network of grain boundaries in ultrafinegrained materials; Microstructure and grain boundary ensembles in ultrafine-grained materials; Grain boundary processes in ultrafine-grained nickel and nanonickel; Duration of the stage of stable flow in superplastic deformation; Dervivation of constitutive equations in multicomponent loading conditions.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 100 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 383 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091000

68

Applications and technologies

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 42 CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties and processing: Mechanisms and properties of the shape memory effect and superelasticity in alloys and other materials: A practical guide; Basic characteristics of Ti-Ni based and Ti-Nb based alloys; Development and commercialisation of Ti-Ni and Cu-based shape memory alloys; Industrial processing of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys to achieve key properties; Design of shape memory alloy (SMA) coil springs for actuator applications; Overview of the development of shape memory and superelastic alloy applications. Part 2 Application technologies for shape memory alloys: Applications of shape memory alloys in electrical appliances; Applications of shape memory alloys in hot-water supply; The use of shape memory alloys in construction and housing; The use of shape memory alloys (SMAs) in automobiles and trains; The use of shape memory alloys in aerospace engineering; Ferrous (Fe-based) shape memory alloys: Properties, processing and applications. Part 3 Application technologies for superelastic alloys: Applications of superelastic alloys in the telecommunications, industry; Applications of superelastic alloys in the clothing, sports and leisure industries; Medical applications of superelastic Ni-Ti alloys.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 707 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 262 5 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697075

Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgy Production, processing and applications Edited by R Lumley, CSIRO Light Metal Flagship, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 37 CONTENTS

Nanostructured metals and alloys Processing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applications Edited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 40 CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys: Production of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys by severe plastic deformation (SPD); Bulk nanostructured metals and alloys produced by accumulative roll-bonding; Nanocrystalline metals and alloys prepared by mechanical attrition; The processing of nanocrystalline steels by solid reaction; The processing of bulk nanocrystalline metals and alloys by electrodeposition; Bulk nanocrystalline and nanocomposite alloys produced from amorphous phase; Severe plastic deformation and production of nanostructured alloys by machining. Part 2 Microstructure: Deformation structures including twins in nanograined pure metals; Microstructure and mechanical properties of nanostructured ferrous alloys by equal-channel angular pressing; Characteristic structures and properties of nanostructured metals prepared by plastic deformation.

Part 3 Mechanical properties: Strengthening mechanisms in nanocrystalline metals; Elastic and plastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals; Mechanical properties of multi-scale metallic materials; Enhanced ductility and its mechanisms in nanocrystalline metallic materials; Mechanical behavior of nanostructured metals based on molecular dynamics computer simulations; Surface deformation and mechanical behaviour of nanostructured alloys; Fatigue behaviour in nanostructured metals; Superplastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals and alloys; Creep and high temperature deformation in nanostructured metals and alloys. Part 4 Applications: Processing of nanostructured metal and metal-matrix coatings by thermal and cold spraying; Nanocoatings for commercial and industrial applications; Application of nanostructured steel sheets to automotive body structures; Production processes for nanostructured wires, bars and strips; Nanostructured plain carbon-manganese (C-Mn) steel sheets by ultra-fast cooling and short interval multi-pass hot rolling.

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 670 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 112 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696702

Sintering of advanced materials

Introduction to aluminium metallurgy. Part 1 Production and casting of aluminium and its alloys: Production of alumina; Production of primary aluminium; Production of secondary aluminium; Ingot casting and casthouse metallurgy of aluminium and its alloys; Casting of aluminium alloys; Quality issues in aluminium castings; Case studies in aluminium casting alloys; High pressure diecasting of aluminium and its alloys; Progress on the heat treatment of high pressure diecastings. Part 2 Metallurgical properties of aluminium and its alloys: Work hardening of aluminium alloys; Precipitation and solute clustering in aluminium: Advanced characterisation techniques; Solute partitioning to enhance mechanical properties of aged aluminium alloys; Vacancies in aluminium and solute-vacancy interactions in aluminium alloys; Modeling the kinetics of precipitation processes in aluminium alloys; Ultrafine grained aluminium alloys: Processes, structural features and properties; Design for fatigue crack growth resistance in aluminium alloys; Fracture resistance in aluminium; Corrosion and corrosion protection of aluminium. Part 3 Processing and applications of aluminium and its alloys: Joining of aluminium and its alloys; Aluminium powder metallurgy; Laser sintering and rapid prototyping of aluminium; Aluminium sheet fabrication and processing; Application of modern aluminium alloys to aircraft; Materials selection and substitution using aluminium alloys.

Edited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 654 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 025 6 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696542

506 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 562 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 994 9 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695620

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 35 ‘A useful reference for those involved in the technology of sintering. I highly recommend this book.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metals mining and processing Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plants B Mazumder, IMMT research laboratory and B K Mishra, Institute of Minerals and Materials Technology, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 36 CONTENTS

Introduction to aluminium processing; Wastes generated by aluminum smelter plants; Treatment of the wastes and quality of byproducts; Utilisation of wastes (byproducts); Techno-economic feasibility of some selected processes.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 140 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 010 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 366 0 £87.50/US$145.00/€105.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090102

Titanium alloys Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications W Sha and S Malinov, Queen’s University of Belfast, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 31 CONTENTS

Introduction to titanium alloys. Part 1 Experimental techniques: Microscopy; Synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction; Differential scanning calorimetry and property measurements. Part 2 Physical models: Thermodynamic modelling; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method: Isothermal transformation kinetics; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method adapted to continuous cooling; Finite element method: Morphology of ß to a phase transformation; Phase-field method: Lamellar structure formation in -TiAl; Cellular automata method for microstructural evolution modelling; Crystallographic and fracture behaviour of titanium aluminide; Atomistic simulations of interfaces and dislocations relevant to TiAl. Part 3 Neural network models: Neural network method; Neural network models and applications in phase transformation studies; Neural network models and applications in property studies. Part 4 Surface engineering products: Surface gas nitriding: Phase composition and microstructure; Surface gas nitriding: Mechanical properties, morphology, corrosion; Nitriding: Modelling of hardness profiles and the kinetics; Aluminising: Fabrication of Al and Ti-Al coatings by mechanical alloying.

Mineral wool Production and properties B Sirok, B Blagojevic, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia and P Bullen, University of Hertfordshire, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 26 CONTENTS

Melting the raw materials; Multiple regression; Physical characteristics of mineral wool melts; Dimensional analysis; Fiberisation process; Visualisation method in real production processes; Applying the visualisation method to measuring the thickness of mineral wool fibres; The influence of melt film temperature on the fibre diameter distribution in mineral wool produced by a double-wheel spinning machine; Formation of the primary layer; Numerical analysis of flow properties in the collection chamber; Quality of the primary layer and its influence on the final product; Curing chamber.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 406 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 445 6 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694067

Belt conveying of minerals E D Yardley, Consultant and L R Stace, Nottingham University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 22 ‘…practical overview of relevant standards, belt test methods and issues surrounding standardization.’ ‘…a comprehensive reference. …a series of useful appendices.’

Quarry Management CONTENTS

588 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 375 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 586 6 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693756

Part 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.

Hydrometallurgy

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 230 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 430 2 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692308

Principles and applications T Havlik, Technical University Košice, Slovak Republic Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 28 Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 407 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 461 6 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694074

Handbook of gold exploration and evaluation E Macdonald, Consultant, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 19 664 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 175 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 254 4 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691752

Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet CONTENTS

Coating defects; Galvanised substrate defects; Post treatment; General defects/handling marks.

108 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 3 514 00640 9 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006409 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheet Quadrilingual: German-English-FrenchSpanish 118 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 3 514 00620 1 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006201 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel products Trilingual: German-English-French Second edition CONTENTS

Gas inclusions; Shell-like defects; Crack-like defects; Massive ruptures/holes; Rolled-in scale; Mechanical damage; Edge defects; Other defects.

70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 3 514 00590 7 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514005907 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Slag atlas Second edition

640 pages 1,537 figures and 122 tables 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 3 514 00457 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514004573 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Faults in hot dip galvanising Trilingual: German-English-French Second edition D Horstmann 80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1983 ISBN: 978 3 514 00298 2 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514002982 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Wire rod defects Trilingual: German-English-French

48 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1973 ISBN: 978 3 514 00134 3 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514001343 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

69

Steel STEEL Phase transformations in steels Volume 1: Fundamentals and diffusion-controlled transformations Edited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 56 ‘A new and comprehensive book on phase transformations is both timely and welcome.’

Professor Ted Massalski, Carnegie Mellon University, USA (from the Foreword) The processing-microstructure-property relationships in steels continue to present challenges to researchers because of the complexity of phase transformation reactions and the wide spectrum of microstructures and properties achievable. This major twovolume work summarises the current state of research on phase transformations in steels and its implications for the emergence of new steels with enhanced engineering properties.

Volume 1 reviews fundamentals and diffusioncontrolled phase transformations.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of phase transformations: The historical development of phase transformations understanding in ferrous alloys; Thermodynamics of phase transformations in steels; Fundamentals of diffusion in phase transformations in steels; Kinetics of phase transformations in steels; Structure, energy and migration of phase boundaries in steels. Part 2 Diffusion-controlled transformations: Fundamentals of ferrite formation in steels; Proeutectoid ferrite and cementite transformations in steels; The formation of pearlite in steels; Nature and kinetics of the massive austeniteferrite phase transformations in steels. Part 3 Bainite and diffusional-displacive transformations: Mechanisms of bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-containing bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-free bainite transformation in steels; Kinetics of bainite transformation in steels. Part 4 Additional driving forces for transformations: Nucleation and growth during the austenite-to-ferrite phase transformation in steels after plastic deformation; Dynamic strain-induced ferrite transformation (DIST) in steels; The effect of a magnetic field on phase transformations in steels; The effect of heating rate on phase transformations in steels and Fe-NiBased alloys.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 970 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 610 4 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699703

Phase transformations in steels Volume 2: Diffusionless transformations, high strength steels, modelling and advanced analytical techniques Edited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 57

Volume 2 reviews current research on diffusionless transformations and phase transformations in high strength steels, as well as advances in modelling and analytical techniques which underpin this research.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Diffusionless transformations: Crystallography of martensite transformations in steels; Morphology and substructure of martensite in steels; Kinetics of martensite transformations in steels; Shape memory in ferrous alloys; Tempering of martensite in carbon steels. Part 2 Phase transformations in high strength steels: Phase transformations in high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels; Phase transformations in transformation induced plasticity (TRIP)-assisted multiphase steels; Phase transformations in quenched and partitioned steels; Phase transformations in advanced bainitic steels; Phase transformations in high manganese twinning induced plasticity (TWIP) steels; Phase transformations in maraging steels. Part 3 Modelling phase transformations: First principles in modelling phase transformations in steels; Phase field modelling of phase transformations in steels; Molecular dynamics modelling of martensitic transformations in steels; Neural networks modelling of phase transformations in steels.

Part 4 Advanced analytical techniques for studying phase transformations in steels: Application of modern transmission electron microscopy (TEM) techniques to the study of phase transformations in steel; Atom probe tomography for studying phase transformations in steels; Electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD) techniques for studying phase transformations in steels; Application of synchrotron and neutron scattering techniques for tracking phase transformations in steels.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 971 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 611 1 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699710

Maraging steels Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 33 ‘This book is a good source of information and can be used as a standard reference for researchers in academia and industry.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Duplex stainless steels Microstructure, properties and applications Edited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 4 216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 318 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 877 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733183

70

Introduction to maraging steels; Microstructure of maraging steels; Mechanical properties of maraging steels; Thermodynamic calculations for quantifying the phase fraction and element partition in maraging systems and precipitation hardening steels; Quantification of phase transformation kinetics in maraging steels; Quantification of age hardening in maraging steels; Maraging steels and overageing; Precipitation hardening stainless steel; Applications of artificial neural network on modelling maraging steel properties.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 686 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 693 1 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696863

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes Edited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 55

Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation.

Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

CONTENTS

Part 1 General principles: Understanding and controlling microstructural evolution in metal forming: An overview; Techniques for modelling microstructure in metal forming processes; Modelling techniques for optimising metal forming processes; Recrystallisation and grain growth in hot working of steels; Severe plastic deformation for grain refinement and enhancement of properties. Part 2 Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel: Modelling phase transformations in steel; Determining unified constitutive equations for modelling hot forming of steel; Modelling phase transformations in hot stamping and cold die quenching of steels; Modelling microstructure evolution and work hardening in conventional and ultrafine-grained microalloyed steels. Part 3 Microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals: Microstructure control in creep-age forming of aluminium panels; Microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 074 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 634 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090744

Creep-resistant steels Edited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 24 ‘…a reference book of particular value to the power generation, petrochemical and other major industries.’

Metal Bulletin Monthly 700 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 178 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 401 2 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691783

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation The alloy tree A guide to low-alloy steels, stainless steels and nickel-base alloys C Farrar, Consultant 208 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 766 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 992 5 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737662

Steel manual Third edition

186 pages 240 x 200mm paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 3 514 00745 1 £25.00/US$40.00/€30.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514007451 Not available for distribution in the USA.

High nitrogen steels and stainless steels Manufacturing, properties and applications Edited by B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India 224 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84265 129 2 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842651292 Not available for distribution in the USA.

CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION

NEW Structural alloys for power plants

NEW Gasification for synthetic fuel production

Edited by A Shirzadi, The Open University and University of Cambridge and S Jackson, University of Cambridge, UK

Fundamentals, processes and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 45

Edited by R Luque, Universidad de Córdoba, Spain and J Speight, Consultant, USA

Current fleets of conventional and nuclear power plants face increasing hostile environmental conditions due to increasingly high temperature operation for improved capacity and efficiency, and the need for long term service. Additional challenges are presented by the requirement to cycle plants to meet peak-load operation. This book presents a comprehensive review of structural materials in conventional and nuclear energy applications. Opening chapters address operational challenges and structural alloy requirements in different types of power plants. The following sections review power plant structural alloys and methods to mitigate critical materials degradation in power plants.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 69

Gasification involves the conversion of carbon sources without combustion to syngas, which can be used as a fuel itself or further processed to synthetic fuels. The technology provides a potentially more efficient means of energy generation than direct combustion.

This book provides an overview of gasification science and engineering and the production of synthetic fuels by gasification from a variety of feedstocks. Part one introduces gasification, reviewing the scientific basis of the process and gasification engineering. Part two then addresses gasification and synthentic fuel production processes. Finally, chapters in part three outline the different applications of gasification, with chapters on the conversion of different types of feedstock.

CONTENTS

Buyer’s guide to sourcing castings from India KPL International Limited, India 738 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 719 8 £1082.50/US$1785.00/€1300.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737198

Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel melts

Operational challenges and hightemperature materials

Part 1 Fundamentals of gasification science and engineering: Gasification and synthetic liquid fuel production: An overview; Gasifier types; Feedstock preparation and handling; Life cycle assessment. Part 2 Gasification processes and technology for synthetic fuels: Gasification processes; Syngas and hydrogen production; Synthetic liquid fuel production; Fuel analysis and quality control; Process modelling. Part 3 Application of gasification for fuel production: Coal gasification; Heavy hydrocarbon gasification; Trends in gasification.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Operational challenges and structural alloy requirements: Gas turbines; Steam turbines; Coal-fired steam turbines; Nuclear power plants. Part 2 Structural alloys and their development: Austenitic steels and alloys; Feritic and martensitic steels; Structural materials containing nanofeatures; Creep-resistant steels and alloys; Advanced alloys to improve resistance to corrosion and stress corrosion cracking; Design and material issues to improve fracture and fatigue resistance; Irradiation effects on metals and alloys: Mechanisms and remediation; Advanced alloys to resolve welding problems in power plants; Modelling creep in nickelbased alloys in high temperature power plants.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 238 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 755 2 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092380

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 802 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 808 5 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098023

L Zhang and F Oeters 114 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 3 514 00637 9 £25.00/US$40.00/€30.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006379 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Toughness requirements for steels An international compendium R Phaal and C S Wiesner 176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 132 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731325

Woodhead Publishing Online Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place the full collection of Woodhead e-books is available. Comprising over 1000 e-books and 17,000 chapters, the content provides an authoritative summary of key research, allowing readers to keep up-todate with major trends. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options.

Features

WOODHEAD

• Regularly updated with new content PUBLISHING • Fast and powerful search tools • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - no ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by Metapress To see how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

71

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Palladium membrane technology for hydrogen production, carbon capture and other applications

NEW The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production

NEW The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production

Edited by A Doukelis, K Panopoulos, A Koumanakos and E Kakaras, National Technical University of Athens, Greece

Volume 1: Coal production

Volume 2: Coal utilisation

Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Technology Pty Ltd, Australia

Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Technology Pty Ltd, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 68

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 50

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 51

Coal is an important fossil fuel resource for many nations due to its large remaining resources, relatively low production and processing cost and potential high energy intensity. Certain issues surround its utilisation, however, including emissions of pollutants and growing concern about climate change. The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production Volume 1 reviews the coal production supply chain from analysis to extraction and distribution. Part one explores coal characterisation and introduces the industrial use of coal as well as coal formation, petrography, reserves, sampling and analysis. Part two moves on to review coal extraction and preparation. Chapters highlight advances in coal mining technology, underground coal gasification, coal sizing, comminution and cleaning, and solid-liquid separation technologies for coal. Further chapters focus on economic factors affecting coal preparation, post-treatment of coal, coal tailings treatment, and the optimisation, simulation and control of coal preparation plants. Finally, part three considers the coal supply chain including supply chain management and coal conveying and handling along the supply chain.

The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production Volume 2 explores global coal use in industry. Part one is an introductory section which reviews the social and economic value of coal, emissions from coal utilisation, and an exploration of emerging and future issues around industrial coal utilisation. Chapters in part two move on to highlight coal resources, production and use in established markets as well as the emerging markets of Brazil, the Russian Federation, India , Indonesia, and China. Part three focusses on coal utilisation in industry. Chapters consider thermal coal utilisation, advances in pulverised fuel technology, and the evaluation of coal for metallurgical applications. Further chapters explore coal utilisation in the cement and concrete industries, coal gasification and conversion, and value-in-use (VIU) assessment for thermal and metallurgical coal. A final chapter summarises the anticipated future pathway towards sustainable, long-term coal use suggesting transitions that will be needed to ensure cleaner utilisation for many decades to come.

Thanks to their outstanding hydrogen selectivity, palladium membranes have attracted extensive R&D interest. They are a potential breakthrough technology for hydrogen production and also have promising applications in the areas of thermochemical biorefining. This book summarises key research in palladium membrane technologies, with particular focus on the scale-up challenges.

After an introductory chapter, Part one reviews the fabrication of palladium membranes. Part two then focuses on palladium membrane module and reactor design. The final part of the book reviews the operation of palladium membranes for synthesis gas/hydrogen production, carbon capture and other applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fabrication of palladium-based membranes: Magnetron sputtering fabrication techniques; Electroless plating; Fabrication of supported palladium alloy membranes; Self-supported membranes. Part 2 Palladium membrane module and reactor design: Sealing system design; Module design; Reactor design; Modelling of palladium membrane reactors. Part 3 Palladium membranes for carbon capture, hydrogen production and other applications: Carbon capture using palladium membranes; palladium membrane fuel reformer technology; Palladium membranes in thermochemical biorefining.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 234 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 241 9 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422341

NEW Coal-fired power plant materials, performance and life assessment Edited by A Shibli, European Technology Development Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 62

This book summarises key research on coalfired power plant materials, their behaviour under operational loads, and approaches to life assessment and defect management.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials used in coal-fired power plant construction: Creep-resistant ferritic steels; Heat resistant low alloy steels; Conventional chromium and molybdenum low alloy steels; Stainless steels; Nickel-based alloys. Part 2 Performance assessment: In-service loading data and life assessment; Residual life evaluation, defect assessment and monitoring techniques; Assessing crack initiation and growth; Risk-based inspection and life assessment of boilers; Assessing problems associated with the cyclic operation of coal-fired power plants.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Coal characterization: Industrial use of coal; Coal formation; Coal petrography; Coal resources and reserves; Coal sampling; Coal analysis. Part 2 Coal extraction and preparation: Advances in coal mining technology; Underground coal gasification; Coal comminution and sizing; Cleaning of coarse and small coal; Cleaning of fine and ultrafine coal; Surface chemistry fundamentals in fine coal processing; Solid-liquid separation technologies for coal; Economic factors affecting coal preparation: Plant design worldwide and case studies illustrating economic impact; Post-treatment of coal; Coal tailings treatment; Optimization, simulation and control of coal preparation plants. Part 3 Coal supply chain: Supply chain management for bulk materials in the coal industry; Coal conveying; Coal handling along the supply chain; Transportation and logistics in the coal industry.

768 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 422 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 730 9 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094223

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Social and economic value of coal; Emissions from coal utilization; Coal waste: Handling, pollution impacts and utilization; Future industrial coal utilization: Forecasts and emerging technological and regulatory issues. Part 2 Global coal production: Coal resources, production and use in established markets; Coal resources, production and use in Brazil; Coal resources, production and use in the Russian Federation; Coal resources, production and use in India; Coal resources, production and use in Indonesia; Coal resources, production and use in China. Part 3 Coal utilization in industry: Thermal coal utilization; Coal use in iron and steel metallurgy; Advances in pulverised fuel technology: Understanding coal comminution, combustion and ash deposition; Evaluation of coal for metallurgical applications; Coal utilisation in the cement and concrete industries; Coal gasification and conversion; Value-in-use (VIU) assessment for thermal and metallurgical coal; Future directions toward more efficient and cleaner use of coal.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 116 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 117 7 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421160

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 431 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 732 3 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094315

72

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Ultra-supercritical coal power plants Materials, technologies and optimisation Edited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 41

NEW Geological storage of carbon dioxide (CO2)

Geoscience, technologies, environmental aspects and legal frameworks Edited by J Gluyas and S Mathias, Durham University, UK

The continued use of coal as a means of generating electricity and an increasing demand for cleaner, more efficient energy production has led to advances in power plant technology. Ultra-supercritical coal power plants reviews the engineering, operation, materials and performance of ultrasupercritical coal power plants. Following a chapter introducing advanced and ultrasupercritical coal power plants, part one goes on to explore the operating environments, materials and engineering of ultrasupercritical coal power plants. Chapters in part two focus on improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance. Ash fouling, deposition and slagging in ultra-supercritical coal power plants are highlighted along with pollution control measures. Further chapters provide an economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverised coal power plant and discuss CO2 capture-ready ultra-supercritical coal power plants.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 54

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of the geological storage of CO2: Anthropogenic climate change and the role of CO2 capture and storage (CCS); CO2 storage capacity calculation using static and dynamic modeling; Modelling the injectivity, migration and trapping of CO2 in carbon capture and storage (CCS); Monitoring the geological storage of CO2; The role of pressure in carbon capture and storage (CCS); Modeling long-term CO2 storage, sequestration and cycling. Part 2 Environmental, social and regulatory aspects: CO2 leakage from geological storage facilities: Environmental, societal and economic impacts, monitoring and research strategies; Risk assessment of CO2 storage complexes and public engagement in projects; The legal framework for carbon capture and storage (CCS). Part 3 Case studies: Offshore CO2 storage: Sleipner natural gas field beneath the North Sea; The CO2CRC Otway Project in Australia; On-shore CO2 storage at the Ketzin pilot site in Germany; The K12-B CO2 injection project in the Netherlands.

Introduction to advanced and ultra-supercritical coal power plants. Part 1 Operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Impacts of steam conditions on plant materials and operation in ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Fuel considerations and burner design for ultra-supercritical power plants; Materials for boilers operating under supercritical steam conditions; Boiler design for ultra-supercritical coal power plants. Part 2 Improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance: Ash fouling, deposition and slagging in ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Emissions from ultra-supercritical power plants and pollution control measures; Estimation, management and extension of the life of ultra-supercritical power plants; An economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverized coal power plant; CO2 captureready ultra-supercritical coal power plants.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 116 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 751 4 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091161

Geological storage and sequestration of carbon dioxide represents one of the most important processes for reducing humankind’s emissions of greenhouse gases. Geological storage of carbon dioxide (CO2) reviews the techniques and wider implications of carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS). Part one provides an overview of the geological storage of CO2. Chapters discuss anthropogenic climate change and the role of CCS and the modelling of storage capacity, injectivity, migration and trapping of CO2. Chapters in part two move on to explore the environmental, social and regulatory aspects of CCS including CO2 leakage from geological storage facilities and the legal framework for CCS. Finally, part three focuses on a variety of different projects and includes case studies of offshore CO2 storage at Sleipner natural gas field beneath the North Sea and the K12-B CO2 injection project in the Netherlands.

CONTENTS

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 427 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 727 9 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094278

NEW Fluidized bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification Edited by F Scala, Istituto di Ricerche sulla Combustione CNR, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 59

Fluidized bed (FB) combustion and gasification are advanced techniques for fuel flexible, high efficiency and low emission conversion.

Fuels are combusted or gasified as a fluidized bed suspended by jets with sorbents that remove harmful emissions such as SOx. Fluidized bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification provides an overview of established FB technologies while also detailing recent developments in the field. Part one reviews fluidization science and fluidized bed technologies.

Part two expands on this introduction to explore the fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification. Part three highlights recent advances in a variety of fluidized bed combustion and gasification technologies before part four moves on to focus on emerging CO2 capture technologies.

Finally, part five explores other applications of fluidized bed technology.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to fluidization science and technology: Overview of fluidization science and fluidized bed technologies; Particle characterization and behaviour relevant to fluidized bed combustion and gasification systems; Properties of stationary (bubbling) fluidised beds relevant to combustion and gasification systems; Properties of circulating fluidized beds relevant to combustion and gasification systems; Heat and mass transfer in fluidized bed combustion and gasification systems; Attrition phenomena relevant to fluidized bed combustion and gasification systems. Part 2 Fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification: Conversion of solid fuels and sorbents in fluidized bed combustion and gasification; Conversion of liquid and gaseous fuels in fluidized bed combustion and gasification; Pollutant emissions and their control in fluidised bed combustion and gasification; Fluidized bed reactor design and scale up; Modelling of fluidized bed combustion processes; Modelling of fluidized bed gasification processes; Economic evaluation of circulating fluidized bed combustion (CFBC) power generation plants. Part 3 Fluidized bed combustion and gasification technologies: Atmospheric (noncirculating) fluidized bed combustion; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion (PFBC); Circulating fluidized bed combustion (CFBC); Fluidized bed gasification; Measurement, monitoring and control of fluidized bed combustion and gasification.

Part 4 Emerging CO2 capture technologies: Oxy-fired fluidized bed combustion: Technology, prospects and new developments; Chemical looping combustion (CLC); Calcium looping for CO2 capture in combustion systems; Sorptionenhanced gasification. Part 5 Other applications of fluidized bed technology: Applications of fluidized bed technology in processes other than combustion and gasification.

1088 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 541 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 880 1 £250.00/US$410.00/€300.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095411

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

73

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Modern gas turbine systems High efficiency, low emission, fuel flexible power generation Edited by P Jansohn, Paul Scherrer Institute, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 20

Modern gas turbine power plants represent one of the highest efficiency and most economic conventional power generation technologies suitable for large-scale and smaller scale applications. Gas turbine systems operate with low emissions and are more flexible in their operational characteristics than other largescale generation units such as steam cycle plants. Modern gas turbine systems provides a comprehensive review of gas turbine science and engineering. Part one, an introductory section, provides an overview of gas turbine types, applications and cycles. Part two moves on to explore major components of modern gas turbine systems. Finally, the operation and maintenance of modern gas turbine systems is discussed in part three.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview of modern gas turbine systems: Introduction to gas turbines; Overview of gas turbine types and applications; Fundamentals of gas turbine cycles: Thermodynamics, efficiency and specific power. Part 2 Modern gas turbine systems and major components: Compressors in gas turbine systems; Combustors in gas turbine systems; Turbines for industrial gas turbine systems; Heat exchangers and heat recovery processes in gas turbine systems; Turbogenerators in gas turbine systems; Materials and coatings for gas turbine systems and components.

Part 3 Operation and maintenance of modern gas turbine systems: Gas turbine operation and combustion performance issues; Gas turbine performance modelling, analysis and optimisation; Advanced gas turbine asset and performance management; Maintenance and repair of gas turbine components; Fuel flexibility in gas turbine systems: Impact on burner design and performance; Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage for gas turbine systems; Ultra-low nitrogen oxides (NOx) emissions combustion in gas turbine systems.

856 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 728 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 606 7 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697280

Combined cycle systems for nearzero emission power generation

Power plant life management and performance improvement

Edited by A Rao, University of California, USA

Edited by J E Oakey, Cranfield University, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 32

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 23

Combined cycle power plants are one of the most promising and flexible approaches to conventional, fossil-fuel and biomass-fired energy production. The combination of a gas turbine and a steam turbine working in tandem to produce power makes this type of plant highly efficient, and it can also be fuel-flexible when combined with gasification technology. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the design, engineering and operational issues of a range of advanced combined cycle power plants.

‘At a time when power generators seek to increase conversion efficiency as one of the ways of reducing emissions, this book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment of power plant performance, component lifetimes and future trends within the power industry.

A valuable and timely publication.’

CONTENTS

Combined cycle power plants; Advanced industrial gas turbines for power generation; Natural gas-fired combined cycle (NGCC) systems; Integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) systems; Novel cycles: Humid air cycle systems; Novel cycles: Oxy-combustion turbine cycle systems; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion (PFBC) combined cycle systems; Externally fired combined cycle systems; Hybrid fuel cell gas turbine (FC/GT) combined cycle systems; Integrated solar combined cycle (ISCC) systems; Techno-economic analysis of combined cycle systems.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 013 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 618 0 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090133

Advanced power plant materials, design and technology Edited by D Roddy, Sir Joseph Swan Institute, Newcastle University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 5 CONTENTS

Part 1 Advanced power plant materials and designs: Gas turbine technology; Gas-fired combined-cycle technology; Integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) technology; Improving thermal cycle efficiency in advanced power plants.

Part 2 Gas separation membranes, emissions handling, and instrumentation and control: Hydrogen (H2) gas separation; Carbon dioxide (CO2) gas separation; Flue gas cleaning for SOx, NOx and mercury emissions control; Flue gas dedusting systems for ash and particulate emissions control; Sensors for combustion monitoring; Monitoring and process control technology. Part 3 Improving the fuel flexibility, environmental impact and generation performance of advanced power plants: Low-rank coal utilisation; Biomass utilisation; Underground coal gasification (UCG); CO2 storage; Syngas and H2 production from fossil-fuel feedstocks.

Professor Jim Williamson, Imperial College London, UK Coal- and gas-based power plants currently supply the largest proportion of the world’s power generation capacity. This book critically reviews the fundamental degradation mechanisms that affect conventional power plant systems and components, noting mitigation routes alongside monitoring and assessment methods. Maintenance and replacement routes are further extended through chapters on the management and refurbishment of advanced systems and components.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Power plant fuel flexibility, condition monitoring and performance assessment: Solid fuel composition and power plant fuel-flexibility; Condition monitoring and assessment of power plant components; Availability analysis of integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants. Part 2 Coal boiler plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Environmental degradation of boiler components; Creep in boiler materials: Mechanisms, measurement and modelling; Microstructural degradation in boiler steels: Materials developments, properties and assessment; Boiler steels, damage mechanisms, inspection and life assessment.

Part 3 Gas turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Creep, fatigue and microstructural degradation in gas turbine superalloys; Gas turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Gas turbine maintenance, refurbishment and repair. Part 4 Steam boiler and turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Steam oxidation in steam boiler and turbine environments; Steam boiler component loading, monitoring and life assessment; Steam turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Steam turbine upgrades for power plant life management and performance improvement. Part 5 Heat exchangers and power plant welds: Materials management and performance improvement: High-temperature heat exchangers in indirectly fired combined cycle (IFCC) systems: Materials management and performance improvement; Heat recovery steam generators: Performance management and improvement; Power plant welds and joints: Materials management and performance improvement.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 726 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 380 6 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697266

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 515 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 946 8 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695156

74

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing Science and technology Edited by M R Khan, Saudi Aramco & King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, Saudi Arabia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 19

Conventional coal, oil and gas resources used worldwide for power production and transportation are limited and unsustainable.

Research and development continue apace into the conversion of mainstream and alternative hydrocarbon fuels (fossil fuels), with the goal of improving conversion efficiency for maximum fuel output with minimum environmental impact. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the conversion processes and technology applicable to the production of clean liquid fuels for both power generation and transport industries.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and assessment of hydrocarbon fuel conversion processes: Characterisation and preparation of biomass, oil shale and coal-based feedstocks; Production, properties and environmental impact of hydrocarbon fuel conversion; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of alternative hydrocarbon fuel conversion. Part 2 Solid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Direct liquefaction (DCL) processes and technology for coal and biomass conversion; Gasification processes and technology; Pyrolysis processes and technology for the conversion of hydrocarbons and biomass; Biomass catalysis in conventional refineries. Part 3 Liquid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Sulfur removal from heavy and light petroleum hydrocarbon by selective oxidation; Partial oxidation (POX) processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production; Hydroconversion processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production. Part 4 Gaseous hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Middle distillate fuel production from synthesis gas via the Fischer-Tropsch process; Methanol and dimethyl ether (DME) production from synthesis gas; Advances in water-gas shift technology: Modern catalysts and improved reactor concepts; Natural gas hydrate conversion processes. Part 5 Operational issues and process improvement in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Environmental degradation in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Issues and mitigation; Automation technology in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant; Advanced process control for clean fuel production: Smart plant of the future; Process modelling for hydrocarbon fuel conversion.

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 727 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 378 3 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697273

Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications Edited by A Basile, ITMCNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 25

Progress in membrane materials, selective membrane design, and computer modelling and simulation have contributed greatly to the application of advanced membranes in conventional and alternative power sectors, as well as to clean industry applications. Research and development of membrane systems continues apace towards the goal of simple, efficient, and easily integrated systems that offer lowcost, reliable processing and operation.

Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications presents a comprehensive review of membrane science and technology, focusing on developments and applications in the areas of sustainable energy and clean-industry.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to membrane science and engineering: Fundamental membrane processes, science and engineering; Fundamental science of gas and vapour separation in polymeric membranes; Characterisation of membranes for energy and environmental applications; Economic analysis of membrane use in industrial applications. Part 2 Membranes for coal and gas power plants: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, synthesis gas processing and oxygen (O2) transport: Membrane technology for CO2 capture in power plants; Polymeric membranes for post-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for pre-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for synthesis gas processing; O2 transport membranes: Dense ceramic membranes for power plant applications. Part 3 Membranes for the petrochemical industry: Hydrocarbon fuel and natural gas processing, and advanced biofuels production: Membranes for hydrocarbon fuel processing and separation; Polymeric membranes for natural gas processing; Membranes for advanced biofuels production. Part 4 Membranes for alternative energy applications: Batteries, fuel cells and hydrogen (H2) production: Ion exchange membranes for vanadium redox flow batteries; Membranes for lithium batteries; Proton exchange membranes for fuel cells; Functional ceramic hollow fibre membranes for catalytic membrane reactors and solid oxide fuel cells; Proton conducting ceramic membranes for solid oxide fuel cells and H2 processing; Membrane electrolysers for H2 production; Biomimetic membrane reactors for H2 production. Part 5 Membranes for industrial, environmental and nuclear applications: Membranes for industrial microfiltration and ultrafiltration; Membranes for forward osmosis in industrial applications; Degradation of polymeric membranes in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for photocatalysis in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for nuclear power applications.

Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems Advanced design, performance, materials and applications Edited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 18

This book provides a systematic and comprehensive reference on small and micro CHP (combined heat and power) systems suitable for buildings, commercial and industrial facilities, and local heat networks and microgrids. Benefits of using this type of cogeneration plant include a vastly improved energy efficiency achieving 80-90% energy output from the same amount of fuel, compared to 40-50% for conventional systems and reduced carbon dioxide and waste heat emissions helping to reduce any negative environmental impacts. The book also reviews the design and development of small and micro CHP systems and critically reviews applications of this important technology.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems: Overview of small and micro CHP systems; Techno-economic assessment of small and micro CHP systems; Thermodynamics, performance analysis and computational modelling of small and micro CHP systems; Integration of small and micro CHP systems into distributed energy systems; Biomass fuels for small and micro CHP systems: Resources, conversion and applications.

Part 2 Development of small and micro CHP systems and technology: Internal combustion and reciprocating engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Gas turbine and microturbine systems for small CHP applications; Stirling engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Organic Rankine cycle (ORC) based waste heat / waste fuel recovery systems for small CHP applications; Fuel cell systems for small and micro CHP applications; Heat-activated cooling technologies for small and micro CHP applications; Energy storage for small and micro CHP applications. Part 3 Application of small and micro CHP systems: Micro CHP systems for residential and small commercial buildings; District and community heating aspects of CHP systems; Small CHP systems for commercial buildings and institutions; Small and micro CHP systems for the food and beverage processing industries; Biomass-based small and micro CHP systems: Application and status in the United Kingdom; Thermal-engine-based small and micro CHP systems for domestic applications: Modelling micro CHP deployment.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 795 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 275 5 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697952

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 379 0 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699697

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

75

High temperature materials and power generation Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) capture

Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology

Edited by L Zheng, CanmetENERGY Ottawa Research Centre, Natural Resources Canada, Canada

Volume 1: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, transport and industrial applications

E Jeffs

Edited by M M Maroto-Valer, Heriot-Watt University, UK

Combined cycle technology is used to generate power at one of the highest levels of efficiency of conventional power plants. It does this through primary generation from a gas turbine coupled with secondary generation from a steam turbine powered by primary exhaust heat. Generating power at high efficiency thoroughly charts the development and implementation of this technology in power plants and looks to the future of the technology, noting the advantages of the most important technical features – including gas turbines, steam generator, combined heat and power and integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) – with their latest applications.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 17

Oxy-fuel combustion is currently considered to be one of the major technologies for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture in power plants. The advantages of using oxygen (O2) instead of air for combustion include a CO2-enriched flue gas that is ready for sequestration following purification and low NOx emissions. This book critically reviews the fundamental principles, processes and technology of oxy-fuel combustion, including advanced concepts for its implementation.

CONTENTS

Overview of oxy-fuel combustion technology for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture. Part 1 Introduction to oxy-fuel combustion: Economic comparison of oxy-coal CO2 capture and storage (CCS) with pre- and post-combustion CCS; Oxy-fuel power plant operation; Industrial scale oxyfuel technology demonstration; Oxy-fuel combustion on circulating fluidized bed (CFB). Part 2 Oxy-fuel combustion fundamentals: Ignition, flame stability, and char combustion in oxy-fuel combustion; Oxy-coal burner design for utility boilers; Pollutant formation and emissions from oxy-coal power plants; Oxy-fuel heat transfer characteristics and impacts on boiler design; Current and future oxygen (O2) supply technologies for oxy-fuel combustion; CO2 compression and purification technology for oxy-fuel combustion. Part 3 Advanced oxy-fuel combustion concepts and developments: Direct oxy-coal combustion with minimum or no flue gas recycle; High pressure oxy-fuel (HiPrOx) combustion systems; Chemical-looping combustion for power generation and CO2 capture; Oxy-fuel combustion of gaseous fuel.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 671 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 098 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696719

Generating power at high efficiency Combined cycle technology for sustainable energy production Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 1

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 8 CONTENTS

Overview of CCS technology. Part 1 CCS economics, regulation and planning: Techno-economic analysis and modeling; Regulatory and social analysis for CCS legitimation and market formation; Energy supply planning. Part 2 Post- and pre-combustion CO2 capture: Advanced absorption processes; Advanced adsorption processes; Advanced membrane separation processes; Gasification processes and synthesis gas treatment. Part 3 Advanced combustion processes for CO2 capture in power plants: Oxyfuel combustion; Advanced oxygen production for power plants with integrated CO2 capture; Chemical-looping combustion.

Part 4 CO2 compression, transport and injection: Gas purification, compression and liquefaction for CO2 transport; Infrastructure and pipeline technology for CO2 transport; CO2 injection processes. Part 5 Industrial applications: CCS in the cement and concrete industry; CCS in the iron and steel industry.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 533 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 957 4 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695330

Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology

Introduction; Brief history of development; Some early schemes; Gas turbine developments; Steam generator concepts; The single shaft block; Repowering steam turbines; Combined heat and power; Gas turbines and coal; What does the future hold?

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 433 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 454 8 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694333

The air engine

Volume 2: Carbon dioxide (CO2) storage and utilisation

Stirling cycle power for a sustainable future

Edited by M M Maroto-Valer, Heriot-Watt University, UK

A J Organ, mRT - Regenerative Thermal Machines, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 16

The Stirling air engine is the core component of combined heat and power systems, and is becoming an important sustainable technology in other areas. Increasing demands are being placed on the technology to further increase its thermal efficiency and specific power. This important book discusses how redesign of the regenerator can maximise the potential of this important technology.

‘The development of CCS worldwide must go ahead at a pace unprecedented in large-scale technology investment and that needs unprecedented levels of knowledge transfer. This book makes a significant contribution.’

Dr Jeff Chapman, The Carbon Capture & Storage Association, UK CONTENTS

Overview of CCS technology. Part 1 Geological sequestration: Screening and selection criteria and characterisation technique; CO2 sequestration in deep saline aquifers and formations; CO2 sequestration in oil and gas reservoirs and enhanced oil recovery (EOR); CO2 sequestration in unmineable coal seams and enhanced coal-bed methane recovery (ECBM). Part 2 Maximising and verifying CO2 storage in underground reservoirs: CO2 injection design to maximise storage and EOR; Capillary seals for trapping CO2; Monitoring technologies for verification of CO2 storage; Modeling long-term safety of CO2 storage. Part 3 Terrestrial and ocean sequestration and environmental impacts: Terrestrial sequestration; Ocean sequestration; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in terrestrial ecosystems; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in marine ecosystems. Part 4 Advanced concepts: Industrial utilisation; Biofixation by micro-organisms; Mineralisation; Photocatalytic reduction.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 797 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 958 1 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697976

76

CONTENTS

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

CONTENTS

Part 1 A long overdue re-appraisal: The famous engine that never was; What Carnot efficiency? The counter-flow spiral heat exchanger – Spirex; A high-recovery-ratio combustion chamber. Part 2 Living with incompressible flow data: The regenerator problem brought down to size; The regenerative annulus and shuttle heat transfer; The rotating-displacer air engine; The strange case of the self-regulating air engine; Some light on the inner workings of the thermal lag engine. Part 3 Working with the reality of compressible flow: New correlations for old; Regenerator thermal analysis – un-finished business; Flow passage geometry; Beyond the performance envelope; For the sceptics. Part 4 Some design considerations: Scaling - and the neglected art of back-ofthe-envelope calculation. ‘How to make a business out of Stirling Engines today’.

306 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 231 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 360 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692315

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Industrial gas turbines Performance and operability A M Y Razak, Gas Path Analysis Ltd, UK

This important book provides operators of industrial gas turbines with a review of the principles of gas turbine operation and how they can be used to predict and improve turbine performance. The book is accompanied by a CD which allows readers to simulate such aspects of performance as emissions, changes in pressure and power augmentation.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles of gas turbine performance: Introduction; The gas turbine; Thermodynamics of gas turbine cycles; Complex gas turbine cycle; Compressors; Axial turbines; Gas turbine combustion; Off-design performance prediction; Behaviour of gas turbines during off-design operation; Gas turbine performance deterioration; Principles of engine control systems and transient performance. Part 2 Simulating the performance of a two-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Two-shaft gas turbine operating with a free power turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effects of engine deterioration on engine performance; Power augmentation; Simulation of engine control system performance. Part 3 Simulating the performance of a single-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Single shaft gas turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effect of performance deterioration on engine performance (single shaft gas turbine); Power augmentation; Simulation of system control system performance; Simulation exercises using the single shaft gas turbine simulator.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 205 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 340 4 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692056

HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies Volume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classes Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 51

This important two-volume book reviews the problem of degradation of metals and other materials exposed to hydrogen. The first part of volume one begins by discussing how the problem of gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects such sectors as the petrochemicals, automotive, nuclear and other energy industries. Part two reviews ways of characterising and testing for hydrogenassisted fatigue and fracture. A final group of chapters analyse the ways gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects high-performance steels, superalloys, titanium and aluminium alloys.

CONTENTS

Part 1 The hydrogen embrittlement problem: Hydrogen production and containment; Hydrogen-induced disbonding and embrittlement of steels used in petrochemical refining; Assessing hydrogen embrittlement in automotive hydrogen tanks; Gaseous hydrogen issues in nuclear waste disposal; Hydrogen embrittlement in nuclear power systems; Standards and codes to control hydrogen-induced cracking in pressure vessels and pipes for hydrogen gas storage and transport. Part 2 Characterisation and analysis of hydrogen embrittlement: Fracture and fatigue test methods in hydrogen gas; Mechanics of modern test methods and quantitive-accelerated testing for hydrogen embrittlement; Metallographic and Fractographic techniques for characterising and understanding hydrogen-assisted cracking of metals; Fatigue crack initiation and fatigue life of metals exposed to hydrogen; Effects of hydrogen on fatigue-crack propagation in steels. Part 3 The hydrogen embrittlement of alloy classes: Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels; Hydrogen trapping phenomena in martensitic steels; Hydrogen embrittlement of carbon steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength low-alloy (HSLA) steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of nickel, cobalt and iron-based superalloys; Hydrogen effects in titanium alloys; Hydrogen embrittlement of aluminium and aluminium-based alloys; Hydrogen-induced degradation of rubber seals.

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 677 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 389 9 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696771

Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies Volume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developments Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 52

The first part of volume two reviews the mechanism of hydrogen embrittlement, including absorption, diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in metals. Part two discusses ways of modelling hydrogen-induced damage and assessing service life. The final section in the book assesses future trends in research.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Mechanisms of hydrogen interactions with metals: Hydrogen adsorption on the surface of metals; Analysing hydrogen in metals: Bulk thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS) methods; Analysing hydrogen in metals: Surface techniques; Hydrogen diffusion and trapping in metals; Control of hydrogen embrittlement of metals by chemical inhibitors and coatings; The role of grain boundaries in hydrogen induced cracking (HIC) of steels; Influence of hydrogen on the behavior of dislocations. Part 2 Modelling hydrogen embrittlement: Modelling hydrogen induced damage mechanisms in metals; Hydrogen effects on the plasticity of face-centred cubic (ffc) crystals; Continuum mechanics modelling of hydrogen embrittlement; Degradation models for hydrogen embrittlement; Effect of inelastic strain on hydrogen-assisted fracture of metals; Development of service life prognosis systems for hydrogen energy devices. Part 3 The future: Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of high-performance metals in energy systems: Future trends.

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 536 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 537 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095367

Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials Edited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 25 672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 425 8 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692193

A quick guide to pipeline engineering D Alkazraji Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited 176 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 490 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 491 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694906 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

77

High temperature materials and power generation Stress corrosion cracking Theory and practice Edited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan

NEW Handbook of small modular nuclear reactors

Materials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM)

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 46 CONTENTS

Part 1 fundamental aspects of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and hydrogen embrittlement: Mechanistic and fractographic aspects of stress-corrosion cracking; Hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms. Part 2 Test methods for determining stress corrosion cracking susceptibilities: Testing and evaluation methods for stress corrosion cracking in metals. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking in specific materials: Stress corrosion cracking in low and medium strength carbon steels; Stress corrosion cracking in stainless steels; Factors affecting stress corrosion cracking and fundamental mechanistic understanding of stainless steels; Stress corrosion cracking in nickel-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in aluminium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in magnesium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen-assisted cracking in titanium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in copper and copper-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless and ferritic steel weldments; Stress corrosion cracking in polymer composites.

Part 4 Environmentally-assisted cracking problems in various industries: Stress corrosion cracking in boilers and cooling water systems; Environmentally-assisted cracking in oil and gas production; Stress corrosion cracking in aerospace vehicles; Prediction of stress corrosion cracking in nuclear power systems; Failures of structures and components by metal-induced embrittlement; Stress corrosion cracking in pipelines.

816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 673 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 376 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696733

Thermal barrier coatings Edited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 39 ‘Provides a comprehensive review of this important subject.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and structure: Thermal barrier coatings prepared by electron beam physical vapor deposition (EB-PVD); Ceramic thermal barrier coating materials; Metallic coatings for high-temperature oxidation resistance; Nanostructured thermal barrier coatings. Part 2 Processing and spraying techniques: Plasma spraying and its applications: Processes and applications; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings EB-PVD; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings by plasma spraying (PS); Plasmasprayed thermal barrier coatings with segmentation cracks; Detonation gun sprayed thermal barrier coatings.

Part 3 Performance of thermal barrier coatings: Oxidation and hot-corrosion of thermal barrier coatings (TBCs); Failure mechanism of thermal barrier coatings by EB-PVD under thermo-mechanical coupled loads; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of thermal barrier coatings; Substrate and bond coat related failure of thermal barrier coatings; Life prediction of thermal barrier coatings; New materials, technologies and processes in thermal barrier coatings.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 658 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 082 9 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696580

78

NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION

Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants

Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 4 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to PLiM. Part 2 Ageing degradation of irradiated materials in systems, structures and components.

Part 3 Analysis of materials and advanced SSC. Part 4 PLiM practices in nuclear power plants.

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 511 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 995 6 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695118

High temperature deformation and fracture of materials J-S Zhang, Dalian University of Technology, China CONTENTS

Part 1 High temperature deformation: Creep behaviour of materials; Evolution of dislocation substructures during creep; Dislocation motion at elevated temperatures; Recovery - creep theories of pure metals; Creep of solid solution alloys; Creep of second phase particles strengthened materials; Creep of particulates reinforced composite material; High temperature deformation of intermetallic compounds; Diffusional creep; Superplasticity; Mechanisms of grain boundary sliding; Multiaxial creep models. Part 2 High temperature fracture: Nucleation of creep cavity; Creep embrittlement by segregation of impurities; Diffusional growth of creep cavities; Cavity growth by coupled diffusion and creep; Constrained growth of creep cavities; Nucleation and growth of wedge - type microcracks; Creep crack growth; Creep damage mechanics; Creep damage physics; Prediction of creep rupture life; Creep - fatigue interaction; Prediction of creep - fatigue life; Environmental damage at high temperature.

M D Carelli, formerly Westinghouse and D T Ingersoll, NuScale Power, LLC, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 64

Small modular reactors (SMRs) are an advanced, safe type of nuclear reactor technology that are suitable for small and medium sized applications including both power and heat generation. In particular, their use as individual units or in combination to scale-up capacity offer benefits in terms of siting, installation, operation, lifecycle and economics in comparison to the development of larger nuclear plant for centralised electricity power grids. Interest has increased in the research and development of SMRs for both developing countries as well as such additional cogeneration options as industrial/ chemical process heat, desalination and district heating, and hydrogen production. This book reviews key issues in their development as well as international R&D in the field.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Small modular reactors (SMRs) for producing nuclear energy - an introduction; Integral pressurised water reactors (IPWRs) for producing nuclear energy. Part 2 Technologies: Core and fuel technologies; Key components in small modular nuclear reactors (SMRs); Monitoring and control technologies for small modular nuclear reactors (SMRs); Human-machine interfaces; Proliferation resistance and physical protection. Part 3 Implementation: Economics; Hybrid energy systems; Licensing; Construction. Part 4 International R&D: USA; Korea; Argentina; Russia; China; Japan; Developing countries.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 851 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 853 5 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098511

Published in association with Science Press 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 079 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 080 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090799

Creep-resistant steels Edited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 24 ‘…a reference book of particular value to the power generation, petrochemical and other major industries.’

Metal Bulletin Monthly 700 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 178 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 401 2 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691783

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels (RPVs) in nuclear power plants Edited by N Soneda, Central Research Institute of Electric Power Industry (CRIEPI), Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 26

The reactor pressure vessel (RPV) is central to a nuclear reactor. The main degradation mechanism affecting RPVs is irradiation embrittlement, where neutron bombardment from the nuclear reaction displaces atoms in the RPV steels. Inspection, testing, and appropriate maintenance are therefore required to ensure any damage is mitigated and thereby to allow the plant to continue generating power. Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels (RPVs) in nuclear power plants discusses RPV design, embrittlement processes in RPVs in different reactor types as well as techniques for studying RPV embrittlement.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Reactor pressure vessel (RPV) materials, design and manufacture: PPV design and fabrication; RPV materials; WWER-type RPV design and fabrication. Part 2 RPV embrittlement in operational power plants: Embrittlement of RPVs in pressurised water reactors (PWRs); Embrittlement of RPVs in WWER-type reactors; Surveillance of RPV embrittlement in light-water reactors; Surveillance of RPV embrittlement in magnox reactors. Part 3 Techniques for the study of RPV embrittlement: Irradiation simulation techniques; Microstructural characterisation techniques; Evaluating fracture toughness; The development of embrittlement trend curves; Comparing embrittlement trend curves.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84569 967 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 647 0 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699673

NEW Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up

NEW Managing nuclear projects

Processes, technologies and international experience

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 60

Edited by W E Lee, Imperial College London, M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK and C Jantzen, Savannah River National Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 48

Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up reviews radioactive waste management processes, technologies, and international experiences.

Part one introduces the background and principles of radioactive waste management.

Chapters explore the fundamentals of radioactive waste including sources, characterisation, and processing strategies.

Further chapters focus on international safety standards, the remediation of radioactively contaminated sites, and irradiated nuclear fuel management. Chapters in part two highlight the current international situation in a variety of countries including Russia, Poland, Germany, France, England, Scotland, USA, Canada, and China. The experience in Japan, with a specific chapter on the situation and future plans at Fukushima, is also covered.

Finally, part three explores the clean-up of sites contaminated by weapons programmes.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Background and principles of radioactive waste (RAW) management: Fundamentals of radioactive waste (RAW): Science, sources, classification and management strategies; Radioactive waste (RAW) categories, characterisation and processing route selection; International safety standards for radioactive waste (RAW) management and remediation of contaminated sites; Technical solutions for the management of radioactive waste (RAW): Overview and methods of selection; Irradiated nuclear fuel management: Resource versus waste; Radioactive waste (RAW) conditioning, immobilisation and encapsulation processes and technologies: Overview and advances; Assessing and modelling the performance of nuclear waste and associated packages for long term management; Remediation of radioactively contaminated sites and management of the resulting waste; Safety and risk assessment of radioactive wastes and contaminated sites. Part 2 Current international situation: Experience of radioactive waste (RAW) management and contaminated site clean-up; Russia; Ukraine; Czech Republic, Slovak Republic and Poland; Nordic countries; Germany; France; England and Wales; Scotland; United States; Canada; South Africa; Republic of Korea; China; Japan; Fukushima: The current situation and future plans. Part 3 Clean-up of sites contaminated by weapons programmes: Management of radioactive waste (RAW) from nuclear weapons programmes; Modeling and strategy approaches for assessing radionuclide contamination from underground testing of nuclear weapons in Nevada, USA; Remote monitoring of former underground nuclear explosion sites predominantly in the former USSR.

Edited by J Devgun, Senior Consultant, USA

‘If you are a manager in any area of the nuclear field, this book is a resource that you want close to you on your bookshelf.’

Dr Tero Varjoranta, Director General of STUK, and former Director of the IAEA Division of Nuclear Fuel Cycle & Waste Technology In addition to the nuclear power industry, the nuclear field has extensive projects and activities in the areas of research reactors, medical isotope production, decommissioning, and remediation of contaminated sites.

Managing nuclear projects focuses on the management aspects of nuclear projects in a wide range of areas. Part one provides an overview of the nuclear industry including basic principles for managing nuclear projects and nuclear safety culture. Part two focuses on managing reactor projects including the management of research reactor projects, medical radioisotope production, and power reactor modifications. Chapters in part three highlight the areas of radioactive waste and spent fuel management and reactor decommissioning. Finally, part four explores regulation, guidance and emergency management in the nuclear industry including quality assurance and auditing programs, licensing procedures for nuclear installations, and international nuclear cooperation.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Basic principles: Basic principles for managing nuclear projects; Safety culture and managing worker risk in nuclear facilities; Training in the nuclear industry; Managing complex projects and facilities: Practices at the United States Department of Energy’s Office of Environmental Management. Part 2 Managing reactor projects: Managing nuclear research reactor construction projects and operation; Managing modifications, power uprates and outages of operating nuclear power plants; Managing medical radioisotope production facilities; Management of nuclear-related research and development (R&D). Part 3 Managing radioactive waste, decommissioning and site remediation: Managing radioactive waste; Managing nuclear decontamination and decommissioning projects; Managing site remediation: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Superfund program. Part 4 Regulation, guidance and emergency management: Quality assurance and audits in the nuclear industry in the USA; Licensing procedures for nuclear installations; Emergency management at nuclear plants: The US approach; Management of nuclear crises: Accidents and lessons learned; International nuclear co-operation.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 591 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 726 2 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095916

924 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 435 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 744 6 £230.00/US$380.00/€275.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094353

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

79

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors Mechanisms and management Edited by K L Murty, North Carolina State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 44

Light water reactors are the predominant class of nuclear power reactors in operation today. However, ageing and degradation can influence both the performance and lifetime of components. Knowledge of these factors is therefore critical to the provision of safe, continuous operation. Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors provides a comprehensive guide to prevalent deterioration mechanisms, and the approaches used to handle their effects. The book introduces fundamental ageing issues and degradation mechanisms, considers materials ageing and degradation in specific light water reactor components, including properties, performance and inspection.

Materials management strategies for light water reactors are then the focus of the final chapters.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental ageing issues and degradation mechanisms: Overview of ageing and degradation issues in light water reactors (LWRs); Corrosion in pressurized water reactors (PWRs); Creep deformation of materials in light water reactors (LWRs). Part 2 Materials ageing and degradation in particular light water reactor (LWR) components: Properties of zirconium alloys and their applications in light water reactors (LWRs); Performance and inspection of zirconium alloy fuel bundle components in light water reactors (LWRs); Ageing of electric cables in light water reactors (LWRs). Part 3 Materials management strategies for light water reactors (LWRs): Materials management strategies for pressurized water reactors (PWRs); Materials management strategies for VVER reactors; Materials-related problems faced by light water reactor (LWR) operators and corresponding research needs.

440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 239 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 745 3 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092397

80

Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM)

Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering

Theory and application of reliability analysis methods for major power plant components

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 37

Edited by I Crossland, Crossland Consulting, UK

G V Arkadov, A F Getman, All-Russia Scientific Research Institute for Nuclear Power Plants Operation (VNIIAES), Russia and A N Rodionov, Institute for Radiological Protection and Nuclear Safety (IRSN), France Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 49

Probabilistic safety assessment methods are used to calculate nuclear power plant durability and resource lifetime. Successful calculation of the reliability and ageing of components is critical for forecasting safety and directing preventative maintenance, Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management provides a comprehensive review of the theory and application of these methods. Part one of this important book reviews probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment, whilst the practical applications of probabilistic methods for strength reliability are explored in part two.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment: Terminology, concepts and definitions; Formal– statistical methods; Physico–statistical approach: Procedures using the defect-free model of structural material; Physico– statistical approach taking defects into account and using binomial distribution; Physico-statistical models based on the residual defectiveness of structural materials. Part 2 Practical application of probabilistic methods for strength reliability: Probabilistic analysis of safety: Increasing the reliability and safety of nuclear power plant components; Optimisation of non-destructive testing; Optimisation of hydraulic tests, technical certification and plannedpreventative maintenance; Using probabilistic methods for solving the problem of ensuring leak tightness of heat exchanger pipes of nuclear power plant steam generators.

The nuclear fuel cycle is characterised by the wide range of scientific disciplines and technologies it employs. The development of ever more integrated processes across the many stages of the nuclear fuel cycle therefore confronts plant manufacturers and operators with formidable challenges. Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering describes both the key features of the complete nuclear fuel cycle and the wealth of recent research in this important field.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle: Nuclear power: Origins and outlook; Radiological protection in the nuclear fuel cycle; Safeguards, security and safety in the nuclear fuel cycle: The 3S concept; Public acceptability of nuclear technology; The economics of nuclear power. Part 2 Uranium and thorium nuclear fuel cycle: Materials mining, enrichment and fuel element design and fabrication: Mining and milling of uranium; Uranium conversion and enrichment for nuclear power generation; Development of the thorium fuel cycle; Nuclear fuel assembly design and fabrication. Part 3 Impact of nuclear reactor design and operation on fuel element irradiation: Water cooled thermal reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; CANDU nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Gas-cooled nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Generation IV nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Understanding and modelling fuel behaviour under irradiation. Part 4 Spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste management: Management of spent nuclear fuel from power reactors; Reprocessing of spent oxide fuel from nuclear power reactors; Partitioning and transmutation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Disposal of radioactive waste; Packaging and transport of radioactive material in the nuclear fuel cycle.

648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 073 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 638 8 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090737

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 398 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 399 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093981

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment

Nuclear corrosion science and engineering

Science, implications and lessons for the nuclear industry

Edited by D Feron, CEA Saclay, France

Edited by M Laraia, formerly of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), Austria

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 22

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 36

Edited by Ch Poinssot, CEA Marcoule, France and H Geckeis, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 42

Understanding radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment is essential to the development of nuclear energy and key to enhancing public confidence in the industry. Scientific knowledge in this field has developed greatly over the last decade.

Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment provides a comprehensive overview of the key processes and parameters affecting radionuclide mobility and migration.

CONTENTS

Overview of radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment. Part 1 Radionuclide chemistry in the natural environment: Fundamentals of aquatic chemistry relevant to radionuclide behaviour in the environment; Aquatic chemistry of the actinides: Aspects relevant to their environmental behaviour; Aquatic chemistry of long-lived mobile fission and activation products in the context of deep geological disposal; Impacts of humic substances on the geochemical behaviour of radionuclides; Impacts of microorganisms on radionuclides in contaminated environments and waste materials. Part 2 Radionuclide migration: Hydrogeological features relevant to radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Radionuclide retention at solid/liquid interfaces in the natural environment; Radionuclide migration: Coupling transport and chemistry; Impact of colloidal transport on radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Natural analogues of nuclear waste repositories: Studies and their implications for the development of radionuclide migration models; Studying radionuclide migration on different scales: The complimentary roles of laboratory and in situ experiments; Radionuclide transfer processes in the biosphere. Part 3 Environmental impact and remediation: Modelling radionuclide transport in the environment and calculating radiation doses; Quantitative assessment of radionuclide migration from near-surface radioactive waste burial sites: The waste dumps in the Chernobyl exclusion zone as an example; Remediation of sites contaminated by radionuclides; Safety assessment of nuclear waste repositories: A radionuclide migration perspective.

744 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 132 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 719 4 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091321

‘This book covers the range of nuclear reactors and provides comprehensive and systematic information on the relevant nuclear corrosion mechanisms, science and engineering.’

Nuclear decommissioning Planning, execution and international experience

‘This excellent book describes the entire process of decommissioning, from planning to management to completion, in a clear and comprehensive manner.’

Shelly Mobbs, Eden Nuclear and Environment, UK

Nuclear corrosion science and engineering reviews the fundamentals of nuclear corrosion, looking at the different types of both aqueous and non-aqueous corrosion mechanisms and the nuclear materials susceptible to attack from them, along with applicable monitoring and control methodologies and modelling and lifetime prediction tools. This book also explores corrosion issues across the range of current and next-generation nuclear reactors, as well as nuclear fuel and radioactive waste facilities.

Over the course of their operational life, a variety of components in both nuclear power plants and other civilian nuclear facilities will become contaminated by irradiation from the radioactive sources present. Once these power plants or facilities have come to the end of their operational lifetime, the need to decommission and decontaminate them arises.

Nuclear decommissioning critically reviews the decommissioning and decontamination processes and technologies available for rehabilitating sites used for nuclear power generation and civilian nuclear facilities, from fundamental issues and best practices, to procedures and technology, and onto decommissioning and decontamination case studies.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Professor Tetsuo Shoji, Long-term Materials Reliability Laboratory, Fracture and Reliability Research Institute, Tohoku University, Japan

Part 1 Introduction to corrosion in nuclear power applications: Overview of corrosion engineering, science and technology; Overview of nuclear materials and nuclear corrosion science and engineering; Understanding and mitigating corrosion in nuclear reactor systems.

Part 2 Aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: General corrosion in nuclear reactor components and nuclear waste disposal systems; Environmentally assisted cracking (EAC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Irradiation assisted corrosion and stress corrosion cracking (IAC/ IASCC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Flow assisted corrosion (FAC) in nuclear power plant components; Microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC) in nuclear power plant systems and components. Part 3 Non-aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: High-temperature oxidation in nuclear reactor systems; Liquid metal corrosion in nuclear reactor and accelerator driven systems. Part 4 Corrosion monitoring and control in nuclear power applications: Electrochemical techniques for monitoring and controlling corrosion in water-cooled nuclear reactor systems; On line electrochemical monitoring in light water nuclear reactor (LWR) systems; Modelling corrosion in nuclear power plant systems; Lifetime prediction techniques for nuclear power plant systems. Part 5 Corrosion issues in current nuclear reactors and applications: Corrosion issues in pressurized water reactor (PWR) systems; Intergranular stress corrosion cracking (IGSCC) in boiling water reactors; Corrosion issues in pressurised heavy water reactor (PHWR/CANDU) systems; Corrosion issues in water-cooled water-moderated energetic reactor (WWER) systems; Corrosion issues in nuclear fuel reprocessing plants. Part 6 Corrosion issues in next generation nuclear reactors and advanced applications: Corrosion issues in high temperature gas cooled reactor (HTR) systems; Corrosion issues in sodium-cooled fast reactor (SFR) systems; Corrosion issues in lead-cooled fast reactor (LFR) and accelerator driven systems (ADS); Corrosion issues in molten salt reactor (MSR) systems; Corrosion issues in supercritical water reactor (SCWR) systems; Corrosion issues in thermonuclear fusion reactors and facilities; Corrosion issues of radioactive waste packages in geological disposal systems.

1072 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 765 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 534 3 £242.50/US$400.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697655

Introduction to nuclear decommissioning: Definitions and history. Part 1 Planning: Fundamental issues in starting a nuclear decommissioning process: Overview of nuclear decommissioning principles and approaches; Nuclear decommissioning policy, infrastructure, strategies and project planning; Financing and economics of nuclear facility decommissioning; Characterisation of radioactive materials in redundant nuclear facilities: Key issues for the decommissioning plan; Managing the transition from operation to decommissioning of a nuclear facility; Nuclear decommissioning project organization, management and human resources; Public engagement and stakeholder consultation in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radiological protection in the decommissioning of nuclear facilities: Safety, regulations and licensing; Nuclear facility design and operation to facilitate decommissioning: Lessons learned. Part 2 Execution: Nuclear decommissioning processes and technologies, radioactive waste management, site rehabilitation and cleanup: Safe enclosure and entombment strategies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Dismantling and demolition processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Decontamination processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Remote operation and robotics technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radioactive waste management in nuclear decommissioning projects; Environmental remediation and restoration technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Site clearance and licence termination in nuclear decommissioning projects; Reuse and redevelopment of decommissioned nuclear sites: Strategies and lessons learned. Part 3 International experience: Nuclear decommissioning applications and case studies: Decommissioning of Russian-type water-cooled watermoderated nuclear reactors (WWERs); Decommissioning of gas cooled nuclear reactors (GCRs); Decommissioning of nuclear fuel cycle facilities; Decommissioning of small nuclear facilities: Industrial, medical and research facilities; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Dounreay, UK; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Idaho National Laboratory, USA; Information management for nuclear decommissioning projects.

856 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 115 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 533 6 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091154

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

81

High temperature materials and power generation Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes

Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment

Edited by A Alonso, Madrid Polytechnic University, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 28 ‘This book provides guidance on the principles on which appropriate radiation protection can be based.’

‘Readers from nuclear power industries would find the analysis of the environmental impacts of nuclear installations interesting.’

Materials World The potential development of any nuclear power programme requires a rigorous justification process built upon an objective infrastructure, reviewing the substantial regulatory, economic and technical information required to appropriately decide upon implementation of such a long-term commitment. Both new entrants and those countries wishing to renovate their nuclear fleets after a moratorium will need to develop and apply appropriate infrastructures to review the justification of the potential use of nuclear power. This book provides a comprehensive review of the infrastructure and methodologies required to justify the implementation of nuclear power programmes in any country choosing to review this path.

CONTENTS

Overview of infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes. Part 1 Infrastructure of nuclear power programmes: The lifecycle of a nuclear power plant; The role of government in establishing the framework for nuclear power programmes; Regulatory requirements and practices in nuclear power programmes; Responsibilities of the nuclear operator in nuclear power programmes; The need for human resources in nuclear power programmes; National technical capability development in nuclear power programmes. Part 2 Justification of nuclear power programmes: Application of the justification principle to nuclear power development; Available and advanced nuclear technologies for nuclear power programmes; Nuclear safety in nuclear power programmes; Radiation protection in nuclear power programmes; Emergency planning in nuclear power programmes; Non-proliferation safeguards in nuclear power programmes; Spent fuel and radioactive waste management in nuclear power programmes; The economics of nuclear power: Past, present and future aspects; Social impacts and public perception of nuclear power; Environmental impacts and assessment in nuclear power programmes.

Part 3 Development of nuclear power programmes: Site selection and evaluation for nuclear power plants; Bid invitation in nuclear power plant procurement; Licensing for nuclear power plant siting, construction and operation; Quality assurance during design, construction and operation of nuclear power plants; Commissioning of nuclear power plants (NNPs); Operational safety of nuclear power plants; Decommissioning of nuclear power plants (NPPs).

1024 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 973 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 377 6 £242.50/US$400.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699734

82

Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologies

Edited by K L Nash, Washington State University and G J Lumetta, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 2

Advanced separation technology is key to closing the nuclear fuel cycle and relieving future generations from the burden of radioactive waste produced by the nuclear power industry. Nuclear fuel reprocessing allows for reuse of useful fuel components for further power generation, while the separation of actinides, lanthanides and other fission products means that residual radioactive waste can be minimised. The future of the nuclear industry relies on the advancement of this technology to ensure environmental protection, criticality-safety and non-proliferation. Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment provides a comprehensive and timely reference on the fundamental issues of radioactive materials separations, with critical reviews of established and emerging techniques.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of radioactive materials separations processes: Chemistry, engineering and safeguards: Chemistry of radioactive materials in the nuclear fuel cycle; Physical and chemical properties of actinides in nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities; Chemical engineering for advanced aqueous radioactive material separations; Spectroscopic on-line monitoring for process control and safeguarding of radiochemical streams in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Safeguards technology for radioactive materials processing and nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities. Part 2 Separation and extraction processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Standard and advanced separation: PUREX processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing; Alternative separation and extraction: UREX+ processes for actinide and targeted fission product recovery; Advanced reprocessing for fission product separation and extraction; Combined processes for high level radioactive waste separations: UNEX and other extraction processes.

Part 3 Emerging and innovative techniques in nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Nuclear engineering for pyrochemical treatment of spent nuclear fuels; Development of highly selective compounds and processes for solvent extraction of long-lived radionuclides from spent nuclear fuels; Developments in the partitioning and transmutation of radioactive waste; Solid-phase extraction technology for actinide and lanthanide separations in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Emerging separation techniques: Supercritical fluid and ionic liquid extraction techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment; Development of biological treatment processes for the separation and recovery of radioactive wastes.

Edited by M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 12 ‘A comprehensive and valuable reference book written by a team of outstanding experts, dealing with one of the most critical aspects of nuclear power generation: the safe and sound management of the radioactive waste.’

Dr Rudolf Burcl, European Commission, JRC - Institute for Energy, Petten, The Netherlands ‘Woodhead Publishing has commissioned recognized world experts in reporting on the latest radioactive waste conditioning technologies for this valuable new book.’

Gary A. Benda, Deputy Managing Director and Chairman, Program Advisory Committee, WM Symposia, USA Radioactive wastes are generated from a wide range of sources presenting a variety of challenges in dealing with a diverse set of radionuclides of varying concentrations.

Conditioning technologies are essential for the encapsulation and immobilisation of these radioactive wastes, forming the initial engineered barrier required for their transportation, storage and disposal. The need to ensure the long term performance of radioactive waste forms is a key driver in the development of advanced conditioning technologies. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the various options available as well as those under development for the treatment and immobilisation of radioactive wastes.

CONTENTS

Radioactive waste characterisation. Part 1 Radioactive waste treatment processes and conditioning technologies: Compaction processes; Incineration and plasma processes; Application of inorganic cements; Calcination and vitrification processes; Historical development of glass and ceramic waste forms for high level radioactive wastes; Decommissioning of nuclear facilities and environmental remediation. Part 2 Advanced materials and technologies for the immobilisation of radioactive wastes: Geopolymers; Glass matrices; Ceramic matrices; Development of waste packages: French experience; Development and use of metal containers. Part 3 Long-term performance assessment and knowledge management techniques: Failure mechanisms of nuclear waste forms; Long-term performance models; Knowledge management techniques.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 626 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 095 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696269

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 501 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 227 4 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695019

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants Materials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM) Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 4 ‘A very useful compilation of international information and perspectives on the long term operation of nuclear power plants. I plan to keep this book as a key reference for my on-going work in nuclear plant life management.’

Garry G. Young, IAEA Technical Working Group – Life Management of Nuclear Power Plants, USA ‘Since PLiM is the bridge between 20th- and 21stcentury nuclear power technology, this comprehensive book is a must-have reference for professionals responsible for the safe and profitable operation of current nuclear power plants.’

Professor Péter Trampus, University of Debrecen, Hungary ‘Provides comprehensive information for those engaged in keeping exisiting plants running safely.’

Andrei Blahoianu, Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission, Canada Plant life management (PLiM) is a safety-based methodology for the management of nuclear power plants over their entire lifetime. It is used by plant operators and regulators to assess the condition of nuclear power plants, and to establish the technical and economic requirements for safe, long-term operation.

This book discusses the fundamental ageing-degradation mechanisms that affect nuclear power plant structures, systems and components (SSC), along with relevant analysis modelling methods and mitigation paths. Coverage of plant maintenance and replacement routes is extended through chapters on the development of advanced materials and components, as well as through reactor-type specific PLiM practices.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to PLiM: Nuclear energy, materials and operations; Key elements of PLiM for long-term operation; Safety regulations and license renewal; Probabilistic and deterministic safety assessment; Socio-economic impacts.

Part 2 Ageing degradation of irradiated materials in systems, structures and components: Failure prevention and analysis; Operational loads and creep-, fatigue- and corrosion-interactions; Microstructure evolution of irradiated structural materials; Stress corrosion cracking in light-water reactors (LWR); Void swelling and irradiation creep in LWRs; Irradiation hardening and materials embrittlement in LWRs; Reactor pressure vessel (RPV) annealing and mitigation. Part 3 Analysis of materials and advanced SSC: Characterisation of irradiated and ageing materials; On-line and real-time corrosion monitoring; Multi-scale modelling of irradiation effects; Instrumentation and control; Nanostructured materials. Part 4 PLiM practices in nuclear power plants: PWR; WWER; BWR; PHWR; SFR; Magnox/AGR; Outlook.

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 511 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 995 6 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695118

Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive waste Edited by J Ahn, University of California, Berkeley and M J Apted, INTERA Inc., USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 9 ‘An unprecedented book reviewing every technologically important element of the back-end of the nuclear fuel cycle.’

Dr. A Suzuki, Nuclear Safety Commission, Japan ‘Provides an urgently needed worldwide overview on the disposal of radioactive waste.’

Prof. em. Dr.-Ing Kühn, GSF and Clausthal University of Technology, Germany ‘A very valuable and useful work, since in addition to scientific and technological issues, the book draws attention to the critical role of independent regulatory review and social engagement, which are vital to the successful implementation of geological repository systems.’

Dr Tero Varjoranta, Radiation and Nuclear Safety Authority, STUK, Finland The long term safety of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste materials must be assured without active human oversight, based on the requirement that we do not pass the burden of nuclear waste onto future generations.

Geological disposal systems and technology, utilising both natural geological barriers and engineered barrier systems, have been developed to isolate nuclear wastes from the human environment. This book critically reviews state-of-the-art technologies, scientific methods and engineering practices directly related to the design, operation and safety of geological repositories.

CONTENTS

RENEWABLE POWER GENERATION NEW Advances in batteries for medium and large-scale energy storage Types and applications Edited by C Menictas, M Skyllas-Kazacos, University of New South Wales, Australia and L T Mariana, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 67

As energy produced from renewable sources is increasingly integrated into the electricity grid, interest in energy storage technologies for grid stabilisation is growing.This book reviews advances in battery technologies and applications for medium and large-scale energy storage. Chapters address advances in nickel, sodium and lithium-based batteries.

Other chapters review other emerging battery technologies such as metal-air batteries and flow batteries. The final section of the book discuses design considerations and applications of batteries in remote locations and for gridscale storage.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Economics of batteries for medium and largescale energy storage. Part 1 Types of battery: Nickel-based batteries; Molten salt batteries; Lithium-ion batteries; Zinc-based flow batteries; Polysulfide-bromide flow batteries; Vanadium-based flow batteries; Iron chromium flow batteries; Aluminium-ion batteries. Part 2 Design and applications: Advances in membrane and stack design for flow batteries; Modelling battery design for medium and large-scale energy storage; Batteries for remote area power supply systems; Applications of batteries for grid-scale storge.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 013 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 022 4 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420132

Part 1 Introduction: Multiple-barrier geological repository design and operation strategies; Spent nuclear fuel recycling practices and impacts; Near-surface, intermediate depth and borehole disposal; Underground research facilities and rock laboratories. Part 2 Geological repository systems: Crystalline systems; Clay systems; Assessing long-term stability; Far-field process analysis and radionuclide transport modelling. Part 3 Engineered barrier systems: Immobilisation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Low-pH concretes; Smectitic buffer and backfill; Near-field processes, evolution and assessment; Nuclear waste canisters, corrosion and long-term performance; Post-containment performance. Part 4 Performance assessment: Safety assessment for deep geological disposal; Safety assessment for near-surface disposal; Treatment of uncertainty in the performance assessment; Assessment of expert judgments; Knowledge management systems. Part 5 Radiation protection, regulation and social engagement: Radiation protection principles and standards; Risk-informed, performance-based regulations; Environmental monitoring programs and public engagement; Methods for social dialogue.

792 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 542 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 978 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695422

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

83

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Advances in thermal energy storage systems Methods and applications Edited by L F Cabeza, University of Lleida, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 66

Thermal energy storage (TES) technologies store thermal energy (both heat and cold) so it can be used when required, rather than at the time of production. They are therefore important counterparts to various intermittent renewable energy generation methods and also provide a way of valorising waste process heat and reducing the energy demand of buildings. This book provides an authoritative overview of this key area. Part one reviews sensible heat storage technologies. Part two covers latent and thermochemical heat storage respectively. The final section addresses applications in heating and energy systems.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Sensible heat storage: Advances in molten salt and other liquid sensible storage systems; Advances in the use of solid storage media; Aquifer, cavern and pit thermal energy storage; Borehole thermal energy storage; Modeling of underground thermal energy systems (UTES). Part 2 Latent and thermochemical heat storage: Using snow and ice for thermal energy storage; Solid-liquid phase change materials (PCMs) for thermal energy storage; Encapsulation of phase change materials; Design of latent heat storage systems using PCMs; Integrating PCMs into buildings; Sorption systems for heat storage; Chemical reactions for thermal energy storage; Modelling of thermochemocal systems for energy. Part 3 Applications: Designing and operating thermal energy storage systems; Thermal energy storage systems for domestic housing; Thermal energy systems for district heating; Thermal energy storage systems using energy from waste; Thermal energy storage for concentrating solar power systems; Thermal energy storage in geenhouse systems; Thermal energy storage in energy transportation.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 088 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 096 5 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420880

NEW Palladium membrane technology for hydrogen production, carbon capture and other applications

NEW Superconductors in the power grid

Edited by A Doukelis, K Panopoulos, A Koumanakos and E Kakaras, National Technical University of Athens, Greece

Edited by C Rey, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 68

Superconductors offer high throughput with low electric losses and have the potential to transform the electric power grid.

Transmission networks incorporating cables of this type could, for example, deliver more power and enable substantial energy savings. This book provides an overview of superconductors and their applications in power grids. Sections address the design and engineering of cable systems and fault current limiters and other emerging applications for superconductors in the power grid, as well as case studies of industrial applications of superconductors in the power grid.

Thanks to their outstanding hydrogen selectivity, palladium membranes have attracted extensive R&D interest. They are a potential breakthrough technology for hydrogen production and also have promising applications in the areas of thermochemical biorefining. This book summarises key research in palladium membrane technologies, with particular focus on the scale-up challenges.

After an introductory chapter, Part one reviews the fabrication of palladium membranes. Part two then focuses on palladium membrane module and reactor design. The final part of the book reviews the operation of palladium membranes for synthesis gas/hydrogen production, carbon capture and other applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fabrication of palladium-based membranes: Magnetron sputtering fabrication techniques; Electroless plating; Fabrication of supported palladium alloy membranes; Self-supported membranes. Part 2 Palladium membrane module and reactor design: Sealing system design; Module design; Reactor design; Modelling of palladium membrane reactors. Part 3 Palladium membranes for carbon capture, hydrogen production and other applications: Carbon capture using palladium membranes; palladium membrane fuel reformer technology; Palladium membranes in thermochemical biorefining.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 234 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 241 9 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422341

Materials and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 65

CONTENTS

Introduction: The electricity power grid and the need for high temperature superconductors (HTS). Part 1 Materials: BSCCO superconducting cables and wires; Second generation coated superconducting cables and wires; Optimising flux-pinning in second generation superconductors. Part 2 Design and engineering: High temperature superconducting cable architecture; High temperature superconducting cable cooling systems; Measuring and modelling cable performance; Fault current limiters. Part 3 Applications: Superconducting generators and motors; Superconducting magnetic energy storage; Superconducting flywheel energy storage; Implementing superconductors in the power grid: The case of China; Implementing superconductors in the power grid: The case of Korea.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 029 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 037 8 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420293

Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems

Materials for fuel cells

Technology, energy storage and applications

Edited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland

Edited by J K Kaldellis, TEI of Piraeus, Greece

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 13 ‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies. …a vivid account of the lifecycle assessment and recyclability of fuel cell materials is provided.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction: Materials challenges in fuel cells: Materials basics for fuel cells; Alkaline fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Direct methanol fuel cells; Phosphoric acid fuel cells; Molten carbonate fuel cells; Solid oxide fuel cells; Regenerative fuel cells; Novel fuel cells and materials; Performance degradation and failure mechanisms of fuel cell materials; Recyclability and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 6 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental science and engineering: Overview of stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems; Overview of energy storage technologies; Design and performance optimisation; Feasibility assessment. Part 2 Development of energy systems and energy storage technology: Stand-alone wind; Hybrid wind-diesel; Hybrid wind-photovoltaic; Hybrid wind-hydrogen; Hybrid wind-hydropower; Electro-chemical energy storage; Flywheel energy storage; Compressed air energy storage. Part 3 Applications: Integration into remote micro-grids; Integration into buildings; Desalination.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 527 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 962 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695279

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 330 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 483 8 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693305

84

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Advances in hydrogen production, storage and distribution

NEW Advances in biorefineries Biomass and waste supply chain exploitation

Edited by A Basile and A Iulianelli, ITM-CNR, Italy

Edited by K W Waldron, Institute for Food Research, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 63

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 53

The transition to a hydrogen economy is considered by many as key to reducing greenhouse gas emissions and increasing energy security. Advances in hydrogen production, storage and distribution provides a review of developments in this dynamic area. Chapters review the production of hydrogen using electrolysis and photocatalytic methods as well as the use of membrane reactors. The book also discusses the challenges of creating an infrastructure to store and distribute hydrogen for such applications as transport.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Hydrogen production techniques: Hydrogen production from fossil fuel and biomass feedstocks; Portable and smallscale stationary hydrogen production from micro-reactor systems; Hydrogen production from water electrolysis; Development of a photo-electrochemical reactor to convert carbon dioxide into methanol for biorefining; Photocatalytic production of hydrogen; Bioengineering algae as a source of hydrogen. Part 2 Hydrogen production using membrane reactors: Hydrogen production using inorganic membrane reactors; Measuring hydrogen embrittlement in vanadium, niobium and other group 5 metals used for hydrogen separation and purification; Permeable metal membranes for hydrogen separation and purification. Part 3 Hydrogen storage and distribution: Hydrogen storage and distribution; Hydrogen storage in hydride-forming materials; Hydrogen as a fuel in transportation. Key challenges in the development of an infrastructure for hydrogen production, delivery, storage and use.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 768 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 773 6 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097682

Solid oxide fuel cell technology Principles, performance and operations K Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 11 ‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’ ‘…a well written, well researched, comprehensive text.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Thermodynamics of the SOFC; Electronic properties of solids for SOFCs; Transport of charged particles in a SOFC; Oxideion electrolytes in SOFCs; Current, gas flow, utilization, and energy balance in a SOFC; Voltage losses in a SOFC; Direct current (DC) electrical efficiency and power of a SOFC; Performance characterization techniques for a SOFC and its components; Steam methane reforming and carbon formation in SOFCs; Poisoning of SOFC electrodes; Materials for SOFCs.

340 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 628 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 651 1 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696283

This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the advanced biomass recovery and conversion processes used in biorefineries. The first part of the book reviews developments in biorefining process, followed by a review of different types of biorefinery platform. The second half of the book discusses the wide range of added value products from biorefineries, from biofuel to biolubricants and bioadhesives.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Development and optimisation of biorefining processes: Green chemistry and biorefineries: An overview; Techno-economic assessment (TEA) of biorefineries; Biorefinery plant design; Separation technologies; Catalytic processes; Enzymatic processes; Biomass pretreatment.

Part 2 Types of biorefinery: Bioethanol fuel-focussed biorefineries; Cereal based biorefineries; Grass/foragebased biorefineries; Glycerol-based biorefineries. Part 3 Biofuels and other added value products from biorefineries: Liquid biofuels in internal combustion engines; Biodiesel; Biomethane and bio-hydrogen production; Biochar; Biolubricants; Bio-based nutraceuticals from biorefining; Carbohydrate conversion and use; Lignin conversion and use; Lipid and wax conversion and use; Protein conversion and use; Bioadhesives; Bio-based animal feed; Biomass for composites and building materials.

810 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 521 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 738 5 Approx. £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095213

Solid-state hydrogen storage Materials and chemistry Edited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Hydrogen storage technologies; Hydrogen futures: Emerging technologies for hydrogen storage and transport; Hydrogen containment materials; Solid-state hydrogen storage system design. Part 2 Analysing hydrogen interactions: Structural characterisation of hydride materials; Neutron scattering techniques for analysing solidstate hydrogen storage; Reliably measuring hydrogen uptake in storage materials; Modelling of carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Physically bound hydrogen storage: Storage of hydrogen in zeolites; Carbon nanostructures for hydrogen storage; Metal-organic framework materials for hydrogen storage. Part 4 Chemically bound hydrogen storage: Intermetallics for hydrogen storage; Magnesium hydride for hydrogen storage; Alanates as hydrogen storage materials; Borohydrides as hydrogen storage materials; Imides and amides as hydrogen storage materials; Multicomponent hydrogen storage systems; Organic liquid carriers for hydrogen storage; Indirect hydrogen storage in metal ammines; Conclusion: Technological challenges in hydrogen storage.

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 270 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 494 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692704

NEW Introduction to advanced renewable energy systems S C Bhatia, Consultant Renewable energy is a natural energy which does not have a limited supply. Renewable energy can be used again and again and will never run out. Renewable energy is derived from natural processes that are replenished constantly. In its various forms, it derives directly from the sun, or from heat generated deep within the earth.

Included in the definition is electricity and heat generated from solar, wind, ocean, hydropower, biomass, geothermal resources, and biofuels and hydrogen derived from renewable resources. The book is a complete treatise on renewable energy sources and also includes issues relating to biofuels. It aims to serve as a text for the undergraduate and postgraduate students in relevant disciplines and a reference for all the professionals in the related fields.

CONTENTS

Energy resources and their utilization; Solar radiations, solar devices and solar thermal energy nanotechnology; Solar photovoltaic system; Energy consuming and converting equipment; Wind energy; Hydroelectric power; Tide, wave and ocean energy; Geothermal power generations; Biofuelsbiomass, ethanol, biodiesel and bio-hydrogen; Algae fuel for future; Nanotech biofuels and fuel additives.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 269 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 273 0 Approx. £115.00/US$190.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782422693

Bioalcohol production Biochemical conversion of lignocellulosic biomass Edited by K W Waldron, Institute of Food Research, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 3 CONTENTS

Part 1 Pretreatment and fractionation: Hydrothermal pretreatment; Thermochemical pretreatment; Key features of pretreated biomass solids and impact on hydrolysis; Solvent fractionation. Part 2 Hydrolysis (saccharification): Acid hydrolysis; Enzymatic hydrolysis; Cellulases for enzymatic hydrolysis. Part 3 Fermentation and separation: Integrated hydrolysis, fermentation and co-fermentation; Co-fermentation challenges using baker’s yeast; Separation and purification. Part 4 Monitoring and modelling: Analytical monitoring of pretreatment and hydrolysis; On-line monitoring of fermentation; Modelling hydrolysis and fermentation. Part 5 Life-cycle assessment of and multiple products: Environmental life cycle assessment (LCA); Chemical production; Production of longer-chain alcohols.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 510 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 961 1 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695101

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

85

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Gasification for synthetic fuel production

NEW Membranes for clean and renewable power applications

NEW Advances in wind turbine blade design and materials

Fundamentals, processes and applications

Edited by A Gugliuzza and A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy

Edited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands

Edited by R Luque, Universidad de Córdoba, Spain and J Speight, Consultant, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 69

Gasification involves the conversion of carbon sources without combustion to syngas, which can be used as a fuel itself or further processed to synthetic fuels. The technology provides a potentially more efficient means of energy generation than direct combustion.

This book provides an overview of gasification science and engineering and the production of synthetic fuels by gasification from a variety of feedstocks. Part one introduces gasification, reviewing the scientific basis of the process and gasification engineering. Part two then addresses gasification and synthentic fuel production processes. Finally, chapters in part three outline the different applications of gasification, with chapters on the conversion of different types of feedstock.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of gasification science and engineering: Gasification and synthetic liquid fuel production: An overview; Gasifier types; Feedstock preparation and handling; Life cycle assessment. Part 2 Gasification processes and technology for synthetic fuels: Gasification processes; Syngas and hydrogen production; Synthetic liquid fuel production; Fuel analysis and quality control; Process modelling. Part 3 Application of gasification for fuel production: Coal gasification; Heavy hydrocarbon gasification; Trends in gasification.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 802 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 808 5 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098023

Materials for energy conversion devices Edited by C C Sorrell, J Nowotny, University of New South Wales, Australia and S Sugihara, Shonan Institute of Technology, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 13

The development and deployment of membrane technologies continues to advance thanks to innovative materials and novel engineering approaches. This comprehensive and systematic reference work charts the progress of membrane usage in clean and renewable power production, including coverage of their utilisation in advanced biofuel processing, novel and scalable fuel cells, and advanced solar, water and wind applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: An introduction to the utilization of membrane technology in the production of clean and renewable power; Combining membrane processes with renewable energy technologies: Perspectives on membrane desalination, biofuels and biogas production, and microbial fuel cells. Part 2 Membranes for biofuel production and processing: Membrane processes for biofuel separation: an introduction; Membranes and membrane reactors for the production of second generation biofuels; Membrane reactors for biodiesel production. Part 3 Membranes for syngas, hydrogen and oxygen production and processing: Steam reforming of biofuels for the production of hydrogenrich gas; Perovskite membrane reactors: Fundamentals and applications for oxygen production, syngas production and hydrogen processing; Environmental analysis of hydrogenmethane blends for transportation. Part 4 Membranes for fuel cells: Ceramic membranes for intermediate temperature solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC): state-of-the-art and perspectives; Microbial fuel cells: transformation of wastes into clean energy; Direct bioethanol fuel cells. Part 5 Membranes integrated with solar and wind energy and for water-related applications: Membrane technologies for solar-hydrogen production; Membrane technologies for solar-desalination plants; Membrane technologies for the storage as methane of energy generated by wind power and other renewable sources; Forward osmosis: Introduction and applications for wastewater processing, energy conservation and energy generation.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 545 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 865 8 Approx. £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095459

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 8 CONTENTS

Part 1 Solar energy conversion: Materials for solar cells; Materials for photoelectrochemical devices; Photosensitive materials; Defect disorder, transport and photoelectrochemical properties of TiO2. Part 2 Electrochemical energy conversion: Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Solid oxide fuel cells; Fast ionic conductors; Oxygen ionic conductor; Defect chemistry of ternary oxides; Surface properties of ionic conductors; Interface mass transport in oxide materials; Solid-state electrochemical gas sensors for emission control. Part 3 Thermoelectrical and nuclear energy conversion: Introduction to thermoelectricity; The measurement of thermoelectricity; Environmentally-friendly hydrogen generation by nuclear energy; Immobilisation of high-level radioactive waste from nuclear reactor fuel.

428 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 091 5 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739321

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 47

Advances in wind turbine blade design and materials provides a comprehensive review of the design and functionality of wind turbine rotor blades as well as the requirements and challenges for composite materials used in wind turbine blade design. This book is an invaluable reference for materials scientists and engineers, wind turbine blade manufacturers and maintenance technicians, scientists, researchers and academics. The first part of the book outlines the challenges and developments in wind turbine blade design. A second group of chapters discusses the fatigue behaviour of composite wind turbine blades, and the final section describes advances in wind turbine blade materials, development and testing.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Wind turbine blade design: Challenges and developments: Introduction to wind turbine blade design; Loads on wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic design of wind turbine rotors; Characteristics of wind turbine blade airfoils; Aeroelastic design of wind turbine blades. Part 2 Fatigue behaviour of composite wind turbine blades: Fatigue as a design driver for composite wind turbine blades; Effects of resin and reinforcement variations on fatigue resistance of wind turbine blades; Fatigue life prediction of wind turbine blade composite materials; Micromechanical modelling of wind turbine blade materials; Probabilistic design of wind turbine blades. Part 3 Advances in wind turbine blade materials, development and testing: Biobased composites: Materials, properties and potential applications as wind turbine blade materials; Surface protection and coatings for wind turbine rotor blades; Design, manufacture and testing of small wind turbine blades; Wind turbine blade structural performance testing.

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 426 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 728 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094261

Woodhead Publishing Online Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place the full collection of Woodhead e-books is available. Comprising over 1000 e-books and 17,000 chapters, the content provides an authoritative summary of key research, allowing readers to keep up-todate with major trends. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options.

Features

WOODHEAD

• Regularly updated with new content PUBLISHING • Fast and powerful search tools • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - no ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by Metapress To see how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

86

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 38

Advanced electricity transmission and distribution (T&D) network technologies are required to reduce losses, sustain higher network efficiency, and maintain power quality and security. Research in this field must also consider the increasing role and penetration of renewable and distributed generation, for which advanced electricity storage systems are required.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of electricity transmission and distribution: Introduction to transmission and distribution (T&D) networks: T&D infrastructure, reliability and engineering, regulation and planning; Transmission and distribution (T&D) network monitoring and control; Protection of transmission and distribution (T&D) networks; Integration of distributed energy resources to the grid. Part 2 Advances in materials and technologies for electricity transmission and distribution: Development of switchgear materials for transmission and distribution (T&D) networks; High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) electric power transmission systems; Modern flexible AC transmission system (FACTS) devices; Nanodielectrics and their role in power transmission applications; Superconducting power cables and fault current limiters. Part 3 Electricity storage technologies: Economic and environmental assessment of electricity storage systems; Materials and chemistry for nickel-based batteries; Redox flow batteries for medium- to large-scale energy storage; Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SEMS) systems.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 784 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 737 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697846

Handbook of biofuels production Processes and technologies Edited by R Luque, J Campelo, University of Córdoba, Spain and J Clark, University of York, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 15

NEW Waste to energy conversion technology

NEW Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering

Edited by N B Klinghoffer, Columbia University and M J Castaldi, City College of City University of New York, USA

Edited by L Rosendahl, Aalborg University, Denmark

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 29

Biomass utilisation represents an increasingly important source of low- or zero-carbon power generation. Developments in conventional power plant fuel-flexibility allow for both direct biomass combustion and co-firing with fossil-fuels, whilst the integration of advanced technologies facilitate conversion of a wide range of biomass feedstocks into more readily combustible fuel. Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering reviews the science and technology of biomass combustion, conversion and utilisation. Part one provides an introduction to biomass, supply chains and feedstocks, before part two goes on to explore biomass combustion and cofiring. Finally, large-scale biomass combustion and biorefineries are the focus of part three.

Increasing global consumerism and population has led to an increase in the levels of waste produced. Waste to energy (WTE) conversion technologies can be employed to convert residual wastes into clean energy, rather than sending these wastes directly to landfill.

Waste to energy conversion technology explores the systems, technology and impacts of waste to energy conversion. Part one provides an introduction to WTE conversion and reviews the waste hierarchy and WTE systems options along with the corresponding environmental, regulatory and technoeconomic issues facing this technology. Part two goes on to explore further specific aspects of WTE systems, engineering and technology.

Finally, part three highlights pollution control systems for waste to energy technologies.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to waste to energy conversion: Waste to energy (WTE): An introduction; Environmental and social impacts of waste to energy (WTE) conversion plants; Life cycle assessment (LCA) and its application to sustainable waste management; Feedstocks for waste to energy (WTE) systems: Types, properties and analysis. Part 2 Waste to energy systems, engineering and technology: Pre-processing and treatment of municipal solid waste (MSW) prior to incineration; Municipal solid waste (MSW) combustion plants; Waste firing in large combustion plants; Waste to energy (WTE) systems for district heating; Gasification and pyrolysis of municipal solid waste (MSW). Part 3 Pollution control systems for waste to energy technologies: Transformation of waste combustion facilities from major polluters to pollution sinks; Air quality equipment and systems for waste to energy (WTE) conversion plants.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 40

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction, supply chains and feedstock: Biomass combustion for power generation: An introduction; Biomass supply chains; Biomass feedstocks: Categorisation and preparation for combustion and gasification. Part 2 Biomass combustion and co-firing: Direct combustion of biomass; Biomass co-firing; Biomass gasification; Fast pyrolysis of biomass for the production of liquids; Intermediate pyrolysis of biomass. Part 3 Large-scale biomass combustion and biorefineries: Large-scale biomass combustion plants: An overview; Industrial-scale biomass combustion plants: Engineering issues and operation; Biorefineries: Increased value from biomass conversion.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 131 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 743 9 £150.00/US$250.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091314

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 011 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 636 4 £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090119

‘Strongly recommended as a comprehensive miniencyclopedia to all concerned with fossil fuel substitution, having a vision of energy sustainability.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Key issues of biofuels production: Introduction and overview; Multiple objectives policy: Life cycle sustainability assessment; Vegetable-based feedstocks. Part 2 Chemical and biochemical conversion: Chemical catalytic conversion; Biochemical catalytic production of biodiesel; Glycerolfree and alternative biodiesels; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Bioethanol production; Biobutanol production; Other bioalcohols; Biogas via anaerobic digestion; Hydrogen. Part 3 Thermal and thermo-chemical conversion: Bio-oils via catalytic pyrolysis; Fluid catalytic cracking; Bio-syngas and biohydrogen via gasification; Bioalcohols via gasification; Hydrothermal conversion; Fischer-Tropsch synthesis; Biomass reforming. Part 4 Integrated production and application of biofuels: Biorefineries; Valorisation of by-products; Utilisation in diesel engines.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 679 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 049 2 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696795

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

87

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Handbook of membrane reactors Volume 1: Fundamental materials science, design and optimisation Edited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 55

Membrane reactors (MRs) exploit advanced membrane materials to replace conventional industrial technologies across a wide range of applications, offering enhanced efficiency, adaptability and economic potential. There has therefore been increasing interest in membrane reactors from both the scientific and industrial communities, stimulating research and development. The two volumes of the Handbook of membrane reactors draw on this research to provide an authoritative review of this important field. Volume 1 explores fundamental materials science, design and optimisation, beginning with a consideration of polymeric, dense metallic and composite membranes for membrane reactors in part one. Part two then goes on to investigate zeolite, ceramic and carbon membranes and catalysts for membrane reactors in more depth. Finally, part three explores membrane reactor modelling, simulation and optimisation.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Polymeric, dense metallic and composite membranes for membrane reactors: Polymeric membranes for membrane reactors; Inorganic membrane reactors for hydrogen production: An overview with particular emphasis on dense metallic membrane materials; Palladium-based composite membranes for hydrogen separation in membrane reactors; Alternatives to palladium in membranes for hydrogen separation: Nickel, niobium and vanadium alloys, ceramic supports for metal alloys and porous glass membranes; Nanocomposite membranes for membrane reactors. Part 2 Zeolite, ceramic and carbon membranes and catalysts for membrane reactors: Zeolite membrane reactors; Dense ceramic membranes for membrane reactors; Porous ceramic membranes for membrane reactors; Microporous silica membranes: Fundamentals and applications in membrane reactors for hydrogen separation; Carbon-based membranes for membrane reactors; Advances in catalysts for membrane reactors. Part 3 Membrane reactor modelling, simulation and optimisation: Mathematical modelling of membrane reactors: Overview of strategies and applications for the modelling of a hydrogen-selective membrane reactor; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) analysis of membrane reactors: Simulation of single- and multi-tube palladium membrane reactors for hydrogen recovery from cyclohexane; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) analysis of membrane reactors: Simulation of a palladium-based membrane reactor in fuel cell microcogenerator system; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) analysis of membrane reactors: Modelling of membrane bioreactors for municipal wastewater treatment; Models of membrane reactors based on artificial neural networks and hybrid approaches; Assessment of the key properties of materials used in membrane reactors by quantum computational approaches; Non-equilibrium thermodynamics for the description of transport of heat and mass across a zeolite membrane.

696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 414 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 733 0 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094148

88

NEW Handbook of membrane reactors Volume 2: Reactor types and industrial applications Edited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 56 ‘… a complete review of the state-of-the art in MR, a careful organization and details for a lot of applications for MRs, … an excellent investment.’

Prof. Miguel Menéndez - International Journal of Hydrogen Energy (IJHE) Volume 2 reviews reactor types and industrial applications, beginning in part one with a discussion of selected types of membrane reactor. Part two goes on to explore the use of membrane reactors in chemical and largescale hydrogen production. Electrochemical devices and transport applications of membrane reactors are the focus of part three, before part four considers the use of membrane reactors in environmental engineering, biotechnology and medicine.

Finally, the book concludes with a discussion of the economic aspects of membrane reactors.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Selected types of membrane reactor and integration with industrial processes: Engineering aspects of membrane bioreactors; Membrane contactors: Fundamentals, membrane materials and key operations; Pervaporation membrane reactors; Multi-phase catalytic membrane reactors; Microreactors and membrane microreactors: Fabrication and applications; Photocatalytic membrane reactors: Fundamentals, membrane materials and operational issues; Integrating different membrane operations and combining membranes with conventional separation techniques in industrial processes. Part 2 Membrane reactors in chemical and large-scale hydrogen production from fossil fuels: Applications of dense ceramic membrane reactors in selected oxidation and dehydrogenation processes for chemical production; Chloralkali technology: Fundamentals, processes and materials for diaphragms and membranes; Use of membranes in systems for electric energy and hydrogen production from fossil fuels; Palladium-based membranes for hydrogen separation: Preparation, economic analysis and coupling with a water gas shift reactor; Membrane reactor for hydrogen production from natural gas at the Tokyo Gas Company: A case study; Integrating membranes into industrial chemical processes: A case study of steam reforming with membranes for hydrogen separation; Economic analysis of systems for electrical energy and hydrogen production: Fundamentals and application to two membrane reactor processes. Part 3 Electrochemical devices and transport applications of membrane reactors: Electrochemical devices for energy: Fuel cells and electrolytic cells; Palladium-based hollow cathode electrolysers for hydrogen production; Fuel cell vehicles (FCVs): State-of-the-art technologies, economic aspects and environmental concerns; Design and engineering of metallic membranes for on-board steam reforming of biofuels in transport applications. Part 4 Membrane reactors in environmental engineering, biotechnology and medicine: Membrane operations in wastewater treatment: Complexation reactions coupled with membranes, pervaporation and membrane bioreactors; Biocatalytic membrane reactors for the removal of recalcitrant and emerging pollutants from wastewater; Photocatalytic membrane reactors: Configurations, performance and applications in water treatment and chemical production; Biocatalytic membrane reactors: Principles, preparation and biotechnological, pharmaceutical and medical applications; Economic aspects of membrane bioreactors.

NEW Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems Edited by M Mueller, University of Edinburgh, UK and H Polinder, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 24

Wind turbine gearboxes present major reliability issues, leading to great interest in the current development of gearless direct-drive wind energy systems. Offering high-reliability, high-efficiency and lowmaintenance, developments in these directdrive systems point the way to the next generation of wind power, and Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems is an authoritative guide to their design, development and operation. Part one outlines electrical drive technology, beginning with an overview of electrical generators for direct drive systems and going on to review varied aspects of the principals of electrical design for these systems. Part two then focuses on wind and marine applications, including commercial overviews of wind turbine drive systems and direct drive wave energy conversion systems.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Electrical drive technology: Electrical generators for direct drive systems: A technology overview; Principles of electrical design of permanent magnet generators for direct drive renewable energy systems; Electrical, thermal and structural generator design and systems integration for direct drive renewable energy systems; An overview of power electronic converter technology for renewable energy systems; Power electronic converter systems for direct drive renewable energy applications. Part 2 Applications: Wind and marine: Wind turbine drive systems: A commercial overview; Case study of the permanent magnet direct drive generator in the Zephyros wind turbine; Direct drive wave energy conversion systems: An introduction; Case study of the Archimedes Wave Swing (AWS) direct drive wave energy pilot plant; Application of high temperature superconducting machines to direct drive renewable energy systems.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 783 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 749 1 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697839

968 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 415 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 734 7 £230.00/US$380.00/€275.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094155

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW The biogas handbook

Biolubricants

Science, production and applications

J C J Bart, S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy and E Gucciardi, ZSW, Germany

Edited by A Wellinger, Nova Energie, Switzerland, J Murphy, University College Cork, Ireland and D Baxter, Institute for Energy (IE), Joint Research Centre (JRC), The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 52

With pressure increasing to utilise wastes and residues effectively and sustainably, the production of biogas represents one of the most important routes towards reaching national and international renewable energy targets. The biogas handbook: Science, production and applications provides a comprehensive and systematic guide to the development and deployment of biogas supply chains and technology. Following a concise overview of biogas as an energy option, part one explores biomass resources and fundamental science and engineering of biogas production. Plant design, engineering, process optimisation and digestate utilisation are the focus of part two. Finally, part three discusses international experience and best practice in biogas utilisation, including a review of market development and biomethane certification schemes.

CONTENTS

Biogas as an energy option: An overview. Part 1 Biomass resources, feedstock treatment and biogas production: Biomass resources for biogas production; Analysis and characterisation of biogas feedstocks; Storage and pretreatment of substrates for biogas production; Fundamental science and engineering of the anaerobic digestion process for biogas production; Optimisation of biogas yields from anaerobic digestion by feedstock type; Anaerobicdigestion as a key technology for biomass valorization: Contribution to the energy balance of biofuel chains. Part 2 Plant design, engineering, process optimisation and digestate utilization: Design and engineering of biogas plants; Energy flows in biogas plants: Analysis and implications for plant design; Process control in biogas plants; Methane emissions in biogas production; Biogas digestate quality and utilization; Land application of digestate. Part 3 Biogas utilisation: International experience and best practice: Biogas cleaning; Biogas up-grading to biomethane; Biomethane feed-in into natural gas networks; Generation of heat and power from biogas for stationery applications: Boilers, gas engines and turbines, combined heat and power (CHP) plants and fuel cells; Biomethane for transport applications; Market development and certification schemes for biomethane.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 498 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 741 5 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094988

Science and technology

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 46

Biolubricants: Science and technology is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary and timely review of this important subject. The book starts by reviewing fossil and bio-based feedstock resources for biodegradable lubricants. Further chapters describe catalytic, (bio)chemical functionalisation processes for transformation of feed stocks into commercial products, product development, relevant legislation, life cycle assessment, major product groups and specific performance criteria in all major applications. Final chapters consider markets for biolubricants, issues to consider when selecting and using a lubricant, lubricant disposal and future trends.

CONTENTS

Renewable lubricants; Principles of lubrication; Lubricants: Properties and characteristics; The transition from reliance on fossil resources to biomass valorisation; Renewable feedstocks for lubricant production; Chemical transformations of renewable lubricant feedstocks; Formulating lubricating oils; Quality assurance of biolubricants; Legislation of relevance to lubricants; Biolubricant product development; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of lubricants; Biolubricant product groups and technological applications; Markets for biolubricants; Lubricant use and disposal; Advanced lubricant fluids; Epilogue: The outlook for biolubricant science and technology.

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 263 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 632 6 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092632

Biodiesel science and technology From soil to oil J C J Bart, University of Messina, N Palmeri, ISAB and S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 7 CONTENTS

Biodiesel as a renewable energy source; Development of non-food agricultural industries for biofuel applications; Oleochemical sources: Basic science, processing and applications of oils; Vegetable oil formulations for utilisation as biofuels; Feedstocks for biodiesel production; Emerging new energy crops for biodiesel production; Transesterification processes for biodiesel production from oils and fats; Biodiesel catalysis; Processes for biodiesel production from unrefined oils and fats; Biocatalytic production of biodiesel; Industrial process technology for biodiesel production; Analytical methods and standards for quality assurance in biodiesel production; Valorisation of the glycerol by-product from biodiesel production; Sustainability and use of biodiesel; Evolution of biodiesel and alternative diesel fuels; Epilogue: Outlook for biodiesel science and technology.

Concentrating solar power technology Principles, developments and applications Edited by K Lovegrove, IT Power Group, UK and W Stein, CSIRO Energy Centre, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 21 ‘The book is a valuable reference reflecting the current state of concentrating solar power technology. ...it is a must as a comprehensive reference to students, researchers and all those involved in the development, installation and operation of solar thermal and other associated plant and components.’

Solar Progress magazine Concentrating solar power (CSP) technology is poised to take its place as one of the major contributors to the future clean energy mix. Using straightforward manufacturing processes, CSP technology capitalises on conventional power generation cycles, whilst cost effectively matching supply and demand though the integration of thermal energy storage. Concentrating solar power technology provides a comprehensive review of this exciting technology, from the fundamental science to systems design, development and applications. Part one introduces fundamental principles and solar resources for concentrating solar power systems. Part two focuses on technology approaches and potential, before part three goes on to discuss optimisation, improvements and applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Introduction to concentrating solar power technology; Fundamental principles of concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Solar resources for concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Site selection and feasibility analysis for concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Socioeconomic and environmental assessment of concentrating solar power (CSP) systems. Part 2 Technology approaches and potential: Linear Fresnel reflector (LFR) technology; Parabolic-trough concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Central tower concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Parabolic dish concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Concentrating photovoltaic (CPV) systems and applications; Thermal energy storage systems for concentrating solar power (CSP) plants; Hybridization of concentrating solar power (CSP) with fossil fuel power plants; Integrating a Fresnel solar boiler into an existing coal-fired power plant: A case study; The long-term market potential of concentrating solar power (CSP) systems. Part 3 Optimisation, improvements and applications: Absorber materials for solar thermal receivers in concentrating solar power (CSP) systems; Optimisation of concentrating solar power (CSP) plant designs through integrated techno-economic modeling; Heliostat size optimisation for central receiver solar power plants; Heat flux and temperature measurement technologies for concentrating solar power (CSP); Concentrating solar technologies for industrial process heat and cooling; Solar fuels and industrial solar chemistry.

708 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 769 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 617 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697693

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 591 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 776 1 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695910

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

89

High temperature materials and power generation Functional materials for sustainable energy applications Edited by J A Kilner, S J Skinner, Imperial College, S J C Irvine, Glyndwr University and P P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 35

Global demand for low cost, efficient and sustainable energy production is ever increasing. Driven by recent discoveries and innovation in the science and technology of materials, applications based on functional materials are becoming increasingly important. Functional materials for sustainable energy applications provides an essential guide to the development and application of these materials in sustainable energy production. Part one reviews functional materials for solar power. Part two focuses on functional materials for hydrogen production and storage. Functional materials for fuel cells are then explored in part three. Part four considers functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage, before the book concludes in part five with an investigation into computer simulation studies of functional materials.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Functional materials for solar power: Silicon-based photovoltaic solar cells; Photovoltaic (PV) thin films for solar cells; Rapid, low temperature processing of dye sensitized solar cells; Thermophotovoltaic (TPV) devices: Introduction and modellings; Photoelectrochemical cells for hydrogen generation. Part 2 Functional materials for hydrogen production and storage: Reversible solid oxide electrolytic cells for large scale energy storage: Challenges and opportunities; Membranes, adsorbent materials and solvent-based materials for syngas and hydrogen production; Functional materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Functional materials for fuel cells: The role of the fuel in the operation, performance and degradation of fuel cells; Membrane electrode assemblies for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Developments in membranes, catalysts and membrane electrode assemblies for direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC); Electrolytes and ion conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel cathodes for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells; Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) materials; Proton conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC). Part 4 Functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage: Materials and techniques for energy harvesting; Lithium batteries: Current technologies and future trends. Part 5 Appendix.

724 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 059 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 637 1 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090591

Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology

Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology

Volume 1: Fundamentals and performance of low temperature fuel cells

Volume 2: In situ characterization techniques for low temperature fuel cells

Edited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 30 ‘I was impressed by the content and breadth of this detailed work.

This is a very informative work […] I would definitely recommend this book set for readers who are either experienced or new in this exciting field.’

Platinum Metals Review PEMFCs and DMFCs represent promising low-temperature electrochemical power generation technologies that operate on hydrogen and methanol respectively. These technologies have attracted intense worldwide commercialisation research and development efforts with a large element of these efforts directed at materials developments for fuel cell durability and long term operation. This two volume set presents a comprehensive and detailed review of the fundamentals, performance, and in situ characterisation of PEMFCs and DMFCs. Volume 1 covers the fundamental science and engineering of these types of fuel cell, and reviews routes to understand and improve upon fuel cell performance and operation.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology: Fuels and fuel processing for low temperature fuel cells; Membrane materials and technology for low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst and membrane technology for low temperature fuel cells; Gas diffusion media, flowfields and system aspects in low temperature fuel cells; Recycling and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials. Part 2 Performance issues in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Operation and durability of low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst ageing and degradation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Degradation and durability testing of low temperature fuel cell components; Microstructure reconstruction and transport simulation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Multi-scale modeling of two-phase transport in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Modelling and analysis of degradation phenomena in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Experimental monitoring techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 773 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 547 3 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697730

Edited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 31 ‘I was impressed by the content and breadth of this detailed work. This is a very informative work […] I would definitely recommend this book set for readers who are either experienced or new in this exciting field.’

Platinum Metals Review PEMFCs and DMFCs represent promising low-temperature electrochemical power generation technologies that operate on hydrogen and methanol respectively. These technologies have attracted intense worldwide commercialisation research and development efforts with a large element of these efforts directed at materials developments for fuel cell durability and long term operation. This two volume set presents a comprehensive and detailed review of the fundamentals, performance, and in situ characterisation of PEMFCs and DMFCs. Volume 2 reviews advanced in situ spectroscopic methods for fuel cell characterisation, applicable to the investigation of reaction kinetics and processes, water and fuel management, and local performance.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Advanced characterisation techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Extended X-ray absorption structure (EXAFS) technique for low temperature fuel cell characterisation; Advanced microscopy techniques for the characterisation of polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell components; Differential electrochemical mass spectrometry (DEMS) technique for direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; X-ray absorption near edge structure techniques for low temperature fuel cell characterisation. Part 2 Characterisation of water and fuel management in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Characterisation and modelling of interfaces in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Neutron radiography for high-resolution studies in low temperature fuel cells; Neutron radiography for the investigation of reaction patterns in direct methanol fuel cells; Neutron tomography for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Raman spectroscopy for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation.

Part 3 Locally resolved methods for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell characterisation: Submillimeter resolved transient techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation: Local in situ diagnostics for channel and land areas; Scanning electrochemical microscopy (SECM) in proton exchange membrane fuel cell research and development; Laser-optical methods for transport studies in low temperature fuel cells; Synchrotron radiography for high resolution transport and materials studies of low temperature fuel cells.

524 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 774 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 548 0 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697747

90

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Metropolitan sustainability

Advances in biodiesel production

Understanding and improving the urban environment

Processes and technologies

Edited by F Zeman, Royal Military College of Canada, Canada

Edited by R Luque, Universidad de Córdoba and J A Melero, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, Spain

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 34

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 39

Global populations have grown rapidly in recent decades, leading to ever-increasing demands for shelter, resources, energy and utilities. Coupled with the worldwide need to achieve lower impact buildings and conservation of resources, the need to achieve sustainability in urban environments has never been more acute. Metropolitan sustainability critically reviews the fundamental issues and applied science, engineering and technology that will enable all cities to achieve a greater level of metropolitan sustainability, and assist nations in meeting the needs of their growing urban populations.

Biodiesel is one of the main biofuels capable of substituting fossil fuel usage in compression ignition vehicles, and is used in a variety of fuel blends worldwide. Advances in biodiesel production, aimed at more sustainable and effective feedstock utilisation alongside improved processing routes for increased production efficiency and fuel quality, are critical to the future both of this industry and of the continued use of biodiesel fuels in transportation. This book provides a timely reference on the advances in the development of biodiesel fuels, production processes and technologies.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Part 1 Metropolitan sustainability: An introduction: A living city: Using urban metabolism analysis to view cities as life forms; Benefit cost analysis for environmental decision making: Using discounting to compare benefits and costs that occur at different points in time; Quantifying sustainability: Industrial ecology, materials flow and life cycle analysis; Separation of mixtures: Fundamentals and technologies. Part 2 Earth: Urban land use and the environmental impact of the built environment: The urban heat island effect: Causes and potential solutions; Redevelopment of brownfield sites; Urban agriculture: Opportunities and constraints; Buildingintegrated agriculture: A new approach to food production.

Part 3 Wind: Urban air pollution and emissions control: Metropolitan effects on atmospheric patterns: Important scales; The science of smog: A chemical understanding of ground level ozone and fine particulate matter; Air pollution in the urban atmosphere: Sources and consequences; Controlling emissions of pollutants in urban areas; Passive systems to improve air quality and reduce heat retention in the urban environment. Part 4 Water: Urban water resources, reuse and management: Integrated urban water management: Water use and reuse; Rainwater harvesting: using urban roof runoff for residential toilet flushing; Urban water supply: Modelling watersheds and treatment facilities; Water and wastewater treatment: Chemical processes; Water and wastewater treatment: Biological processes.

Part 5 Fire: Urban energy supply and management: Solar energy in the built environment: Powering the sustainable city; Wind energy in the built environment; The role of waste-to-energy in the urban infrastructure; Smart energy for cities: Decentralized supply resources and their link to the modern grid; Bioenergy for the urban environment.

Part 6 Sustainable urban development, transport and planning: Planning for more sustainable urban development; Sustainable urban transport planning; The psychological needs of city dwellers: Implications for sustainable urban planning; Possible futures for sustainable building design; Moving toward urban sustainability: Using lessons and legacies of the past; A vision of suburban sustainability: The Long Island Radically Rezoned project.

776 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 046 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 646 3 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090461

Part 1 Fundamental issues and assessment in advanced biodiesel production: Introduction to advanced biodiesel production; Life cycle sustainability assessment of second generation biodiesel; Socio-economic, environmental and policy perspectives of advanced biodiesel production; Feedstocks for advanced biodiesel production; Advances in biodiesel quality control, characterisation and standards development. Part 2 Advanced biodiesel production processes and technologies: Advances in biodiesel catalysts and processing technologies; Biodiesel from waste oils and fats; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Microalgae processing for biodiesel production; Valorization of the glycerol by-product of biodiesel production; Appendix supply chains, technoeconomic assessment and market development for second generation biodiesel.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 117 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 586 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091178

High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications

Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications Edited by A Basile, ITMCNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 25 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to membrane science and engineering: Fundamental membrane processes, science and engineering; Fundamental science of gas and vapour separation in polymeric membranes; Characterisation of membranes for energy and environmental applications; Economic analysis of membrane use in industrial applications. Part 2 Membranes for coal and gas power plants: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, synthesis gas processing and oxygen (O2) transport: Membrane technology for CO2 capture in power plants; Polymeric membranes for post-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for pre-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for synthesis gas processing; O2 transport membranes: Dense ceramic membranes for power plant applications. Part 3 Membranes for the petrochemical industry: Hydrocarbon fuel and natural gas processing, and advanced biofuels production: Membranes for hydrocarbon fuel processing and separation; Polymeric membranes for natural gas processing; Membranes for advanced biofuels production. Part 4 Membranes for alternative energy applications: Batteries, fuel cells and hydrogen (H2) production: Ion exchange membranes for vanadium redox flow batteries; Membranes for lithium batteries; Proton exchange membranes for fuel cells; Functional ceramic hollow fibre membranes for catalytic membrane reactors and solid oxide fuel cells; Proton conducting ceramic membranes for solid oxide fuel cells and H2 processing; Membrane electrolysers for H2 production; Biomimetic membrane reactors for H2 production. Part 5 Membranes for industrial, environmental and nuclear applications: Membranes for industrial microfiltration and ultrafiltration; Membranes for forward osmosis in industrial applications; Degradation of polymeric membranes in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for photocatalysis in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for nuclear power applications.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 379 0 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699697

Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 27 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental science and engineering of high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials and components: Fundamental issues in high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials science and engineering; HTS wires and tapes; HTS cables; Bulk HTS materials; HTS magnets; Cryogenics for HTS systems; Electromagnetic modelling of HTS materials and applications. Part 2 Application of HTS materials and components in energy systems; Superconducting fault current limiters and power cables; Superconducting magnetic energy storage systems (SMES); Application of HTS technology in rotating machinery; HTS in fusion technologies; HTS in accelerator systems.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 012 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 529 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090126

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

91

High temperature materials and power generation Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems

COAL TECHNOLOGY

NEW Ultra-supercritical coal power plants

Advanced design, performance, materials and applications

NEW Coal-fired power plant materials, performance and life assessment

Edited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK

Edited by A Shibli, European Technology Development Ltd, UK

Edited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 18 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 62

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 41

This book summarises key research on coalfired power plant materials, their behaviour under operational loads, and approaches to life assessment and defect management. The book initially details the range of structural alloys utilised in coal power plants, and the life assessment techniques applicable to defect-free components under operational loads. The book then goes on to review the life assessment techniques applicable to components containing defects and the risk-based inspection and life management approaches that can be adopted to optimise both long term plant operation and new plant and component design.

The continued use of coal as a means of generating electricity and an increasing demand for cleaner, more efficient energy production has led to advances in power plant technology. Ultra-supercritical coal power plants reviews the engineering, operation, materials and performance of ultrasupercritical coal power plants. Following a chapter introducing advanced and ultrasupercritical coal power plants, part one goes on to explore the operating environments, materials and engineering of ultrasupercritical coal power plants. Chapters in part two focus on improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance. Ash fouling, deposition and slagging in ultra-supercritical coal power plants are highlighted along with pollution control measures. Further chapters provide an economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverised coal power plant and discuss CO2 capture-ready ultra-supercritical coal power plants.

Part 1 Introduction to small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems: Overview of small and micro CHP systems; Techno-economic assessment of small and micro CHP systems; Thermodynamics, performance analysis and computational modelling of small and micro CHP systems; Integration of small and micro CHP systems into distributed energy systems; Biomass fuels for small and micro CHP systems: Resources, conversion and applications.

Part 2 Development of small and micro CHP systems and technology: Internal combustion and reciprocating engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Gas turbine and microturbine systems for small CHP applications; Stirling engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Organic Rankine cycle (ORC) based waste heat / waste fuel recovery systems for small CHP applications; Fuel cell systems for small and micro CHP applications; Heat-activated cooling technologies for small and micro CHP applications; Energy storage for small and micro CHP applications. Part 3 Application of small and micro CHP systems: Micro CHP systems for residential and small commercial buildings; District and community heating aspects of CHP systems; Small CHP systems for commercial buildings and institutions; Small and micro CHP systems for the food and beverage processing industries; Biomass-based small and micro CHP systems: Application and status in the United Kingdom; Thermal-engine-based small and micro CHP systems for domestic applications: Modelling micro CHP deployment.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 795 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 275 5 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697952

Wind energy systems Optimising design and construction for safe and reliable operation Edited by J D Sørensen, Aalborg University and J N Sørensen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 10 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental resources, design, safety and reliability: Meteorology and wind resource assessment; Site investigation, characterisation and assessment; Aeroelasticity and structural dynamics; Wind turbine wakes and wind farm aerodynamics; Fatigue loading. Part 2 Wind energy system materials and developments: Aerodynamic design of rotors; Drive train systems; Control systems; Tower design, erection and maintenance. Part 3 Operation and maintenance (O&M), performance assessment, and optimisation: Reliability and maintainability, and O&M strategies; Condition monitoring systems; Performance assessment and knowledge management; Optimising design for in low wind speed operation; Optimising design for cold climate operation. Part 4 Offshore design, construction, O&M: Offshore loads and wind turbine design; Support structures for offshore systems; Integrated wind farm planning and design; O&M of offshore systems.

628 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 580 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 063 8 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695804

92

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials used in coal-fired power plant construction: Creep-resistant ferritic steels; Heat resistant low alloy steels; Conventional chromium and molybdenum low alloy steels; Stainless steels; Nickel-based alloys. Part 2 Performance assessment: In-service loading data and life assessment; Residual life evaluation, defect assessment and monitoring techniques; Assessing crack initiation and growth; Risk-based inspection and life assessment of boilers; Assessing problems associated with the cyclic operation of coal-fired power plants.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 431 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 732 3 Approx. £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094315

Coal science and engineering B Mazumder, IMMT Research Laboratory, India Coal science and engineering will be helpful as a unified source of information on coal for both students specializing in coal and entrepreneurs working on coal. Chapters cover coal deposits, mining and beneficiation; coal structure and coal classification; coal analysis; coal cleaning processes; and coal conversion processes, as well as coal derived industrial carbons; utilization of coal wastes; and pollution generated by coal and its abatement.

CONTENTS

Coal deposits, mining and beneficiation; Coal structure and coal classification; Analysis of coal; Coal cleaning processes; Coal conversion processes; Coal-derived industrial carbons; Utilization of coal wastes; Pollution generated by coal and its abatement.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 472 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 813 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 826 9 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098139

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Materials, technologies and optimisation

CONTENTS

Introduction to advanced and ultra-supercritical coal power plants. Part 1 Operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Impacts of steam conditions on plant materials and operation in ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Fuel considerations and burner design for ultra-supercritical power plants; Materials for boilers operating under supercritical steam conditions; Boiler design for ultra-supercritical coal power plants. Part 2 Improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance: Ash fouling, deposition and slagging in ultra-supercritical coal power plants; Emissions from ultra-supercritical power plants and pollution control measures; Estimation, management and extension of the life of ultra-supercritical power plants; An economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverized coal power plant; CO2 captureready ultra-supercritical coal power plants.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 116 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 751 4 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091161

The coal industry Charles Kernot, Mining Analyst, Banque Paribas CONTENTS

Coal from the earliest times; International discoveries; What is coal? Exploration, mining and production; Treatments and quality assurance; From mine to market; Coal, electricity and the environment; Coking, industrial and domestic coal; World supply; World demand; International trade; Coal pricing and hedging; Appendix; Bibliography.

320 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) looseleaf 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 105 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 190 5 £455.00/US$750.00/€545.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731059

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies NEW The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production

NEW The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production

Volume 1: Coal production

Volume 2: Coal utilisation

Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Technology Pty Ltd, Australia

Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Technology Pty Ltd, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 50

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 51

Coal is an important fossil fuel resource for many nations due to its large remaining resources, relatively low production and processing cost and potential high energy intensity. Certain issues surround its utilisation, however, including emissions of pollutants and growing concern about climate change. The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production Volume 1 reviews the coal production supply chain from analysis to extraction and distribution. Part one explores coal characterisation and introduces the industrial use of coal as well as coal formation, petrography, reserves, sampling and analysis. Part two moves on to review coal extraction and preparation. Chapters highlight advances in coal mining technology, underground coal gasification, coal sizing, comminution and cleaning, and solid-liquid separation technologies for coal. Further chapters focus on economic factors affecting coal preparation, post-treatment of coal, coal tailings treatment, and the optimisation, simulation and control of coal preparation plants. Finally, part three considers the coal supply chain including supply chain management and coal conveying and handling along the supply chain.

The coal handbook: Towards cleaner production Volume 2 explores global coal use in industry. Part one is an introductory section which reviews the social and economic value of coal, emissions from coal utilisation, and an exploration of emerging and future issues around industrial coal utilisation. Chapters in part two move on to highlight coal resources, production and use in established markets as well as the emerging markets of Brazil, the Russian Federation, India , Indonesia, and China. Part three focusses on coal utilisation in industry. Chapters consider thermal coal utilisation, advances in pulverised fuel technology, and the evaluation of coal for metallurgical applications. Further chapters explore coal utilisation in the cement and concrete industries, coal gasification and conversion, and value-in-use (VIU) assessment for thermal and metallurgical coal. A final chapter summarises the anticipated future pathway towards sustainable, long-term coal use suggesting transitions that will be needed to ensure cleaner utilisation for many decades to come.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Coal characterization: Industrial use of coal; Coal formation; Coal petrography; Coal resources and reserves; Coal sampling; Coal analysis. Part 2 Coal extraction and preparation: Advances in coal mining technology; Underground coal gasification; Coal comminution and sizing; Cleaning of coarse and small coal; Cleaning of fine and ultrafine coal; Surface chemistry fundamentals in fine coal processing; Solid-liquid separation technologies for coal; Economic factors affecting coal preparation: Plant design worldwide and case studies illustrating economic impact; Post-treatment of coal; Coal tailings treatment; Optimization, simulation and control of coal preparation plants. Part 3 Coal supply chain: Supply chain management for bulk materials in the coal industry; Coal conveying; Coal handling along the supply chain; Transportation and logistics in the coal industry.

768 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 422 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 730 9 £210.00/US$345.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094223

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Social and economic value of coal; Emissions from coal utilization; Coal waste: Handling, pollution impacts and utilization; Future industrial coal utilization: Forecasts and emerging technological and regulatory issues. Part 2 Global coal production: Coal resources, production and use in established markets; Coal resources, production and use in Brazil; Coal resources, production and use in the Russian Federation; Coal resources, production and use in India; Coal resources, production and use in Indonesia; Coal resources, production and use in China. Part 3 Coal utilization in industry: Thermal coal utilization; Coal use in iron and steel metallurgy; Advances in pulverised fuel technology: Understanding coal comminution, combustion and ash deposition; Evaluation of coal for metallurgical applications; Coal utilisation in the cement and concrete industries; Coal gasification and conversion; Value-in-use (VIU) assessment for thermal and metallurgical coal; Future directions toward more efficient and cleaner use of coal.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 116 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 117 7 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421160

RAIL Wheel-rail interface handbook Edited by R Lewis, University of Sheffield, UK and U Olofsson, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden

‘State-of-the-art is an overused term, but in this case it is well used’ ‘The authors of the reviews are all experts in their areas with established records of research. The reviews are authoritative and miss little.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 State-of-the-art research: Introduction to wheelrail interface research; Basic tribology of the wheel-rail contact; Wheel-rail contact mechanics; Friction and wear simulation of the wheel-rail interface; Rail materials; Railway wheel wear; Fatigue of railway wheels; Out-ofround railway wheels; Rail surface fatigue and wear; The evolution and failure of pearlitic microstructure in rail steel: Observations and modelling; Rail corrugation; Rail welds; Squats on railway rails; Effect of contaminants on wear, fatigue and traction; Effect of damage on railway vehicle dynamics; Noise and vibration from the wheel-rail interface; Adhesion and friction modification; Wheel-rail isolation; Airborne particles from the wheel-rail contact; Maintenance of the wheel-rail interface; Models for infrastructure costs related to the wheel-rail interface. Part 2 Industrial context – managing the wheel-rail interface; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Railway infrastructure maintenance in a severe environment; The Swedish experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Europe Metro (London Underground) experience on the London Underground Victoria line; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Canadian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The US experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Japanese experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Australian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Dutch experience.

856 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 412 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 678 8 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694128

Fatigue in railway infrastructure Edited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia ‘The book almost exclusively tackles the subject of failures in railway infrastructure.’

‘The book has plenty of detail about embankments, cuttings and bridges.’

‘The text is particularly useful to up-and-coming railway civil engineers and designers aware of failure modes that are not taught in many university courses.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Fatigue in railways: An overview; Fatigue in railway and tramway track; Fatigue in railway bridges; Safety and reliability issues affecting escalators and moving walks in railway stations; Design, safety and reliability of lifts in railway stations.

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 85573 740 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 702 0 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737402

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

93

Transport materials and technologies AUTOMOTIVE NEW Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologies for improved environmental performance Towards zero carbon transportation Edited by R Folkson, Richard Folkson Automotive, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 57

The automotive sector is a major energy user. Most vehicles also run on fossil fuels, which presents a major emissions problem.

Reducing emissions levels requires both optimisation of core vehicle technologies and the design, development and implementation of breakthrough technologies for improved performance. This book provides a broadranging review of recent research into advanced fuels and vehicle technologies that will be instrumental in improving the energy efficiency and environmental impact of the automotive sector. The book reviews the development of alternative fuels, more efficient engines and powertrain technologies as well as hybrid and electric vehicle technologies.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Alternative fuels, advanced additives and oils to improve performance: Alternative and renewable liquid fuels and blends; Electricity and hydrogen as energy vectors for vehicles; Advanced engine oils; Advanced fuel additives.

Part 2 Improving the efficiency of internal combustion engine technology: Internal combustion energy cycles; Heavy-duty vehicle engines; Advanced internal combustion energy materials; Advanced transmission technologies; Design and manufacture of lightweight vehicles; Improving vehicle rolling resistance and aerodynamics; Mechanical and electrical hybrid technology; Regenerative breaking and energy recovery technologies. Part 3 Electric/hybrid vehicle technologies: Hybrid drive train technologies; Battery technology; Conventional fluid/hybrid electric vehicles; Pure electric vehicles; Hydrogen fuel cell electric hybrid vehicles.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 522 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 742 2 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095220

Advanced materials in automotive engineering

NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications

Edited by J Rowe

Edited by M Kraft and N M White, University of Southampton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32 ‘This book is a great all-in-one resource for learning about the enabling role of MEMS in automotive and aerospace applications – a must have.’

Mehran Mehregany, Case Western Reserve University, USA MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications reviews the use of Micro-ElectroMechanical-Systems (MEMS) in developing solutions to the unique challenges presented by the automotive and aerospace industries.

Part one explores MEMS for a variety of automotive applications, including passenger safety and comfort, stability control applications and automotive tire pressure monitoring systems, along with pressure and flow sensors for engine management, and RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors. Part two then goes on to explore MEMS for aerospace applications, including devices for active drag reduction, inertial navigation, structural health monitoring systems, and thrusters for nano- and pico-satellites.

CONTENTS

Part 1 MEMS for automotive applications: MEMS for passenger safety in automotive vehicles; MEMS sensors for automotive vehicle stability control applications; MEMS for automotive tire pressure monitoring systems; MEMS pressure and flow sensors for automotive engine management and aerospace applications; RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors; MEMS for passenger comfort in vehicles. Part 2 MEMS for aerospace applications: MEMS devices for active drag reduction in aerospace applications; MEMS inertial navigation systems for aircrafts; MEMS for structural health monitoring in aircrafts; MEMS for harsh environment sensors in aerospace applications: Selected case studies; MEMS thrusters for nanoand pico-satellites; MEMS enabling space exploration and exploitation.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

The automotive industry is under constant pressure to design vehicles capable of meeting increasingly demanding challenges such as improved fuel economy, enhanced safety and effective emission control. Beginning with a comprehensive introduction to advanced materials for vehicle lightweighting and automotive applications, Advanced materials in automotive engineering goes on to consider nanostructured steel for automotive body structures, aluminium sheet and high pressure die-cast aluminium alloys for automotive applications, magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies, and polymer and composite moulding technologies.

The final chapters then consider a range of design and manufacturing issues that need to be addressed when working with advanced materials, including the design of advanced automotive body structures and closures, technologies for reducing noise, vibration and harshness, joining systems, and the recycling of automotive materials.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Advanced materials and vehicle lightweighting; Advanced materials for automotive applications: An overview; Advanced metal-forming technologies for automotive applications; Nanostructured steel for automotive body structures; Aluminium sheet for automotive applications; High-pressure die-cast (HPDC) aluminium alloys for automotive applications; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies; Polymer and composite moulding technologies for automotive applications; Advanced automotive body structures and closures; Advanced materials and technologies for reducing noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) in automobiles; Recycling of materials in automotive engineering; Joining systems for automotive applications.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 561 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 546 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695613

Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing Edited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 75 CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing and modeling: Weld integrity of tailor welded blanks; Deformation of tailor welded blanks during forming; Mechanics based modelling of tailor welded blank forming; Numerical simulation modelling of tailor welded blank forming. Part 2 Applications: Light weight metal alloy tailor welded blanks; Advanced high-strength steel, tailorwelded blanks (AHSS-TWBs); Tailor-welded blanks for the automotive industry; Tailor-made blanks for the aerospace industry.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 704 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 385 1 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697044

94

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies 10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging

Innovations in fuel economy and sustainable road transport

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the latest international conference, following on from the highly successful previous conferences in this series held regularly since 1978. Papers cover all current and novel aspects of turbocharging systems design for boosting solutions for engine downsizing.

The focus of the papers is on the application of turbocharger and other pressure charging devices to spark ignition (SI) and compression ignition (CI) engines in the passenger car and commercial vehicles. Novel boosting solutions for diesel engines operating in the industrial and marine market sectors are also included.

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Novel applications; Highboost and two-stage systems; Turbine fatigue and structural; Compressor aero-design optimisation (CFD); Rotordynamics and vibrations; Advancing simulation and validation; Turbine development trends; Systems and transient response; Compressor development trends; Novel pressure charging and high efficiency systems; Turbine unsteady flow; Additional papers not presented at the conference.

456 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 209 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 613 5 £360.00/US$595.00/€430.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092090

Diesel engine system design Q Xin, Navistar Inc, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental concepts in diesel engine system design – analytical design process, durability, reliability, and optimization: The analytical design process and diesel engine system design; Durability and reliability in diesel engine system design; Optimization techniques in diesel engine system design. Part 2 Engine thermodynamic cycle and vehicle powertrain performance and emissions in diesel engine system design: Fundamentals of dynamic and static diesel engine system designs; Engine–vehicle matching analysis in diesel powertrain system design; Engine brake performance in diesel engine system design; Combustion, emissions, and calibration for diesel engine system design; Diesel after treatment integration and matching. Part 3 Dynamics, friction and noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) in diesel engine system design: Advanced diesel valvetrain system design; Friction and lubrication in diesel engine system design; NVH in diesel engine system design. Part 4 Heat rejection, air system, engine controls and system integration in diesel engine system design: Diesel engine heat rejection and cooling; Diesel engine air system design; Diesel engine system dynamics, transient performance, and electronic controls; Diesel engine system specification design and subsystem interaction; Concluding remarks and outlook for diesel engine system design.

1088 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 715 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 083 6 £232.50/US$385.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697150

CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 213 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 587 9 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092137

Internal combustion engines Improving performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers of the Internal Combustion Engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011.

CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: SI engines and downsizing; GDI particulates and other emissions; Diesel fuel injection; Engine design; Fuels and emissions; Emissions after-treatment.

288 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 506 0 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092052

Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrain Fundamentals, applications and future trends Edited by H Rahnejat, Loughborough University, UK ‘This fascinating and comprehensive book on current developments in the fields of tribology and multi-body dynamics related to vehicle problems will be of interest to both the industrial and academic communities.’

Duncan Dowson, Leeds University and Visiting Professor, Loughborough University, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to multi-physics and tribology within the multi-physics environment. Part 2 Engine and powertrain technologies and applications. Part 3 Micro-systems and nano-conjunctions.

1056 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 361 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 993 2 £247.50/US$410.00/€295.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693619

Vehicle noise and vibration refinement Edited by X Wang, RMIT University, Australia

‘Automotive engineers with a mathematical background would find this book useful.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Rationale and history of vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Target setting and benchmarking for vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 2 Measurement and modelling: Vehicle vibration measurement and analysis; Vehicle noise measurement and analysis; Random signal processing and spectrum analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Theory and application of modal analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Mid– and high-frequency problems in vehicle noise and vibration refinement – statistical energy analysis and wave approaches; Advanced simulation techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Advanced experimental techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 3 Noise and vibration refinement in vehicle systems: Aerodynamic noise and its refinement in vehicles; Active noise and vibration control in vehicles; Noise and vibration refinement of powertrain systems in vehicles; Vehicle interior noise refinement – cabin sound package design and development; Noise and vibration refinement of chassis and suspension; Body structure noise and vibration refinement; Vehicle noise and vibration strategy-based diagnostics.

452 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 497 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 804 1 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694975

Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development Volume 2: Diesel engines Edited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK 756 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 744 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 745 7 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697440

Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development Volume 1: Gasoline and gas engines Edited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK 324 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 389 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 732 7 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693893

Internal combustion engines Performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 282 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 607 4 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346074

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

95

Transport materials and technologies Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles

AEROSPACE

8th International Conference on Turbochargers and Turbocharging

Edited by P K Mallick, University of MichiganDearborn, USA

NEW Polymer composites in the aerospace industry

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), Combustion Engines & Fuels Group

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 29 ‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

Edited by P Irving, Cranfield University, UK and C Soutis, University of Manchester, UK

376 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 174 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 709 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691745

Materials World 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 463 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 782 2 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694630

The science and technology of materials in automotive engines

Textile advances in the automotive industry

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 742 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 085 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737426

Edited by R Shishoo, Shishoo Consulting AB, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 79 Published in association with The Textile Institute 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 331 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 504 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693312

HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industry H Zhao, Brunel University, UK 544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 128 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 354 1 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691288

IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006 IMechE, Automobile Division 208 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback + Free CD-ROM 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 197 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 203 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691974

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining V Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 104 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739352

96

H Yamagata, Yamaha Motor Co Ltd, Japan

The automotive industry and the environment P Nieuwenhuis and P Wells, Cardiff University, UK 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 713 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 860 7 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737136

Textiles in automotive engineering W Fung, Collins and Aikman Automotive Fabrics and J M Hardcastle, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 13 Published in association with The Textile Institute 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 493 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 897 3 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734937

The automotive industry Core research from TWI Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 39 158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Plastics in the automotive industry J Maxwell 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730397

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Woodhead Publishing Series in Composites Science and Engineering No. 50

Polymer composites are increasingly used in aerospace applications due to properties such as strength and durability compared to weight.

Edited by two leading authorities in the field, this book summarises key recent research on design, manufacture and performance of composite components for aerospace structures. Part one reviews the design and manufacture of different types of composite component. Part two discusses aspects of performance such as stiffness, strength, fatigue, impact and blast behaviour, response to temperature and humidity as well as nondestructive testing and monitoring techniques.

CONTENTS

Using composite materials in aircraft design: An overview.

Part 1 Design and manufacture of composite components: Modelling 2D and 3D composites; Manufacturing processes; Manufacturing variable angle tow (VAT) composites; Manufacturing defects. Part 2 Composite performance: Modelling stiffness and strength; Fatigue under multiaxial loading; Delamination fatigue cracking; Impact and postimpact fatigue behaviour; Design and testing crashworthy components; Design and failure analysis of bolted joints; Response to temperature and humidity; Blast response; Repair of damaged aerospace structures; Non-destructive testing; Structural health monitoring.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 523 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 918 1 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095237

Welding and joining of aerospace materials Edited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 74 CONTENTS

Part 1 Welding techniques: New welding techniques for aerospace engineering; Inertia friction welding (IFW) for aerospace applications; Laser welding of metals for aerospace and other applications; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aerospace and other materials; Heat affected zone cracking in welded nickel superalloys. Part 2 Other joining techniques: Assessing the riveting process and the quality of riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Improvements in bonding metals for aerospace and other applications; Composite to metal bonding in aerospace and other applications; Diffusion bonding of metal alloys in aerospace and other applications; High-temperature brazing in aerospace engineering.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 532 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 516 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695323

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications Edited by M Kraft and N M White, University of Southampton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32 ‘This book is a great all-in-one resource for learning about the enabling role of MEMS in automotive and aerospace applications – a must have.’

Mehran Mehregany, Case Western Reserve University, USA MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications reviews the use of Micro-ElectroMechanical-Systems (MEMS) in developing solutions to the unique challenges presented by the automotive and aerospace industries.

Part one explores MEMS for a variety of automotive applications, including passenger safety and comfort, stability control applications and automotive tire pressure monitoring systems, along with pressure and flow sensors for engine management, and RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors. Part two then goes on to explore MEMS for aerospace applications, including devices for active drag reduction, inertial navigation, structural health monitoring systems, and thrusters for nano- and pico-satellites.

CONTENTS

Part 1 MEMS for automotive applications: MEMS for passenger safety in automotive vehicles; MEMS sensors for automotive vehicle stability control applications; MEMS for automotive tire pressure monitoring systems; MEMS pressure and flow sensors for automotive engine management and aerospace applications; RF MEMS for automotive radar sensors; MEMS for passenger comfort in vehicles. Part 2 MEMS for aerospace applications: MEMS devices for active drag reduction in aerospace applications; MEMS inertial navigation systems for aircrafts; MEMS for structural health monitoring in aircrafts; MEMS for harsh environment sensors in aerospace applications: Selected case studies; MEMS thrusters for nanoand pico-satellites; MEMS enabling space exploration and exploitation.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO)

Innovation in aeronautics Edited by T Young, University of Limerick, Ireland and M Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK

A Sahay Aimed at professionals in the aviation industry and students of aircraft maintenance, this book covers the use and management of technology in the aviation maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO) context. This book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession.

CONTENTS

An overview of aircraft maintenance; The business of maintaining aircraft; Aircraft maintenance paradigm; Aviation MRO organisations challenge to the IT industry; The IT industry responds; The current aviation MRO IT landscape; Leveraging IT and shaping the future.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 982 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 143 7 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699826

Spacecraft thermal control J Meseguer, I Pérez-Grande and A SanzAndrés, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain Thermal control systems are an essential element of spacecraft design, ensuring that all parts of the spacecraft remain within acceptable temperature ranges at all times.

Spacecraft thermal control describes the fundamentals of thermal control design and reviews current thermal control technologies.

The book begins with an overview of space missions and a description of the space environment, followed by coverage of the heat transfer processes relevant to the field. In the third part of the book, current thermal control technologies are described, and in the final part, design, analysis and testing techniques are reviewed.

Innovation in aeronautics explores both a range of innovative ideas in this important industry and how the process of innovation itself can be effectively managed. Part one reviews developments including biologicallyinspired technologies, morphing aerodynamic concepts, jet engine design drivers, and developments underpinned by digital technologies. The environment and human factors in innovation are also explored as are trends in supersonic passenger air travel.

Part two goes on to examine change, and the processes and management involved in innovative technology development.

Challenges faced in aeronautical production are the focus of part three which reviews topics such as intellectual property and patents, risk mitigation and the use of lean engineering. Finally, part four summarises key issues in what makes for successful innovation in this sector.

CONTENTS

Introduction to innovation in aeronautics. Part 1 Concepts: Biologically inspired technologies for aeronautics; Aircraft morphing technologies; Jet engine design drivers: Past, present and future; Innovation in avionic systems: Developments underpinned by digital technologies; The environment as the key design driver in aeronautics; The human factors that relate to technological developments in aviation; Innovation in supersonic passenger air travel.

Part 2 Change: The process of innovation in aeronautics; Managing innovative technology development in aeronautics: Technology assessment (TA) techniques; Mining the ‘far side’ of technology to develop revolutionary aircraft prototypes: The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) approach; Revolutionary ideas about the future of air transport. Part 3 Challenges: Intellectual property, patents and innovation in aeronautics; Cost, time and technical performance risk mitigation in large, complex and innovative aeronautics development projects; Innovation in aeronautics through lean engineering. Part 4 Conclusion: Conclusion: Innovations in aeronautics.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 550 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 609 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695507

CONTENTS

The space mission; Space environment; Keplerian orbits; Conductive heat transfer; Thermal radiation heat transfer; Thermal control surfaces; Insulation systems; Radiators; Louvers; Mechanical interfaces; Heat pipes; Phase change capacitors; Heaters; Pumped fluid loops; Thermoelectric cooling; Cryogenic systems; Thermal protection systems; Thermal control design; Thermal mathematical models; Thermal control testing; Conclusion.

412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 996 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 608 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699963

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

97

Transport materials and technologies Introduction to aerospace materials

Orbital mechanics and formation flying

A Mouritz, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia

A digital control perspective

The structural materials used in airframe and propulsion systems influence the cost, performance and safety of aircraft.

This essential new book is intended for undergraduate students studying aerospace and aeronautical engineering, and is also a valuable resource for postgraduate students and practising aerospace engineers. The first three chapters of the book introduce the reader to aerospace materials. The next group of chapters go on to discuss the properties, production and metallurgy of materials for aerospace structures, followed by chapters on performance issues and recycling. The final chapter covers materials selection for aerospace structures and engines.

CONTENTS

Introduction to aerospace materials; Aerospace materials: Past, present and future; Materials and material requirements for aerospace structures and engines; Strengthening of metal alloys; Mechanical and durability testing of aerospace materials; Production and casting of aerospace metals; Processing and machining of aerospace metals; Aluminium alloys for aircraft structures; Titanium alloys for aerospace structures and engines; Magnesium alloys for aerospace structures; Steels for aircraft structures; Superalloys for gas turbine engines; Polymers for aerospace structures; Manufacturing of fibre-polymer composite materials; Fibre-polymer composites for aerospace structures and engines; Metal matrix, fibre-metal and ceramic matrix composites for aerospace applications; Wood in small aircraft construction; Fracture processes of aerospace materials; Fracture-toughness properties of aerospace materials; Fatigue of aerospace materials; Corrosion of aerospace metals; Creep of aerospace materials; Nondestructive inspection and structural health monitoring of aerospace materials; Disposal and recycling of aerospace materials; Materials selection for aerospace.

640 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 85573 946 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 515 2 £57.50/US$95.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739468 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Aerodynamic measurements From physical principles to turnkey instrumentation G P Russo, Italy CONTENTS

Pressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 992 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 386 8 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699925

98

P A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained.

Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/ or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of this book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain.

CONTENTS

Introduction; Two body orbital motion; Orbital perturbations in the two body motion; Frame rotations and quaternions; Rigid body motion; Environmental and actuator torques; Continuous and digital control systems; Example; Formation flying; Deployment procedure for a constellation; Reconfiguration procedure for a constellation.

Corrosion control in the aerospace industry Edited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 29 ‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …includes numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’ ‘...undoubtedly a book written by professionals for professionals, which should find a place in our technical libraries.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society) CONTENTS

Corrosion in the aerospace industry. Part 1 Corrosion fundamentals and cost of corrosion: Assessing the cost of corrosion to the aerospace industry; Corrosion and the threat to aircraft structural integrity; Effect of corrosion on the mechanical behaviour of aircraft aluminum alloys.

Part 2 Corrosion monitoring, evaluation and prediction: Nondestructive evaluation of corrosion in the aerospace industry; Corrosion prediction in the aerospace industry; Integrated health and corrosion monitoring systems in the aerospace industry; Corrosion and fatigue modelling of aircraft structures. Part 3 Corrosion protection and prevention: Corrosion control in space launch vehicles; Coating removal techniques in the aerospace industry; Novel corrosion schemes for the aerospace industry; Greases and their role in corrosion control in the aerospace industry; Business strategies for corrosion control in fleet maintenance.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 345 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 553 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693459

438 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 054 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 387 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090546

The air transport system

The independent airport planning manual

‘…an excellent and well-written book. ...with a contents that is accurately represented by this title. Anyone involved in air transport as a specialist professional could be interested in reading it.’

A L W Bradley, UK

The Aerospace Professional

This independent manual provides airport planners and architects with an essential planning guide and reference tool, based on the author’s extensive experience in the field and involvement in developing best practice airline and airport industry guidelines. Chapters cover topics such as demand forecasting, masterplan development, terminal pier and satellite infrastructure, baggage handling, apron design and airport security.

CONTENTS

The brief to airport planners; Outline airport planning principles; Airport terminal and pier/satellite planning; Airport baggage handling design; Airport apron, runway and taxiway design; Design for airport security; Case-studies in airport planning.

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 713 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 035 5 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697136

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

M Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 325 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 522 4 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693251 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Aircraft system safety Military and civil aeronautical applications D E Kritzinger ‘A must-have text for all serious practitioners of system safety. …lends itself to use by both the novice and the experienced system safety practitioner as well as being appropriate for use on both sides of the Atlantic.’

Terry J. Gooch CSP, FAA DER, Adjunct Professor, Embry Riddle Aeronautical University 376 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 136 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 150 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691363

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Marine engineering and underwater welding Mechanical engineering and general materials MARINE ENGINEERING AND UNDERWATER WELDING Pressure vessels External pressure technology Second edition C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK This book provides theoretical and experimental investigations on vessels under external pressure together with design hints.

Highly beneficial to naval architects, ocean engineers, pressure vessel designers and aeronautical engineers and post graduates, it is illustrated with 180 diagrams and 120 references.

CONTENTS

An overview of pressure vessels under external pressure; Axisymmetric deformation of pressure vessels; Shell instability of pressure vessels; General instability of pressure vessels; Vibration of pressure vessel shells; Vibrations of pressure vessel shells in water; Novel pressure hull designs; Vibration and collapse of novel pressure hulls; Design of submarine pressure hulls to withstand buckling under external hydrostatic pressure; Non-linear analyses of model submarine pressure hulls, using ANSYS; Star Wars underwater: Deep-diving underwater pressure vessels for missile defence systems; Vibration of a thin-walled shell under external water pressure, using ANSYS. Appendices of computer programs.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 248 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 249 6 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092489

Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies Edited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 32 ‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling.

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 631 3 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693862

Underwater repair technology

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND GENERAL MATERIALS

Condition assessment of aged structures Edited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia

NEW MATLAB® in quality assurance sciences

Woodhead Publishing Series in Civil and Structural Engineering No. 26 ‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’ ‘…invaluable to owners and operators of ships, oil rigs, bridges and other large assets such as fixed and mobile mining equipment.’

Materials World 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 334 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 521 7 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693343

Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structures

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 239 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 886 7 £102.50/US$170.00/€125.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732391

Many books are available on MATLAB® programming for engineers in general or in some specific area, but none in the highly topical field of quality assurance (QA).

MATLAB® in quality assurance sciences fills this gap as a compact guide for students, engineers, and scientists in this field. It concentrates on MATLAB® fundamentals with examples of application to a wide range of current problems from general, nano and bio-technology, and statistical control, to medicine and industrial management.

CONTENTS

V S Davey, formerly HSE, UK, O Forli, Det Norske Veritas, Norway, G A Raine, Technical Software Consultants Ltd and R Whillock, formerly BOMEL, UK

Basics of software with application examples; Graphics and presentations; Numerical computations, scripts and functions for QA calculations; ODE and PDEPE solvers applied to QA problems; Curve fitting and time series tool interfaces in calculations of quality; Statistics calculations applied to quality testing.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 34

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2015 ISBN: 978 0 85709 487 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 488 9 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094872

84 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 427 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 959 8 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734272

Developments in marine corrosion Edited by S A Campbell, University of Portsmouth, UK, N Campbell and F C Walsh Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 6 230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 825 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 876 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738256

Underwater wet welding and cutting Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 30 118 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 388 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 316 5 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733886

J Nixon, Cranfield University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 45

L Burstein, Kinneret Academic College on the Sea of Galilee, Israel

Professional diver’s manual on wet-welding D Keats, Consultant, UK 80 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 006 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 889 8 £46.50/US$75.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730069

NEW Geometry of design A workbook N-H Kim, A V Kumar and H F Snider, University of Florida, USA Geometry of design integrates drafting technology based on experience with engineering design education. This workbook has evolved from the course “Computer-Aided Graphics and Design” at the University of Florida, and many pages of this textbook can be used for student assignments. In order to help students to familiarize themselves with the manufacturing field experience, most assignments are to be submitted in the form of complete working drawings of the parts and assembly.

CONTENTS

Basic engineering drawing definitions and practices; Perspective and sectional views; Geometric construction; 3-view project system; Design intent, Descriptive geometry, Parallelism and perpendicularity; Mutual perpendicular; End clearance; Dimensioning and tolerances; Assemblies; Assembly line design; Threads and fasteners; Surface development.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 173 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 174 0 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421733

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

99

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Infrared thermography in the evaluation of aerospace composite materials Non-destructive evaluation with infrared thermography C Meola, University of Naples Federico II, Italy Infrared thermography in the evaluation of aerospace composite materials describes composites and the main problems that can arise during manufacturing and in service, before describing the different thermographic non-destructive testing and evaluation techniques such as pulse thermography, lock-in thermography, and pulse phase.

Each technique includes key examples and relevant references. A section is devoted to the usefulness of an infrared imaging device to monitor the behaviour of a material under load, such as impact and bending. Finally, information about standards, personnel certification, and training is supplied.

CONTENTS

Composites in the aircraft industry and their main types of defects arising in production and in service; Infrared thermography for non-destructive evaluation; Pulse thermography; Lock-in thermography; Inspection protocols; Qualification and certification of personnel; Summary.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 171 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 172 6 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421719

NEW Anti-abrasive nanocoatings

NEW Ultraprecision bearings

NEW Fundamentals of fluid flow

F Wardle, UPM Ltd., UK

Physics, numerical analysis, and measurement techniques

Ultraprecision bearings can achieve extreme accuracy of rotation, making them ideal for use in numerous applications across a variety of fields, including hard disk drives, roundness measuring machines and optical scanners. Ultraprecision bearings provides a detailed review of the different types of bearing and their properties, as well as an analysis of the factors that influence motion error, stiffness and damping.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Definition of ultra precision bearings; Motion error; Static stiffness; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Bearing – Shaft systems; Closure; Ball bearings: Scope; Ball bearing types; Bearing arrangements; Bearing tolerances; Ring fits and mounting parameters; Bearing geometry; Kinematic relationships; Ball – raceway contact mechanics; Bearing loads and deflections; Static stiffness characteristics; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Hydrostatic bearings; Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Design principles; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Aerostatic bearings: Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Principle of operation; Internal pressure distribution; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove hydrodynamic bearings: Historical development; Principle of operation; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove aerodynamic bearings: Background; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Comparison of bearing types; Appendix: Vibration forces generated by waviness of ball bearing surfaces.

This book provides an overview of the fabrication methods for anti-abrasive nanocoatings. The connections among fabrication parameters, the characteristics of nanocoatings and the resulting properties (i.e. nanohardness, toughness, wear rate, load-bearing ability, friction coefficient, and scratch resistance) are discussed.

Size-affected mechanical properties of nanocoatings are examined, including their uses. Anti-abrasive nanocoatings, including metallic-, ceramic-, and polymericbased layers, as well as different kinds of nanostructures, such as multi-layered nanocomposites and thin films, are reviewed.

CONTENTS

Synthesis and processing of modern nanocoatings; Introduction to new methods for wear protection; Characterization of nanocoatings; Classification of modern methods in surface engineering; Comparison of new methods for anti abrasive nanocoatings; Applications of nanocoatings.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 211 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 217 5 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092113

100

Engineering processes of fluid flow can be traced from physics to application, through computational and measurement techniques.

Fundamentals of fluid flow covers general topics in fluid dynamics, and addresses a number of key topics which have arisen in recent years, such as the validity of the Boussinesq Hypothesis, and the generality of logarithmic law in wall bounded flows.

Opening chapters provide an introduction to fluid mechanics, with an investigation of Eulerian and Lagrangian frames of reference.

Later chapters examine Newtonian and nonNewtonian, compressible and incompressible, viscous and inviscid, and multiphase flow, before following chapters provide an overview of physics of transitional and turbulent flows, numerical methods for solving fluid flow problems, and experimental methods and measurement techniques in fluid mechanics.

CONTENTS

An introduction to fluid mechanics investigating Eulerian and Lagrangian frames of reference; Newtonian and non-Newtonian, compressible and incompressible, viscous and inviscid, and multiphase flow; Physics of transitional and turbulent flows; Numerical methods for solving fluid flow problems; Experimental methods and measurement techniques in fluid mechanics.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 162 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 218 2 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091628

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 477 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 478 0 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094773

NEW Recent developments in cavitation mechanisms

NEW Handbook of friction-vibration interactions

Current and future applications M Aliofkhazraei, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran

M Jabbari and H Sarlak, Technical University of Denmark (DTU), Denmark

A guide for scientists and engineers S Washio, Okayama University, Japan How does cavitation start? Presently, the nucleus theory provides the answer to this fundamental question. However the idea of nuclei contains inaccuracies that cannot be rationalized. Recent developments in cavitation mechanisms discusses the uncertainties surrounding the nucleus theory, and proposes another theory of cavitation mechanism. Characteristically, the new theory is based on recent discoveries of cavity generation phenomena in separating flows.

CONTENTS

Review of cavitation nuclei; Experimental methods to observe rapid and microscopic phenomena of incipient cavitation; Cavitation inception in separating oil flows; Cavitation inception in separating water flows; Singular properties of flow separation as a cause of cavity generation; Tribonucleation by contact motion between solids in liquid; Demonstration of cavity generation by flow separation and solid contact in hydraulic poppet valve; Summary.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 175 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 176 4 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421757

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

G S Chen, Marshall University, USA Friction-vibration interactions are common but important phenomena in science and engineering. Handbook of friction-vibration interactions introduces the principles and provides the resources to understand and work with them. A unified theoretical framework includes some of the most important engineering applications.

CONTENTS

Linear system vibrations; Nonlinear vibrations; Random vibrations; Contact mechanics; Multiple scale contact; Adhesion; Friction; Friction-vibration interaction of singledegree-of-freedom system; Multiple-degree-of-freedom system; Continuous system; Effect of friction with negative slope; Stick-slip; Sprang-slip; Follower forces; Mode coupling; Effect of higher frequency excitation and ultrasonic excitation; Friction-vibration interactions in slider-disk interface in computer hard disk drive; Identification of friction-vibration interactions; Acoustic emission due to friction-vibration interactions and applications.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 458 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 459 9 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094582

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Engineering systems acquisition and support

NEW Hypersingular integral equations in fracture analysis

NEW International joint symposium on joining and welding

J P T Mo, RMIT University and A Sinha, Defence Material Organization, Australia

W-T Ang, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Engineering systems such as an aircraft or frigate are highly complex and specifically designed to meet the customer’s requirements. This important book provides the information necessary to acquire and support complex engineering systems expected to last for a long time. Chapters in the first half of the book examine the life cycles of these systems, their design, testing and certification, and the principles behind their acquisition. The second half of the book reviews topics including operations support and logistics, systems maintenance, reliability and upgrades, and performance and risk analysis, ending with a discussion of the need for continuous improvements in these systems.

Hypersingular formulation of crack problems offers certain advantages in fracture analysis, such as having the unknown functions in the formulation directly related to the crack opening displacement and allowing for easy extraction of the crack tip stress intensity factors. Hypersingular integral equations in fracture analysis is concerned with the mathematical formulation and solution of boundary value problems in fracture mechanics. This title explains how hypersingular integral equations are derived and solved for some important classes of plane crack problems in linear elasticity.

Joining and Welding Research Institute/ Osaka University, The Welding Institute, Edison Welding Institute / Ohio State University, 6-8 November, 2013, Osaka, Japan

CONTENTS

Life cycles of complex engineering systems; Systems acquisition principles; Systems design, Management of engineering design changes; Systems testing and certification; Operations support and logistics; Systems maintenance and reliability; Mid-life upgrade; Architecture for designing support systems; Performance and risks analysis; Continuous improvement.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2015 ISBN: 978 0 85709 212 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 215 1 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092120

NEW Parameter identification and monitoring of mechanical systems under nonlinear vibration J C Jauregui, CIATEQ Advanced Technology Center, Mexico Development of new sensors and digital processors has provided opportunity for identification of nonlinear systems. Parameter identification and monitoring of mechanical systems under nonlinear vibration focusses on methods for the identification of nonlinearities in mechanical systems, giving description and examples of practical application.

Chapters cover nonlinear dynamics; nonlinear vibrations; signal processing; parameter identification; application of signal processing to mechanical systems; practical experience and industrial applications; and synchronization of nonlinear systems.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Nonlinear dynamics; Nonlinear vibrations; Signal processing; Parameter identification; Application of signal processing to mechanical systems; Practical experience and industrial applications; Synchronization of nonlinear systems.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 165 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 166 5 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421658

CONTENTS

Elastic crack problems, fracture mechanics, equations of elasticity and finite-part integrals; Hypersingular integral equations for coplanar cracks in anisotropic elastic media; Numerical methods for solving hypersingular integral equations; Hypersingular boundary integral method for arbitrarily oriented planar cracks; Numerical Green’s function boundary element approach; Extensions.

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 479 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 480 3 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094797

NEW Control and estimation of piecewise affine systems J Xu, Western Digital and L Xie, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore As a powerful tool to study nonlinear systems and hybrid systems, piecewise affine (PWA) systems have been widely applied to mechanical systems. Control and estimation of piecewise affine systems presents several research findings relating to the control and estimation of PWA systems in one unified view. Chapters in this title discuss stability results of PWA systems, using piecewise quadratic Lyapunov functions and piecewise homogeneous polynomial Lyapunov functions.

Explicit necessary and sufficient conditions for the controllability and reachability of a class of PWA systems are considered along with Controller and estimator design methods for PWA systems using linear matrix inequality (LMI) and bilinear matrix inequality (BMI) techniques.

CONTENTS

Unified view of continuous- and discrete-time PWA systems; Stability conditions based on SOS polynomials (partitiondependent or vertex-dependent Lyapunov functions); Controllability and reachability; H8 and generalized H2 controller design; H8 and generalized H2 estimator design; Control of Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy system; Applications in mechanical systems.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 161 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 162 7 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421610

Edited by H Fujii, Joining and Welding Research Institute, Osaka University, Japan This book contains the papers from the International joint symposium on joining and welding held at Osaka University, Japan, 6-8 November 2013. The use of frictional heating to process and join materials has been used for many decades. This conference is the first event organized by the three major institutes for joining and welding to focus on the broad range of friction processes. This symposium will provide the latest valuable information from academic and industrial experts from around the world on FSW, FSP, linear and rotary friction welding.

CONTENTS

Rotary and linear friction welding; FSW/FSP; New developments in the process and control; Fundamentals and modelling; Metallurgical characteristics; Mechanical properties; Welding Al, Mg, Cu, Steel, Ti, etc.; Welding dissimilar materials; Friction Spot Welding; Improved tool technology; Industrial applications.

350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 163 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 164 1 Approx. £295.00/US$485.00/€355.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421634

NEW Surface modification by solid state processing R Miranda, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, J Gandra, P Vilaca, L Quintino, Instituto Superior Técnico and T Santos, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Portugal Surface conditions are increasingly demanding in industrial applications and surface modification can reduce manufacturing and maintenance costs, leading to improved component performance, reliability and lifetime. Friction based technologies are promising solid state processing technologies, particularly for light alloys, in the manufacturing of composite surface and functionally graded materials. Surface modification by solid state processing describes friction based surfacing techniques for surface modification to improve resistance to corrosion and wear, also changing surface chemistry.

CONTENTS

Friction surfacing; Friction stir processing; Surface reinforcements of light alloys: Aluminium alloys; Magnesium alloys; Characterization techniques based on eddy currents.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 468 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 469 8 Approx. £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094681

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

101

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools Applications to manufacturing processes F Nagata, Tokyo University of Science and K Watanabe, Okayama University, Japan Advanced manufacturing systems are vital to the manufacturing industry. It is well known that if a target work piece has a curved surface, then automation of the polishing process is difficult. Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools presents results where industrial robots have been successfully applied to such surfaces, presenting up to date information on these advanced manufacturing systems, including key technologies.

CONTENTS

Velocity-based discrete-time control system with intelligent control concepts for open architecture industrial robots; Preliminary simulation on intelligent force control; CAM system for articulated-type industrial robot; 3D robot sander for artistic designed furniture; 3D machining system for artistic wooden paint rollers; Polishing robot for PET bottle blow moulds; Desktop orthogonal-type robot for finishing process of LED lens cavity; Summary.

260 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 462 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 463 6 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094629

NEW 8th International conference on compressors and their systems City University London in conjunction with the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, London, UK (IMechE) This book contains the papers from the 2013 International Conference on Compressors and Their Systems, held from 9-10 September at City University London. The long-running conference series is the ultimate global forum for reviewing the latest developments and novel approaches in compressor research.

High-quality technical papers are sourced from around the globe, covering technology development, operation, maintenance and reliability, safety and environmental impact, energy efficiency and carbon footprint, system integration and behaviour, upgrades and refurbishment, design and manufacture, education and professional development. All the papers are previously unpublished and constitute leading edge research.

NEW Flight dynamics and system identification for modern feedback control

NEW Biomaterials and medical tribology Research and development Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Avian-inspired robots J A Grauer, NASA Langley Research Center and J E Hubbard Jr., University of Maryland and National Institute of Aerospace, USA Unmanned air vehicles are becoming increasingly popular alternatives for private applications which include, but are not limited to, fire fighting, search and rescue, atmospheric data collection, and crop surveys, to name a few. Among these vehicles are avian-inspired, flapping-wing designs, which are safe to operate near humans and are required to carry payloads while achieving manoeuverability and agility in low speed flight. Conventional methods and tools fall short of achieving the desired performance metrics and requirements of such craft.

Flight dynamics and system identification for modern feedback control provides an in-depth study of the difficulties associated with achieving controlled performance in flapping-wing, avian-inspired flight, and a new model paradigm is derived using analytical and experimental methods, with which a controls designer may then apply familiar tools. This title consists of eight chapters and covers flapping-wing aircraft and flight dynamics, before looking at nonlinear, multibody modelling as well as flight testing and instrumentation. Later chapters examine system identification from flight test data, feedback control and linearization.

CONTENTS

Ornithopter test platform characterizations; Rigid multibody vehicle dynamics; System identification of aerodynamic models; Simulation results.

158 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 466 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 467 4 £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094667

CONTENTS

Technology development, operation, maintenance and reliability; Safety and environmental impact; Energy efficiency and carbon footprint; System integration and behaviour; Upgrades and refurbishment; Design and manufacture; Education and professional development.

500 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 169 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 170 2 £425.00/US$700.00/€510.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421696

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 65

Medical tribology can be defined as the science of tribological phenomena in the human body, both those that naturally occur in the tissues or organs and those that arise after implantation of an artificial device, while biomaterials are inert substances designed to be incorporated into living systems. Biomaterials and medical tribology brings together a collection of high quality articles and case studies focussing on new research and developments in these two important fields.

CONTENTS

Nanoparticles for biomedical applications: Current status, trends and future challenges; Synergism effects during friction and fretting corrosion experiments – focusing on biomaterials used as orthopedic implants; Application of biomedical-grade titanium alloys in trabecular bone and artificial joints; Fatigue strengthening of an orthopedic Ti6Al4V alloy: What is the potential of a final shot peening process? Wear determination on retrieved metal-on-metal hip arthroplasty: An example of extreme wear; Natural articular joints: Model of lamellar-rollerbearing lubrication and the nature of the cartilage surface; Importance of bearing porosity in engineering and natural lubrication; Tribological characterization of human tooth enamel; Liposome-based carrier systems and devices used for pulmonary drug delivery.

490 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 017 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 220 5 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090171

NEW Vehicle thermal management systems conference proceedings (VTMS11) 15-16 May 2013, Coventry Technocentre, UK The Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) The challenges facing vehicle thermal management continue to increase and optimise thermal energy management must continue as an integral part of any vehicle development programme. VTMS11 covers the latest research and technological advances in industry and academia, automotive and off-highway.

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: IC engine thermal loading, exhaust and emissions; HEV, EV and alternative powertrain challenges; Waste heat recovery and thermodynamic efficiency improvement; Cooling systems; Heating, A/C, comfort and climate control; Underhood heat transfer and air flow management; Heat exchange components design, materials and manufacture; Thermal systems analysis, control and integration.

346 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 472 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 473 5 £295.00/US$485.00/€355.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094728

102

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Mechatronics and manufacturing engineering

NEW Machining and machine-tools

Sustainable vehicle technologies

Research and development

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Research and development

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

This book contains the papers from the IMechE’s Sustainable Vehicle Technologies 2012 conference. An innovative technical conference organised by the Automobile Division of the IMechE, it follows on from the 2009 Low Carbon Vehicle conference, which established a high standard with presentations primarily focussed on powertrain technology.

The conference examines the latest advances in technology with a view towards understanding the consequences of carbon dioxide reduction over the entire vehicle lifecycle. Papers cover all aspects of the finite resources available for vehicle production, operation and recycling.

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 1

This book, the first in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in mechatronics and manufacturing engineering.

CONTENTS

Implementation of light-scattering instrumentation: Innovation, design and development; Planar micromanipulation on microconveyor platforms: Recent developments; Single-axis arm designed with an ultrasonic motor: Basic active/passive joint torque control; Signal processing for tool condition monitoring: From wavelet analysis to sparse decomposition; ANN modelling of fractal dimension in machining; Predicting forces and damage in drilling of polymer composites: Soft computing techniques; Minimising burr size in drilling: Integrating response surface methodology with particle swarm optimisation; Single point incremental forming of polymers.

388 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 150 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 589 3 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091505

Materials and surface engineering Research and development Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 2

Materials science is an interdisciplinary field involving the micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials and its applications to various areas of engineering, technology and industry. This book addresses all types of materials, including metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics and glasses, composites, nano-materials, biomaterials, etc.

The relationship between micro and nanostructure, processing, properties of materials is discussed.

CONTENTS

Scratch resistance of modified polymethylmethacrylate nanocomposites; Nanomechanical properties and nanoscale deformation of engineering metals and alloys; Analysis of large-strain microindentation of crystalline polymers; Nanocomposite coatings: A review; Thermal sprayed WC-Co coatings for tribological application; Tribological performance of electroless Ni-P coatings; Tribological response of materials during sliding against various surface textures; Laser straight cutting of Ti-6Al-4V alloy: Temperature and stress fields.

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 151 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 603 6 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091512

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 3

This book is the third in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, and includes high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and case studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in machining and machinetools. This book considers the performance characteristics of machine tools and the significant development of existing and new processes, as well as machines.

CONTENTS

Analysis of acoustic emission signal evolutions for monitoring diamond-coated tool delamination wear in machining; Highperformance machining of austenitic stainless steels; Forces monitoring in shape grinding of complex parts; Optimization of minimum quantity lubrication in grinding with CBN wheels; Electrical discharge machining: Study on machining characteristics of WC/Co composites; Conventional and unconventional hole making in metal matrix composites; A laboratory machine for micro electrochemical machining; Cam-driven electromagnetic mechanical testing machine.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 154 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 219 9 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091543

The design and manufacture of medical devices Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 4

The design and manufacture of medical devices brings together a range of articles and case studies dealing with medical device R&D. Chapters in the book cover materials used in medical implants, such as Titanium Oxide, polyurethane, and advanced polymers; devices for specific applications such as spinal and craniofacial implants, and other issues related to medical devices, such as precision machining and integrated telemedicine systems.

CONTENTS

Characteristics and applications of titanium oxide as a biomaterial for medical implants; Precision machining of medical devices; Polyurethane for biomedical applications: A review of recent developments; Application of the finite element method in spinal implant design and manufacture; Design and manufacture of a novel dynamic spinal implant; Customized craniofacial implants: Design and manufacture; Technological advances for polymers in active implantable medical devices; Integrated telemedicine systems: Patient monitoring, in-time prognostics, and diagnostics at domicile.

386 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 907568 72 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 908818 18 8 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781907568725

Driving the green agenda

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: LCA; Fuels; Duty cycle; Energy usage reduction; Propulsion (Energy efficiency); Propulsion.

248 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 456 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 457 5 £315.00/US$520.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094568

Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases Edited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases presents a comprehensive review of synthesis, microstructures, properties, abinitio calculations and applications of Mn+1AXn phases and targets the continuing research of advanced materials and ceramics. An overview of the current status, future directions, challenges and opportunities of Mn+1AXn phases that exhibit some of the best attributes of metals and ceramics is included.

CONTENTS

Methods of MAX-phase synthesis and densification – I; Methods of MAX-phase synthesis and densification – II; Consolidation and synthesis of MAX phases by Spark Plasma Sintering (SPS): A review; Microstructural examination during the formation of Ti3AlC2 from mixtures of Ti/Al/C and Ti/Al/TiC; Fabrication of in situ Ti2AlN/TiAl composites and their mechanical, friction and wear properties; Use of MAX particles to improve the toughness of brittle ceramics; Electrical properties of MAX phases; Theoretical study of physical properties and oxygen incorporation effect in nanolaminated ternary carbides 211-MAX phases; Computational modelling and ab initio calculations in MAX phases – I; Computational modeling and ab initio calculations in MAX phases – II; Self-healing of MAX phase ceramics for high temperature applications: Evidence from Ti3AlC2; Oxidation characteristics of Ti3AlC2, Ti3SiC2 and Ti2AlC; Hydrothermal oxidation of Ti3SiC2; Stability of Ti3SiC2 under charged particle irradiation; Phase and thermal stability in Ti3SiC2 and Ti3SiC2/TiC/TiSi2 systems.

474 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 991 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 601 2 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699918

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

103

Mechanical engineering and general materials Dynamics of tethered satellite systems V S Aslanov and A S Ledkov, Samara State Aerospace University, Russia

Aimed at engineering students and professionals working in the field of mechanics of space flight, this book examines space tether systems – one of the most forwardthinking directions of modern astronautics.

This book will acquaint the reader with the modern state of the space tether’s dynamics, with specific attention on the research projects of the nearest decades. This book presents the most effective mathematical models and the methods used for the analysis and prediction of space tether systems’ motion; attention is also given to the influence of the tether on spacecraft’s motion, to emergencies and chaotic modes.

CONTENTS

Space tether systems: Review of the problem; Mathematical models of space tether systems; Motion of a spacecraft with a tethered payload; Delivery of a payload from an orbit by means of a space tether; Use of methods of chaotic dynamics for the analysis of tether system motion.

356 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 156 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 600 5 £145.00/US$240.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091567

Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO) A Sahay Aimed at professionals in the aviation industry and students of aircraft maintenance, this book covers the use and management of technology in the aviation maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO) context. This book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession.

CONTENTS

An overview of aircraft maintenance; The business of maintaining aircraft; Aircraft maintenance paradigm; Aviation MRO organisations challenge to the IT industry; The IT industry responds; The current aviation MRO IT landscape; Leveraging IT and shaping the future.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 982 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 143 7 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699826

104

10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery

Defect structure in nanomaterials J Gubicza, Eötvös Lorand University, Hungary ‘Serves as a useful reference for academics, materials and physics researchers, materials, mechanical and physics engineers, professional in related industries with nanomaterials and nanotechnology.’

11-13 September 2012, IMechE London, UK Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

International Journal of Materials Engineering Innovation

This book presents the papers from the 10th International Conference on Vibrations in Rotating Machinery. This conference, first held in 1976, has defined and redefined the state-of-the-art in the many aspects of vibration encountered in rotating machinery.

Distinguished by an excellent mix of industrial and academic participation achieved, these papers present the latest methods of theoretical, experimental and computational rotordynamics, alongside the current issues of concern in the further development of rotating machines. Topics are aimed at propelling forward the standards of excellence in the design and operation of rotating machines.

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Rotordynamics; Cracks; Blades; Rotordynamics balancing; AMBS and control; Dampers and seals; Bearings; Rub, whirl, instability; Condition monitoring; Diagnostics and faults – fault detection; Electrical machines; Torsional vibration.

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 452 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 453 7 £440.00/US$725.00/€530.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094520

Spacecraft thermal control J Meseguer, I Pérez-Grande and A SanzAndrés, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain Thermal control systems are an essential element of spacecraft design, ensuring that all parts of the spacecraft remain within acceptable temperature ranges at all times.

Spacecraft thermal control describes the fundamentals of thermal control design and reviews current thermal control technologies.

The book begins with an overview of space missions and a description of the space environment, followed by coverage of the heat transfer processes relevant to the field. In the third part of the book, current thermal control technologies are described, and in the final part, design, analysis and testing techniques are reviewed.

CONTENTS

The space mission; Space environment; Keplerian orbits; Conductive heat transfer; Thermal radiation heat transfer; Thermal control surfaces; Insulation systems; Radiators; Louvers; Mechanical interfaces; Heat pipes; Phase change capacitors; Heaters; Pumped fluid loops; Thermoelectric cooling; Cryogenic systems; Thermal protection systems; Thermal control design; Thermal mathematical models; Thermal control testing; Conclusion.

412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 996 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 608 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699963

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Nanomaterials exhibit unique mechanical and physical properties compared to their coarsegrained counterparts, and are consequently a major focus of current scientific research.

Defect structure in nanomaterials provides a detailed overview of the processing methods, defect structure and defectrelated mechanical and physical properties of a wide range of nanomaterials. The book begins with a review of the production methods of nanomaterials, including severe plastic deformation, powder metallurgy and electrodeposition. The lattice defect structures formed during the synthesis of nanomaterials are characterised in detail.

Special attention is paid to the lattice defects in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials and metal – carbon nanotube composites. Topics covered in the second part of the book include a discussion of the thermal stability of defect structure in nanomaterials and a study of the influence of lattice defects on mechanical and hydrogen storage properties.

CONTENTS

Processing methods for nanomaterials; Defect structure in bulk nanomaterials processed by severe plastic deformation; Defect structure in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials; Defects in nanomaterials processed by powder metallurgy; Correlation between defect structure and mechanical properties of nanocrystalline materials; Defect structure and mechanical properties of metal matrix–carbon nanotube composites; Thermal stability of defect structures in nanomaterials; Relationship between microstructure and hydrogen storage properties of nanomaterials.

388 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 206 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 614 2 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092069

Internal combustion engines Improving performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers of the Internal Combustion Engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011.

CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: SI engines and downsizing; GDI particulates and other emissions; Diesel fuel injection; Engine design; Fuels and emissions; Emissions after-treatment.

288 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 506 0 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092052

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineering Issues of methodology, quality, testing and application D J Murray-Smith, University of Glasgow, UK This book places particular emphasis on issues of model quality and ideas of model testing and validation. Mathematical and computer-based models provide a foundation for explaining complex behaviour, decisionmaking, engineering design and for real-time simulators for research and training. Many engineering design techniques depend on suitable models, assessment of the adequacy of a given model for an intended application is therefore critically important. Applications are drawn from the fields of mechanical, aeronautical and control engineering, and involve non-linear lumped-parameter models described by ordinary differential equations.

CONTENTS

Rubber-pad forming processes

Advanced engineering design

Technology and applications

An integrated approach

M Ramezani, University of New South Wales, Australia and Z M Ripin, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia This book describes different types of rubber-pad forming processes currently being studied for their experimental and numerical advantages and disadvantages. Rubber forming adopts a rubber pad contained in a rigid box in which one of the tools (die or punch) is replaced by the rubber pad. Up to 60% of all sheet metal parts in aircraft industry such as frames, seat parts, ribs, windows and doors are fabricated using rubber-pad forming processes. Key process parameters such as rubber material, stamping velocity, rubberpad hardness and thickness and friction conditions are investigated.

The principles of system modelling; Integrated systems and their significance for system modelling; Problem organisation; Inverse simulation for system modelling and design; Methods and applications of parameter sensitivity analysis; Experimental modelling: System identification, parameter estimation and model optimisation techniques; Issues of model quality and the validation of dynamic models; Real-time simulation, virtual prototyping and partial-system testing; Model management; Further discussion.

CONTENTS

372 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 078 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 605 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090782

310 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 094 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 549 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090942

10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging

Fuel systems for IC engines

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

This book presents the papers from the latest conference in this successful series on fuel injection systems for internal combustion engines. It is vital for the automotive industry to continue to meet the demands of the modern environmental agenda. In order to excel, manufacturers must research and develop fuel systems that guarantee the best engine performance, ensuring minimal emissions and maximum profit. The papers from this unique conference focus on the latest technology for state-of-the-art system design, characterisation, measurement, and modelling, addressing all technological aspects of diesel and gasoline fuel injection systems. Topics range from fundamental fuel spray theory, component design, to effects on engine performance, fuel economy and emissions.

This book presents the papers from the latest international conference, following on from the highly successful previous conferences in this series held regularly since 1978. Papers cover all current and novel aspects of turbocharging systems design for boosting solutions for engine downsizing.

The focus of the papers is on the application of turbocharger and other pressure charging devices to spark ignition (SI) and compression ignition (CI) engines in the passenger car and commercial vehicles. Novel boosting solutions for diesel engines operating in the industrial and marine market sectors are also included.

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Novel applications; Highboost and two-stage systems; Turbine fatigue and structural; Compressor aero-design optimisation (CFD); Rotordynamics and vibrations; Advancing simulation and validation; Turbine development trends; Systems and transient response; Compressor development trends; Novel pressure charging and high efficiency systems; Turbine unsteady flow; Additional papers not presented at the conference.

456 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 209 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 613 5 £360.00/US$595.00/€430.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092090

Introduction to sheet metal forming processes; Principles of rubber pad forming; Characteristics of elastomer materials; Forming of shallow parts using rubber tools; Piercing of sheet metals using rubber punch; Deep drawing of sheet metals using friction-actuated blank-holding technique; Deep drawing using Verson hydroforming process; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Marform technique; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Maslennikov’s technique; Tube bulging using rubber rods.

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Systems architecture; Gasoline DI systems; Medium/heavy-duty diesel; Lightduty diesel; Gasoline DI spray generation; Diesel spray; Development and methodology.

348 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 210 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 604 3 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092106

E M Benavides, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain

‘The author has succeeded with this new book in skillfully collating the different theories and current thinking in engineering design processes.’

Materials World, Kevin Edwards FIMMM This book provides engineers and students with a general framework focusing on the processes of designing new engineering products. The procedures covered by the framework lead the reader to the best trade-offs to ensure maximum satisfaction of the customer’s needs, meeting the lowest cost expectations, ensuring the lowest environmental impact and maximising profits and best positioning in the marketplace. This book describes the engineering tools that are compatible with these goals and sustainable activity.

CONTENTS

The design process; Information, entropy, and its relationship to design; Axiomatic design; Metric design; Reliability-based design; Entropy-based design.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 093 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 504 6 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090935

A quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK The API Individual Certification Programs (ICP) are well established in the oil/gas/ petroleum industries. This guide reviews one of API’s three main ICPs: API 653: Certified storage tank inspector. It discusses key definitions and scope, inspection regimes and testing techniques relating to tank design, linings, welds, protection systems, repair and alteration.

CONTENTS

Interpreting API and ASME Codes; An introduction to API 653: 2009 and its related codes; An introduction to API RP 575; Reasons for inspections: Damage mechanisms; Inspection practices and frequency; Evaluation of corroded tanks; API 650: Tank design; Tank non-destructive examination; Tank repairs and alteration; Tank reconstruction; Tank hydrotesting and brittle fracture; Tank linings: API RP 652; Introduction to welding/API RP 577; Welding qualifications and ASME IX; Cathodic protection: API RP 651; The NDE requirements of ASME V; Thirty open-book sample questions.

352 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 756 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 527 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697563 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

105

Mechanical engineering and general materials Innovations in fuel economy and sustainable road transport Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book presents the papers from the Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport conference, held in Pune, India, 8-9 November, 2011. Papers examine advances in powertrain, alternative fuels, lightweight vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. An international assembly of senior industry representatives provide insight into research and technological advances in low carbon technology sustainability for road transport, helping towards achieving stringent emissions standards and continual improvements in fuel economy efficiency, all in an expanding Indian market. These technical papers from industry and academia discuss the developments and research of leading organisations.

CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 213 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 587 9 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092137

Modern machining technology A practical guide Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal ‘This publication is a digestible, practical guide to modern machining technology. It will be useful to production managers as well as mechanical engineering students.’

Materials World, Professor Alan Stainer FIMMM This forward-thinking, practical book provides essential information on modern machining technology for industry with emphasis on the processes used regularly across several major industries. Machining technology presents great interest for many important industries including automotive, aeronautics, aerospace, renewable energy, moulds and dies, biomedical, and many others. Machining processes are manufacturing processes in which parts are shaped by the removal of unwanted material; these processes cover several stages and are usually divided into the following categories: cutting (involving single point or multipoint cutting tools); abrasive processes (including grinding and advanced machining processes, such as EDM (electrical discharge machining), LBM (laserbeam machining), AWJM (abrasive water jet machining) and USM (ultrasonic machining).

CONTENTS

Turning; Drilling; Milling; Grinding and finishing processes; Thermal advanced machining processes.

412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 099 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 494 0 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090997

106

Aerodynamic measurements From physical principles to turnkey instrumentation G P Russo, Italy Aerodynamic measurements presents a comprehensive review of the theoretical bases on which experimental techniques used in aerodynamics are based. Limitations of each method in terms of accuracy, response time and complexity are addressed. This book serves as a guide to choosing the most pertinent technique for each type of flow field including: 1D, 2D, 3D, steady or unsteady, subsonic, supersonic or hypersonic.

CONTENTS

Pressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 992 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 386 8 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699925

Orbital mechanics and formation flying A digital control perspective P A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained.

Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/ or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of this book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain.

CONTENTS

Introduction; Two body orbital motion; Orbital perturbations in the two body motion; Frame rotations and quaternions; Rigid body motion; Environmental and actuator torques; Continuous and digital control systems; Example; Formation flying; Deployment procedure for a constellation; Reconfiguration procedure for a constellation.

438 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 054 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 387 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090546

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Electrical motor products International energyefficiency standards and testing methods J Yu, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, T Zhang, Wuxi Entry-Exit Inspection and Quarantine Bureau and J Qian, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, China Electrical motor products reviews the energy efficiency management laws for electrical motor products in United States, European Union (EU) and China. The energy efficiency certification requirements for the electrical motor products vary from country to country and are summarised here. International standards, testing methods and certification requirements for specific electrical motor products are discussed, including electric motors, pumps and fans. Finally, methods for improving energy efficiency are examined.

CONTENTS

Introduction: The importance of energy-efficiency for electrical motor products; Classification: Electric motors, pumps, fans; Energy-efficiency technical measures system for electrical motor products; Energy-efficiency standards of electrical motor products; Measurement errors and uncertainties; Testing methods for electric motors; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal pumps; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal fans; How to improve the energyefficiency of electrical motor products; Modern control methods for the induction motor.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 077 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 381 3 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090775

7th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011 City University London in conjunction with the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers presented at the 7th International Conference on Compressors and their Systems at City University London in conjunction with the IMECHE. This conference is the ultimate global forum for reviewing the latest developments and novel approaches in compressor research.

CONTENTS

Introductory papers; Turbo compressors; Heat pump and refrigeration; Reciprocating compressors (valves); Refrigeration; Reciprocating and variable speed compressors; Manufacturing; Screw compressors; Scroll and turbo compressors; Rotary compressors.

504 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 208 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 535 0 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092083 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning Methodologies and applications C Lu, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, China, J Y H Fuh and Y S Wong, National University of Singapore (NUS), Singapore Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning presents several newlydeveloped methodologies and applications for collaborative assembly design and assembly planning, two important steps during the product development life cycle. These benefits include effective and rapid assembly design and assembly planning, thereby reducing the development cost and helping manufacturers enhance profit.

CONTENTS

Introduction; Literature survey; Collaborative assembly design; Evaluation of product assemblability in different assembly sequences; Advanced assembly planning approach using a multi-objective genetic algorithm; Evaluation of assembly design from assembly planning and redesign; Collaborative assembly planning; Conclusions and recommendations.

Tribology for engineers A practical guide Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal ‘As a whole the book contains interesting, practically useful material perfectly tallied by the editor.’

International Journal of Surface Science and Engineering Tribology for engineers discusses recent research and applications of principles of friction, wear and lubrication, and provides the fundamentals and advances in tribology for modern industry. The book examines tribology with special emphasis on surface topography, wear of materials and lubrication, and includes dedicated coverage on the fundamentals of micro and nanotribology.

The book serves as a valuable reference for academics, tribology and materials researchers, mechanical, physics and materials engineers and professional in related industries with tribology.

CONTENTS

Surface topography; Friction and wear; Lubrication and roughness; Micro/nano tribology; Tribology in manufacturing; Bio and medical tribology.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 053 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 388 2 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090539

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 114 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 144 4 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091147

Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10)

Using robots in hazardous environments

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), SAE International This book contains the papers presented at the IMechE and SAE International, Vehicle Thermal Management Systems Conference (VTMS10), held at the Heritage Motor Centre, Gaydon, Warwickshire, 15-19th May 2011. VTMS10 is an International Conference organised by the Automobile Division and the Combustion Engines and Fuels Group of the IMechE and SAE International. The event is aimed at anyone involved with vehicle heat transfer, members of the OEM, tier one suppliers, component and software suppliers, consultants, and academics interested in all areas of thermal energy management in vehicles.

CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat exchange/manufacture; Engines; Alternative powertrain; Engines/emissions; External and internal component flows; Underhood; Heat & A/C vehicle comfort.

676 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 172 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 505 3 £360.00/US$595.00/€430.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091727

Landmine detection, de-mining and other applications Edited by Y Baudoin, Polytechnical Faculty Royal Military Academy, Belgium and M K Habib, American University in Cairo, Egypt There have been major recent advances in robotic systems that can replace humans in undertaking hazardous activities in demanding or dangerous environments. Published in association with the CLAWAR (Climbing and Walking Robots and Associated Technologies Association) (www.clawar.org), this important book reviews the development of robotic systems for de-mining and other risky activities such as fire-fighting.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Humanitarian demining. Part 2 Sensors for mine detection and robotics. Part 3 Autonomous and teleoperated robots for humanitarian demining. Part 4 Robot autonomous navigation and sensors. Part 5 Multi robotics systems.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 786 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 020 1 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697860

A quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK CONTENTS

Interpreting ASME and API Codes; An Introduction to API 510 (Sections 1–4); API 510 Inspection Practices (Section 5); API 510 Frequency and Data Evaluation (Sections 6 and 7); API 510 Repair, Alteration, Re-rating (Section 8); API 572 Inspection of Pressure Vessels; API 571 Damage Mechanisms; API 576 Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices; ASME VIII Pressure Design; ASME VIII Welding and NDE; ASME VIII and API 510 Heat Treatment; Impact Testing; Introduction to Welding/API 577; Welding Qualifications and ASME IX; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; Thirty Open-Book Sample Questions; Answers; The Final Word on Exam Questions.

336 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 755 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 102 4 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697556 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Eleventh european fluid machinery congress Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) These conference proceedings highlight the importance of fluid machinery performance which is critical for the transport of liquids and gases during extraction and processing of hydrocarbon products. This congress showcases the latest technology and provides a forum for sharing valuable design and operating experiences.

CONTENTS

Gas compression: New reciprocating compressor solution for offshore applications: Product development, realisation and its first installation; Low temperature damage of a cryogenic centrifugal ethylene Compressor; Centrifugal compressor modification mitigating the effects of increased thrust due to fouling and leakages; Validation of a surge model by full scale testing. Pump design: Design study of a novel regenerative pump using experimental and numerical techniques; Positive displacement fuel pumping for aero-engines. Enhanced recovery and capture: Dynamic plunger seal for offshore injection pumps with pressures above 700 bar. Centrifugal compressors and pumps for CO2 applications: Reliability: Numerical and practical investigations of mechanical seal interface films; Thermal spray coatings and fluid machinery; How to improve critical machine ‘up time’ and save energy!; Integral measuring ring for tilting pad thrust bearings; Latest perfluoroelastomer sealing development in rapid gas decompression (Norsok M710 rev. 2) applications. Fluid machinery vibration: Root cause analysis of vibrations and pulsations in a naphtha pipe system with centrifugal pumps; The mechanics of vane passing frequency vibration; Synchronous rotor vibrations due to bearing journal differential heating. Gas turbines: Modelling and simulation of transient thermal loading in a gas turbine; Use of compressor water wash to optimise gas turbine performance; Offshore spinning reserve study and emission testing for IPPC permits.

272 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 091 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 440 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090911

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

107

Mechanical engineering and general materials The risk management of safety and dependability

A quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers

International conference on compressors and their systems 2009

A guide for directors, managers and engineers

C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

W Wong, Consultant, UK

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

CONTENTS

The issue of risk should be embedded into the mind set of every engineer and manager to improve safety and dependability.

Companies can be held accountable through law when a gross failing in health and safety management has fatal consequences. Here risk management, the organisational structure required and the main factors needed for its successful execution are explored. What risks must be managed as a legal requirement?

How is risk quantified? What methods can be used to reduce risk? Such questions are addressed, alongside case histories of disasters to illustrate failures in risk management. This accessible book presents the key factors, so that even non-experts in small and mediumsized organisations, as well as engineers and managers, can apply sound safety and dependability principles.

CONTENTS

Ever-present danger: Introduction to the principles of risk management; Ignorance is no defence: Legislation and the corporate role in managing risk; How to recognise hazards: Learning about generic industrial hazards; Human factors in risk management: Understanding why humans fail and are unreliable; Exposing hazards: Techniques to find possible risks of unacceptable failures in procedures, machines and systems; Safe enough? Methods and procedures for evaluating and reducing risk in the design of processes, plant and machinery; Inherently unsafe: Safety issues in planning a new facility; Product risk: Managing risk in the design and development process; Asset integrity: Learning about the cause and symptoms of age and decay and the need for maintenance to avoid catastrophic failures; Coping with risk: How to ensure the health and safety of people at work; Management disasters: The lessons to be learnt from two major disasters.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 712 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 938 3 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697129

232 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 684 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695699 Not available for distribution in the USA.

A quick guide to welding and weld inspection Edited by S E Hughes Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 65 Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd 160 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 641 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 767 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696412 Not available for distribution in the USA.

A quick guide to pipeline engineering

Performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: SI Engines - Technology for fuel economy; SI Engines Downsizing, design and analysis; Diesel engines - Design analysis; Emissions control - NOx and particulates; Fuels and diesel engines; Low-temperature combustion; Fuels and SI engines.

282 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 607 4 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346074

108

500 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 581 7 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345817

Injection systems for IC engines conference Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Application; FIE hardware; Biofuels; Nozzle flow; Gasoline; Heavy-duty/large engines.

255 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 561 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 442 1 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345619

Low carbon vehicles 2009 Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

D Alkazraji

The carbon challenge; Electricity; Hybrids; Fuels and lubes; Alternative energy storage media; IC engines.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited

238 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 560 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 441 4 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345602

176 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 490 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 491 3 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694906 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Braking 2009 Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

A quick guide to health and safety R Gilbert

Internal combustion engines

Papers cover the following areas: Scroll compressors; Screw compressors; Valves; Centrifugal compressors; Ocillating and vane compressors; Dynamic compressors; Reciprocating compressors; Modelling; Noise and vibration.

‘This book is highly recommended to all levels of health and safety professionals in any environment, but would be particularly useful to middle managers and supervisors who do not wish to dig too deeply for the essence of the matter. For the same reason, it should also appeal to those who run SMEs.’ ‘17 condensed chapters covering everything you need to know about health and safety – from legislation, business and environment to risk assessments and protecting employees’

Health and Safety at Work Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited 192 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 499 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 500 2 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694999 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

CONTENTS

Materials; Braking systems design; Design and thermal effects; NVH.

300 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 559 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 443 8 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345596

Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machinery Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 2 volumes (vol 1: 500 pages, vol 2: 458 pages) 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 458 2 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344582

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Chemistry and general science Tenth European fluid machinery congress Advances in the optimisation, design and maintenance of process machinery Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 362 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 492 6 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344926

Hydroforming for advanced manufacturing Edited by M Koç, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA 412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 328 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 441 8 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693282

Internal combustion engines Performance, fuel economy and emissions

Ninth European fluid machinery congress Applying the latest technology to new and existing process equipment Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 432 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 242 7 £110.00/US$180.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342427

Papers cover the following areas: Combustion diagnostics; Diesel; Gasoline; Emissions; Fuels and lubricants; Calibration.

326 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 451 3 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344513

International conference on compressors and their systems Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers in the following areas: Refrigeration compressors; Performance and assessment; Screw compressors; Reciprocating compressors; General interest; Turbo machinery; Monitoring and maintenance; Scroll compressors.

544 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 418 6 £325.00/US$535.00/€390.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344186

Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat Exchanger/Manufacture; Engines; Emissions/Fuel Economy; Alternative Powertrain; External & Internal Component Flows; Heat & A/C Vehicle Comfort; Under hood.

756 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 348 6 £397.50/US$655.00/€475.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343486

Group theory for chemists Fundamental theory and applications Second edition K C Molloy, University of Bath, UK ‘The author does a wonderful job of introducing group theory to those who have had no exposure to this topic.’

Choice

Materials for engineering Third edition J Martin, formerly University of Oxford, UK ‘Voted - Outstanding academic title 2003’ ‘This outstanding title has been selected for its excellence in scholarship and presentation, the significance of its contribution to the field, and its value regarding important treatment of its subject.’

Choice Magazine (Review of second edition) 256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 157 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 160 8 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691578

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

CHEMISTRY AND GENERAL SCIENCE

Nanostructure control of materials Edited by R H J Hannink and A J Hill, CSIRO Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology, Australia 368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 933 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 118 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739338

Solving tribology problems in rotating machines

This undergraduate text deals with the basics of group theory and its application to the analysis of vibrational spectra, and a molecular orbital description of bonding. It also links the topics to ligand field theory, properties of transition metal complexes and other themes within inorganic chemistry.

The author has interspersed self-assessment questions at key stages in the text and further problem exercises for self-assessment have been set at the end of most chapters, with solutions and tutorial hints included. Concise, mathematically friendly and with a pictorial approach, the book is based on the author’s long experience of teaching a successful lecture course.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Symmetry and groups: Symmetry; Groups and representations. Part 2 Application of group theory to vibrational spectroscopy: Reducible representations; Techniques of vibrational spectroscopy; The vibrational spectrum of Xe(O)F4. Part 3 Application of group theory to structure and bonding: Fundamentals of molecular orbital theory; H2O – Linear or angular? NH3 – Planar or pyramidal?

Octahedral complexes; Ferrocene. Part 4 Application of group theory to electronic spectroscopy: Symmetry and selection rules; Terms and configurations; d-d Spectra.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 240 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 241 0 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092403

H Prashad, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL), India

Watchers of the stars

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 110 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 111 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691103

Sir Patrick Moore, CBE, DSc, FRAS

Structural shear joints Analysis, properties and design for repeated loading G T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 16 280 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 119 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 868 3 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691196 Not available for distribution in the USA.

The story of a revolution Third edition ‘Heartily recommended for its clear and concise narration of events... And for highlighting a classic confrontation between reality and religious belief.’

The Observatory Magazine CONTENTS

The earth in space; The questioners; Copernicus – the doubter; The wandering scholar; De revolutionibus…; The master of heaven; Circles or ellipses? Galileo – the experimenter; Telescopes and the sky; The storm gathers; The Dialogue; Confrontation!; Truth will out; Index.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 904275 44 2 £20.00/US$35.00/€25.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 904275 36 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275442

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

109

Chemistry and general science State estimation in chemometrics

Topology in chemistry

Ions in solution

Discrete mathematics of molecules

Basic principles of chemical interactions

The Kalman filter and beyond

D H Rouvray and R B King, University of Georgia, USA

J Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

P C Thijssen, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands CONTENTS

Introduction; Classical estimation; State estimation; Statistics; Non-linear estimation; The multi-component system; The calibration system; The titration system; Multiple modelling; Principal components; Appendix: Matrix fundamentals; Bibliography and index.

132 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 33 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 937 2 £57.50/US$95.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275336

Exploding a myth Conventional wisdom or scientific truth?

CONTENTS

Life and times of Harry Wiener; The rich legacy of half a century of the Wiener index; Mathematical and chemical analysis of Wiener’s polarity number; The wiener number: Some applications and new developments; A comparison between various topological indices; Manifold applications of topological indices; Mixed higher-order connectivitypseudo-connectivity terms; The structural interpretation of topological indices; Graph geometry via metrics; Molecular informatics and topology in chemistry; The generation of formulas for isomers; The role of numbers in topological chemistry; 3-dimensional analogues of kekule structures for deltahedral boranes.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 76 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 961 7 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563761

Sir Patrick Moore, CBE, FRS CONTENTS

Einstein’s biggest blunder? Einstein’s theories of relativity; Big bang theory – controversial or not? The Schwartzchild solution and black holes; Hadronic mechanics; Conventional wisdom - some modern case studies: Black hole entropy; The Tsallis entropy; The inflationary scenario; String theory; Some final thoughts; Epilogue.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 30 5 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275305

Practical sonochemistry Power ultrasound uses and applications Second edition T J Mason, University of Coventry, UK and D Peters, University of Rostock, Germany ‘A useful introduction to ultrasound and its applications to practical chemistry and commercially available apparatus.’

Instrumental methods in electrochemistry D Pletcher, R Greff, R Peat, L M Peter and J Robinson, Southampton Electrochemistry Group ‘Written in a clear and authoritative style with enough information to follow the plot, yet without long derivations.’

Chemistry and Industry 442 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 898563 80 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 054 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563808

Reaction mechanisms of metal complexes R W Hay, University of St. Andrews, UK ‘A must for course study and library.’

Dr Margaret Wright, St. Andrews University, UK 176 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 898563 41 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 063 7 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563419

Angewandte Chemie 166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 83 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 062 0 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563839

Experimental inorganic/physical chemistry

Concise chemistry of the elements

M A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher and Further Education, UK

S C Siekierski, Institute of Chemistry and Nuclear Technology, Poland and J Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

‘Clear and concise on laboratory safety with a good overview of the techniques. Covers experiments, each with an introduction to the chemistry of its element.

A-Level teachers could use relevant sections and some experiments. Very good value for money, recommended as a rich source of ideas for practical work.’

‘Covers theory and chemistry for upper division undergraduate and postgraduate students.’

Choice: American Library Association 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 71 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 045 3 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563716

110

Education in Chemistry 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 50 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 056 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563501

Crystal structures Lattices and solids in stereoview

J Dunning-Davies, University of Hull, UK ‘Are all scientists really candid about their researches, or are they sometimes swayed by considerations which are definitely not in the true spirit of science? It may well be so, and in this book Professor Dunning-Davies, a distinguished academic, asks some questions that certainly need answering.’

‘John Burgess, a well respected chemist, covers principles and chemical interactions of inorganic solution chemistry in a student-friendly style. So much of core inorganic chemistry in the book provides lecturers with a student development basis and brainstorming tutorial sessions. It is recommended as the backbone for a module in an undergraduate honors degree chemistry course.’

An investigative, integrated approach to practical project work

Education in Chemistry

M Ladd, University of Surrey, UK ‘This unique book approaches traditional crystallography, descriptive solid state chemistry and physical chemistry and is suited for upper level solid state chemistry courses.’

Journal of Chemical Education 192 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 63 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 046 0 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563631

Fundamental chemical kinetics An explanatory introduction to the concepts M R Wright, University of St Andrews, UK ‘As I read the book I got the feeling that the author was looking over my shoulder making certain that I understood the concepts. In an excellent job, theories are clearly explained and chapters end with discussion on strengths and weaknesses of each topic in a natural flow of ideas. Results of each theory are compared to experimental data, & straightforward mathematical derivations.’

Chemical Education Today 310 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 60 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 052 1 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563600

Symmetry and group theory in chemistry M Ladd, University of Surrey, UK ‘A comprehensive airing on space groups. Commendable, with a good selection of problems, many with full model answers.’

Chemistry in Britain 432 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 39 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 977 8 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563396

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 47 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 050 7 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563471

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry An introductory text for degree studies J Barrett, Imperial College and M A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher/Further Education, UK ‘This valuable addition to the ranks of introductory inorganic chemistry texts is recommended. The approach to electronic and bonding theory is a strong point. Chapters on electronic configuration diatomic molecules, polyatomics and metals and finally, ionic compounds, add up to a thorough grounding. That it should be recommended to all who teach at this level and to all departmental libraries is, however, indisputable.’

CORROSION NEW Understanding biocorrosion Fundamentals and applications Edited by T Liengen, Statoil ASA Technology, Norway, R Basseguy, CNRS Laboratoire de Génie Chimique, France, Damien Feron, CEA Saclay, France and Iwona Beech, University of Portsmouth, UK European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 66

Progress in ion exchange

Biocorrosion refers to corrosion influenced by bacteria adhering to surfaces in biofilms.

Biocorrosion is a major problem in areas such as cooling systems and marine structures where biofilms can develop. This book summarises key recent research in this subject. Part one looks at theories of biocorrosion and measurement techniques.

Part two discusses how bacteria and biofilms result in biocorrosion. The final part of the book includes case studies of biocorrosion in areas as diverse as buildings, fuels, marine environments and cooling systems.

Advances and applications

CONTENTS

Chemistry in Britain ‘Very clear, and one of the few books at this level to introduce group theory and use it throughout the remainder of the book.’

Professor J.K. Nagle, Bowdoin University, USA 320 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 38 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 053 8 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563389

Edited by A Dyer, University of Salford, M J Hudson, University of Reading and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute, UK 510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 828 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 865 2 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738287

Mossbauer spectroscopy Principles and applications A G Maddock, University of Cambridge and Fellow of St. Catherine’s College, UK ‘With theory in an unusual and refreshing style, this book presents sources, cryostats and texture, and thickness effects. Thorough and up-to-date, with the inclusion of mineralogical and biological systems.’

Chemistry in Britain 272 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 16 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 060 6 £57.50/US$95.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563167

Practical astronomy A user-friendly handbook for skywatchers H R Mills, The British Council, UK ‘Excellent basic material for assembling practical and experimental projects easily conducted at home. Many of the ideas are original and well presented with simple instructions and perfectly clear illustrations.’

Spaceflight Magazine 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 898563 00 6 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563006

Part 1 Understanding and measuring biocorrosion: Understanding corrosion and biocorrosion; Biofilms and biocorrosion; Physical and electrochemical techniques to evaluate biocorrosion; Techniques for surface analysis in understanding biocorrosion; Mass spectroscopy, proteomics and metabolomics in the analysis of biocorrosion. Part 2 Bacteria, biofilms and biocorrosion: Sulphite-reducing bacteria (SRB) and biocorrosion; Immobilisation and trapping of bacteria to study biocorrosion; The role of biofilms in biocorrosion; Molecular methods for studying biocorrosion; Modelling biocorrosion. Part 3 Case studies: Biodeterioration of mineral-based building materials; Biocorrosion issues with ultra-low sulphur diesel and biofuel blends; Understanding marine biocorrosion: experiments with artificial and natural seawater; Managing biocorrosion in water cooling systems; Risk assessment of biocorrosion in cooling systems.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 120 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 125 2 Approx. £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421207

NEW Underground pipeline corrosion Edited by M Orazem, University of Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 63

Oil, gas and other types of underground pipeline are critical components of civil infrastructure. Detecting the presence of corrosion which may cause a pipeline to fail is a major challenge. This important book reviews key research on understanding corrosion processes and methods for detecting corrosion, including magnetic flux leakage, the close interval potential survey method, the Pearson survey method and in-line inspection techniques.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Understanding and managing corrosion processes: Understanding corrosion in underground pipelines: Basic principles; AC-induced corrosion of underground pipelines; Assessing the significance of corrosion in onshore oil and gas pipelines; Numerical simulations for cathodic protection of pipelines; Corrosion processes and the use of corrosion inhibitors in managing corrosion in underground pipelines; Types of corrosion inhibitor for managing corrosion in underground pipelines. Part 2 Methods for detecting corrosion: Electromagnetic methods for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines: Magnetic flux leakage (MFL); The close interval potential survey (CIS/CIPS) method for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; The Pearson survey method for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; In-line inspection (ILI) methods for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines; The use of probes for detecting corrosion in underground pipelines.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 509 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 926 6 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095091

Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings Edited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 47 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of tribocorrosion: Corrosion and passivity of metals and coatings; Adsorption layers and passive oxide films on metals; Friction and wear of passive metals and coatings; Environmental effects in fretting; Tribocorrosion mechanisms in sliding contacts; Models and mechanisms of erosion corrosion in metals. Part 2 Methods for measurement and prevention of tribocorrosion: Electrochemical methods in tribocorrosion; Tribocorrosion test protocols for sliding contacts; Methods for studying erosion-corrosion; Metallic materials for tribocorrosion systems; Coatings for tribocorrosion protection.

Part 3 Tribocorrosion in engineering and medicine: Biotribocorrosion: Surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: In vitro testing and clinical implications; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Tribocorrosion issues in nuclear power generation; Tribocorrosion in marine environments; Erosionaccelerated corrosion in flow systems: The behaviour of aluminium alloys in automotive cooling systems; Chemicalmechanical polishing (CMP): A controlled tribocorrosion process; Tribocorrosion at elevated-temperatures in the metal working industry.

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 966 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 373 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699666

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

111

Corrosion and surface engineering NEW Corrosion and conservation of cultural heritage metallic artefacts Edited by P Dillmann, CNRS/ CEA, France, D Watkinson, Cardiff University, UK, E Angelini, Politecnico di Torino, Italy and A Adriaens, Ghent University, Belgium European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 65

The conservation of metallic archaeological and historic artefacts is a major challenge whether they are ancient bronzes or relics of our more recent industrial past. Based on the work of Working Party 21, Corrosion of Archaeological and Historical Artefacts within the European Federation of Corrosion (EFC), this important book summarises key recent research on analytical techniques, understanding corrosion processes and preventing the corrosion of cultural heritage metallic artefacts.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Conservation versus laboratory investigation in the preservation of metallic heritage artefacts. Part 1 Conservation issues: Past, present, future: Conservation, corrosion science and evidence-based preservation strategies for metallic heritage artefacts; Atmospheric corrosion of heritage metallic artefacts: Processes and prevention. Part 2 Analytical techniques for the study of cultural heritage corrosion: Analytical techniques for the study of corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts: From micrometer to nanometer scales; The use of metallographic and metallurgical investigation methods in the preservation of metallic heritage artefacts; Analysis of corroded metallic heritage artefacts using laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS); Electrochemical measurements in the conservation of metallic heritage artefacts: An overview; Electrochemical analysis of metallic heritage artefacts: Time-lapse spectroelectrochemical techniques; Electrochemical analysis of metallic heritage artefacts: Voltammetry of microparticles (VMP). Part 3 Specific alteration processes: Artistic patinas on ancient bronze statues; Ancient silver artefacts: Corrosion processes and preservation strategies; Underwater corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts; Long term anoxic corrosion of iron; Reactivity studies of atmospheric corrosion of heritage iron artefacts; Atmospheric corrosion of historic industrial structures. Part 4 On-site monitoring: Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) for the in situ analysis of metallic heritage artefacts; Oxygen monitoring in the corrosion and preservation of metallic heritage artefacts; Issues in environmental monitoring of metallic heritage artefacts. Part 5 Protection mediums, methods and strategies: Alkaline desalination techniques for archaeological iron; The use of subcritical fluids for the stabilisation of archaeological iron: An overview; Monitoring, modelling and prediction of corrosion rates of historic iron shipwrecks; The role of standards in conservation methods for metals in cultural heritage; Coatings including carboxylates for the preservation of metallic heritage artefacts; Sol-gel coatings for the preservation of metallic heritage artefacts; Plasma treatments for the cleaning and preservation of metallic heritage artefacts; Corrosion inhibitors for the preservation of metallic heritage artefacts.

NEW Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys

Corrosion of magnesium alloys

Edited by G-L Song, General Motors R&D Center, USA and University of Queensland, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 41 ‘…a useful addition to any library dealing with materials… I highly recommend this book.’

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 58

Magnesium (Mg) alloys are receiving increasing attention due to their abundance, light weight, castability, formability, mechanical properties and corrosion performance. By selecting the appropriate combination of materials, coatings and surface modifications, their corrosion resistance can be greatly enhanced. Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys is a comprehensive guide to the effective prevention of corrosion in these important light metals. Part one discusses alloying, inhibition and prevention strategies, before part two reviews surface treatment and conversion. Coatings are then the focus of part three, and the book then concludes in part four with a selection of case studies investigating the application of preventative techniques for both automotive and medical applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Alloying and inhibition: Corrosion behaviour and prevention strategies for magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion performance of magnesium (Mg) alloys containing rare-earth elements; Corrosion inhibition of magnesium (Mg) alloys.

Part 2 Surface treatment and conversion: Surface cleaning and pre-conditioning surface treatments to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Surface processing and alloying to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Laser treatment to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Micro-arc oxidation (MAO) to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Anodization of magnesium (Mg) alloys to improve corrosion resistance; Anodization and corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion-resistant coatings for magnesium (Mg) alloys. Part 3 Coatings: Corrosion-resistant electrochemical plating of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Plating techniques to protect magnesium (Mg) alloys from corrosion; Electroless nickel-boron plating to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Electrodeposition of aluminium (Al) on magnesium (Mg) alloys in ionic liquids to improve corrosion resistance; Cold spray coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Electroless electrophoresis coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Sol-gel coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of magnesium (Mg) alloys. Part 4 Case studies: Magnesium (Mg) corrosion protection techniques in the automotive industry; Control of biodegradation of magnesium (Mg) alloys for medical applications.

586 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 437 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 896 2 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094377

640 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 154 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 157 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782421542

112

Edited by G L Song, GM R&D Center, USA and University of Brisbane, Australia

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Corrosion electrochemistry of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys; Activity and passivity of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys. Part 2 Metallurgical effects: Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys and metallurgical influence; Role of structure and earth-rare elements on the corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion behaviour of magnesium (Mg) based bulk metallic glasses; Corrosion of innovative magnesium (Mg) alloys. Part 3 Environmental influences: Atmospheric corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion creep and fatigue behaviour of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Magnesium (Mg) corrosion: A challenging concept for degradable implants; Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys in engine coolants; Numerical modelling of galvanic corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Non-aqueous electrochemistry of magnesium. Part 4 Corrosion protection: Electrodeposition of aluminium (Al) on magnesium (Mg) alloys in ionic liquids; Corrosion protection of magnesium (Mg) alloys using conversion and electrophoretic coatings; Anodisation and corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 708 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 141 3 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697082

Corrosion control in the aerospace industry Edited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 29 ‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …includes numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’ ‘...undoubtedly a book written by professionals for professionals, which should find a place in our technical libraries.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society) CONTENTS

Corrosion in the aerospace industry. Part 1 Corrosion fundamentals and cost of corrosion: Assessing the cost of corrosion to the aerospace industry; Corrosion and the threat to aircraft structural integrity; Effect of corrosion on the mechanical behaviour of aircraft aluminum alloys.

Part 2 Corrosion monitoring, evaluation and prediction: Nondestructive evaluation of corrosion in the aerospace industry; Corrosion prediction in the aerospace industry; Integrated health and corrosion monitoring systems in the aerospace industry; Corrosion and fatigue modelling of aircraft structures. Part 3 Corrosion protection and prevention: Corrosion control in space launch vehicles; Coating removal techniques in the aerospace industry; Novel corrosion schemes for the aerospace industry; Greases and their role in corrosion control in the aerospace industry; Business strategies for corrosion control in fleet maintenance.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 345 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 553 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693459

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistance Edited by M Schütze and W Quadakkers European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 47 648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 238 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 447 0 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692384

Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelines Edited by S Winnik, ExxonMobil, UK European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 55 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 423 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 427 2 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694234

Techniques for corrosion monitoring Edited by L Yang, Southwest Research Institute (SwRI), USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 23 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 187 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 405 0 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691875

Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials Edited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 25 672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 425 8 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692193

Corrosion in refineries J Harston European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 42 128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 233 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 324 4 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692339

Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testing

Electrochemistry in light water reactors Reference electrodes, measurement, corrosion and tribocorrosion issues

Edited by M Schütze and M Malessa, DECHEMA, Germany European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 53 296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 273 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 347 3 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692735

R-W Bosch, Belgian Nuclear Research Centre (SCK-CEN), Belgium, D Féron, CEASaclay, France and J-P Celis, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 49 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 240 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 302 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692407

Corrosion issues in light water reactors Stress corrosion cracking Edited by D Féron, CEASaclay and J-M Olive, HYDROGENIUS-AIST-Kyushu University, Japan

Amine unit corrosion in refineries

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 51

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 46

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 242 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 346 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692421

56 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 237 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 323 7 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692377

J Harston and F Ropital

Corrosion by carbon and nitrogen

Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts

Metal dusting, carburisation and nitridation

Investigation, conservation and prediction of long term behaviour

H Grabke and M Schütze European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 41 ‘…well written and provides initial knowledge of metal dusting.’

Materials World 332 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 232 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 335 0 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692322

Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawater D Féron, CEA-Saclay, France European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 50 220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 241 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 308 4 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692414

P Dillmann, CNRS, G Beranger, Université de Compiène, France, P Piccardo, Università di Genova, Italy and H Matthiessen, National Museum of Denmark, Denmark European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 48 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 239 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 301 5 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692391

Local probe techniques for corrosion research Edited by R Oltra, Université de Bourgogne, V Maurice, Ecole Nationale Supérieure de Chimie de Paris, France, R Akid, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and P Marcus, ENSCP-CNRS, France European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 45 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 236 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 259 9 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692360

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

113

Corrosion and surface engineering The use of electrochemical scanning tunnelling microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysis Reference material and procedural guidelines R Lindstrom, V Maurice, L Klein and P Marcus European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 44 48 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 235 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 256 8 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692353

Engineering materials science Properties, uses, degradation, remediation H McArthur, Corrosion Consultant to automotive and steel industries and D Spalding, De Montfort University, UK 608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 898563 11 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 049 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563112

Corrosion of austenitic stainless steels Mechanism, mitigation and monitoring Edited by H S Khatak and B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 11 400 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 613 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 401 8 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736139

Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbook S Borenstein Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 2 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 127 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 862 1 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731271

SURFACE ENGINEERING NEW Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitors Edited by M Forsyth, Deakin University and B Hinton, Monash University, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 61

There has been significant research into the development of environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors to replace more traditional chemicals such as chromates. A major area of such research is rare earth metals such as cerium and lanthanum which can be used in coatings to protect metals. This book reviews current research into how they work and the range of coatings using rare-earth corrosion inhibitors.

CONTENTS

The chemistry of rare earth metals and inhibitor compounds; Testing and analysis; Corrosion inhibition in aqueous solutions; Multifunctional rare earth organic corrosion inhibitors; Anodised anti-corrosion coatings; Corrosionresistant polymer coatings; Novel and self-healing anticorrosion coatings.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 347 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 358 5 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093479

NEW Thermochemical surface engineering of steels Improving materials performance Edited by M Somers, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark and E Mittemeijer, Max Planck Institute for Metals Research, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 62

Thermochemical surface engineering significantly improves the properties of steels. Edited by two of the world’s leading authorities, this important book summarises the range of techniques and their applications.

It covers nitriding, nitrocarburizing and carburizing. There are also chapters on low temperature techniques as well as boriding, sheradizing, aluminizing, chromizing, thermoreactive deposition and diffusion.

CONTENTS

Thermodynamic principles; Kinetic principles; Process technologies; Fatigue resistance; Tribology and wear; Corrosion behaviour; Nitriding and nitrocarburizing; Carburizing; Low temperature surface hardening; Gaseous surface hardening; Plasma-assisted surface hardening; Boriding; Sheradizing; Chromizing; Thermoreactive deposition and diffusion.

550 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 592 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 652 4 Approx. £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095923

114

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

NEW Handbook of smart coatings for materials protection Edited by A S H Makhlouf, Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 64

A smart coating is defined as one which changes its properties in response to an environmental stimulus. This important book reviews the new generation of smart coatings for corrosion and other types of material protection. Part one looks at general issues relating to smart coatings, including types, materials, design and processing. Part two reviews self-healing coatings whilst part three discusses other types of coating including UV-curable coatings, smart epoxy coatings and structural self-healing ceramics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Corrosion processes; Overview of smart coatings; Techniques for synthesising and applying smart coatings; Multi-functional, self-healing coatings. Part II Smart coatings with self-healing properties: Nano/micro-layers; Self-healing anti-corrosion coatings; Smart nanocoatings; Smart inorganic and organic coatings for corrosion protection; Smart stannate-based self-healing coatings; Incorporating microcapsules in smart coatings; Electro-active polymer coatings; Smart epoxy coatings; Polyaniline-based organic coatings. Part 2 Other types of coating: Smart selfhealing coatings; Smart water and oil-repellent coatings; UV-curable anti-corrosion coatings; Structural ceramics with self-healing properties.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 680 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 688 3 Approx. £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096807

Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies Edited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 32 ‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies: Tin-free self-polishing marine antifouling coatings. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling.

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 631 3 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693862

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering NEW Laser surface engineering Processes and applications Edited by J Lawrence, C Dowding, D Waugh and J Griffiths, University of Lincoln, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 65

Lasers can alter the surface composition and properties of materials in a highly controllable way, which makes them efficient and costeffective tools for surface engineering. This book provides an overview of the different techniques, the laser-material interactions and the advantages and disadvantages for different applications. Part one looks at laser heat treatment, part two covers laser additive manufacturing such as laser-enhanced electroplating, and part three discusses laser micromachining, structuring and surface modification. Chemical and biological applications of laser surface engineering are explored in part four, including ways to improve the surface corrosion properties of metals.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Thermal surface treatments using lasers: Structures, properties and development trends of laser surface treated hotwork steels, light metal alloys and polycrystalline silicon; Laser nitriding and carburization of materials; Structure and properties of alloys produced by laser surface alloying; Laser surface treatment of AISI 304 steel with the presence of B4C particles. Part 2 Laser additive manufacturing: Surface characterization of laser modified coatings; Coatings deposited by laser cladding on metals; New metallic materials development by laser additive manufacturing; Laser powder deposition for the repair and manufacturing of single crystal Ni-based superalloy components; Innovations in laser cladding and direct metal deposition; Laser controlled intermetallics and nitrides synthesis during surface cladding; Laser-enhanced electroplating for surface engineering.

Part 3 Laser micromachining, structuring and surface modification: Characterization and modification of technical ceramics through laser surface engineering; Laser hybrid fabrication of tuneable micro-nano surface structures and their functionalization; Thin films deposition and surface structuring by pulsed laser irradiation; Laser surface processing for tailored surface properties; Femtosecond laser micromachining on optical fiber; Spatio-temporal manipulation of ultrashort pulses for 3D laser processing in glass; Tribology optimization by laser surface texturing: from bulk materials to surface coatings; Fabrication of periodic sub-micrometer and micrometer arrays using laser interference; Ultra-short pulsed laser surface texturing; YAG laser surface texturing and its extension; Laser surface ablation; Ablation effects of femtosecond laser functionalization on surfaces. Part 4 Chemical and biological applications of laser surface engineering: Laser surface engineering of titanium and its alloys for aerospace and biomedical applications; A novel approach to improve the surface corrosion properties of nickel-aluminium bronze; Luminescence spectroscopy as versatile probes for chemical diagnostics on the solid-liquid interface; Laser surface engineering in dentistry; Laser-assisted fabrication of tissue engineering scaffolds from titanium alloys; The effects of laser re-melting of NiTi on in vitro mesenchymal stem cell responses; Modeling of laser processes.

900 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2014 ISBN: 978 1 78242 074 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 079 8 Approx. £220.00/US$365.00/€265.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420743

Laser surface modification of alloys for corrosion and erosion resistance Edited by C T Kwok, University of Macau, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 50

Corrosion and erosion processes often occur synergistically to cause serious damage to metal alloys. Laser surface modification techniques such as laser surface melting or alloying are being increasingly used to treat surfaces to prevent corrosion or repair corroded or damaged components. Laser surface modification of alloys for corrosion and erosion resistance reviews the wealth of recent research on these important techniques and their applications. After an introductory overview, part one reviews the use of laser surface melting and other techniques to improve the corrosion resistance of stainless and other steels as well as nickel-titanium and a range of other alloys. Part two covers the use of laser surface modification to prevent different types of erosion, including liquid impingement, slurry (solid particle) and electrical erosion as well as laser remanufacturing of damaged components.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Improving corrosion and cracking resistance: Laser surface modification of steel and cast iron for corrosion resistance; Laser surface melting (LSM) to repair stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in weld metal; Laser surface melting (LSM) of stainless steels for mitigating intergranular corrosion (IGC); Pulsed laser surface treatment of multilayer gold– nickel–copper (Au/Ni/Cu) coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of components in electronics; Laser surface modification of nickel–titanium (NiTi) alloy biomaterials to improve biocompatibility and corrosion resistance. Part 2 Improving erosion–corrosion resistance: Laser surface modification of metals for liquid impingement erosion resistance; Laser surface modification of steel for slurry erosion resistance in power plants; Laser surface alloying (LSA) of copper for electrical erosion resistance; Laser remanufacturing to improve the erosion and corrosion resistance of metal components; Laser surface remelting to improve the erosion–corrosion resistance of nickel–chromium– aluminium–yttrium (NiCrAlY) plasma spray coatings.

392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 015 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 583 1 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090157

Laser shock peening Performance and process simulation K Ding and L Ye, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 15 ‘This is the first book to consolidate disparate knowledge on the subject into one comprehensive publication.’

World of Metallurgy - ERZMETALL 172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 929 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 109 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739291

Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterials Edited by V S Saji, Korea University, South Korea and R Cook, TDA Research Inc., USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 49

This book covers the use of nanomaterials to prevent corrosion. The first section deals with the fundamentals of corrosion prevention using nanomaterials. Part two includes a series of case studies and applications of nanomaterials for corrosion control.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Corrosion behaviour and manufacture of nanocrystalline materials: The impact of nanotechnology in reducing corrosion cost; Corrosion and nanomaterials: Thermodynamic and kinetic factors; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: The influence of grain size; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: Electrochemical influences; Electrodeposition: The versatile technique for nanomaterials. Part 2 The use of nanomaterials in corrosion control: Moderate temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline structures; High temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline coatings; Nanocoatings to improve the tribocorrosion performance of materials; Self-healing nanocoatings for corrosion control; The use of nanoreservoirs in corrosion protection coatings; Nanoparticle-based corrosion inhibitors and self-assembled monolayers; Sol-gel nanocoatings for corrosion protection; Polymer nanocomposites in corrosion control; Nanocoatings for corrosion protection of aerospace alloys; Nanoscience and biomaterial corrosion control.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 949 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 580 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699499

Thermal barrier coatings Edited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 39 ‘Provides a comprehensive review of this important subject.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and structure: Thermal barrier coatings prepared by electron beam physical vapor deposition (EB-PVD); Ceramic thermal barrier coating materials; Metallic coatings for high-temperature oxidation resistance; Nanostructured thermal barrier coatings. Part 2 Processing and spraying techniques: Plasma spraying and its applications: Processes and applications; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings EB-PVD; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings by plasma spraying (PS); Plasmasprayed thermal barrier coatings with segmentation cracks; Detonation gun sprayed thermal barrier coatings.

Part 3 Performance of thermal barrier coatings: Oxidation and hot-corrosion of thermal barrier coatings (TBCs); Failure mechanism of thermal barrier coatings by EB-PVD under thermo-mechanical coupled loads; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of thermal barrier coatings; Substrate and bond coat related failure of thermal barrier coatings; Life prediction of thermal barrier coatings; New materials, technologies and processes in thermal barrier coatings.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 658 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 082 9 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696580

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

115

Corrosion and surface engineering Materials and surface engineering

Electroless copper and nickelphosphorus plating

Research and development

Processing, characterisation and modelling

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast, UK, X Wu, Materials Innovation Institute, The Netherlands and K G Keong, formerly Queen’s University Belfast, UK

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 2

This book, the second in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles, and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development materials and surface engineering and its applications.

This book addresses all types of materials, including metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics and glasses, composites, nanomaterials, biomaterials, etc. The relationship between micro and nano-structure, processing and properties of materials is discussed.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 38 ‘The author’s use of modelling brings a new level of fundamental understanding to the field.’

Materials World CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Scratch resistance of modified polymethylmethacrylate nanocomposites; Nanomechanical properties and nanoscale deformation of engineering metals and alloys; Analysis of large-strain microindentation of crystalline polymers; Nanocomposite coatings: A review; Thermal sprayed WC-Co coatings for tribological application; Tribological performance of electroless Ni-P coatings; Tribological response of materials during sliding against various surface textures; Laser straight cutting of Ti-6Al-4V alloy: Temperature and stress fields.

Introduction to electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus (NiP) depositions. Part 1 Electroless copper depositions: Surface morphology evolution of electroless copper deposits; Crosssection of electroless copper deposits and the void fraction; Crystal structure and surface residual stress of electroless copper deposits; The atomic model of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Molecular dynamics (MD) simulation of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Adhesion strength of electroless copper deposit to epoxy board; Electrical resistivity of electroless copper deposit; Applications of electroless copper deposits. Part 2 Electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) depositions: Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with high phosphorus content; Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with medium and low phosphorus content; Modelling the thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Artificial neural network (ANN) modelling of crystallisation temperatures of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Hardness evolution of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with thermal processing; Applications of electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) plating.

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 151 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 603 6 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091512

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 808 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 096 6 £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698089

Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films Technologies and applications Edited by A S H Makhlouf, Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces, Germany and I Tiginyanu, Academy of Scientific Research, Moldova Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 45 CONTENTS

Part 1 Technologies: Current and advanced coating technologies for industrial applications; Nanostructured thin films from amphiphilic molecules; Chemical and physical vapor deposition methods for nanocoatings; Surface-initiated polymerisation for nanocoatings; Methods for analysing nanocoatings and ultra-thin films. Part 2 Applications: Conventional and advanced coatings for industrial applications: An overview; Nanocoatings for architectural glass; Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films for packaging applications; Advanced protective coatings for aeronautical applications; Nanoimprint lithographic (NIL) techniques for electronics applications; Ultra-thin membranes for sensor applications; Nanocoatings for tribological applications; Selfcleaning smart nanocoatings.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 812 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 490 2 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698126

Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings Edited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 47 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of tribocorrosion: Corrosion and passivity of metals and coatings; Adsorption layers and passive oxide films on metals; Friction and wear of passive metals and coatings; Environmental effects in fretting; Tribocorrosion mechanisms in sliding contacts; Models and mechanisms of erosion corrosion in metals. Part 2 Methods for measurement and prevention of tribocorrosion: Electrochemical methods in tribocorrosion; Tribocorrosion test protocols for sliding contacts; Methods for studying erosion-corrosion; Metallic materials for tribocorrosion systems; Coatings for tribocorrosion protection.

Part 3 Tribocorrosion in engineering and medicine: Biotribocorrosion: Surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: In vitro testing and clinical implications; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Tribocorrosion issues in nuclear power generation; Tribocorrosion in marine environments; Erosionaccelerated corrosion in flow systems: The behaviour of aluminium alloys in automotive cooling systems; Chemicalmechanical polishing (CMP): A controlled tribocorrosion process; Tribocorrosion at elevated-temperatures in the metal working industry.

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 966 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 373 8 £170.00/US$280.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699666

116

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Nanostructured metals and alloys Processing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applications Edited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 40 CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys: Production of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys by severe plastic deformation (SPD); Bulk nanostructured metals and alloys produced by accumulative roll-bonding; Nanocrystalline metals and alloys prepared by mechanical attrition; The processing of nanocrystalline steels by solid reaction; The processing of bulk nanocrystalline metals and alloys by electrodeposition; Bulk nanocrystalline and nanocomposite alloys produced from amorphous phase; Severe plastic deformation and production of nanostructured alloys by machining. Part 2 Microstructure: Deformation structures including twins in nanograined pure metals; Microstructure and mechanical properties of nanostructured ferrous alloys by equal-channel angular pressing; Characteristic structures and properties of nanostructured metals prepared by plastic deformation.

Part 3 Mechanical properties: Strengthening mechanisms in nanocrystalline metals; Elastic and plastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals; Mechanical properties of multi-scale metallic materials; Enhanced ductility and its mechanisms in nanocrystalline metallic materials; Mechanical behavior of nanostructured metals based on molecular dynamics computer simulations; Surface deformation and mechanical behaviour of nanostructured alloys; Fatigue behaviour in nanostructured metals; Superplastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals and alloys; Creep and high temperature deformation in nanostructured metals and alloys. Part 4 Applications: Processing of nanostructured metal and metal-matrix coatings by thermal and cold spraying; Nanocoatings for commercial and industrial applications; Application of nanostructured steel sheets to automotive body structures; Production processes for nanostructured wires, bars and strips; Nanostructured plain carbon-manganese (C-Mn) steel sheets by ultra-fast cooling and short interval multi-pass hot rolling.

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 670 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 112 3 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696702

Advances in laser materials processing Technology, research and application Edited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 69 ‘…most will find this book an excellent vehicle.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and challenges for the future. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining. Part 3 Laser welding. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 474 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 981 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694746

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Surface engineering of light alloys

Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfaces

Aluminium, magnesium and titanium alloys Edited by H Dong, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 34 ‘A standard reference for engineers and scientists looking for a comprehensive source of information on surface engineering of aluminium, magnesium and titanium alloys.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Surface degradation of light alloys: Corrosion behaviour of magnesium alloys and protection techniques; Wear properties of aluminium-based alloys; Tribological properties of titanium alloys. Part 2 Surface engineering technologies for light alloys: Anodising of light alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatment of aluminium and titanium alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatments of magnesium alloys; Thermal spraying of light alloys; Cold spraying of light alloys; Physical vapour deposition of magnesium alloys; Plasma assisted surface treatment of aluminium alloys to combat wear; Plasma immersion ion implantation (PIII) of light alloys; Laser surface modification of titanium alloys; Laser surface modification of aluminium and magnesium alloys; Ceramic conversion treatment of titanium-based materials; Duplex surface treatments of light alloys. Part 3 Applications for surface engineered light alloys: Surface engineered light alloys for sports equipment; Surface engineered titanium alloys for biomedical devices; Plasma electrolytic oxidation and anodised aluminium alloys for spacecraft applications.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 537 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 945 1 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695378

High-performance organic coatings Edited by A S Khanna, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 27 472 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 265 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 473 9 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692650

The cold spray materials deposition process Fundamentals and applications V K Champagne, US Army Research Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 20 376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 181 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 378 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691813

Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfaces

Edited by L Fedrizzi, University of Udine, Italy, H Terryn, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium and A Simoes, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 54 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 365 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 368 8 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693657

Edited by J P Blitz, Eastern Illinois University, and C B Little, Supelco Inc, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 7 CONTENTS

Material substrates: Polymers, composites and inorganic surfaces; Established and novel surface modification techniques; Characterisation of surface properties; Application of novel modified surfaces.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 822 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 859 1 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738225

Surface coatings for protection against wear

Engineering coatings

Edited by B G Mellor, University of Southampton, UK

S Grainger and J Blunt

Design and application Second edition Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 5

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 18 ‘…aimed at undergraduates who require a sound understanding of surface engineering methods, and practicing engineers, to aid them in the selection of appropriate coatings and processes.’

336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 369 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 857 7 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733695

Materials World 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 767 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 156 1 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737679

Surface engineering casebook

Surfacing

Edited by J S Burnell-Gray and P K Datta, University of Northumbria at Newcastle, UK

Core research from TWI Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 9 166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 517 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735170

Solutions to corrosion and wear-related failures

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 3 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 260 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 296 0 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732605

Paint and surface coatings Theory and practice Second edition

Nickel and chromium plating

Edited by R Lambourne, formerly ICI Paints Division and Industrial Colloid Advisory Group, Bristol University and T A Strivens, formerly ICI Paints Division, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 8 ‘A comprehensive reference source for all those in the paint industry.’

Third edition J K Dennis and T E Such Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 1 464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 081 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 863 8 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730816

European Coatings 800 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 348 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 700 6 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733480

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

117

Fatigue, fracture and failure PREVENTING FATIGUE AND FAILURE NEW IIW recommendations on methods for improving the fatigue strength of welded joints IIW-2142-110 P J Haagensen, Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway and S J Maddox, TWI, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 79

The weld toe is a primary source of fatigue cracking because of the severity of the stress concentration it produces. Weld toe improvement can increase the fatigue strength of new structures significantly. It can also be used to repair or upgrade existing structures.

However, in practice there have been wide variations in the actual improvements in fatigue strength achieved. Based on an extensive testing programme organised by the IIW, this report reviews the main methods for weld toe improvement to increase fatigue strength: burr grinding, TIG dressing and hammer and needle peening. The report provides specifications for the practical use of each method, including equipment, weld preparation and operation. It also offers guidance on inspection, quality control and training as well as assessments of fatigue strength and thickness effects possible with each technique. IIW recommendations on methods for improving the fatigue strength of welded joints will allow a more consistent use of these methods and more predictable increases in fatigue strength.

CONTENTS

Minimization of welding distortion and buckling

Fatal accidents How prosperity and safety are linked J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

Modelling and implementation

‘…written in a very direct style and authoritative manner with a propensity to take every day assumptions and stand them on their head.’

Edited by P Michaleris, Penn State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 72

Weld distortion and buckling is caused by expansion and contraction of the weld and base metal during the heating and cooling cycle of the welding process. This book reviews ways of understanding and modelling welding residual stress and distortion. It also discusses a range of techniques for minimising bowing, buckling and angular distortion.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Understanding welding residual stress and distortion: Introduction to welding residual stress and distortion; Understanding welding stress and distortion using computational welding mechanics; Modelling the effects of phase transformations on welding stress and distortion; Modelling welding stress and distortion in large structures; Using computationally-efficient, reduced-solution methods to understand welding distortion. Part 2 Minimising welding distortion: Minimization of bowing distortion in welded stiffeners using differential heating; Dynamic thermal tensioning for controlling welding induced distortion; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by weld cooling; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by hybrid laser arc welding; Minimizing angular distortion in welding by reverseside heating.

316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 662 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 290 8 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696627

CONTENTS

How fatal accidents happen; Fatality and loss rates in transport and industry; Mortality from all causes; Economic growth; Analysing historical data: Characteristics and methods; Some outstanding questions.

144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 530 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 655 9 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695309

Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches Second edition D Radaj, Braunschweig Technical University, C M Sonsino, Darmstadt and Saarland Universities and W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 59 ‘...a standard reference for designers, structural analysts and testing engineers.’

Welding and Cutting 660 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 948 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 188 2 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739482

Fatigue in railway infrastructure

Engineering catastrophes

Edited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

Causes and effects of major accidents Third edition

‘the book is recommended reading for anyone wanting to understand why disasters occur and how they could have been avoided.’

Scope; Burr grinding; Tungsten inert gas (TIG) dressing; Hammer peening; Needle peening; Recommendations related to structural hot-spot stress; References.

‘The book almost exclusively tackles the subject of failures in railway infrastructure.’

48 pages 279 x 216mm (8 x 11) paperback 2013 ISBN: 978 1 78242 064 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 065 1 £115.00/US$190.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781782420644

‘The book has plenty of detail about embankments, cuttings and bridges.’

Materials World

‘The text is particularly useful to up-and-coming railway civil engineers and designers aware of failure modes that are not taught in many university courses.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Fatigue in railways: An overview; Fatigue in railway and tramway track; Fatigue in railway bridges; Safety and reliability issues affecting escalators and moving walks in railway stations; Design, safety and reliability of lifts in railway stations.

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 85573 740 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 702 0 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737402

118

The RoSPA Occupational Safety & Health Journal

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

288 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 016 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 081 6 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690168

Structural shear joints Analysis, properties and design for repeated loading G T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 16 280 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 119 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 868 3 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691196 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Fatigue, fracture and failure Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section joints Recommendations of IIW subcommission XV-E Edited by X-L Zhao and J A Packer Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 46 96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 522 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 312 7 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735224

Fatigue design of welded joints and components Recommendations of IIW Joint Working Group XIII - XV Edited by A Hobbacher Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 24 CONTENTS

General; Fatigue actions (loading); Fatigue resistance; Fatigue assessment; Safety considerations; Appendices; References.

128 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 315 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 318 9 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733152

Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 21 328 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 264 3 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732643

UNDERSTANDING FATIGUE AND FAILURE IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis IIW-2006-09 W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 78

The notch stress approach for fatigue assessment of welded joints is based on the highest elastic stress at the weld toe or root.

In order to avoid arbitrary or infinite stress results, a rounded shape with a reference radius instead of the actual sharp toe or root is usually assumed. IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis reviews different proposals for reference radii together with associated S-N curves. Detailed recommendations are given for the numerical analysis of notch stress by the finite or boundary element method. Several aspects are discussed, such as the structural weakening by keyhole-shaped notches and the consideration of multiaxial stress states. Appropriate S-N curves are presented for the assessment of the fatigue strength of different materials. Finally, four examples illustrate the application of the approach as well as the variety of structures which can be analysed and the range of results that can be obtained from different models.

CONTENTS

Fatigue strength of welded structures Second edition S J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 7

Background to the approach; Numerical analysis of notch stresses; Fatigue strength; Demonstration examples.

Published in Association with the International Institute of Welding (IIW) 48 pages 279 x 216mm (8 x 11) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 855 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 856 6 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098559

Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures A Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 77 ‘Experience has shown that the problem of guaranteeing the safe operation of structures can be divided into certain key requirements. We are pleased to say that this manual completely meets these requirements.’

Professor B. E. Paton, President of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine (from the Foreword) Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures provides an essential guide to the key principles and problems involved in the analysis of welded structures. Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the load-carrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures.

CONTENTS

The temperature field in welding; Welding stresses and strains; Load-carrying capacity of welded structures; Diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures; Acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures; Supplementary sections. Numerical techniques and tests for welded structures.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 531 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 757 6 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095312

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 013 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 879 9 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730137

Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures D Radaj Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 2 378 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 004 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 875 1 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730045

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

119

Fatigue, fracture and failure Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies

Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies

Volume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classes

Volume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developments

Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 51

This important two-volume book reviews the problem of degradation of metals and other materials exposed to hydrogen. The first part of volume one begins by discussing how the problem of gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects such sectors as the petrochemicals, automotive, nuclear and other energy industries. Part two reviews ways of characterising and testing for hydrogenassisted fatigue and fracture. A final group of chapters analyse the ways gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects high-performance steels, superalloys, titanium and aluminium alloys.

CONTENTS

Part 1 The hydrogen embrittlement problem: Hydrogen production and containment; Hydrogen-induced disbonding and embrittlement of steels used in petrochemical refining; Assessing hydrogen embrittlement in automotive hydrogen tanks; Gaseous hydrogen issues in nuclear waste disposal; Hydrogen embrittlement in nuclear power systems; Standards and codes to control hydrogeninduced cracking in pressure vessels and pipes for hydrogen gas storage and transport. Part 2 Characterisation and analysis of hydrogen embrittlement: Fracture and fatigue test methods in hydrogen gas; Mechanics of modern test methods and quantitive-accelerated testing for hydrogen embrittlement; Metallographic and Fractographic techniques for characterising and understanding hydrogen-assisted cracking of metals; Fatigue crack initiation and fatigue life of metals exposed to hydrogen; Effects of hydrogen on fatigue-crack propagation in steels. Part 3 The hydrogen embrittlement of alloy classes: Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels; Hydrogen trapping phenomena in martensitic steels; Hydrogen embrittlement of carbon steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of highstrength low-alloy (HSLA) steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of nickel, cobalt and iron-based superalloys; Hydrogen effects in titanium alloys; Hydrogen embrittlement of aluminium and aluminium-based alloys; Hydrogen-induced degradation of rubber seals.

Stress corrosion cracking Theory and practice Edited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan

Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 52 ‘This book is a worthwhile purchase for anybody with a serious interest in the area of hydrogen embrittlement.

It is a valuable reference for scientists and engineers alike, whether they are university students or experienced professionals.’

Materials World The first part of volume two reviews the mechanism of hydrogen embrittlement, including absorption, diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in metals. Part two discusses ways of modelling hydrogen-induced damage and assessing service life. The final section in the book assesses future trends in research.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Mechanisms of hydrogen interactions with metals: Hydrogen adsorption on the surface of metals; Analysing hydrogen in metals: Bulk thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS) methods; Analysing hydrogen in metals: Surface techniques; Hydrogen diffusion and trapping in metals; Control of hydrogen embrittlement of metals by chemical inhibitors and coatings; The role of grain boundaries in hydrogen induced cracking (HIC) of steels; Influence of hydrogen on the behavior of dislocations. Part 2 Modelling hydrogen embrittlement: Modelling hydrogen induced damage mechanisms in metals; Hydrogen effects on the plasticity of face-centred cubic (ffc) crystals; Continuum mechanics modelling of hydrogen embrittlement; Degradation models for hydrogen embrittlement; Effect of inelastic strain on hydrogen-assisted fracture of metals; Development of service life prognosis systems for hydrogen energy devices. Part 3 The future: Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of high-performance metals in energy systems: Future trends.

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 536 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 537 4 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095367

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 677 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 389 9 £200.00/US$330.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696771

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 46 CONTENTS

Part 1 fundamental aspects of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and hydrogen embrittlement: Mechanistic and fractographic aspects of stress-corrosion cracking; Hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms. Part 2 Test methods for determining stress corrosion cracking susceptibilities: Testing and evaluation methods for stress corrosion cracking in metals. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking in specific materials: Stress corrosion cracking in low and medium strength carbon steels; Stress corrosion cracking in stainless steels; Factors affecting stress corrosion cracking and fundamental mechanistic understanding of stainless steels; Stress corrosion cracking in nickel-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in aluminium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in magnesium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen-assisted cracking in titanium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in copper and copper-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless and ferritic steel weldments; Stress corrosion cracking in polymer composites.

Part 4 Environmentally-assisted cracking problems in various industries: Stress corrosion cracking in boilers and cooling water systems; Environmentally-assisted cracking in oil and gas production; Stress corrosion cracking in aerospace vehicles; Prediction of stress corrosion cracking in nuclear power systems; Failures of structures and components by metal-induced embrittlement; Stress corrosion cracking in pipelines.

816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 673 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 376 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696733

Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structures Edited by K Macdonald, UiS, Norway Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 71 ‘This book is a timely addition to the body of literature on the subject and will be of undoubted value to both researchers and practitioners as a reference of current thinking.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Analysing fracture of welded joints and structures: Constraint-based fracture mechanics in predicting the failure of welded joints; Constraint fracture mechanics: Test methods; Fracture assessment methods for welded structures. Part 2 Analysing fatigue of welded joints and structures: Fatigue strength assessment of local stresses in welded joints; Improving weld class systems in assessing the fatigue life of different welded joint designs; Fatigue design rules for welded structures; Fatigue assessment methods for variable amplitude loading of welded structures; Reliability aspects in fatigue design of welded structure using selected local approaches: The example of k-nodes for offshore costructions; Assessing residual stresses in predicting the service life of welded structures; Fatigue strength improvement methods.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 513 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 250 2 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695132

120

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Fatigue, fracture and failure Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processes Edited by X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA

Weld cracking in ferrous alloys

Fatigue

Edited by R Singh, Monash University, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 42 CONTENTS

Core research from TWI

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 63

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 68 ‘Both thorough and concise, this book will be a great help to researchers and engineers who specialise in the processing of metallic materials or in microelectronics.’

SOUDAGE ‘Accurate and concise, this book offers effective help and support for researchers, engineers, and all those who work with these modern and advanced welding techniques in the automobile, shipbuilding and petrochemical sectors as well as in the steel industry.’

Revista Italiana della Saldarura ‘The coverage and discussion of the failure mechanisms in welds made by so-called advanced welding processes are thorough and provide a good source of information for weld engineers, researchers and students.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Mechanics modeling of spot welds under general loading conditions and applications to fatigue life predictions; Resistance spot weld failure mode and weld performance for aluminium alloys; Resistance spot weld performance and weld failure modes for dual phase and TRIP steels; Fatigue behavior of spot welded joints in steel sheets; Non-destructive evaluation of spot weld quality; Solid state joining - fundamentals of friction stir welding; Failure mechanisms in friction stir welds; Microstructure characteristics and mechanical properties of the magnesium and aluminium alloy laser weld bonded joint; Fatigue in laser welds; Weld metal ductility and its influence on formability of tailor welded blanks; Joining of lightweight materials using reactive nanofoils.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 536 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 976 5 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695361

Multiaxial notch fatigue L Susmel, University of Ferrara, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 30

The book provides all the engineering information required for calculating the stress/strain quantities commonly used in multiaxial fatigue problems in metals and composites.

CONTENTS

Useful stress quantities used in fatigue problems; Fundamentals of fatigue assessment; The modified Wöhler curve method in fatigue assessment; Fatigue assessment of notched components according to the modified Wöhler curve method; Multiaxial fatigue assessment of welded structures; The modified Wöhler curve method and metallic materials cracking behaviour under fatigue loading; The modified Manson-Coffin curve method in fatigue assessment; Multiaxial fatigue of composite materials.

588 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 582 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 583 5 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695828

‘…a valuable source of reference for all those concerned with improving the quality of welding and welded components.’

Welding and Cutting

The stress magnification effect of angular misalignment at butt welds; Stress interaction effects in fatigue – a compendium of experimental findings; Fatigue of loadcarrying fillet welded joints under multiaxial loading; Treatment of low stresses when applying Miner’s rule in the fatigue design of welded aluminium alloys; A stress intensity factor solution for root defects in fillet and partial penetration welds; An investigation into fatigue of fillet welded plate joints under varying principal stress direction; Fatigue of welded joints under complex loading – a review.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 300 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 545 3 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693008

210 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 520 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735200

Fatigue analysis of welded components

Fracture

Designer’s guide to the structural hot-spot stress approach

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 43 CONTENTS

E Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland, W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany and S J Maddox, TWI, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 57

56 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 124 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 666 5 £112.50/US$185.00/€135.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691240

Cumulative damage of welded joints T R Gurney, formerly TWI, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 56

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 938 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 103 5 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739383

Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion Edited by Z Feng, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 54 ‘…authored by leading experts in the field.’

Welding and Cutting 364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 771 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 093 9 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737716

Core research from TWI

208 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 521 7 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735217

Predictive formulae for weld distortion A critical review G Verhaeghe, TWI Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 35 102 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 444 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734449

Local strain and temperature measurement Edited by J Ziebs 342 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 424 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 314 1 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734241

Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loading T R Gurney Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 27 CONTENTS

Management summary; Thinness effect: Constant amplitude fatigue tests on 6mm and 2mm thick specimens; Investigation of ‘hot-spot stress’ concept; Scatter; Variable amplitude fatigue tests on welded joints in rectangular hollow sections (RHS).

222 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 338 1 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733381

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

121

Welding technologies The ‘local approach’ to cleavage fracture Concepts and applications C S Wiesner Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 20

This report assesses the current state of CONTENTS

Micromechanisms of cleavage fracture; Methodology of the ‘local approach’ to cleavage fracture; Application of the ‘local approach’ to cleavage fracture; Parent steel; Weldments; General discussion.

70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 261 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732612

Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded components Edited by E Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 19 CONTENTS

Scope and field of application; Stresses considered in fatigue analysis; Stress raisers; Fatigue analysis approaches; Guidelines for the choice of fatigue analysis method; Guidelines for finite element analysis; Experimental determination of stresses.

80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 213 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 320 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732131

Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applications First International Conference Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 11 304 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 122 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 322 6 £57.50/US$95.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731226

The fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded joints A study of the influence of joint geometry T R Gurney Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 8 112 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 066 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 325 7 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730663

WELDING TECHNOLOGIES NEW Advances in friction-stir welding and processing

NEW Self-piercing riveting Properties, processes and applications Edited by A Chrysanthou, University of Hertfordshire, UK and X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA

M-K Besharati-Givi and P Asadi, University of Tehran, Iran

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 82

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 81

Self-piercing riveting is a high-speed mechanical fastening technique for the joining of sheet material components. The process is being taken up by many industries due to its speed, low energy requirements and the fact that it does not require a pre-drilled hole. The book covers topics such as the selfpiercing riveting process, self-piercing riveting equipment, dynamic strength evaluation of self-piercing riveted joints, modelling of strength of self-piercing riveted joints, corrosion behaviour of self-piercing riveted joints, quality control and non-destructive testing.

Friction-stir welding (FSW) is a solid-state joining process primarily used on aluminium, and is also widely used for joining dissimilar metals such as aluminium, magnesium, copper and ferrous alloys. Recently, a friction-stir processing (FSP) technique based on FSW has been used for microstructural modifications, the homogenized and refined microstructure along with the reduced porosity resulting in improved mechanical properties. Advances in friction-stir welding and processing deals with the processes involved in different metals and polymers, including their microstructural and mechanical properties, wear and corrosion behaviour, heat flow, and simulation.

This book is structured into ten chapters, covering applications of the technology; tool and welding design; material and heat flow; microstructural evolution; mechanical properties; corrosion behaviour and wear properties. Later chapters cover mechanical alloying and FSP as a welding and casting repair technique; optimization and simulation of artificial neural networks; and FSW and FSP of polymers.

CONTENTS

Applications; Material and heat flow; Microstructural evolution; Mechanical properties; Corrosion behaviour, wear properties; Mechanical alloying by FSP, FSP as a welding and casting repair technique, welding forces; Artificial neural network, optimization and simulation; FSW and FSP of polymers.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 454 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 455 1 Approx. £120.00/US$200.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094544

Welding processes handbook Second edition K Weman, ESAB, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 73 CONTENTS

Introduction to welding; Gas welding; Basics of electricity in welding; Arc welding: An overview; Power sources for arc welding; TIG welding; Plasma welding; MIG/MAG welding; Manual metal arc (MMA) welding with coated electrodes; Submerged arc welding; Pressure welding methods; Other methods of welding; Cutting method; Surface cladding and hardfacing methods; Mechanisation and robot welding; Soldering and brazing; The welding environment and welding safety; Welding residual stress and distortion; The weldability of steel; Welding of aluminium; Design of welded components; Quality assurance and quality management; Welding costs.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties: Mechanical strength of self-piercing riveting (SPR); Fatigue behaviour of self-piercing riveted joints; Corrosion behaviour of self-piercing riveted joints; Dynamic strength evaluation/crashworthiness of self-piercing riveted joints; Modelling the strength of self-piercing riveted joints. Part 2 Processing and applications: Assessing the suitability of materials for self-piercing riveting (SPR); Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints; Optimization of the strength of self-piercing rivets (SPRs); Self-piercing riveting (SPR) in the automotive industry: An overview; Self-piercing riveting (SPR) in automated vehicle construction.

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 1 84569 535 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 884 9 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695354

Welding and joining of magnesium alloys Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 70 CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Introduction to the welding and joining of magnesium; Welding metallurgy of magnesium alloys; Preparation for welding of magnesium alloys; Welding materials for magnesium alloys; Welding and joining of magnesium alloys to aluminium alloys; The joining of magnesium alloys to steel; Corrosion and protection of magnesium alloy welds. Part 2 Particular welding and joining techniques: Brazing and soldering of magnesium alloys; Mechanical joining of magnesium alloys; Adhesive bonding of magnesium alloys; Gas-tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of magnesium alloys; Metal inert gas welding (MIG) of magnesium alloys; Variable polarity plasma arc welding of magnesium alloys; Hybrid laser-arc welding of magnesium alloys; Activating flux tungsten inert gas (A-TIG) of magnesium alloys; Friction stir welding of magnesium alloys; Laser welding of magnesium alloys; Resistance spot welding of magnesium alloys; Electro-magnetic welding of Mg alloys.

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

280 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 510 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 518 3 £72.50/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095107

122

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Welding technologies NEW Handbook of laser welding technologies

NEW Advances in brazing

Edited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan

Edited by D P Sekulic, University of Kentucky, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 41

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 80

Laser welding is a rapidly developing and versatile technology which has found increasing applications in industry and manufacturing. It allows the precision welding of small and hard-to-reach areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The Handbook of laser welding technologies reviews the latest developments in the field and how they can be used across a variety of applications.

Part one provides an introduction to the fundamentals of laser welding. Part two highlights laser welding technologies for various materials including aluminium and titanium alloys, plastics and glass. Part three focuses on developments in emerging laser welding technologies before part four explores the applications of laser welding in the automotive, railway and shipbuilding industries.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Introduction: Fundamentals of laser welding; Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd:YAG laser welding; Developments in disk laser welding; Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Conduction laser welding; Developments in laser micro welding technology. Part 2 Laser welding technologies for various materials: Laser welding of light metal alloys: Aluminium and titanium alloys; Laser welding and brazing of dissimilar metals; Laser welding of plastics; Laser welding of glass; Defects formation mechanisms and preventive procedures in laser welding; Residual stress and distortion in laser welding. Part 3 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Applications of robotics in laser welding; Developments in beam scanning (remote) technologies and smart beam processing; Developments in twin-beam laser welding technology; Developments in multipass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 4 Applications of laser welding: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 264 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 877 1 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092649

Science, technology and applications

Brazing processes offer enhanced control, adaptability and cost-efficiency in the joining of materials, which has unsurprisingly lead to great interest and investment. Drawing on important research in the area, Advances in brazing provides a clear guide to the key elements of field. Beginning with an introduction to the fundamental principles of brazing, the book goes on to discuss varied materials used in brazing processes, and concludes by exploring their use in a wide range of applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of brazing: The wetting process in brazing; Strength and margins of brazed joints; Modeling of the sequence phenomena in brazing. Part 2 Materials used in brazing: Brazing of superalloys and intermetallic alloys; High temperature brazing: Filler metals and processing; Brazing of diamonds and cubic boron nitride; Brazing of oxide, carbide, nitride and composite ceramics; Brazing of nickel, ferrite and titanium-aluminum intermetallics; Brazing of aluminium and aluminium to steel; Controlled atmosphere brazing of aluminum; Active metal brazing of advanced ceramic composites to metallic systems; Brazing of metal and ceramic joints; Brazing of carbon-carbon (C/C) composites to metals. Part 3 Applications of brazing and brazed materials: Brazing of cutting materials; Coating techniques using brazing; Metal-nonmetal brazing for electrical, packaging and structural applications; Glasses and glass ceramics as brazing materials for high temperature applications; Brazing of nickel-based filler metals for pipes and other components in contact with drinking water; Fluxless brazing of aluminium.

628 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 423 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 650 0 £180.00/US$295.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094230

Welding and joining of aerospace materials Edited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 74 CONTENTS

Part 1 Welding techniques: New welding techniques for aerospace engineering; Inertia friction welding (IFW) for aerospace applications; Laser welding of metals for aerospace and other applications; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aerospace and other materials; Heat affected zone cracking in welded nickel superalloys. Part 2 Other joining techniques: Assessing the riveting process and the quality of riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Improvements in bonding metals for aerospace and other applications; Composite to metal bonding in aerospace and other applications; Diffusion bonding of metal alloys in aerospace and other applications; High-temperature brazing in aerospace engineering.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 532 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 516 9 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695323

Advances in laser materials processing Technology, research and application Edited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 69 ‘…most will find this book an excellent vehicle.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and challenges for the future: ‘Light’ industry: An introduction to laser processing and its industrial applications; The challenges ahead for laser macro, micro, and nano manufacturing. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining: Laser fusion cutting of difficult materials; Laser-assisted glass cleaving; Laser dicing of silicon and electronics substrates; Laser machining of carbon fibre-reinforced plastic composites. Part 3 Laser welding: Understanding and improving process control in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding; Physical mechanisms controlling keyhole and melt pool dynamics during laser welding; Laser microspot welding in electronics production; Enhancing laser welding capabilities by hybridization or combination with other processes. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening: Laser transformation hardening of steel; Pulsed laser annealing technology for nanoscale fabrication of silicon-based devices in semiconductors. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers: The laser induced forward transfer (LIFT) technique for micro-printing; Production of biomaterial coatings by laser-assisted processes; Thick metallic coatings by coaxial and side laser cladding: Processing and properties. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering: Laser direct metal deposition: Theory and applications in manufacturing and maintenance; Laser consolidation: A rapid manufacturing process for making net-shape functional components; Advances in laser-induced plastic deformation processes. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication: Laser ablation; Laser micro/ nano-fabrication techniques and their applications in electronics; Laser processing of direct-write nano-sized materials; Micro- and nano-parts generated by laser-based solid freeform fabrication; Laser-assisted additive fabrication of micro-sized coatings. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes: Multiphysics modelling laser solid freeform fabrication techniques; Process control of laser materials processing.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 474 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 981 9 £197.50/US$325.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694746

Hybrid laser-arc welding Edited by F O Olsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 64 ‘…a valuable source of reference for all those using this important welding technology.’

Welding and Cutting 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 370 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 652 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693701

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

123

Welding technologies Friction stir welding

Advanced welding processes

Aluminium welding

From basics to applications

J Norrish, University of Wollongong, Australia

N R Mandal, Indian Institute of Technology, India

Edited by D Lohwasser, AIRBUS, Germany and Z Chen, Aukland University of Technology, New Zealand Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 66 CONTENTS

Introduction. Part 1 General issues: The friction stir welding process: An overview; Material deformation and joint formation in friction stir welding; Friction stir welding equipment; Industrial applications of friction stir welding; The future of friction stir welding; Inspection and quality control in friction stir welding. Part 2 Variables in friction stir welding: Residual stresses in friction stir welding; Effects and defects of friction stir welds; Modeling thermal properties in friction stir welding; Metallurgy and weld performance in friction stir welding.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 450 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 771 6 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694500

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 58 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 130 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 170 7 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691301

MIG welding guide Edited by K Weman, WEMAB AB and G Lindén, Air Liquide, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 55 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 947 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 147 9 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739475

Arc welding control P Jiluan, Nanchang University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 51

Microjoining and nanojoining

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 687 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 855 3 £190.00/US$315.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736870

Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 61 832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £207.50/US$340.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

Computational welding mechanics L-E Lindgren, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 60 ‘Some of the numerical methods described in the book are illustrated using software available from the author which allows readers to explore CWM in more depth.’

Welding and Cutting 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 221 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 355 8 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692216

Welding residual stresses and distortion Calculation and measurement D Radaj 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 3 87155 791 0 £125.00/US$205.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557910 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 47 160 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 597 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 873 7 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735972

Laser welding Core research from TWI Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 41 108 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 518 7 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735187

Exploiting advances in arc welding technology Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 33 238 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 416 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 315 8 £182.50/US$300.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734166

Tubular wire welding D Widgery Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 18 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 088 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 892 8 £110.00/US$180.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730885

Electron beam welding The welding of aluminium and its alloys G Mathers, TWI Ltd. UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 50 ‘…provides a very clear background text’

H Schultz Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 16 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 050 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 878 2 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730502

Work Boat World 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 567 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 763 1 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735675

TIG and plasma welding Process techniques, recommended practices and applications W Lucas

New developments in advanced welding Edited by N Ahmed, CSIRO, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 53 308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 970 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 089 2 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739703

124

Welding and cutting A guide to fusion welding and associated cutting processes P T Houldcroft and R John Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 48

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 5 112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 005 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 326 4 £87.50/US$145.00/€105.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730052

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 578 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 894 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735781

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Welding practice (including health and safety) Laser welding A practical guide C T Dawes Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 14 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 034 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 884 3 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730342

Self-shielded arc welding T Boniszewski Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 12 240 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 063 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 324 0 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730632

A practical guide to TIG (GTA) welding P W Muncaster Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 10 144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 020 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 872 0 £117.50/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730205

WELDING PRACTICE (INCLUDING HEALTH AND SAFETY)

The automotive industry

Welding and joining of magnesium alloys

158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 70 CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Introduction to the welding and joining of magnesium; Welding metallurgy of magnesium alloys; Preparation for welding of magnesium alloys; Welding materials for magnesium alloys; Welding and joining of magnesium alloys to aluminium alloys; The joining of magnesium alloys to steel; Corrosion and protection of magnesium alloy welds. Part 2 Particular welding and joining techniques: Brazing and soldering of magnesium alloys; Mechanical joining of magnesium alloys; Adhesive bonding of magnesium alloys; Gas-tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of magnesium alloys; Metal inert gas welding (MIG) of magnesium alloys; Variable polarity plasma arc welding of magnesium alloys; Hybrid laser-arc welding of magnesium alloys; Activating flux tungsten inert gas (A-TIG) of magnesium alloys; Friction stir welding of magnesium alloys; Laser welding of magnesium alloys; Resistance spot welding of magnesium alloys; Electro-magnetic welding of Mg alloys.

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

Core research from TWI Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 39

Handbook of mould, tool and die repair welding S Thompson Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 37 224 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 429 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 832 4 £160.00/US$265.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734296

Thermal welding of polymers R J Wise Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 36 104 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 495 1 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734951

Project management: getting it right

An introduction

Health and safety in welding and allied processes

J A Street

Fifth edition

A Reid, Tripatra Engineers, Indonesia

J Blunt and N C Balchin Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 49

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 420 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 890 4 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734203

64 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 027 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 327 1 £110.00/US$180.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730274

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 538 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 748 8 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735385

Computer technology in welding

Which process?

Welding processes and thermal cutting

Pulsed arc welding

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 4 An Abington Publishing Special Report

A guide to the selection of welding and related processes P T Houldcroft Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 3 96 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 008 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 895 9 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730083

Submerged-arc welding Edited by P T Houldcroft Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 1 112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 002 1 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730021

R Killing 200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 3 87155 790 3 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557903 Not available for distribution in the USA.

The welding workplace Technology change and work management for a global welding industry R Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 44 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 445 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 885 0 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734456

Planning and cost manager’s guide

Eighth international conference Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 32 332 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 415 9 £215.00/US$355.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734159

Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwide Production methods and trends based on yard capacity R Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 22 352 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 319 6 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732193

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

125

Weld design Handbook of structural welding Processes, materials and methods used in the welding of major structures, pipelines and process plant

WELD DESIGN

Welded design Theory and practice

J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

NEW Control of welding distortion in thin plate fabrication

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 28

Design support exploiting computational simulation

‘The author’s restricted hope in his Preface, that his book will, “in a small way” contribute to the dependability of large weldments disappoints me. It will greatly help those who read it.’

T Gray, University of Strathcylde, UK, D Camilleri, University of Malta, Malta and N McPherson, BAE Systems, UK

Hallock C Campbell, Welding Journal

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 83

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 343 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 032 8 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733435

Heat treatment of welded steel structures D Croft Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 23 128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 016 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 881 2 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730168

Weldability of ferritic steels N Bailey Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 17 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 092 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 893 5 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730922

Welding steels without hydrogen cracking

The uneven process of heating and cooling during welding can introduce distortions into metal components which create residual stresses. Welding distortion is a particular problem in fabricating thin plate structures such as ships. Based on pioneering research by the authors, this book reviews ways of modelling and testing welding distortion and how this understanding can be used to develop design and manufacturing strategies to reduce welding distortion and its effects.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Development of computational welding mechanics approach to welding distortion; Fabrication of stiffened thin plate structures and the problem of welding distortion; Tools to deal with welding distortion: Predictive modelling and research on in-process techniques; Understanding welding distortion: Thermal fields and thermo-mechanical effects; Computational simulation of welding distortion: An overview; Experimental investigation of models of welding distortion: Methods, results and comparisons; Modelling thermal processes in welding; Computationally-efficient (CE) methods for modelling welding processes; Finite element (FE) thermo-mechanical techniques for welding distortion prediction; Simulating welding distortion in butt welding of thin plates; Simulating welding distortion in fillet welding of stiffened plate structures; Exploiting welding distortion models: Examples of design and manufacturing strategies to optimise fabrication.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 047 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 932 7 Approx. £130.00/US$215.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090478

Second edition N Bailey, F R Coe, T G Gooch, P H M Hart, N Jenkins and R J Pargeter

Welding symbols on drawings

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 15

E N Gregory and A A Armstrong, formerly BSI, UK

160 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 014 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 309 7 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730144

Process pipe and tube welding A guide to welding process options, techniques, equipment, NDT and codes of practice Edited by W Lucas Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 9 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 012 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 888 1 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730120

126

‘…this publication is extremely important for designers, engineers and all those who work in structural welding.’

Rivista Italiana Della Savoatura CONTENTS

The standards; Scope; Terminology; The need to specify welds; The advantages of symbols; Welding symbols: Butt/ groove welds; Welding symbols: Fillet weld; Welding symbols: Spot welds; Location of symbols 1: Butt welds; Location of symbols 2: Fillet welds; Supplementary symbols; Dimensions 1: Butt/groove welds; Dimensions 2: Fillet welds, transverse; Dimensions 3: Fillet welds, longitudinal; Spot and seam welds; Stud welds; Surfacing; Process identification; Nondestructive testing symbols, AWS; Exercises in the use of symbols; Terms and definitions for welding symbols.

72 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 589 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 041 0 £82.50/US$135.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735897

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

J Hicks CONTENTS

The engineer; Metals; Fabrication processes; Considerations in designing a welded joint; Static strength; Fatigue cracking; Brittle fracture; Structural design; Offshore structures; Management systems; Weld quality; Standards.

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 537 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 762 4 £95.00/US$155.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735378

Joints in aluminium – INALCO ’98 Seventh international conference Edited by M H Ogle, P L Threadgill and S J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK CONTENTS

Over 40 papers were presented at the following sessions: Welding and brazing processes; Bonded and mechanically fastened joints; Friction stir welding; Static performance of welded joints; Distortion and residual stress; Fatigue performance of welded joints; Design and applications.

516 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 417 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 883 6 £220.00/US$365.00/€265.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734173

Welded joint design Third edition J Hicks 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 898 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733862

Creative techniques in product and engineering design A practical workbook D J Walker, B K J Dagger and R Roy 176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 025 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 874 4 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730250

Total quality management for engineers M Zairi 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 024 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 891 1 £72.50/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730243

A guide to designing welds J Hicks 64 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 003 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 871 3 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730038

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Inspection and testing INSPECTION AND TESTING

Real-time weld process monitoring

Phased array IIW handbook

Edited by Y M Zhang, University of Kentucky, USA

International Institute of Welding The Phased array IIW handbook describes, among other things, the basic physics required for an understanding of phased arrays, how arrays are manufactured, and some inherent limitations. It also provides an update of phased array code developments, plus indications of future trends with codes. The Handbook presents in addition a Glossary of phased array terms.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 62 CONTENTS

An analysis of welding process monitoring and control. Part 1 Monitoring technologies: Arc sensors in weld monitoring; Optical sensors in welding; Infrared sensors in welding; Ultrasonic sensors in welding. Part 2 Monitoring of welding processes; Weld seam monitoring; Weld profile monitoring; Weld penetration monitoring; Weld pool surface monitoring; Monitoring resistance welding; Monitoring laser welding.

CONTENTS

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 268 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 440 1 £140.00/US$230.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692681

216 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 3 87155 608 1 Approx. £85.00/US$140.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871556081 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Energy absorption of structures and materials

A quick guide to welding and weld inspection

Woodhead Publishing Series in Metals and Surface Engineering No. 13

Ultrasonic phased array principles and design; Scanning patterns and ultrasonic views; Codes and calibration; Modeling and imaging; Construction weld inspections; Inservice weld inspections; Non-weld inspections; Summary; IIW phased array glossary.

Edited by S E Hughes Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 65

A concise and accessible guide to the knowledge required to fulfil the role of a welding inspector. In covering both European and US-based codes, the book gives those wishing to gain certification in welding inspection a basic all-round understanding of the main subject matter.

CONTENTS

Terminology, abbreviations and symbols; Duties of a welding inspector; Analysis of a fusion weld; Materials and weldability; Welding processes; Non-destructive testing and mechanical testing; Welding defects and acceptance; Fracture modes; Codes, standards and documentation; Health and safety.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd 160 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6.5) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 641 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 767 9 £42.50/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696412 Not available for distribution in the USA.

G Lu, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia and T X Yu, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong

‘…a good introduction and overview.’

IMECHE Proceedings Part D 424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 688 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 858 4 £175.00/US$290.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736887

Microscopy techniques for materials science A Clarke and C Eberhardt, University of Leeds, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 7 CONTENTS

Part 1 Basic principles: Interaction of EM radiation with materials; Digital imaging and processing. Part 2 2D Optical reflection and confocal laser scanning microscopy: 2D Optical reflection microscopy; 3D Confocal laser scanning. Part 3 Other microscopical techniques: Complimentary optical and EM imaging techniques; Other microscopy techniques.

456 pages 420 illus. 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 587 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 750 1 £185.00/US$305.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735873

Power generation

NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised components Proceedings of the first international conference (2 volume set) 1000 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 430 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 886 7 £165.00/US$270.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734302

Non-destructive testing of welds B Raj, C V Subramanian and T Jayakumar, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 38 CONTENTS

Visual inspection; Liquid penetrant testing; Magnetic particle testing; Eddy current testing; Ultrasonic testing; Radiography testing; Acoustic emission technique; Leak testing; Thermography testing; In situ metallography; Residual stress analysis in weldments; Automation and robots in NDT; Computers in weld inspection technology; Intelligent welding; Fracture mechanics concepts; Weld related failures: Case studies; Quality control in production welding; Welding codes and standards.

260 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 84265 005 9 £52.50/US$85.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842650059 Not available for distribution in the USA.

Introduction to the nondestructive testing of welded joints Second edition R Halmshaw Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 25 128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 314 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 882 9 £132.50/US$220.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733145

Handbook of crack opening data A compendium of equations, graphs, computer software and references for opening profiles of cracks in loaded components and structures

Core research from TWI

T G F Gray, University of Strathclyde, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 40

Woodhead Publishing Series in Welding and Other Joining Technologies No. 13

124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 516 3 £155.00/US$255.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735163

96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 097 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 323 3 £147.50/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730977

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

127

Training and inspection aids DVD

DVD 4: Metal casting

REFERENCE RADIOGRAPH

Manufacturing process DVDs

28 min 1996 WCD543 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD543

Die casting

This series of thirteen training DVDs have been produced in conjunction with Monash University, Australia, government agencies and industrial manufacturers. Each one focuses on a particular core industrial process and provides an invaluable aid to any organisation with training responsibilities in a wide range of industrial processes including: metal machining, casting, composite materials production, plastics forming, welding and non-destructive testing. They are ideal for university engineering courses and technical colleges, trade and technician courses and on the job training in industry.

DVD 5: Composite materials: Part A 28 min 1998 WCD544 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD544

DVD 6: Composite materials: Part B 28 min 1998 WCD545 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD545

Each video DVD is presented as two discs.

Disc 1: DVD format. Compatible with most DVD players and PC/MAC systems.

Disc 2: Containing additional features - an Mpeg video presentation, a full transcript of the video in pdf format, and charts and graphs in Powerpoint (Powerpoint viewer included).

An excellent format for training purposes.

Special Price for full set of 13 VCD-ROM £1450.00+VAT/US$2465.00/€1740.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. DVD For each DVD £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Special Price for full set of 13 DVD £1450.00+VAT/US$2390.00/€1740.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Video Only available in Pal format For each video £85.00+VAT/US$140.00/€100.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Special price for full set of 12 videos £750.00+VAT/US$1240.00/€900.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVD 1: Machining Removing material

31 Min 1994 WCD540 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD540

DVD 2: Machining Cutting material

28 min 1996 WCD541 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD541

DVD 3: Metal casting Sand moulds

28 min 1996 WCD542 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD542

128

DVD 7: Forming of plastics: Part A 29 min 1999 WCD546 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD546

DVD 8: Forming of plastics: Part B 29 min 1999 WCD547 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD547

DVD 9: Welding: Metallic materials: Part A 29 min 2001 WCD548 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD548

DVD 10: Welding: Metallic materials: Part B 29 min 2001 WCD549 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD549

Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817 Interpretation of arc-welded butt joints in steel Second Edition The International Standard ISO 5817: 2003 ‘Welding; Fusion-welded joints in steel, nickel, titanium and their alloys (beam welding excluded); Quality levels for imperfections’ lists the quality requirements for production of arc welded steel joints.

This international standard is a fundamental technical standard and specifies the basic standardized requirements for the evaluation of welded joints in the various fields of application of welding, such as pressure vessels, metal construction, piping, rolling stock etc. Furthermore, this standard shall be used as the basis for the evaluation of testpieces for the approval testing of welders and welding procedure qualification tests according to ISO-Standard. The reference catalogue is useful for persons with low experience of transposing individual cases to the limits specified in the standard. Using the reference cards, they will learn to interpret correctly various imperfections and their specific representation and to classify them by size to quality levels of the standard. The catalogue may also be used by manufacturers, operators and test bodies as a tool for aid and decision about the evaluation of individual items.

60 reference cards 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) ring binder 2005 ISBN: WIN001 £1950.00+VAT/US$3220.00.00/€2340.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN001 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVD 11: Non destructive testing 29 min 2001 WCD550 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD550

DVD 12: Timber: Production and processing: Part A 29 min 2004 WCD551 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD551

DVD 13: Timber: Production and processing: Part B 30 min 2004 WCD552 £135.00+VAT/US$225.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD552

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Training and inspection aids WELD GAUGES Woodhead Welding Gauge Practical, professional and portable the Woodhead Welding Gauge is an essential tool for the inspection of welded fabrication.

Welding engineers, inspectors and testers will enjoy the benefits of reduced material wastage and risk of product failure as well as obtaining a correct weld profile.

Stainless steel and calibrated in both metric and imperial units.

AWS Gauge

WTPS Gauge

The Automatic Weld Size (AWS) gauge measures the permissible tolerance of convexity and concavity which have automatically been predetermined on the instrument. It also measures fillet welds and checks the permissible tolerance of reinforcements.

The WTPS welding gauge measures undercuts 0.25mm (0.01”) deep. The gauge comes with a precision ground calibration block. Each block has been surface ground to 0.0005” tolerance for exceptional accuracy.

ISBN: WIN013 £57.50+VAT/US$95.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN013 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

www.woodheadgauge.co.uk

Fillet weld gauge

The multi-purpose gauge accurately measures six important criteria:

Measures weld sizes of 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1” and their metric equivalents to determine weld sizes.

-

Excess weld metal Angle of preparation Fillet weld throat Fillet weld leg length Undercut Misalignment

The scale of 0° to 60°in 5° intervals enables fast and accurate measurement for daily use.

A newly added feature allows the opportunity to personalise the gauge with a company name or logo.

Protective case and instruction leaflet provided with every purchase.

Manufactured in the UK Scales graduated in imperial and metric units. Supplied in a protective case. Instruction leaflet.

ISBN: WIN003 £70.00+VAT/US$115.00/€85.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN003 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Adjustable fillet gauge Measures fillet welds from 3-25 mm (1/8-1”) with ±0.8 mm (1/32”) accuracy. It uses an offset arm which slides at a 45° angle to make fillet weld length measurements. This gauge also measures weld throat thickness’ to 1.5 mm (1/16”).

ISBN: WIN015 £140.00+VAT/US$230.00/€170.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN015 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

ISBN: WIN010 £47.50+VAT/US$80.00/€55.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN010 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

HI-LO Welding gauge The HI-LO Weldng Gauge measures: Fit-up gap; Internal misalignment; Weld crown height; Scribe line, socket welds; Fillet weld size; Pipe wall thickness; Angle of bevel on end preperation to an accuracy of 0.8 mm (1/32”).

ISBN: WIN011 £195.00+VAT/US$320.00/€235.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN011 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Single purpose HI-LO gauge

ISBN: WIN016 £120.00+VAT/US$200.00/€145.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN016 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

FLAW LOCATION SLIDE Ultrasonic flaw location slide Mark II This Mark II version of the Flaw Location Slide provides a low cost aid for plotting flaw location and size during ultrasonic testing of welded joints. Readings for flaw range and associated probe stand-off distance made during testing are rapidly transferred to the slide which then provides an accurate plot of flaw location and size within the weld cross section. The speed and accuracy of this inspection aid, coupled with its economical price, make the Mark II slide an essential part of the working kit of every ultrasonics tester.

Flaw location slide complete with beam plotting card.

Protective plastic wallet.

ISBN: WIN506 £55.00+VAT/US$90.00/€65.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN506 *Not available for distribution in the USA. Additional beam plotting cards can be supplied at £30.00+VAT/US$50.00/€35.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Measures internal alignment and rootweld spacing to eliminate rejects and improve productivity.

ISBN: WIN008 £57.50+VAT/US$95.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN008 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

V-WAC Gauge Easily and quickly checks the four essential measurements for visual weld acceptance.

The V-WAC Gauge measures: Undercut depth; Amount of porosity per linear inch; Porosity comparison; Crown height.

ISBN: WIN012 £57.50+VAT/US$95.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN012 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

129

Title index 10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 95, 105 10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 104 3-D textile reinforcements in composite materials, 20 7th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011, 106 8th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 96 Adhesion to fluoropolymers, 25 Adhesive bonding, 25 Adhesives in marine engineering, 25 Advanced adhesives in electronics, 50 Advanced civil infrastructure materials, 14 Advanced composites in bridge construction and repair, 9 Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development, 95 Advanced engineering design, 105 Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications, 11 Advanced materials in automotive engineering, 94 Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications, 75, 91 Advanced piezoelectric materials, 48, 60 Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in construction, 14 Advanced power plant materials, design and technology, 74 Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment, 82 Advanced textiles for wound care, 38 Advanced welding processes, 124 Advanced wound repair therapies, 30 Advances in batteries for medium and largescale energy storage, 83 Advances in biodiesel production, 91 Advances in biorefineries, 85 Advances in brazing, 123 Advances in ceramic matrix composites, 6, 45 Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing, 75 Advances in fire retardant materials, 45 Advances in friction-stir welding and processing, 122 Advances in hydrogen production, storage and distribution, 85 Advances in laser materials processing, 116, 123 Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies, 99, 114 Advances in nonvolatile memory and storage technology, 47 Advances in polymer nanocomposites, 19 Advances in polymer processing, 23 Advances in powder metallurgy, 65 Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases, 103 Advances in shape memory polymers, 21 Advances in structural adhesive bonding, 26

130

Advances in thermal energy storage systems, 10, 84 Advances in wind turbine blade design and materials, 7, 86 Advances in wrought magnesium alloys, 67 Aerodynamic measurements, 98, 106 Ageing of composites, 4 Air engine, The, 76 Air transport system, The, 98 Aircraft system safety, 98 Alloy tree, The, 71 Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologies for improved environmental performance, 94 Aluminium welding, 124 Amine unit corrosion in refineries, 113 Analysis and design of plated structures, 17 Analysis of engineering structures, 18 Anti-abrasive nanocoatings, 100 Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials, 61, 63 Applied elasticity, 18 Arc welding control, 124 Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic events, 13 Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapy, 44 Automotive industry, The, 96, 125 Belt conveying of minerals, 69 Biaxial stretching of film, 22 Bioactive glasses, 37 Bioactive materials in medicine, 35 Bioalcohol production, 85 Bioceramics and their clinical applications, 36 Biocides in plastics, 25 Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices, 42 Biodegradable polymers for industrial applications, 23 Biodegradable polymers, 23 Biodiesel science and technology, 89 Biofiber reinforcements in composite materials, 5 Biogas handbook, The, 89 Biointegration of medical implant materials, 42 Biological identification, 59 Biolubricants, 89 Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering, 87 Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory system, 27 Biomaterials and medical tribology, 35, 102 Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmology, 31 Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urology, 32 Biomaterials for artificial organs, 30 Biomaterials for cancer therapeutics, 28 Biomaterials for spinal surgery, 30 Biomaterials for treating skin loss, 32 Biomaterials in plastic surgery, 30 Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineering, 44 Biomedical composites, 35

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Biomedical foams for tissue engineering applications, 27 Biomedical hydrogels, 37 Biomedical imaging, 39 Biomedical polymers, 35 Biomimetic biomaterials, 35 Biophotonics for medical applications, 38 Bioprocess engineering, 26 Biosensors for medical applications, 43 Biotextiles as medical implants, 37 Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants, 40 Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites, 6, 13 Bonding elastomers, 26 Bone repair biomaterials, 31 Bone substitute biomaterials, 33 Braking 2009, 108 Brittle matrix composites 10, 9 Brittle matrix composites 7, 9 Brittle matrix composites 9, 9 Building decorative materials, 13 Building materials in civil engineering, 9 Buyer’s guide to sourcing castings from India, 71 Cable engineering for local area networks, 63 Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications, 53 Cardiac regeneration and repair, 27 Cellular response to biomaterials, 41 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives, 24 Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materials, 23 Ceramic nanocomposites, 6, 46 Ceramic-matrix composites, 46 Chalcogenide glasses, 52 Characterization of biomaterials, 36 Chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous material, The, 24 Chemistry of wood preservation, The, 24 Chemistry, manufacture and applications of natural rubber, 24 Circuit analysis, 64 Clay-containing polymeric nanocomposites, 20 Coal handbook: Towards cleaner production, The, 72, 93 Coal industry, The, 92 Coal science and engineering, 92 Coal-fired power plant materials, performance and life assessment, 72, 92 Coatings for biomedical applications, 37 Cold spray materials deposition process, The, 117 Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning, 107 Combined cycle systems for near-zero emission power generation, 74 Composite joints and connections, 8 Composite magnetoelectrics, 47 Composite materials, 4 Composite reinforcements for optimum performance, 5 Composite technologies for 2020, 9 Composites forming technologies, 7 Compression techniques for polymer sciences, 20

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Title index Computational functional analysis, 64 Computational modelling of biomechanics and biotribology in the musculoskeletal system, 39 Computational welding mechanics, 124 Computer design of diffractive optics, 56 Computer technology in welding, 125 Concentrating solar power technology, 89 Concise chemistry of the elements, 110 Condition assessment of aged structures, 16, 99 Control and estimation of piecewise affine systems, 101 Control of welding distortion in thin plate fabrication, 126 Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools, 102 Corrosion and conservation of cultural heritage metallic artefacts, 112 Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawater, 113 Corrosion by carbon and nitrogen, 113 Corrosion control in the aerospace industry, 98, 112 Corrosion in refineries, 113 Corrosion in reinforced concrete structures, 15 Corrosion issues in light water reactors, 113 Corrosion of austenitic stainless steels, 114 Corrosion of magnesium alloys, 112 Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts, 113 Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete, 14 Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys, 112 Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterials, 115 Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelines, 113 Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension, 119 Creative techniques in product and engineering design, 126 Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites, 3, 19 Creep-resistant steels, 70, 78 Crystal structures, 110 Cumulative damage of welded joints, 121 Decontamination in hospitals and healthcare, 33 Defect structure in nanomaterials, 104 Deformation and processing of structural materials, The, 17 Degradation and stabilisation of polyamides, 23 Degradation rate of bioresorbable materials, 38 Delamination behaviour of composites, 4 Dental biomaterials, 31 Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures, 119 Design and manufacture of composite structures, 8 Design and manufacture of medical devices, The, 103 Design and manufacture of textile composites, 20 Design and optimization of metal structures, 17 Design, fabrication and economy of welded structures, 17

Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801, 63 Determination of additives in polymers and rubbers, 23 Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovens, 22 Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology, 76 Developments in fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for civil engineering, 7, 11 Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials, 77, 113 Developments in marine corrosion, 99 Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concrete, 15 Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, 43 Diamond-based materials for biomedical applications, 36 Diesel engine system design, 95 Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineering, 64 Digital image processing, 64 Digital signal processing, 64 Direct strip casting of metals and alloys, 66 Drug-device combination products, 31 Duplex stainless steels, 66, 70 Durability and reliability of medical polymers, 42 Durability of composites for civil structural applications, 13 Durability of concrete and cement composites, 14 Durability of engineering structures, 18 Dynamics of tethered satellite systems, 104 ECCM 7, 9 Eco-efficient concrete, 15 Eco-efficient construction and building materials, 11 Elastic beams and frames, 18 Elastomers and components, 24 Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems, 88 Electrical motor products, 106 Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems, 63, 87 Electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineering, The, 15, 17 Electrochemistry in light water reactors, 113 Electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus plating, 116 Electromigration in thin films and electronic devices, 50 Electron beam welding, 124 Electrospinning for tissue regeneration, 43 Eleventh European fluid machinery congress, 107 Energy absorption of structures and materials, 127 Engineering and structural adhesives, 26 Engineering catastrophes, 118 Engineering coatings, 117 Engineering materials science, 114

Engineering systems acquisition and support, 101 Environmentally friendly polymer nanocomposites, 6 Epoxy composites, 19 Essentials of scientific computing, 64 Experimental inorganic/physical chemistry, 110 Exploding a myth, 110 Exploiting advances in arc welding technology, 124 Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites, 2, 19 Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites, 3 Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processes, 121 Failure, distress and repair of concrete structures, 15 Fatal accidents, 118 Fatigue analysis of welded components, 121 Fatigue and fracture of adhesively-bonded composite joints, 2 Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches, 118 Fatigue design of welded joints and components, 119 Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section joints, 119 Fatigue in composites, 3 Fatigue in railway infrastructure, 118 Fatigue in railway infrastructure, 93 Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures, 4 Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loading, 121 Fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded joints, The, 122 Fatigue strength of welded structures, 119 Fatigue, 121 Faults in hot dip galvanising, 69 Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications, 13 Finite element modelling of composite materials and structures, 4 Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanics, 18 Finite element techniques in structural mechanics, 18 Fire retardancy of polymers, 45 Fire retardant materials, 45 Fire toxicity, 45 Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining, 45, 96 Flight dynamics and system identification for modern feedback control, 102 Flow-induced alignment in composite materials, 4 Fluidized bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification, 73 Forensic polymer engineering, 2, 22 Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structures, 120 Fracture, 121 FRC 2000 – Composites for the millennium, 9

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

131

Title index Friction stir welding, 124 Fuel systems for IC engines, 105 Functional materials for sustainable energy applications, 62, 90 Functional nanofibers and their applications, 22 Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfaces, 117 Fundamental chemical kinetics, 110 Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgy, 68 Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures, 66, 119 Fundamentals of femtosecond optics, 55 Fundamentals of fluid flow, 100 Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry, 111 Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy, 66 Fundamentals of metallurgy, 65 Fundamentals of welding metallurgy, 65 Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies, 77, 120 Gasification for synthetic fuel production, 71, 86 Generating power at high efficiency, 76 Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive waste, 83 Geological storage of carbon dioxide (CO2), 73 Geometry of design, 99 Geopolymers, 13, 46 Geosynthetics in civil engineering, 13 Graphene, 48 Green composites, 20 Group theory for chemists, 109 Guide to designing welds, A, 126

Handbook of smart coatings for materials protection, 114 Handbook of solid-state lasers, 56 Handbook of structural welding, 126 Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications, 56, 61 Hatfield memorial lectures, The, 65 HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industry, 96 Health and environmental safety of nanomaterials, 2 Health and safety in welding and allied processes, 125 Heat treatment of welded steel structures, 126 High nitrogen steels and stainless steels, 71 High performance and speciality elastomers 2005, 25 High performance silicon imaging, 51 High temperature deformation and fracture of materials, 78 High temperature polymer blends, 20 High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications, 63, 91 High-energy ball milling, 6, 46 High-performance organic coatings, 117 High-temperature superconductors, 63 Hip resurfacing handbook, The, 32 Hot runners in injection moulds, 25 Hyaluronan, 37 Hybrid laser-arc welding, 123 Hydroforming for advanced manufacturing, 109 Hydrometallurgy, 69 Hypersingular integral equations in fracture analysis, 101

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials, 46, 48, 60 Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologies, 82 Handbook of biodegradable polymers, 23 Handbook of biofuels production, 87 Handbook of composite fabrication, 8 Handbook of crack opening data, 127 Handbook of fire resistant textiles, 45 Handbook of friction-vibration interactions, 100 Handbook of gold exploration and evaluation, 69 Handbook of laser welding technologies, 123 Handbook of laser welding technologies, 55 Handbook of medical textiles, 38 Handbook of membrane reactors, 88 Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications, 59 Handbook of metal injection molding, 67 Handbook of mould, tool and die repair welding, 125 Handbook of organic materials for optical and (opto)electronic devices, 54 Handbook of polymer composites for engineers, 20 Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste, 12, 14 Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems, 16 Handbook of small modular nuclear reactors, 78

IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis, 119 IIW recommendations on methods for improving the fatigue strength of welded joints, 118 Impact behaviour of fibre-reinforced composite materials and structures, 4 Implantable sensor systems for medical applications, 43 In situ characterization of thin film growth, 52 Independent airport planning manual, The, 98 Industrial applications of surfactants IV, 24 Industrial gas turbines, 77 Infrared thermography in the evaluation of aerospace composite materials, 100 Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes, 82 Inhaler devices, 29 Injectable biomaterials, 37 Injection systems for IC engines conference, 108 Innovation in aeronautics, 97 Innovations in fuel economy and sustainable road transport, 95, 106 Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfaces, 117 Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structures, 16 Instrumental methods in electrochemistry, 110

132

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Integrated design and manufacture using fibrereinforced polymeric composites, 20 Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performance, 8 Internal combustion engines, 95, 104, 108, 109 International conference on compressors and their systems 2009, 108 International conference on compressors and their systems 2013, 102 International conference on compressors and their systems, 109 International joint symposium on joining and welding, 101 Introduction to advanced renewable energy systems, 85 Introduction to aerospace materials, 98 Introduction to plastic recycling, 24 Introduction to structures, 18 Introduction to the non-destructive testing of welded joints, 127 Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, 49 Ions in solution, 110 IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006, 96 Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels (RPVs) in nuclear power plants, 79 Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices, 41 Joining plastics 2006, 25 Joint replacement technology, 26 Joints in aluminium – INALCO ’98, 126 Laser cooling of solids, 51 Laser growth and processing of photonic devices, 57 Laser shock peening, 115 Laser spectroscopy for sensing, 51 Laser surface engineering, 50, 115 Laser surface modification of alloys for corrosion and erosion resistance, 115 Laser welding, 124, 125 Lasers for medical applications, 41, 51 Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO), 97, 104 Lightweight ballistic composites, 20 Liquid moulding technologies, 25 Local approach to cleavage fracture, The, 122 Local probe techniques for corrosion research, 113 Local strain and temperature measurement, 121 Low Carbon Vehicles 2009, 108 Machine learning and data mining, 64 Machining and machine-tools, 103 Machining technology for composite materials, 7 Macro-engineering and the earth, 18 Macro-engineering, 18 Management, recycling and reuse of waste composites, 6 Managing nuclear projects, 79

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Title index Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plants, 69 Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs), 7 Maraging steels, 66, 70 Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors, 80 Materials and surface engineering, 103, 116 Materials for energy conversion devices, 46, 86 Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildings, 10 Materials for engineering, 109 Materials for fuel cells, 46, 84 Materials in sports equipment, 24 Materials science for dentistry, 31 Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles, 7, 96 MATLAB速 in quality assurance sciences, 99 Mechanical evaluation strategies for plastics, 25 Mechanical testing of advanced fibre composites, 3 Mechanics of solids, 18 Mechatronics and manufacturing engineering, 103 Medical and healthcare textiles, 38 Medical modelling, 40 Medical robotics, 41 Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcare, 38 Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel melts, 71 Membranes for clean and renewable power applications, 86 MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications, 60, 94, 97 MEMS for biomedical applications, 43 Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications, 48, 60, 65 Metallurgy of basic weld metal, 65 Metallurgy of welding, 65 Metals for biomedical devices, 34 Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grinding, 67 Metropolitan sustainability, 91 Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbook, 114 Microfluidic devices for biomedical applications, 40 Microjoining and nanojoining, 48, 62, 124 Microscopy techniques for materials science, 127 Microstructural characterisation of fibrereinforced composites, 4 Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes, 66, 70 MIG welding guide, 124 Mineral wool, 69 Minimization of welding distortion and buckling, 118 Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologies, 44 Missile guidance and pursuit, 64 Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineering, 105

Modelling degradation of bioresorbable polymeric medical devices, 39 Modern earth buildings, 17 Modern gas turbine systems, 74 Modern machining technology, 106 Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymers, 40 Mossbauer spectroscopy, 111 Mould design guide, The, 24 Multiaxial notch fatigue, 121 Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging, 22 Multiscale materials modelling, 17 Multi-scale modelling of composite material systems, 4 Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films, 116 Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles, 19 Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronics, 55 Nanolithography, 53 Nanomaterials in tissue engineering, 28 Nanomedicine, 29 Nanosensors for chemical and biological applications, 58 Nanostructure control of materials, 109 Nanostructured metals and alloys, 68, 116 Nanostructured semiconductor oxides for the next generation of electronics and functional devices, 48, 61 Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction, 12 Natural fibre composites, 5 Natural-based polymers for biomedical applications, 35 NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised components, 127 New developments in advanced welding, 124 New functional biomaterials for medicine and healthcare, 35 Nickel and chromium plating, 117 Ninth European fluid machinery congress, 109 Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 108 Nitride semiconductor light-emitting diodes (LEDs), 52 Non-crimp fabric composites, 8 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites, 3 Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures, 15 Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structures, 99 Non-destructive testing of welds, 127 Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement, 41 Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistance, 113 Novel biomaterials for bone regeneration, 28 Nuclear corrosion science and engineering, 81 Nuclear decommissioning, 81 Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering, 80 Nucleating agents, 23

Object-oriented technology and computing systems re-engineering, 64 Optical biomimetics, 57 Optical switches, 55 Optical thin films and coatings, 54 Optimisation of composite structures design, 8 Orbital mechanics and formation flying, 98, 104, 106 Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), 54 Orthopaedic bone cements, 31 Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, 76 Packaging technology, 21 Paint and surface coatings, 117 Palladium membrane technology for hydrogen production, carbon capture and other applications, 72, 84 Parameter identification and monitoring of mechanical systems under nonlinear vibration, 101 Pattern recognition and image processing, 64 Perspectives in total hip arthroplasty, 32 Phase transformations in steels, 70 Phased array IIW handbook, 127 Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites, 5, 19 Plastic flame retardants, 25, 45 Plastic products recycling, 25 Plasticity for engineers, 18 Plastics in the automotive industry, 25, 96 Plastics, rubber and health, 24 Polymer bonding 2004, 23 Polymer composites in the aerospace industry, 18, 96 Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology, 90 Polymer electrolytes, 47, 61 Polymer matrix composites and technology, 18 Polymer melt rheology, 24 Polymer modified bitumen, 12 Polymer nanocomposites, 20 Polymer reference book, 23 Polymer-carbon nanotube composites, 8 Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004), 23 Polymers in cementitious materials, 14 Polymers in construction, 23 Polymers in electronics 2007, 49, 59 Polymers in electronics, 23 Polystyrene, 24 Porous silicon for biomedical applications, 34 Power generation, 127 Power plant life management and performance improvement, 74 Practical approach to spinal trauma, A, 33 Practical astronomy, 111 Practical guide to blow moulding, 25 Practical guide to polyimides, 23 Practical guide to TIG (GTA) welding, A, 125 Practical scientific computing, 64 Practical sonochemistry, 110 Precious metals for biomedical applications, 34 Predictive formulae for weld distortion, 121 Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery, 33

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

133

Title index Pressure vessels, 99 Printed films, 49, 62 Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM), 80 Process pipe and tube welding, 126 Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion, 121 Professional diver’s manual on wet-welding, 99 Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies, 44 Progress in ion exchange, 111 Project management: getting it right, 125 Properties and performance of natural-fibre composites, 4 Pulsed arc welding, 125 Pultrusion for engineers, 8 Quality assurance in adhesive technology, 26 Quantum information processing with diamond, 47, 52 Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures, 57 Quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabus, A, 107 Quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabus, A, 108 Quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabus, A, 105 Quick guide to health and safety, A, 108 Quick guide to pipeline engineering, A, 108 Quick guide to welding and weld inspection, A, 77, 108, 127 Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up, 79 Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment, 81 Rapid prototyping of biomaterials, 40 Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitors, 114 Reaction mechanisms of metal complexes, 110 Real-time weld process monitoring, 127 Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymers, 23 Recent developments in cavitation mechanisms, 100 Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys, 65 Regenerated cellulose fibres, 23 Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissues, 31 Regulatory affairs for biomaterials and medical devices, 33 Rehabilitation of metallic civil infrastructure using fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) composites, 5, 10 Rehabilitation of pipelines using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites, 5, 10 Reinforced plastics durability, 25 Residual stresses in composite materials, 2 Risk management of safety and dependability, The, 108 Rubber-pad forming processes, 105

134

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites, 4, 19 Science and technology of materials in automotive engines, The, 96 Science of compression bandages, 38 Secondary metallurgy, 65 Self-piercing riveting, 122 Self-shielded arc welding, 125 Semiconducting silicon nanowires for biomedical applications, 34 Semiconductor gas sensors, 60 Semiconductor lasers, 55 Sensor technologies for civil infrastructures, 58 Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures, 16 SGTE casebook, The, 65 Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applications, 122 Shape memory alloys for biomedical applications, 36 Shape memory and superelastic alloys, 68 Short fibre-polymer composites, 20 Signal processing in electronic communications, 64 Silicone elastomers 2006, 25 Silicon-germanium (SiGe) nanostructures, 50 Silicon-on-insulator (SOI) technology, 47 Silk biomaterials for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine, 27 Sintering of advanced materials, 45, 68 Slag atlas, 69 Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems, 75, 92 Smart polymers and their applications, 21 Smart sensors and MEMS, 59 Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare, 37 Solid oxide fuel cell technology, 46, 85 Solid-state hydrogen storage, 46, 85 Solving tribology problems in rotating machines, 109 Spacecraft thermal control, 97, 104 Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems, 84 Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering, 29 Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testing, 113 State estimation in chemometrics, 110 Steel manual, 71 Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices, 42 Sterilisation of polymer healthcare products, 42 Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiations, 44 Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites, 13 Strengthening of reinforced concrete structures, 14 Stress corrosion cracking, 78, 120 Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded components, 122 Structural alloys for power plants, 71

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Structural dynamics of earthquake engineering, 17 Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems, 16 Structural shear joints, 109, 118 Submerged-arc welding, 125 Subsea optics and imaging, 53 Superconductors in the power grid, 84 Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materials, 68 Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials, 68 Surface coatings for protection against wear, 117 Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel products, 69 Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet, 69 Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheet, 69 Surface engineering casebook, 117 Surface engineering of light alloys, 117 Surface modification by solid state processing, 101 Surface modification of biomaterials, 44 Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterials, 41 Surfacing, 117 Sustainability of construction materials, 13 Sustainable vehicle technologies, 103 Symmetry and group theory in chemistry, 110 Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing, 67, 94 Techniques for corrosion monitoring, 113 Tenth European fluid machinery congress, 109 Textile advances in the automotive industry, 96 Textiles for hygiene and infection control, 38 Textiles, polymers and composites for buildings, 13 Thermal barrier coatings, 78, 115 Thermal welding of polymers, 125 Thermochemical surface engineering of steels, 114 Thermoplastic aromatic polymer composites, 20 Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applications, 8 Thermoset resins for composites, 8 Thermosets, 21 Thin film growth, 50 TIG and plasma welding, 124 Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymers, 44 Titanium alloys, 69 Topology in chemistry, 110 Total quality management for engineers, 126 Toughness requirements for steels, 71 Toxicity of building materials, 12, 16 TPE 2006, 24 Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), 21 Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings, 111, 116 Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrain, 95

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Title index Tribology for engineers, 107 Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites, 2, 19 Tubular wire welding, 124 Ultra high temperature mechanical testing, 9 Ultraprecision bearings, 100 Ultrasonic transducers, 62 Ultra-supercritical coal power plants, 73, 92 Underground pipeline corrosion, 10, 111 Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants, 78, 83 Understanding biocorrosion, 111 Understanding the rheology of concrete, 15 Understanding the tensile properties of concrete, 14 Underwater repair technology, 99 Underwater wet welding and cutting, 99 Use of electrochemical scanning tunnel microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysis, The, 114 Using robots in hazardous environments, 107 Vegetable oil-based polymers, 22 Vehicle noise and vibration refinement, 95 Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8), 109 Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10), 107 Vehicle thermal management systems conference proceedings (VTMS11), 102

INSPECTION/TRAINING AIDS Adjustable fillet gauge, 129 AWS Gauge, 129 Fillet weld gauge, 129 HI-LO Welding gauge, 129 Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817, 128 Single purpose HI-LO gauge, 129 Ultrasonic flaw location slide Mark II, 129 V-WAC Gauge, 129 Woodhead Welding Gauge, 129 WTPS Gauge, 129 VIDEOS/DVD Composite materials - Part A, 128 Composite materials - Part B, 128 Forming of plastics - Part A, 128 Forming of plastics - Part B, 128 Machining: Removing material, 128 Machining: Cutting material, 128 Metal casting: Sand moulds, 128 Metal casting: Die casting, 128 Non destructive testing, 128 Safety for welding and cutting, 128 Timber: Production and processing - Part A, 128 Timber: Production and processing - Part B, 128 Welding: Metallic materials - Part A, 128 Welding: Metallic materials - Part B, 128

Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbook, 49 Waste to energy conversion technology, 87 Watchers of the stars, 109 Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial joints, 36 Weld cracking in ferrous alloys, 121 Weldability of ferritic steels, 126 Welded design, 126 Welded joint design, 126 Welding and cutting, 124 Welding and joining of aerospace materials, 96, 123 Welding and joining of magnesium alloys, 67, 122, 125 Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwide, 125 Welding of aluminium and its alloys, The, 124 Welding processes and thermal cutting, 125 Welding processes handbook, 122 Welding residual stresses and distortion, 124 Welding steels without hydrogen cracking, 126 Welding symbols on drawings, 126 Welding workplace, The, 125 Wheel-rail interface handbook, 93 Which process?, 125 Wind energy systems, 92 Wire rod defects, 69 Wood-polymer composites, 19

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

135

Author index Abadie, M J M 23 Abe, F 70, 78 Adam, J-L 52 Adams, R D 25 Adriaens, A 112 Advani, S 7 Affatato, S 32, 36 Aguilar de Armas, M R 21 Aharonovich, I 47, 52 Ahmed, N 124 Ahn, J 83 Akid, R 113 Akovali, G 8, 23, 24 Alagirusamy, R 38 Alam, M O 50 Aliofkhazraei, M 100 Alkazraji, D 108 Allen, K 26 Alonso, A 82 Amato, S 33 Ambrosio, L 30, 35 Anand, S C 38 Ang, W-T 101 Angelini, E 112 Ansari, F 16 Apte, V 45, 96 Apted, M J 83 Archer, C 31 Arinzeh, T 36 Arkadov, G V 80 Armstrong, A A 126 Asadi, P 122 Aslanov, V S 104 Astakhov, V P 67 Atala, A 32, 44 Azevedo, H S 35 Bai, J 11 Bailey, C 50 Bailey, N 65, 126 Baillie, C 20 Bainum, P M 98, 106 Bajaj, H N 33 Balchin, N C 125 Balint, D 66, 70 Baltzer, N 34 Banerjee, R 6, 46 Baranov, A 55 Barmak, K 48, 60, 65 Barnett, M 67 Barrett, J 111 Bart, J C J 89 Bartels, V 38 Basile, A 75, 85, 86, 88, 91 Bastioli, C 20, 23 Basu, J 43 Baudelet, M 51 Baudoin, Y 107 Baxter, D 89 Bazaka, K 35 Beaumont, P W R 4 Bedenik, B 18 Beech, I 111 Beeley, P R 65 Behr, R A 13

136

Beith, R 75, 92 Benavides, E M 105 Benavides, S 98, 112 Beranger, G 113 Besant, C B 18 Besharati-Givi, M-K 122 Basseguy, R 111 Best, S M 31 Bettles, C 67 Bhansali, S 43 Bhatia, S C 85 Bhatnagar, A 20 Bibb, R 40 Bijen, J 18 Black, R 27 Blackledge, J M 64 Blagojevic, B 69 Blanco, C 32 Blitz, J P 117 Blunt, J 117, 125 Boccaccini, A R 44 Boekholt, R 125 Böhni, H 15 Boisse, P 5 Boniszewski, T 125 Borenstein, S 114 Bosch, R-W 113 Bosworth, L 43 Bourbigot, S 45 Boutrand, J-P 42 Bozic, S M 64 Bradley, A L W 98 Brandon, H 30 Brandt, A M 9 Brewis, D 25 Breyen, M D 41 Brøndsted, P 7, 86 Brown, P 19 Buchanan, F J 38 Buckley, A 54 Bucknall, D 55 Bullen, P 69 Burgess, J 110 Burnell-Gray, J S 117 Burstein, L 99 Cabeza, L F 10, 11, 84 Calladine, C R 18 Camanho, P 8 Camilleri, D 126 Camino, G 45 Campbell, N 99 Campbell, P 32 Campbell, S A 99 Campelo, J 87 Cao, Z 50 Capó-Lugo, P A 98, 106 Carelli, M D 78 Castaldi, M J 87 Cau, A 64 Cavallaro, S 89 Celis, J-P 113 Champagne, V K 117 Chance, R J 64 Chand, N 2, 19

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Chang, I 65 Chapman, M J 64 Chaturvedi, M C 96, 123 Chen, G S 100 Chen, P 40 Chen, Z 124 Chirila, T V 31 Choi, J H 53 Chrysanthou, A 122 Chua, S J 55 Clark, J 87 Clarke, A 127 Clarke, K G 26 Cloud, M J 64 Coe, F R 126 Coffer, J L 34 Coffey, K 48, 60, 65 Cogswell, F N 20, 24 Cook, R 115, 118 Copponnex, T 34 Courtney, J M 35 Cousins, K 23 Coveney, V 24 Crawford, R J 35 Croft, D 126 Crompton, R 23 Crompton, T R 23 Crossland, I 80 Curtis, R V 31 Dagger, B K J 126 Dahm, R 25 Darvell, B W 31 Das, A 38 Datta, P K 117 Davey, V S 99 Davidson, F P 18 Davies, G A O 4 Dawes, C T 125 de Brito, J 12, 14 de Magalhaes, A G 11 De Smet, K 32 De, S K 20 Deb, S 31 Debus, J-C 61, 63 Delatte, N 15 Delobel, R 45 DeMeuse, M T 20, 22 Denker, B 56 Dennis, J K 117 Denstedt, J 32 Devgun, J 79 Di Silvio, L 41 Diamanti, M V 12 Dillard, D 26 Dillmann, P 112, 113 Ding, K 115 Ding, Y 12, 14 Dobmann, G 15 Dong, H 117 Doukelis, A 72, 84 Dowding, C 50, 115 Downes, S 43 Driver, M 37 Dubruel, P 28

Dunn, D 26 Dunning-Davies, J 110 Durini, D 51 Dyer, A 111 Eberhardt, C 127 Ebtehaj, K 26 Eckold, G C 8 Edmonds, D V 70 Edwards, P P 62, 90 Elliott, B J 63 Elsener, B 14 Emblem, A 21 Emblem, H 21 Espie, A W 26 Evans, G M 65 Ezzell, B 33 Fahim, M 2, 19 Fairgrieve, S 23 Fang, Z Z 45, 68 Fangueiro, R 13 Farkas, J 17 Farmer, N 21 Farrar, C 71 Farrar, D 30 Faruk, O 5 Fedrizzi, L 117 Feldman, M 53 Feng, Z 121 Feron, D 81, 111, 113 Ferri, J 33 Ferry, M 66 Flory, F 54 Folkson, R 94 Forli, O 99 Forsyth, M 114 Frankel, E G 18 Frankl, E G 18 Frenkler, D 25 Fricke, W 118, 119, 121 Fu, G 16 Fu, S-Y 4, 19 Fucic, A 12, 16 Fuh, J Y H 107 Fujii, H 101 Gagg, C 2, 22 Gaharwar, A K 28 Gandra, J 101 Gangloff, R P 77, 120 Gao, F 19 Gao, W 77, 113 Gasik, M 46, 84 Geckeis, H 81 Getman, A F 80 Gibson, A G 9 Gilbert, R 108 Giuliano, G 68 Glinicki, M A 9 Gluyas, J 73 Goda, K 16 Gomes, M E 35 Gomes, P 41 Gooch, T G 126

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Author index Goodall, D P 64 Goodenough, J B 46, 85 Goodship, V 6, 24, 49 Goran-Granqvist, C 12 Gough, J 44 Gourlay, T 44 Grabke, H 113 Grainger, S 117 Granjon, H 65 Grauer, J A 102 Gray, T 126 Gray, T G F 127 Greenhalgh, E S 2, 3, 19 Greff, R 110 Gregory, E N 126 Griffiths, J 50, 115 Gubicza, J 104 Gucciardi, E 89 Guedes, R M 3, 19 Guell, D C 4 Gugliuzza, A 86 Guidoin, R 37 Gunaydin, S 44 Gunn, R 66, 70 Guo, H 78, 115 Guo, Q 21 Guo, Z 66, 70 Guo, Z X 17 Gupta, B S 37 Gurney, T R 121, 122 Haagensen, P J 118 Habib, M K 107 Hack, K 65 Hacking, S A 28 Hahn, G T 109, 118 Hall, M 10, 17 Halmshaw, R 127 Hammond, W 36 Hancock, M J 28 Hannink, R H J 109 Harris, B 3 Harston, J 113 Hart, P H M 126 Hartnig, C 90 Hascall, V C 37 Havlik, T 69 Hay, R W 110 Heaney, D 67 Hellio, C 99, 114 Hench, L 44 Hicks, J 126 Higson, S 43 Hill, A J 109 Hinton, B 114 Hirst, M 97, 98 Hitchings, D 4 Hobbacher, A 119 Hocheng, H 7 Hodgins, D 43 Hodgkinson, J M 3 Hodzic, A 5 Hollaway, L C 13, 14, 20 Honeychurch, K C 58 Hormadaly, J 49, 62

Horrocks, A R 45 Horstmann, D 69 Houldcroft, P T 124, 125 Hsiao, K-T 7 Hu, J 21 Huang, J-J 52 Huang, K 46, 85 Hubbard Jr., J E 102 Hudson, M J 111 Hughes, S E 77, 108, 127 Hull, T R 45 Hulse, S 25 Hunziker, E 33 Ikeda, Y 24 Ingersoll, D T 78 Inmann, A 43 Innes, A 25, 45 Innes, J 25, 45 Irvine, S J C 62, 90 Irving, P 18, 96 Iulianelli, A 85 Ivanova, E P 35 Iyer, K A 109, 118 Jaaniso, R 60 Jabbari, M 100 Jackson, S 71 Jaffe, M 36 Jahnke, F 57 Jalali, S 12, 15, 16 Jalil, M B A 49 Jansohn, P 74 Jantzen, C 79 Jarmai, K 17 Jauregui, J C 101 Jayakumar, T 127 Jeffs, E 76 Jelinkova, H 41, 51 Jenkins, M 24, 35, 42 Jenkins, N 126 Jerina, K L 30 Jiluan, P 124 Jin, Z 39 John, R 124 John, V M 15 Joksch, S 67 Jones, I A 20 Jones, J 44 Jones, P 24 Kainer, K 66 Kaiser, A B 48 Kakaras, E 72, 84 Kaldellis, J K 84 Kapoor, A 93, 118 Karak, N 22 Karbhari, V M 3, 5, 10, 13, 16 Karsa, D R 24 Katayama, S 55, 123 Katoch, S 33 Kaya, A 66 Keats, D 99 Kendall, K N 25 Kennedy, J F 23, 24, 37, 38, 44

Keong, K G 116 Kern, T-U 70, 78 Kernot, Charles 92 Khan, M R 75 Khanna, A S 117 Khatak, H S 114 Khatib, J 13 Kilinc, F S 45 Killing, R 125 Kilner, J A 62, 90 Kim, C-U 50 Kim, J 9 Kim, N-H 99 King, M W 37 King, R B 110 Kinsey, B 67, 94 Kitzinger, U W 18 Klein, L 114 Klinghoffer, N B 87 Koç, M 109 Kohjiya, S 24 Kokubo, T 36 Komarova, L G 23 Kononchuk, O 47 Kononenko, I 64 Koster, G 52 Kotsilkova, R 8 Koumanakos, A 72, 84 Kozlov, S A 55 Kraft, M 60, 94, 97 Krayenhoff, M 17 Kritzinger, D E 98 Kukar, M 64 Kumar, A V 99 Kumar, B 38 Kundu, S 27 Kuo, H-C 52 Kwok, C T 115 Labrincha, J 11, 12, 14, 15 Lacroix, D 31 Ladd, M 110 Lagarón, J M 22 Lambourne, R 117 Lancaster, J F 65, 118, 126 Landolt, D 111, 116 Laraia, M 81 Large, M 57 Lauke, B 4, 19 Lawrence, J 50, 115, 116, 123 Le Bras, M 45 Ledkov, A S 104 Lee, L S 16 Lee, N C 25 Lee, W E 79 Leeming, M 14 Lerouge, S 42 Leung, C K Y 9 Lewis, A 31 Lewis, P R 2, 22 Lewis, R 93 Li, B 55 Li, R-K 27 Li, V C 9 Li, X-J 40

Li, Y 13 Liengen, T 111 Lin, J 66, 70 Lindén, G 124 Lindgren, L-E 124 Lindsay, R 17 Lindstrom, R 114 Little, C B 117 Liu, L 67, 122, 125 Lohr, R D 9 Lohwasser, D 124 Lomov, S V 8 Long, A C 7, 20, 25 Lorence, M W 22 Lovegrove, K 89 Low, D K Y 116, 123 Low, I M 6, 45, 46, 103 Lu, C 107 Lu, G 127 Lucas, W 124, 126 Ludlow, J W 43 Lumetta, G J 82 Lumley, R 68 Luo, D 64 Luque, A 59 Luque, R 71, 86, 87, 91 Lynch, J P 58 Lysaght, M 30 Macdonald, E 69 Macdonald, K 120 Maddock, A G 111 Maddox, S J 118, 119, 121, 126 Mai, Y-W 4, 5, 9, 19, 20 Maierhofer, C 15 Makhlouf, A S H 114, 116 Malati, M A 110, 111 Malessa, M 113 Malinov, S 69 Mallick, K 33 Mallick, P K 7, 96 Mandal, N R 124 Mangin, C 25 Manna, I 6, 46 Mano, J F 35 Marcus, P 113, 114 Mariana, L T 83 Maroto-Valer, M M 76 Marques, A P 35 Marshall, I H 9 Martin, J 109 Martin, R 4 Mason, T J 110 Mathers, G 124 Mathias, S 73 Matthews, C 105, 107, 108 Matthews, F L 4 Matthiessen, H 113 Maurice, V 113, 114 Maxwell, J 25, 96 Mazumder, B 69, 92 McArthur, H 114 McCarthy, B J 37 McNally, T 8, 12 McPherson, N 126

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

137

Author index Meador, C L 18 Means, J 26 Meglinski, I 38 Melchers, R E 16, 99 Melero, J A 91 Melhem, Z 63, 87, 91 Mellor, B G 117 Menictas, C 83 Meola, C 100 Merolli, A 31 Meseguer, J 97, 104 Michaleris, P 118 Middleton, V 20 Mietz, J 14 Miller, M 14 Mills, H R 111 Mills, K C 65 Mindess, S 15 Miraftab, M 38 Miranda, R 101 Miravete, A 8 Mischler, S 111, 116 Mishra, B K 69 Mittemeijer, E 114 Miyazaki, S 36, 68 Mo, J P T 101 Molloy, K C 109 Moore, CBE, DSc, FRAS, Sir Patrick 109 Moore, D R 25 Moore, R E 64 Morris, P 39 Mouritz, A 98 Mowrey, D 26 Mueller, M 88 Muhammad, A 64 Muncaster, P W 125 Murphy, J 89 Murray-Smith, D J 105 Murty, K L 80 Myrdal, R 15, 17 Nagata, F 102 Nakamura, K 62 Narayan, R 36, 40 Nash, K L 82 Nazari, A 12 Nedoseka, A 66, 119 Netti, P 27 Neves, N M 35 Nguyen, B-Y 47 Nichols, D 25 Niemi, E 121, 122 Nihtianov, S 59 Niinomi, M 34 Nijssen, R 7, 86 Nishi, Y 47 Niska, K O 19 Nixon, J 99 Njuguna, J 2 Norrish, J 124 Nowotny, J 46, 86 Nunes, S 75, 91 Oakey, J E 74

138

Oeters, F 71 Ogle, M H 126 Ohkata, I 68 Ojovan, M I 79, 82 Olek, J 9 Olive, J-M 113 Olofsson, U 93 Olsen, F O 123 Oltra, R 113 Orazem, M 10, 111 Organ, A J 76 Orgill, D P 32 Osborne, D 72, 93 Ostroverkhova, O 54 Owen, M J 20 Pacheco-Torgal, F 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 Packer, J A 119 Page, C L 14 Page, M M 14 Paik, J K 16, 99 Palmeri, N 89 Pan, J 39 Panopoulos, K 72, 84 Papthanasiou, T D 4 Pargeter, R J 126 Park, K 28 Paulo Davim, J 35, 64, 102, 103, 106, 107, 116 Peat, R 110 Pekguleryuz, M 66 Pereloma, E 70 Pérez-Grande, I 97, 104 Pesheck, P S 22 Peter, L M 110 Peters, D 110 Peters, W 30 Petrushkin, S V 51 Phaal, R 71 Phillips, G O 23, 24, 37, 44 Piccardo, P 113 Pickering, K 4 Piculell, J L 24 Piegari, A 54 Pielichowski, K 2 Pietrzyk, M 66, 70 Pinho, S 3 Planell, J A 31 Platt, D 23 Pletcher, D 110 Pohl, G 13 Poinssot, Ch 81 Polaski, G 26 Polder, R 14 Polinder, H 88 Pötschke, P 8 Pou, J 116, 123 Prakash, S 44 Prashad, H 109 Prawer, S 47, 52 Price, D 45 Pritchard, G 25 Priya, S 47 Prokopovich, P 29

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Provis, J L 13, 46 Prudenziati, M 49, 62 Pshenichnyuk, A I 68 Qian, H 35 Qian, J 106 Qiu, X G 63 Quadakkers, W 113 Quintino, L 101 Radaj, D 118, 119, 124 Rahnejat, H 95 Raine, G A 99 Raj, B 71, 114, 127 Raja, V S 78, 120 Rajasekaran, S 17 Rajendran, S 38 Ralphs, J 31 Ramezani, M 105 Rao, A 74 Ratna, D 19 Raupach, M 14 Rawlings, R D 4 Ray, S S 6 Razak, A M Y 77 Reid, A 125 Reid, S R 4 Reinhardt, H-W 15 Reis, R L 35 Ren, S 13 Renton, J D 18 Revell, P A 26 Rey, C 84 Rijnders, G 52 Rimmer, S 37 Ripin, Z M 105 Robinson, A M 93, 118 Robinson, J 110 Robinson, P 3 Roddy, D 74 Rodionov, A N 80 Rogers, W 42 Rogerson, J H 26 Ropital, F 113 Rosendahl, L 87 Ross, C T F 18, 99 Roth, C 90 Roussel, N 15 Rouvray, D H 110 Rowe, J 94 Roy, R 126 Rubin, C A 109, 118 Rudd, C D 25 Rusanov, A L 23 Russo, G P 98, 106 Ruys, A J 35 Saeedkia, D 56, 61 Sahay, A 97, 104 Sain, M 5, 19 Saito, Y 53 Saji, V S 115, 118 Salih, V 29 Samartsev, V V 51, 55 San Román, J 21

Sant, S 28 Santos, D M F 47, 61 Santos, H A 34 Santos, T 101 Sanz-Andrés, A 97, 104 Sarlak, H 100 Scala, F 73 Schaudies, P 59 Schultz, H 124 Schütze, M 113 Seetharaman, S 65 Sekulic, D P 123 Sequeira, C A C 47, 61 Sha, W 66, 69, 70, 116 Shanks, R 5 Shanmugam, N E 17 Sharma, C P 42 Shen, S-C 52 Shibli, A 72, 92 Shiraki, Y 50 Shirzadi, A 71 Shishoo, R 96 Shklovsky, E 56 Shneydor, N A 64 Shoji, T 120 Shoji, T 78 Shokrieh, M 2 Siekierski, S C 110 Simmons, A 42 Simoes, A 117 Singh, R 121 Sinha, A 101 Sirok, B 69 Skakalova, V 48 Skinner, S J 62, 90 Skyllas-Kazacos, M 83 Smith, R 23 Snider, H F 99 Sohn, H 58 Soifer, V A 56 Somerday, B P 77, 120 Somers, M 114 Soneda, N 79 Song, G-L 112 Sonsino, C M 118 Sopicka-Lizer, M 6, 46 Sørensen, J D 92 Sørensen, J N 92 Sorrell, C C 46, 86 Soutis, C 4, 18, 96 Spalding, D 114 Speight, J 71, 86 Spillers, W R 18 Sridharan, S 4 Srinivasan, G 47 Stace, L R 69 Stamboulis, A 42 Starr, T 8 Stec, A A 45 Steele, N C 64 Steen, M 9 Stein, W 89 Stevels, A 49 Stevens, K 19 Stolte, G 65

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Author index Street, J A 125 Strivens, T A 117 Stull, N 26 Su, Z 9 Subic, A 24 Subramanian, C V 127 Such, T E 117 Sugihara, S 46, 86 Summerscales, J 4 Sun, N 47 Sun, X 121, 122 Susmel, L 121 Tam, V 12, 14 Tan, O K 60 Tan, S G 49 Tanner, E 30 Teng, J G 13 Terryn, H 117 Tesfamariam, S 16 Thijssen, P C 110 Thomas, S 23 Thompson, R 24 Thompson, S 125 Threadgill, P L 126 Tice, B S 20 Tiginyanu, I 116 Tipping, Ph G 78, 83 Tjong, S C 5, 19 Tolias, P 36 Tong, L 8 Tournie, E 55 Toyserkani, E 116, 123 Tsuchiya, K 68 Turner, S 25 Uchino, K 48, 61, 60, 63 Uddin, N 6, 7, 11, 13 Usami, N 50 Utracki, L A 20 Uttamchandani, D 59 Vadgama, P 41 Vainos, N A 57 Vallittu, P 41 Van Der Straeten, C 32 van Deventer, J S J 13, 46 Van Langenhove, L 37 Vassilopoulos, A P 4 Vassilopoulos, V P 2 Vasudev, A 43 Verhaeghe, G 121 Vernon, B 37 Vilaca, P 101 Viswanathan, R 70, 78 Vlierberghe, S V 28 Voytekunas, V Y 23 Waldron, K W 85 Walker, D J 126 Walker, G 46, 85 Walker, J 33 Walsh, F C 99 Wang, C M 17 Wang, M L 58

Wang, R 18 Wang, X 95 Wardle, F 100 Warren, P 26 Washio, S 100 Watanabe, K 102 Watkinson, D 112 Watson, J 53 Watson, T F 31 Waugh, D 50, 115 Webster, T J 29, 30 Weerheijm, J 14 Wei, Q 22 Weisel, R D 27 Weitzenböck, J R 25 Wellinger, A 89 Weman, K 122, 124 Whang, S H 68, 116 Whillock, R 99 White, J R 20 White, N M 60, 94, 97 Whitehouse, J E 64 Widgery, D 124 Wiesner, C S 71, 122 Williams, P A 23, 24, 37, 44, 111 Williams, R 44 Winnik, S 113 Wise, R J 125 Wolf, C 30 Wong, W 108 Wong, Y S 107 Woodings, C 23 Wright, M R 110 Wu, H 14 Wu, X 67, 94, 116 Wünsch, J R 24

Zedan, H S M 64 Zeman, F 91 Zhang, D 73, 92 Zhang, H 9 Zhang, J-S 78 Zhang, L 71 Zhang, T 106 Zhang, X 52 Zhang, Y M 127 Zhao, H 95, 96 Zhao, X 35 Zhao, X-L 119 Zhao, Y 65 Zheng, L 76 Zheng, S 18 Zheng, Y 18 Zhilyaev, A L 68 Zhou, G 4 Zhou, Y 40 Zhou, Y N 41, 48, 62, 124 Zhu, H 2 Zhuiykov, S 48, 61 Ziebs, J 121 Zielinski, O 53

Xie, L 101 Xin, Q 95 Xu, H 78, 115 Xu, J 101 Yamagata, H 96 Yamashita, S 53 Yamauchi, K 68 Yan, Y 40 Yang, L 113 Yang, W 23 Yardley, E D 69 Ye, L 9, 115 Ye, Z-G 46, 48, 60 Yebra, D M 99, 114 Ylänen, H O 37 Yoneyama, T 36 Young, T 97 Young, V L 30 Yu, J 106 Yu, T X 127 Yu, Z-Z 20 Zafeiropoulos, N E 8 Zairi, M 126 Zalizniak, V 64 Zawistowski, H 25

Find us on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets, Facebook at: /WoodheadPublishingLimited and Linkedin: /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

139

HOW TO ORDER

Materials and Engineering 2014

www.woodheadpublishing.com

Order direct at: Post: Woodhead Publishing Limited 80 High Street, Sawston Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK

Email: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

PLEASE NOTE THAT INFORMATION AND PRICES ARE CORRECT AT TIME OF GOING TO PRESS BUT ARE SUBJECT TO ALTERATION WITHOUT NOTICE.

HOW TO ORDER - USA & CANADA US and Canadian orders: Our titles can be ordered from your specialist book supplier, online bookstore or college store, Barnes & Noble stores and many other retailers. In case of difficulty, please contact: usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com or call (215) 928 9112.

Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100 Trade orders: Order from Ingram Publisher Services, Phone: (888) 790 0430 Fax: (800) 838 1149 E-mail: customer.service@ingrampublisherservices.com Philadelphia, PA 19102, USA Title

ISBN

Quantity

Total

Total

UK

Elsewhere in Europe

Rest of World

Postage & Packing

£4.75

£8/US$14/€10

£18/US$31/€22

Postage & Packing

Other Item

£1.75

£5/US$9/€6

£10/US$17/€13

Sub Total (Where Applicable)

Books are sent by 1st class post within the UK. Orders outside the UK are dispatched by priority airmail and will take between 5 and 28 days to be delivered depending on location. An express courier service is also available on request at an additional charge.

VAT

Grand Total

HOW TO PAY & PAYMENT DETAILS By bank transfer into our account: HSBC Bank Plc Sterling Account No. 82209020 Sort Code 40 16 08 Euro Account No. 58122422 Sort Code 40 05 15 US Dollar Account No. 58122430 Sort Code: 40 05 15 Account name – Woodhead Publishing Limited Charge My:

MasterCard

Visa

Amex

Cheque enclosed for £/US$/€ _________________ In Sterling with a cheque drawn against a UK bank

By Euro with a cheque drawn against a European bank In US Dollars with a cheque drawn against a US bank

Visa Debit

Card Number

Start Date

Security Number Expiry Date

Signature___________________________

PERSONAL DETAILS Name

All credit card transactions are processed using our quoted Sterling price for the product(s).

For overseas customers, due to exchange rate fluctuations the amount appearing on your card statement may differ to our quoted US Dollar and Euro prices.

PLEASE PRINT IN BLOCK CAPITALS Position

Company/Organisation Address Postcode

Country

Tel

Fax

Email

Date

/

/

Tick to join our e-mailing list

140

Sign up for our email alerts: www.woodheadpublishing.com/subscribe

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Agents and Representatives North America

Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100 Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406 USA Tel: +1 215 928 9112 Fax: +1 215 928 9113 E-mail: usorders@woodheadpublishing.com usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com

Mexico, Central and South America and Caribbean

Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602 USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

The Netherlands, Belgium and Luxembourg Frans Janssen Netwerk Academic Book Agency PO Box 33228, 3005 EE Rotterdam The Netherlands Tel: +31 10 4613868 E-mail: info@netwerkaba.com

Germany, Austria and Switzerland

Frauke Feldmann Mare Nostrum Heinrich-Roller-Strasse 21 10405 Berlin Germany Tel: +49 30 311 703 74 Mobile: +49 (0) 172 662 33 22 E-mail: fraukefeldmann@mare-nostrum.co.uk

France, Italy, Portugal and Spain

Marcello s.a.s.

Publishers’ Representatives Via Belzoni, 12, 35121 Padova Italy Tel: +39 049 836 0671 Fax: +39 049 878 6759 E-mail: marcello@marcellosas.it

Eastern Europe and Russia

Dr Laszlo Horvath Books For Eastern Europe Tinódi utca 31, 1047 Budapest Hungary Tel: +36 30 9421071 Fax: +36 1 3795842 E-mail: booksforeeurope@gmail.com

Algeria, Cyprus, Greece, Jordan, Palestine, Malta, Morocco, Tunisia and Turkey

Claire de Gruchy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL, UK Tel: +44 7771 887843 E-mail: claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk

Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait, Lebanon, Iraq, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, United Arab Emirates and Yemen Bill Kennedy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL, UK Tel: +44 7802 244457 Fax: +44 1387 247375 E-mail: bill.kennedy@btinternet.com

Iran

Farhad Maftoon Jahan Adib Publishing 1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen Alley Davazdah-e-Farvardin Street Enghelab Ave. Tehran 13149-63951 Iran Tel: +98 21 6696 9111 Fax: +98 21 6697 1329 E-mail: maftoon@neda.net

South Africa

Michael Brightmore Academic Marketing Services (Pty) Ltd PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024 Johannesburg South Africa Tel: +27 11 447 7441 Fax: +27 11 447 2314 E-mail: orders@academicmarketing.co.za

Nigeria

Lanre Anulopo Bounty Press Ltd 3/5 Odutola Runsewe Close Opposite Police Station Orita Challenge, PO Box 23856 Mapo Post Office, Ibadan Nigeria Tel: +234 2 7517045 Fax: +234 2 2315422 E-mail: bounty@skannet.com

India, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka

Ravindra Saxena Sara Books Pvt Ltd 302 Vardaan House 7/28, Ansari Road, Daryaganj New Delhi 110002 India Tel: +91 11 232 66107 Fax: +91 11 232 66102 E-mail: ravindrasaxena@sarabooksindia.com

Pakistan

Tahir M Lodhi Publishers’ Representatives 14-G, Canalberg H.S, Multan Road Lahore 53700 Pakistan Tel: +92 42 352 92168 Fax: +92 42 358 82651 E-mail: tahirlodhi@gmail.com

Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Hong Kong and Taiwan Steven Goh APAC Publishers Services Pre Ltd 970 #06-19 Toa Payoh North Singapore 318992 Tel: +65 68447333 Fax: +65 67478916 E-mail: service@apacmedia.com.sg

Philippines

Tony Sagun CRW Marketing Services for Publishers Inc 15 Pear Avenue, Greenheights Taytay, Rizal Philippines 1920 Tel: +63 2 584 8448 Fax: +63 2 213 0651 E-mail: lwwagent@pldtdsl.net

South Korea

Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku Seoul 121-842 South Korea Tel: +82 2 3141 4791 Fax: +82 2 3141 7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

Japan

Katsuhide Tanaka United Publishers Services Ltd 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku Tokyo 140-0002 Japan Tel: +81 3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 3 5479 7307 E-mail: info@ups.co.jp / tanaka@ups.co.jp

China

Ian Taylor Associates Ltd 12 Richborne Terrace London SW8 1AU UK Tel: +44 207 582 0071 E-mail: ian@iantaylorassociates.com Beijing Office of ITA B1102 Building 4, BeijingINN No.11 East Shuijing Hutong Dongcheng District Beijing 100010 P.R. China Tel: +86 10 58643360 Fax: +86 10 58643320 E-mail: zhangpei.beijing@gmail.com

Other catalogues available: Biomedicine and Biomaterials Energy and Environmental Technology Finance, Commodities and Business Studies Food Science, Technology and Nutrition

Mathematics Textile Technology Chandos Publishing

Key Contacts General - wp@woodheadpublishing.com Sales/Customer Services - sales@woodheadpublishing.com Marketing - marketing@woodheadpublishing.com Rights enquiries - rights@woodheadpublishing.com Commissioning - commissioning@woodheadpublishing.com Accounts - accounts@woodheadpublishing.com Woodhead Publishing Online - sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Woodhead Publishing Limited 80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishing.com Telephone: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100, Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406, USA E-mail: usorders@woodheadpublishing.com E-mail: usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com

@WoodheadTweets /woodheadpublishinglimited /company/woodhead-publishing-limited

Further your knowledge with Woodhead Publishing...